Manual Servicio Retro 410E PDF

410E Backhoe Loader Repair
TECHNICAL MANUAL
TM1611 22JUL10 (ENGLISH)
For complete service information also see: 410E Backhoe Loader Repair (Complete) ......... 410E Backhoe Loader Operation and Test (Complete)............................................................ POWERTECH 4.5 L (4045) Engine ................... Alternators and Starting Motors ........................ Front Wheel Drive Axles APL2025.................... TM1611 TM1610 CTM104 CTM77 CTM4509
Worldwide Construction And Forestry Division

LITHO IN U.S.A.
Introduction
Foreword
This manual is written for an experienced technician. Essential tools required in performing certain service work are identified in this manual and are recommended for use. Live with safety: Read the safety messages in the introduction of this manual and the cautions presented throughout the text of the manual. This is the safetyalert symbol. When you see this symbol on the machine or in this manual, be alert to the potential for personal injury. Technical manuals are divided in two parts: repair and operation and tests. Repair sections tell how to repair the components. Operation and tests sections help you identify the majority of routine failures quickly. Information is organized in groups for the various components requiring service instruction. At the beginning of each group are summary listings of all applicable essential tools, service equipment and tools, other materials needed to do the job, service parts kits, specifications, wear tolerances, and torque values. Technical Manuals are concise guides for specific machines. They are onthejob guides containing only the vital information needed for diagnosis, analysis, testing, and repair. Fundamental service information is available from other sources covering basic theory of operation, fundamentals of troubleshooting, general maintenance, and basic type of failures and their causes. See DB1990 Service Publications Catalog to order a complete Technical Manual (TM) or a Technical Manual Section (TMS). A complete Repair manual includes the following sections:
TMS161100 Section 00 General Information TMS161101 Sections 0102 Wheels and Axles TMS161103 Sections 0306 Transmission and Engine TMS161109 Sections 0911 Steering and Brakes TMS161116 Sections 1617 Electrical System and TMS161118 Sections 1820 Operators Station and TMS161121 Sections 21, 31, 33 Main Hydraulics
TX,INTR,SS3531 1911DEC961/1
Frame
Sheet Metal
TM1611 (22JUL10)
410E Backhoe Loader

072210
PN=2
Introduction
John Deere Dealers IMPORTANT: Please remove this page and route through your service department. Listed below is a brief explanation of WHAT was change and WHY it was changed. These sectionalized manuals were revised to include the following changes: 1. Section 00: To include any specifications, oil capacity and miscellaneous changes. 2. Section 0102: Miscellanous wheel specfication changes and service brake check added. 3. Section 0306: Transmission clutch pack bottom of gear to top of drum distance specification change, miscellaneous changes in charge pump and manifold plate solenoids procedures. 4. Engine flywheel turning tool number change. Fan cap screw torque added. 5. Section 0911:
Steering valve manual check valve change. Miscellaneous brake valve changes. 6. Section 1617: Torque added to engine coolant temperature switch. 7. Section 1820: Cab side window torque and thread lock and sealer added. Bushings added to guide on upper rear window. Air suspension seat procedure added. 8. Section 21, 31 and 33: Torque added to hydraulic pump unloader relief valve. Cooler options added. Multipurpose bucket and lines added. Shim as required added to bucket linkstocylinder. Loader control relief valves torques, graphics and procedure changes. Loader cylinder miscellaneous changes. Backhoe linkage changes. Backhoe boom swing lock arms and locking pin added. Stabilizer valve linkage updates and serial number breaks. Miscellaneous changes to extentible dipperstick and sideshift frame locking pistons. Backhoe control relief valves torques, graphics and procedure changes. Backhoe cylinders serial number breaks and procedure changes. Extendible dipperstick disassemble and assemble procedure added.
CED,TX03399,5903 1913JAN001/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
410E Backhoe Loader

072210
PN=3
Introduction
Technical Information Feedback Form

We need your help to continually improve our technical publications. Please copy this page and FAX or mail your comments, ideas and improvements.
SEND TO: John Deere Dubuque Works 18600 South John Deere Road Attn: Publications, Dept. 324 Dubuque, IA 520040538 USA FAX NUMBER: 15635895800 (USA) Publication Number: Page Number: Ideas, Comments:
Name: Phone: Email Address: THANK YOU!

TX,TM,FAX 1903JUL011/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
410E Backhoe Loader

072210
PN=4
Contents
Section 00General Information
Group Group Group Group 0001Safety Information 0002General Specifications 0003Torque Values 0004Fuels and Lubricants Group 1060Hydraulic System
Section 11Park Brake

Group 1111Active Elements
Section 01Wheels
Group 0110Powered or NonPowered Wheels and Fastenings
Section 16Electrical Systems

Group 1671Batteries, Support, and Cables Group 1672Alternator, Regulator and Charging System Wiring Group 1673Lighting System Group 1674Wiring Harness and Switches Group 1675System Controls Group 1676Instruments and Indicators Group 1677Motors and Actuators
Section 02Axles and Suspension Systems

Group 0225Input Drive Shafts and UJoints Group 0230NonPowered Wheel Axles Group 0240Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD) Group 0250Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears Group 0299Dealer Fabricated Tools
Section 17Frames, Chassis or Supporting Structure

Group 1740Frame Installation Group 1749Chassis Weights
Section 03Transmission
Group 0300Removal and Installation Group 0315Controls Linkage Group 0325Input Drive Shafts and UJoint Group 0350Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Powershift Clutches Group 0360Hydraulic System Group 0399Dealer Fabricated Tools
Section 18Operators Station

Group 1800Removal and Installation Group 1810Operator Enclosure Group 1821Seat and Seat Belt Group 1830Heating and Air Conditioning Group 1899Dealer Fabricated Tools
Section 04Engine
Group 0400Removal and Installation Group 0499Dealer Fabricated Tools
Section 19Sheet Metal and Styling

Group 1910Hood and Engine Enclosure Group 1913Miscellaneous Shields Group 1921Grille and Grille Housing Group 1927Fenders
Section 05Engine Auxiliary Systems

Group 0505Cold Weather Starting Aid Group 0510Cooling Systems Group 0515Speed Controls Group 0520Intake System Group 0530Exhaust System Group 0560External Fuel Supply System
Section 20Safety, Convenience and Miscellaneous

Group 2001Radio Group 2004Horn and Warning Devices
Section 06Torque Converter

Group 0651Turbine, Gears and Shaft
Section 21Main Hydraulic System

Group 2160Hydraulic System
Section 09Steering System

Group 0960Hydraulic System
Section 31Loader
Group Group Group Group 3100Loader 3102Bucket 3115Control Linkages 3160Hydraulic System
Section 10Service Brakes

Group 1011Active Elements
Continued on next page
Original Instructions. All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice.
COPYRIGHT 2002 DEERE & COMPANY Moline, Illinois All rights reserved. A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION Manual Previous Editions Copyright 1997, 1999, 2000
TM1611 (22JUL10)
410E Backhoe Loader 072210

PN=1
Contents
Section 33Backhoe
Group Group Group Group 3302Bucket 3315Control Linkage 3340Frames 3360Hydraulic System
TM1611 (22JUL10)
ii

PN=2
Contents
Page
Section 00 General Information

Page
Group 0001Safety Information Handle Fluids SafelyAvoid Fires....................................................... 0000011 Prevent Battery Explosions ....................... 0000011 Prepare for Emergencies........................... 0000011 Prevent Acid Burns.................................... 0000012 Handle Chemical Products Safely.............. 0000012 Avoid HighPressure Fluids ....................... 0000013 Park Machine Safely.................................. 0000013 Support Machine Properly ......................... 0000013 Wear Protective Clothing........................... 0000014 Work in Clean Area ................................... 0000014 Service Machines Safely ........................... 0000014 Work In Ventilated Area............................. 0000015 Illuminate Work Area Safely ...................... 0000015 Replace Safety Signs ................................ 0000015 Use Proper Lifting Equipment.................... 0000016 Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating .................................................. 0000016 Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines ............................................. 0000016 Keep ROPS Installed Properly .................. 0000017 Service Tires Safely................................... 0000017 Practice Safe Maintenance........................ 0000018 Use Proper Tools ....................................... 0000018 Dispose of Waste Properly ........................ 0000019 Live With Safety......................................... 0000019 Group 0002General Specifications 410E Backhoe Loader Dimensions............................................ 0000021 410E Backhoe Loader Specifications ........................................ 0000026 Other Information410E Backhoe Loader ................................................... 0000028 410E Backhoe Loader Weight................... 0000028 410E Backhoe and Loader Buckets.................................................. 0000029 410E Backhoe Loader Drain and Refill Capacities..................................... 0000029 410E Backhoe Loader Lifting CapacitiesStandard Dipperstick........................................... 00000210 410E Backhoe Loader Lifting CapacitiesExtendible Dipperstick (Retracted)........................ 00000211 410E Backhoe Loader Lifting CapacitiesExtendible Dipperstick (Extended) ........................ 00000212 Group 0003Torque Values Hardware Torque Specifications................ 0000031 ROPS Torque Specifications ..................... 0000031
Metric Bolt and Screw Torque Values .................................................... 0000032 Additional Metric Cap Screw Torque Values ........................................ 0000033 Unified Inch Bolt and Screw Torque Values .................................................... 0000034 ORing Groove Connections ..................... 0000035 Check Oil Lines And Fittings ..................... 0000035 Service Recommendations for ORing Boss Fittings.............................. 0000036 Service Recommendations for Flat Face ORing Seal Fittings ..................... 0000037 Service Recommendations for Metric Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting..................................................... 0000038 Service Recommendations For Inch Series Four Bolt Flange Fittings ................................................... 0000039 Group 0004Fuels and Lubricants Diesel Fuel................................................. 0000041 Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Conditioner ............................................ 0000041 Handling and Storing Diesel Fuel .............. 0000042 Do Not Use Galvanized Containers ............................................. 0000042 Heavy Duty Diesel Engine Coolant .................................................. 0000043 Fuel Tank ................................................... 0000043 Diesel Engine Oil ....................................... 0000044 Transmission, Axle, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive Oil .......................................................... 0000045 Hydraulic Oil .............................................. 0000045 Grease....................................................... 0000047 Grease for Extendible Dipperstick, Sideshift Frame, and Stabilizer Leg Wear Strips ..................................... 0000047 Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants .............................................. 0000047 Lubricant Storage ...................................... 0000048 Mixing of Lubricants................................... 0000048
TM1611 (22JUL10)
001

PN=1
Contents
TM1611 (22JUL10)
002

PN=2
Group 0001 Safety Information

Handle Fluids SafelyAvoid Fires
When you work around fuel, do not smoke or work near heaters or other fire hazards. Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Do not incinerate or puncture pressurized containers. Make sure machine is clean of trash, grease, and debris. Do not store oily rags they can ignite and burn spontaneously.
TS227 UN23AUG88 DX,FLAME 1929SEP981/1 DX,SPARKS 1903MAR931/1 DX,FIRE2 1903MAR931/1
Prevent Battery Explosions

Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from the top of battery. Battery gas can explode. Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or hydrometer. Do not charge a frozen battery it may explode. Warm battery to 16C (60F).
TS204 UN23AUG88
Prepare for Emergencies

Be prepared if a fire starts. Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.
TS291 UN23AUG88
Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service, hospital, and fire department near your telephone.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000011

PN=9
Safety Information
Prevent Acid Burns

Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into eyes. Avoid the hazard by: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Filling batteries in a wellventilated area. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte. Use proper jump start procedure.
If you spill acid on yourself: 1. Flush your skin with water. 2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the acid. 3. Flush your eyes with water for 1530 minutes. Get medical attention immediately. If acid is swallowed:
TS203 UN23AUG88 DX,POISON 1921APR931/1 DX,MSDS,NA 1903MAR931/1
1. Do not induce vomiting. 2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do not exceed 2 L (2 quarts). 3. Get medical attention immediately.
Handle Chemical Products Safely

Direct exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause serious injury. Potentially hazardous chemicals used with John Deere equipment include such items as lubricants, coolants, paints, and adhesives. A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) provides specific details on chemical products: physical and health hazards, safety procedures, and emergency response techniques. Check the MSDS before you start any job using a hazardous chemical. That way you will know exactly what the risks are and how to do the job safely. Then follow procedures and recommended equipment. (See your John Deere dealer for MSDSs on chemical products used with John Deere equipment.)
TS1132 UN26NOV90
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000012

PN=10
Safety Information
Avoid HighPressure Fluids

Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from highpressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available in English from Deere & Company Medical Department in
Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling 18008228262 or +1 3097485636.

DX,FLUID 1920AUG091/1
Park Machine Safely

Before working on the machine:
DX,PARK 1904JUN901/1
Support Machine Properly

Always lower the attachment or implement to the ground before you work on the machine. If the work requires that the machine or attachment be lifted, provide secure support for them. If left in a raised position, hydraulically supported devices can settle or leak down. Do not support the machine on cinder blocks, hollow tiles, or props that may crumble under continuous load. Do not work under a machine that is supported solely by a jack. Follow recommended procedures in this manual. When implements or attachments are used with a machine, always follow safety precautions listed in the implement or attachment operators manual.
DX,LOWER 1924FEB001/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000013

PN=11
TS229 UN23AUG88
TS230 UN24MAY89
Lower all equipment to the ground. Stop the engine and remove the key. Disconnect the battery ground strap. Hang a "DO NOT OPERATE" tag in operator station.
X9811 UN23AUG88
Safety Information
Wear Protective Clothing

Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment appropriate to the job. Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones while operating machine.
DX,WEAR2 1903MAR931/1
Work in Clean Area

Before starting a job:
shortcuts.
DX,CLEAN 1904JUN901/1
Service Machines Safely

Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie, scarf, loose clothing, or necklace when you work near machine tools or moving parts. If these items were to get caught, severe injury could result. Remove rings and other jewelry to prevent electrical shorts and entanglement in moving parts.
TS228 UN23AUG88 DX,LOOSE 1904JUN901/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000014

PN=12
T6642EJ UN18OCT88
Clean work area and machine. Make sure you have all necessary tools to do your job. Have the right parts on hand. Read all instructions thoroughly do not attempt
TS206 UN23AUG88
Safety Information
Work In Ventilated Area

Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If it is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, remove the exhaust fumes from the area with an exhaust pipe extension. If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, open the doors and get outside air into the area.
TS220 UN23AUG88 DX,AIR 1917FEB991/1 DX,LIGHT 1904JUN901/1 DX,SIGNS1 1904JUN901/1
Illuminate Work Area Safely

Illuminate your work area adequately but safely. Use a portable safety light for working inside or under the machine. Make sure the bulb is enclosed by a wire cage. The hot filament of an accidentally broken bulb can ignite spilled fuel or oil.
Replace Safety Signs

Replace missing or damaged safety signs. See the machine operators manual for correct safety sign placement.
TS201 UN23AUG88
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000015

PN=13
TS223 UN23AUG88
Safety Information
Use Proper Lifting Equipment

Lifting heavy components incorrectly can cause severe injury or machine damage. Follow recommended procedure for removal and installation of components in the manual.
TS226 UN23AUG88 DX,LIFT 1904JUN901/1
Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating

Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust. Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated by welding, soldering, or using a torch.
Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from area
to be affected by heating. If paint cannot be removed, wear an approved respirator before heating or welding. If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust. Wear an approved respirator. If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or paint stripper containers and other flammable material from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes before welding or heating.
Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxic fumes and dust away. Dispose of paint and solvent properly.
DX,PAINT 1924JUL021/1
Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where welding will take place.
Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines

Flammable spray can be generated by heating near pressurized fluid lines, resulting in severe burns to yourself and bystanders. Do not heat by welding, soldering, or using a torch near pressurized fluid lines or other flammable materials. Pressurized lines can accidentally burst when heat goes beyond the immediate flame area.
DX,TORCH 1910DEC041/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000016

PN=14
TS953 UN15MAY90
TS220 UN23AUG88
Remove paint before heating:
Safety Information
Keep ROPS Installed Properly

Make certain all parts are reinstalled correctly if the rollover protective structure (ROPS) is loosened or removed for any reason. Tighten mounting bolts to proper torque. The protection offered by ROPS will be impaired if ROPS is subjected to structural damage, is involved in an overturn incident, or is in any way altered by welding, bending, drilling, or cutting. A damaged ROPS should be replaced, not reused.
TS212 UN23AUG88 DX,ROPS3 1903MAR931/1 DX,RIM 1924AUG901/1
Service Tires Safely

Explosive separation of a tire and rim parts can cause serious injury or death. Do not attempt to mount a tire unless you have the proper equipment and experience to perform the job. Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflate the tires above the recommended pressure. Never weld or heat a wheel and tire assembly. The heat can cause an increase in air pressure resulting in a tire explosion. Welding can structurally weaken or deform the wheel. When inflating tires, use a clipon chuck and extension hose long enough to allow you to stand to one side and NOT in front of or over the tire assembly. Use a safety cage if available. Check wheels for low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damaged rims or missing lug bolts and nuts.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000017

PN=15
TS211 UN23AUG88
Safety Information
Practice Safe Maintenance

Understand service procedure before doing work. Keep area clean and dry. Never lubricate, service, or adjust machine while it is moving. Keep hands, feet , and clothing from powerdriven parts. Disengage all power and operate controls to relieve pressure. Lower equipment to the ground. Stop the engine. Remove the key. Allow machine to cool. Securely support any machine elements that must be raised for service work. Keep all parts in good condition and properly installed. Fix damage immediately. Replace worn or broken parts. Remove any buildup of grease, oil, or debris. On selfpropelled equipment, disconnect battery ground cable () before making adjustments on electrical systems or welding on machine. On towed implements, disconnect wiring harnesses from tractor before servicing electrical system components or welding on machine.
DX,SERV 1917FEB991/1
Use Proper Tools

Use tools appropriate to the work. Makeshift tools and procedures can create safety hazards. Use power tools only to loosen threaded parts and fasteners. For loosening and tightening hardware, use the correct size tools. DO NOT use U.S. measurement tools on metric fasteners. Avoid bodily injury caused by slipping wrenches. Use only service parts meeting John Deere specifications.
TS779 UN08NOV89 DX,REPAIR 1917FEB991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000018

PN=16
TS218 UN23AUG88
Safety Information
Dispose of Waste Properly

Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the environment and ecology. Potentially harmful waste used with John Deere equipment include such items as oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid, filters, and batteries. Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not use food or beverage containers that may mislead someone into drinking from them. Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into any water source. Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air can damage the Earths atmosphere. Government regulations may require a certified air conditioning service center to recover and recycle used air conditioning refrigerants. Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste from your local environmental or recycling center, or from your John Deere dealer.
DX,DRAIN 1903MAR931/1 TS1133 UN26NOV90 DX,LIVE 1925SEP921/1
Live With Safety

Before returning machine to customer, make sure machine is functioning properly, especially the safety systems. Install all guards and shields.
TS231 1907OCT88
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000019

PN=17
Safety Information
TM1611 (22JUL10)
00000110

PN=18
Group 0002 General Specifications

410E Backhoe Loader Dimensions
NOTE: Specifications and design subject to change without notice. Whenever applicable, specifications are in accordance with SAE Standards unless otherwise noted, these specifications are based on a standard machine with 19.5L24, 8PR, R4
Item Measurement
rear tires 11L16, 12PR, F3 front tires 0.86 m3 (1.12 cu yd) loader bucket 610 mm (24 in.) backhoe bucket ROPS/FOPS full fuel tank and 79 kg (175 lb) operator.
Specification
ALoading Height, Truck Loading Position Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Height
3.81 m (12 ft 6 in.)

TX,110,BD2412 1910JUN981/5
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000021

PN=19
T115805 UN11JUN98
General Specifications
Item Measurement Specification
Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Retracted Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Extended BReach from Center of Swing Mast Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Retracted Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Extended CReach From center of Rear Axle Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Retracted Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Extended DMaximum Digging Depth Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Retracted Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Extended EDigging Depth (SAE)610 mm (2 ft) Flat Bottom Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Retracted Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Extended FDigging Depth (SAE)2440 mm (8 ft) Flat Bottom Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Retracted Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Extended GGround Clearance Minimum Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Retracted Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Extended
Height Height
3.86 m (12 ft 8 in.) 4.72 m (15 ft 6 in.)
Distance Distance Distance
5.99 m (19 ft 8 in.) 6.07 m (19 ft 11 in.) 7.21 m (23 ft 8 in.)
Depth Depth Depth
Clearance Clearance Clearance
356 mm (14 in.) 356 mm (14 in.) 356 mm (14 in.)
TX,110,BD2412 1910JUN982/5
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000022

PN=20
HBucket Rotation Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Retracted Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Extended ITransport Height Backhoe JOverall Length, Transport Backhoe KStabilizer Width, Transport Backhoe LStabilizer Spread, Operating Backhoe MOverall Width, Stabilizer Spread (Less Loader Bucket) Backhoe NWidth Over Tires Backhoe OHeight to Cab/ROPS Top Backhoe PFront Wheel to Loader Dig Position Backhoe QWheelbase Backhoe RMaximum Height to Loader Bucket Hinge Pin Width 3.10 m (10 ft 2 in.) Rotation Rotation Rotation 190 190 190
Height Length Width
Width Width Height
Distance Length
2.10 m (6 ft 11 in.) 2.10 m (6 ft 10 in.)
Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 (1.12 Height yd3) Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 yd3) Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) SDump Clearance, Loader Bucket at 45 Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 (1.12 Clearance yd3) Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 yd3) Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) TMaximum Loader Bucket Dump Angle Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 (1.12 Angle yd3)
Height Height
Clearance Clearance
45
TX,110,BD2412 1910JUN983/5
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000023

PN=21
Item Measurement
3
Specification
Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m (1.30 yd3) Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) UReach at Full Height, Loader Bucket at 45
Angle Angle
45 45
Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 (1.12 Distance yd3) Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 yd3) Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) VLoader Bucket Rollback at Ground Level Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 (1.12 Angle yd3) Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 yd3) Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) WDig Below GroundLoader Bucket Level Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 (1.12 Depth yd3) Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 yd3) Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) Digging Force, Bucket Cylinder Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Retracted Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Extended Digging Force, Crowd Cylinder Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Retracted Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Extended Swing Arc Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Retracted Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Extended Bucket Rotation Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Force Force Force Depth Depth Angle Angle Distance Distance
762 mm (30.0 in.) 787 mm (31.0 in.) 818 mm (32.2 in.)
40 40 40
170 mm (6.7 in.) 157 mm (6.2 in.) 150 mm (5.9 in.) 65.8 kN (14,801 lb) 66.7 kN (15,010 lb) 66.7 kN (15,010 lb)
Force Force Force
38.9 kN (8741 lb) 37.6 kN (8446 lb) 26.6 kN (5980 lb)
Rotation Rotation Rotation
180 180 180
Rotation
190
TX,110,BD2412 1910JUN984/5
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000024

PN=22
Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Retracted Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Extended Stabilizer Angle Rearward Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Retracted Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Extended
Rotation Rotation
190 190
Angle Angle Angle
18 18 18
TX,110,BD2412 1910JUN985/5
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000025

PN=23
410E Backhoe Loader Specifications

EngineJohn Deere 4045T Rated Power @ 2200 rpm Rated Power @ 2200 rpm Cylinders Displacement Engine Torque Rise Maximum Engine Net Torque Electrical System Alternator Alternator with Cab
Item
Power Power Quantity Volume Torque Torque Voltage Amperage Amperage

Measurement
SAE gross 73 kW (98 hp) SAE net 67 kW (90 hp) 4 4.52 L (276 in.3) 34% 389 Nm (287 lbft) 12volt 65 amps 95 amps
Specification
Forward Travel Speeds with Manual Transmission Gear 1 Gear 2 Gear 3 Gear 4
Item
Speed Speed Speed Speed

Measurement
5.8 km/h (3.6 mph) 9.5 km/h (5.9 mph) 23.2 km/h (14.4 mph) 39.3 km/h (24.4 mph)
Specification
Reverse Travel Speeds1 with Manual Transmission Gear 1 Gear 2 Gear 3 Gear 4
Item
Speed Speed Speed Speed

Measurement
6.4 km/h (4.0 mph) 10.6 km/h (6.6 mph) 25.9 km/h (16.1 mph) 43.8 km/h (27.2 mph)
Specification
Forward Travel Speeds1 with Powershift Transmission Gear 1 Gear 2 Gear 3 Gear 4 Speed Speed Speed Speed 5.8 km/h (3.6 mph) 9.5 km/h (5.9 mph) 23.2 km/h (14.4 mph) 39.3 km/h (24.4 mph)
NOTE: With powershift transmission, third and fourth gear speeds are the same in reverse.
Item Measurement
1
Specification
Reverse Travel Speeds with Powershift Transmission Gear 1 Gear 2 Speed Speed
6.4 km/h (4.0 mph) 10.6 km/h (6.0 mph)

TX,115,BG331 1930SEP971/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000026

PN=24
Gear 3 Gear 4
Item
Speed Speed
Measurement
25.9 km/h (16.1 mph) 43.8 km/h (27.2 mph)

Specification
Steering: Hydrostatic Power NonPowered Axle Curb Turning RadiusBrakes Applied NonPowered Axle Curb Turning RadiusWithout Brakes NonPowered Axle Bucket Clearance CircleBrakes Applied NonPowered Axle Bucket Clearance CircleWithout Brakes NonPowered Axle Steering Wheel TurnsStop to Stop Powered Axle (MFWD) Curb Turning RadiusBrakes Applied Powered Axle (MFWD) Curb Turning RadiusWithout Brakes Powered Axle Bucket Clearance CircleBrakes Applied Powered Axle Bucket Clearance CircleWithout Brakes NonPowered Axle Steering Wheel TurnsStop to Stop
Item
Radius Radius Radius Radius Quantity Radius Radius Radius Radius Quantity
Measurement
3.56 m (11 ft 8 in.) 4.04 m (13 ft 3 in.) 9.65 m (31 ft 8 in.) 10.59 m (34 ft 10 in.) 2.33.0 turns 3.56 m (11 ft 8 in.) 4.04 m (13 ft 3 in.) 9.65 m (31 ft 8 in.) 10.59 m (34 ft 9 in.) 2.5 turns
Specification
Hydraulic System: Closed Center Main Pressure Relief Setting Flow @ 2200 rpm, Backhoe Flow @ 2200 rpm, Loader
1
Pressure Flow Rate Flow Rate
25 000 kPa (3625 psi) 159 L/min. (42 gpm) 159 L/min. (42 gpm)
TX,115,BG331 1930SEP972/2
With standard 19.5L24 rear tires.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000027

PN=25
Other Information410E Backhoe Loader

Hydraulic system:
Synchronized collar shift transmission with hydraulic Torque converter 280 mm (11 in.) with 2.12:1 stall ratio
Lubrication: reverser
Axial piston pump 10 micron replaceable element return oil filter

Final drives:
Heavyduty inboard mounted planetary Evenly distributes axle shock loads over three oil cooled
gears Brakes:
Pressure system with spinon filter Air cleaner Dual stage dry, with element and precleaner
Tires:
Hydraulic wet disk Mounted inboard Selfadjusting Selfequalizing

Park brake:
Front w/o MFWD14.5/7516.1, 10PR F3 Front w/o MFWD11L16, 12PR F3 Front with MFWD12.5/80, 10PR Rear w/o MFWD19.5L24, 10PR R4 Rear w/o MFWD21L24, 10PR R4 Rear with MFWD19.5L24, 10PR R4 Rear with MFWD21L24, 10PR R4
Operator Control:
Independent system Spring applied Hydraulically released Controlled by an electric switch on the side console
Transmission:
Backhoe w/o Ext.
4speed helical gear

410E Backhoe Loader Weight
Item Measurement
Dipperstick Two Levers Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Retracted Right Foot Treadle Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Retracted Right Foot Treadle
CED,OUO1032,1006 1909JUN981/1
Specification
Transporting SAE Operating Weight with ROPS Cab Added MFWD with Tires Added Extendible Dipperstick Optional Front Counterweight Optional Front Counterweight Weight Weight Weight Weight Weight Weight 5806 kg (12,800 lb) 263 kg (580 lb) 168 kg (370 lb) 200 kg (440 lb) 181 kg (400 lb) 295 kg (650 lb)
TX,110,BD2420 1906DEC961/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000028

PN=26
410E Backhoe and Loader Buckets

Width Loader: Heavy duty long lip Multipurpose mm 2340 2340 2340 Width Backhoe: Standard duty Heavy duty with lift loops mm 610 305 457 610 762 914 Extra Heavy Duty 457 610 610 762 Ditch cleaning 914 (In.) (24) (12) (18) (24) (30) (36) (18) (24) (24) (30) (36) m3 0.21 0.09 0.14 0.21 0.25 0.35 0.14 0.21 0.25 0.28 0.35 (In.) (92) (92) (92) m3 1.00 1.15 0.96 Heaped Capacity (Cu Yd) (1.30) (1.50) (1.25) kg 476 540 703 Weight kg 159 134 152 181 191 231 164 193 206 215 231 (lb) (350) (295) (335) (400) (420) (510) (362) (425) (455) (475) (510) (7.5) (3.3) (5.1) (7.5) (8.8) (12.5) (5.1) (7.5) (8.8) (10.0) (12.5) Weight lb (1050) (1190) (1550)
Heaped Capacity (Cu Ft)
TX,110,BD2212 1915JUN981/1
410E Backhoe Loader Drain and Refill Capacities

Engine Coolant Engine Oil (including filter) Torque Converter and Transmission System Rear Axle (S.N. 851673) Rear Axle (S.N. 851674) MFWD Front Axle Housing MFWD Front Wheel Planetary Housing (each) Fuel Tank Hydraulic System Reservoir
Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity
16 L (17 qt) 12.8 L (13.5 qt) 14 L (15 qt) 13 L (14 qt) 16 L (17 qt) 6.5 L (7 qt) 1 L (1.1 qt) 136 L (36 gal) 37 L (39 qt)
TX,115,BG332 1901NOV991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000029

PN=27
410E Backhoe Loader Lifting CapacitiesStandard Dipperstick

Lifting capacity ratings are made with bucket hinge pin, loader bucket and stabilizers on firm, level ground. Lift capacities are hydraulically limited. Lifting capacities are 87 percent of the maximum lift over any point on the swing arc and do not exceed 75 percent of the tipping load. Angle between boom and ground is 65 degrees. Machine is equipped with 610 mm (24 in.) standard bucket, standard or extendible dipperstick, and standard equipment. NOTE: Loader bucket on ground significantly improves side stability, therefore improving lift capacity to the side. Lift capacity over the rear is not affected.
Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Standard Dipperstick Based on SAE J31 (Except with Loader Bucket on Ground)
TX,110,BD2416 1906DEC961/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
00000210

PN=28
T105558 1904DEC96
410E Backhoe Loader Lifting CapacitiesExtendible Dipperstick (Retracted)
Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Extendible Dipperstick, Retracted Based on SAE J31 (Except with Loader Bucket on Ground)
TX,110,BD2417 1906DEC961/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
00000211

PN=29
T105559 1904DEC96
410E Backhoe Loader Lifting CapacitiesExtendible Dipperstick (Extended)
Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Extendible Dipperstick, Retracted Based on SAE J31 (Except with Loader Bucket on Ground)
TX,110,BD2418 1906DEC961/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
00000212

PN=30
T105560 1904DEC96
Group 0003 Torque Values

Hardware Torque Specifications
Check cap screws and nuts to be sure they are tight. If hardware is loose, tighten to torque shown on the following charts unless a special torque is specified.
TX,03,SS3508 1901AUG941/1
ROPS Torque Specifications

CAUTION: Make certain all parts are reinstalled correctly if the rollover protective structure (ROPS) is loosened or removed for any reason. Tighten mounting bolts to proper torque. The protection offered by ROPS will be impaired if ROPS is subjected to structural damage, is involved in an overturn incident, or is in any way altered. A damaged ROPS should be replaced, not reused. When installation of equipment on a machine necessitates loosening or removing ROPS, mounting bolts must be tightened to specification.
TS176 UN23AUG88
ROPS Mounting Bolts
Torque
420 84 Nm (310 62 lbft)

TX,03,SS3509 1914JAN001/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000031

PN=31
Torque Values
Metric Bolt and Screw Torque Values

TS1670 UN01MAY03
4.8 4.8
8.8 8.8
9.8 9.8
10.9 10.9
12.9 12.9
12.9 12.9
Bolt or Screw Size M6 M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M18 M20 M22 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 Nm 4.7 11.5 23 Nm 40 63 100 135 190 265 330 490 660 900 1150
Class 4.8 Lubricateda lb.in. 42 102 204 lb.ft. 29.5 46 74 100 140 195 245 360 490 665 850 50 80 125 170 245 330 425 625 850 1150 1450 37 59 92 125 180 245 315 460 625 850 1075 75 120 190 265 375 510 650 950 1290 1750 2250 Dryb Nm 6 14.5 Nm 29 lb.in. 53 128 lb.ft. 21 Nm 8.9 22 Nm 43
Class 8.8 or 9.8 Lubricateda lb.in. 79 194 lb.ft. 32 55 88 140 195 275 375 480 700 950 1300 1650 Dryb Nm 11.3 27.5 Nm 55 95 150 240 330 475 650 820 1200 1630 2200 2850 lb.in. 100 243 lb.ft. 40 70 110 175 245 350 480 600 885 1200 1625 2100 63 110 175 275 375 530 725 920 1350 1850 2500 3200 Nm 13 Nm 32
Class 10.9 Lubricateda lb.in. 115 lb.ft. 23.5 46 80 130 200 275 390 535 680 1000 1350 1850 2350 Dryb Nm 16.5 Nm 40 80 140 220 350 475 675 920 1150 1700 2300 3150 4050 lb.in. 146 lb.ft. 29.5 59 105 165 255 350 500 680 850 1250 1700 2325 3000 Nm 15.5 Nm 37 75 130 205 320 440 625 850 1080 1580 2140 2900 3750
Class 12.9 Lubricateda lb.in. 137 lb.ft. 27.5 55 95 150 235 325 460 625 800 1160 1580 2150 2770 Dryb Nm 19.5 Nm 47 95 165 260 400 560 790 1080 1350 2000 2700 3700 4750 lb.in. 172 lb.ft. 35 70 120 190 300 410 580 800 1000 1475 2000 2730 3500
Torque values listed are for general use only, based on the strength of the bolt or screw. DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is given for a specific application. For stainless steel fasteners or for nuts on Ubolts, see the tightening instructions for the specific application. Tighten plastic insert or crimped steel type lock nuts by turning the nut to the dry torque shown in the chart, unless different instructions are given for the specific application.
a
Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical property class. Replace fasteners with the same or higher property class. If higher property class fasteners are used, tighten these to the strength of the original. Make sure fastener threads are clean and that you properly start thread engagement. When possible, lubricate plain or zinc plated fasteners other than lock nuts, wheel bolts or wheel nuts, unless different instructions are given for the specific application.
Lubricated means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings, or M20 and larger fasteners with JDM F13C zinc flake coating. b Dry means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication, or M6 to M18 fasteners with JDM F13B zinc flake coating.
DX,TORQ2 1908DEC091/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000032

PN=32
Torque Values
Additional Metric Cap Screw Torque Values

CAUTION: Use only metric tools on metric hardware. Other tools may not fit properly. They may slip and cause injury. Check tightness of cap screws periodically. Torque values listed are for general use only. Do not use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is listed for a specific application. Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade. Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher grade. If higher grade fasteners are used, these should only be tightened to the strength of the original. Make sure fastener threads are clean and you properly start thread engagement. This will prevent them from failing when tightening. Tighten cap screws having lock nuts to approximately 50 percent of amount shown in chart.
a
METRIC CAP SCREW TORQUE VALUES

TBolt HBolt Nm 20 45 88 137 206 294 392 539 686 1029 1421 1911 2401 lbft 15 33 65 101 152 217 289 398 506 759 1049 1410 1772 MBolt Nm 10 20 34 54 78 118 167 216 274 392 539 735 931 7 15 25 40 58 87 125 159 202 289 398 542 687 lbft
Nomi nal Dia 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 27 30 33 36

a
Nm 29 63 108 176 265 392 539 735 931 1372 1911 2548 3136
lbft 21 46 80 130 195 289 398 542 687 1012 1410 1890 2314
Torque tolerance is 10%.

04T,90,M170 1929SEP991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000033

PN=33
T6873AC UN18OCT88
T6873AB UN18OCT88
T6873AA UN18OCT88
Torque Values
Unified Inch Bolt and Screw Torque Values

TS1671 UN01MAY03
Bolt or Screw Size 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 11/8 11/4 13/8 11/2 Nm 3.7 7.7 13.5 22 Nm 34 48 67 120 190 285 400 570 750 990
SAE Grade 1 Lubricated

b
SAE Grade 2a
c
SAE Grade 5, 5.1 or 5.2 Lubricatedb Nm 9.5 19.5 Nm 35 56 85 125 170 300 490 730 910 1280 1700 2250 lb.in. 84 172 lb.ft. 26 41 63 92 125 220 360 540 670 945 1250 1650 66 137 240 lb.ft. 32.5 49 70 100 175 175 265 375 535 700 930 70 110 155 215 380 615 920 1150 1630 2140 2850 52 80 115 160 280 455 680 850 1200 1580 2100 Dryc Nm 12 25 Nm 44 lb.in. 106 221 lb.ft. 32.5 lb.in.
SAE Grade 8 or 8.2 Lubricatedb Nm 13.5 Nm 28 49 80 120 175 240 425 690 1030 1450 2050 2700 3600 lb.in. 120 lb.ft. 20.5 36 59 88 130 175 315 510 760 1075 1500 2000 2650 Dryc Nm 17 Nm 35 63 100 155 220 305 540 870 1300 1850 2600 3400 4550 lb.in. 150 lb.ft. 26 46 74 115 165 225 400 640 960 1350 1920 2500 3350
Dry Nm 4.7 9.8 17.5 Nm 28 42 60 85 150 240 360 510 725 950 1250
Lubricatedb Nm 6 12 22 Nm 35 53 76 105 190 190 285 400 570 750 990 lb.in. 53 106 194 lb.ft. 26 39 56 77 140 140 210 300 420 550 730 42 86 155
Dryc Nm 7.5 15.5 27 Nm 44 67 95 135 240 240 360 510 725 950 1250
lb.in. 33 68 120 194 lb.ft. 25 35.5 49 88 140 210 300 420 550 730
lb.in.
lb.ft. 20.5 31 45 63 110 175 265 375 535 700 930
Torque values listed are for general use only, based on the strength of the bolt or screw. DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is given for a specific application. For plastic insert or crimped steel type lock nuts, for stainless steel fasteners, or for nuts on Ubolts, see the tightening instructions for the specific application. Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade.
a
Replace fasteners with the same or higher grade. If higher grade fasteners are used, tighten these to the strength of the original. Make sure fastener threads are clean and that you properly start thread engagement. When possible, lubricate plain or zinc plated fasteners other than lock nuts, wheel bolts or wheel nuts, unless different instructions are given for the specific application.
Grade 2 applies for hex cap screws (not hex bolts) up to 6. in (152 mm) long. Grade 1 applies for hex cap screws over 6 in. (152 mm) long, and for all other types of bolts and screws of any length. Lubricated means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings, or 7/8 in. and larger fasteners with JDM F13C zinc flake coating. c Dry means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication, or 1/4 to 3/4 in. fasteners with JDM F13B zinc flake coating.
b
DX,TORQ1 1908DEC091/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000034

PN=34
Torque Values
ORing Groove Connections

Face seal grooves (2 and 4) on fittings (3) should be identified before the Oring (1) is installed into the fitting (use a Oring pick to feel for the dovetail edge). Applying petroleum jelly on an Oring to install it in a Standard Groove is appropriate. However, do not use petroleum jelly or grease on an Oring to install it into a Half Dovetail Groove (Captive Oring Groove). If petroleum jelly is used in a Half Dovetail groove, the jelly could push the Oring out of the groove before the fitting is tighten.
1 ORing 2 Half Dovetail Groove 3 Fitting 4 Standard Groove
Face Seal Groves

CED,TX03768,2691 1901FEB001/1
Check Oil Lines And Fittings

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury may call the Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, or other knowledgeable medical source. Check all oil lines, hoses, and fittings regularly for leaks or damage. Make sure all clamps are in position and tight. Make sure hoses are not twisted or touching moving machine parts. If abrasion or wear occurs, replace immediately.
Tubing with dents may cause the oil to overheat. If you find tubing with dents, install new tubing immediately. IMPORTANT: Tighten fittings as specified in torque chart. When you tighten connections, use two wrenches to prevent bending or breaking tubing and fittings.
TX,03,SS3513 1901AUG941/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000035

PN=35
X9811 UN23AUG88
T127838 UN31JAN00
Torque Values
Service Recommendations for ORing Boss Fittings

Straight Fitting 1. Inspect Oring boss seat for dirt or defects. 2. Lubricate Oring with petroleum jelly. Place electrical tape over threads to protect Oring. Slide Oring over tape and into Oring groove of fitting. Remove tape. 3. Tighten fitting to torque value shown on chart.
T6243AE UN18OCT88 04T,90,K66 1929SEP991/2 04T,90,K66 1929SEP992/2
Angle Fitting 1. Backoff lock nut (A) and backup washer (B) completely to headend (C) of fitting.
T6520AB UN18OCT88
2. Turn fitting into threaded boss until backup washer contacts face of boss. 3. Turn fitting headend counterclockwise to proper index (maximum of one turn). NOTE: Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening fittings. 4. Hold fitting headend with a wrench and tighten locknut and backup washer to proper torque value.
STRAIGHT FITTING OR SPECIAL NUT TORQUE CHART Thread Size 3/824 UNF 7/1620 UNF 1/220 UNF 9/1618 UNF 3/416 UNF 7/814 UNF 11/1612 UN 13/1612 UN 15/1612 UN 15/812 UN 17/812 UN Nm 8 12 16 24 46 62 102 122 142 190 217 lbft 6 9 12 18 34 46 75 90 105 140 160
NOTE: Torque tolerance is 10%.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000036

PN=36
Torque Values
Service Recommendations for Flat Face ORing Seal Fittings

1. Inspect the fitting sealing surfaces. They must be free of dirt or defects.
T6243AD UN18OCT88
2. Inspect the Oring. It must be free of damage or defects. 3. Lubricate Orings and install into groove using petroleum jelly to hold in place. 4. Push Oring into the groove with plenty of petroleum jelly so Oring is not displaced during assembly. 5. Index angle fittings and tighten by hand pressing joint together to insure Oring remains in place. 6. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown on the chart per dash size stamped on the fitting. Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening fittings.
FLAT FACE ORING SEAL FITTING TORQUE Nominal Tube O.D. mm 6.35 9.52 12.70 15.88 19.05 22.22 25.40 31.75 38.10 0.250 0.375 0.500 0.625 0.750 0.875 1.000 1.250 1.500 in. 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 Dash Size Thread Size in. 9/1618 11/1616 13/1616 114 1 3/1612 1 3/1612 1 7/1612 1 11/1612 212 16 24 50 69 102 102 142 190 217 Swivel Nut Nm 12 18 37 51 75 75 105 140 160 lbft 5.0 9.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 Bulkhead Nut Nm 3.5 6.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 lbft
NOTE: Torque tolerance is +15 20%.

TX,03,SS3515 1901AUG941/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000037

PN=37
Torque Values
Service Recommendations for Metric Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting
ASealing Surface
BSplit Flange
CPinched ORing
DSingle Piece Flange
1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratches cause leaks. Roughness causes seal wear. Outofflat causes seal extrusion. If defects cannot be polished out, replace component. 2. Install the correct Oring (and backup washer if required) into groove using petroleum jelly to hold it in place. 3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B) halves. Make sure split is centrally located and perpendicular to the port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold parts in place. Do not pinch Oring (C). 4. Single piece flange (D): Place hydraulic line in center of flange and install four cap screws. Flange must be centrally located on port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold flange in place. Do not pinch Oring. 5. After components are properly positioned and cap screws are hand tightened, tighten one cap screw, then tighten the diagonally opposite cap screw. Tighten two remaining cap screws. Tighten all cap screws as specified in the chart below.
DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT tighten one cap screw fully before tightening the others. DO NOT over tighten.
a b
TORQUE CHART
Nm 12 30 57 95 157 217 334 421 lbft 9 22 42 70 116 160 246 318
Thread
M6 M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M18 M20
Tolerance 10%. The torques given are enough for the given size connection with the recommended working pressure. Increasing cap screw torque beyond these amounts will result in flange and cap screw bending and connection failures. b Metric standard thread.
04T,90,K175 1929SEP991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000038

PN=38
T6890BB UN01MAR90
Torque Values
Service Recommendations For Inch Series Four Bolt Flange Fittings
ASealing Surface
BSplit Flange
CPinched ORing
DSingle Piece Flange TORQUE CHART Nm lbft
1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratches cause leaks. Roughness causes seal wear. Outofflat causes seal extrusion. If defects cannot be polished out, replace component. 2. Install Oring (and backup washer if required) into groove using petroleum jelly to hold it in place. 3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B) halves. Make sure split is centrally located and perpendicular to port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold parts in place. Do not pinch Oring (C). 4. Single piece flange (D): Place hydraulic line in center of flange and install cap screws. Flange must be centrally located on port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold flange in place. Do not pinch Oring. 5. Tighten one cap screw, then tighten the diagonally opposite cap screw. Tighten two remaining cap screws. Tighten all cap screws as specified in the chart below. DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT tighten one cap screw fully before tightening the others. DO NOT over tighten.
Nominal Flange Size 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 31/2 4 5
Cap Screw Size Min 5/1618 UNC 3/816 UNC 3/816 UNC 7/1614 UNC 1/213 UNC 1/213 UNC 1/213 UNC 5/811 UNC 5/811 UNC 5/811 UNC 5/811 UNC 20 28 37 47 62 73 107 158 158 158 158 Max 31 54 54 85 131 131 131 264 264 264 264 Min 15 21 27 35 46 54 79 117 117 117 117 Max 23 40 40 63 97 97 97 195 195 195 195
04T,90,K174 1901AUG941/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000039

PN=39
T6890BB UN01MAR90
Torque Values
TM1611 (22JUL10)
00000310

PN=40
Group 0004 Fuels and Lubricants

Diesel Fuel
Consult your local fuel distributor for properties of the diesel fuel available in your area. In general, diesel fuels are blended to satisfy the low temperature requirements of the geographical area in which they are marketed. Diesel fuels specified to EN 590 or ASTM D975 are recommended. Renewable diesel fuel produced by hydrotreating animal fats and vegetable oils is basically identical to petroleum diesel fuel. Renewable diesel that meets EN 590 or ASTM D975 is acceptable for use at all percentage mixture levels. Required Fuel Properties In all cases, the fuel shall meet the following properties: Cetane number of 43 minimum. Cetane number greater than 47 is preferred, especially for temperatures below 20C (4F) or elevations above 1500 m (5000 ft). Cold Filter Plugging Point (CFPP) should be at least 5C (9F) below the expected lowest temperature or Cloud Point below the expected lowest ambient temperature. Fuel lubricity should pass a maximum scar diameter of 0.45 mm as measured by ASTM D6079 or ISO 121561. Sulfur Content for Interim Tier 4 and EU Stage IIIB Engines
Diesel fuel quality and fuel sulfur content must comply

with all existing emissions regulations for the area in which the engine operates. Use ONLY ultra low sulfur diesel (ULSD) fuel with a maximum of 0.0015% (15 mg/kg) sulfur content.
Sulfur Content for Other Engines
Diesel fuel quality and fuel sulfur content must comply
with all existing emissions regulations for the area in which the engine operates. Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content less than 0.10% (1000 mg/kg) is STRONGLY recommended. Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content 0.10% (1000 mg/kg) to 0.50% (5000 mg/kg) may result in REDUCED oil and filter change intervals. Refer to table in Diesel Engine Oil and Filter Service Intervals. BEFORE using diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.50% (5000 mg/kg), contact your John Deere dealer.
IMPORTANT: Do not mix used diesel engine oil or any other type of lubricating oil with diesel fuel. Improper fuel additive usage may cause damage on fuel injection equipment of diesel engines.
DX,FUEL1 1903AUG091/1
Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Conditioner

When possible, use existing fuel formulations for engines used offhighway. This fuel will not require any additives to provide good performance and engine reliability. However, many local fuel distributors will not carry both low and regular sulfur diesel fuels. If the local fuel distributor will supply only low sulfur fuel, order and use John Deere PREMIUM DIESEL FUEL
CONDITIONER. It provides lubricating properties along with other useful benefits, such as cetane improver, antioxidant, fuel stabilizer, corrosion inhibitor and others. John Deere PREMIUM DIESEL FUEL CONDITIONER is specifically for use with low sulfur fuels. Nearly all other diesel fuel conditioners only improve cold weather flow and stabilize longterm fuel storage. They do not contain the lubrication additives needed by rotary fuel injection pumps.
TX,04,SS3519 1920OCT931/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000041

PN=41
Fuels and Lubricants
Handling and Storing Diesel Fuel

CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. Do not fill the fuel tank when engine is running. DO NOT smoke while you fill the fuel tank or service the fuel system. Fill the fuel tank at the end of each days operation to prevent water condensation and freezing during cold weather. Keep all storage tanks as full as practicable to minimize condensation. Ensure that all fuel tank caps and covers are installed properly to prevent moisture from entering. Monitor water content of the fuel regularly.
DX,FUEL4 1919DEC031/1
When using biodiesel fuel, the fuel filter may require more frequent replacement due to premature plugging. Check engine oil level daily prior to starting engine. A rising oil level may indicate fuel dilution of the engine oil. IMPORTANT: The fuel tank is vented through the filler cap. If a new filler cap is required, always replace it with an original vented cap. When fuel is stored for an extended period or if there is a slow turnover of fuel, add a fuel conditioner to stabilize the fuel and prevent water condensation. Contact your fuel supplier for recommendations.
Do Not Use Galvanized Containers

IMPORTANT: Diesel fuel stored in galvanized containers reacts with zinc coating on the container to form zinc flakes. If fuel contains water, a zinc gel will also form. The gel and flakes will quickly plug fuel filters and damage fuel injectors and fuel pumps. DO NOT USE a galvanized container to store diesel fuel.
Store fuel in:
plastic containers. aluminum containers. specially coated steel containers made for diesel fuel.
DO NOT USE brasscoated containers: brass is an alloy of copper and zinc.
TX,04,SS3521 1904JUN901/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000042

PN=42
Heavy Duty Diesel Engine Coolant

The engine cooling system is filled to provide yearround protection against corrosion and cylinder liner pitting, and winter freeze protection to 37C (34F). If protection at lower temperatures is required, consult your John Deere dealer for recommendations. John Deere COOLGARD II Premix Coolant is preferred. John Deere COOLGARD II Premix is available in a concentration of 50% ethylene glycol. Additional Recommended Coolants The following engine coolants are also recommended: unavailable in the geographical area where service is performed. If these coolants are unavailable, use a coolant concentrate or prediluted coolant intended for use with heavy duty diesel engines and with a minimum of the following chemical and physical properties:
Is formulated with a quality nitritefree additive package. Provides cylinder liner cavitation protection according to
either the John Deere Cavitation Test Method or a fleet study run at or above 60% load capacity. Protects the cooling system metals (cast iron, aluminum alloys, and copper alloys such as brass) from corrosion.
John Deere COOLGARD II Concentrate in a 40% to John Deere COOLGARD Premix (available in a
60% mixture of concentrate with quality water. concentration of 50% ethylene glycol). John Deere COOLGARD Concentrate in a 40% to 60% mixture of concentrate with quality water. John Deere COOLGARD PG Premix (available in a concentration of 55% propylene glycol).
The additive package must be part of one of the following coolant mixtures:
ethylene glycol or propylene glycol base prediluted ethylene glycol or propylene glycol base heavy duty
coolant concentrate in a 40% to 60% mixture of concentrate with quality water Water Quality Water quality is important to the performance of the cooling system. Distilled, deionized, or demineralized water is recommended for mixing with ethylene glycol and propylene glycol base engine coolant concentrate. IMPORTANT: Do not use cooling system sealing additives or antifreeze that contains sealing additives. Do not mix ethylene glycol and propylene glycol base coolants. Do not use coolants that contain nitrites. (40% to 60%) heavy duty coolant
John Deere COOLGARD II Premix and COOLGARD II Concentrate coolants do not require use of supplemental coolant additives. John Deere COOLGARD Premix, COOLGARD Concentrate, and COOLGARD PG Premix do not require use of supplemental coolant additives, except for periodic replenishment of additives during the drain interval. Use John Deere COOLGARD PG Premix when a nontoxic coolant formulation is required. Other Coolants It is possible that John Deere COOLGARD II, COOLGARD, and COOLGARD PG coolants are
COOLGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company
DX,COOL3 1903NOV081/1
Fuel Tank
CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. If the engine is hot or running, DO NOT fill the fuel tank. DO NOT smoke while you fill fuel tank or work on fuel system.
Item Measurement
To avoid condensation, fill the fuel tank at the end of each days operation. Shut off engine before filling.
Specification
Fuel Tank
Capacity
136 L (36 gal)

TX,04,SS3523 1920SEP961/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000043

PN=43
Diesel Engine Oil

Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperature range during the period between oil changes. John Deere Plus50 II oil is preferred. John Deere Plus50 is also recommended.
SAE-15W-40 SAE 10W-40 50 o C 40 o C 30 o C 20 o C SAE 10W-30 SAE 5W-30 SAE 0W-40 10 o C 0o C -10 o C -20 o C -30 o C -40 o C 122o F 104o F 86 o F 68 o F 50 o F 32 o F 14 o F
TS1687 UN18JUL07 DX,ENOIL 1903AUG091/1
Other oils may be used if they meet one or more of the following:
John Deere TorqGard Supreme API Service Category CJ4 API Service Category CI4 PLUS API Service Category CI4 API Service Category CH4 API Service Category CG4 API Service Category CF4 ACEA Oil Sequence E9 ACEA Oil Sequence E7 ACEA Oil Sequence E6 ACEA Oil Sequence E5 ACEA Oil Sequence E4 ACEA Oil Sequence E3 ACEA Oil Sequence E2
If oils meeting API CG4, API CF4, or ACEA E2 are used, reduce the service interval by 50%. Multiviscosity diesel engine oils are preferred. Diesel fuel quality and fuel sulfur content must comply with all existing emissions regulations for the area in which the engine operates.
Plus50 is a trademark of Deere & Company TorqGard Supreme is a trademark of Deere & Company
-4 o F -22 o F -40 o F
Oil Viscosities for Air Temperature Ranges
If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.50% (5000 mg/kg) is used, reduce the service interval by 50%. DO NOT use diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 1.00% (10 000 mg/kg).
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000044

PN=44
SAE 30
SAE 40
Transmission, Axle, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive Oil
Depending on the expected air temperature range between oil changes, use oil viscosity shown on the chart above. JOHN DEERE HYGARD TRANSMISSION AND HYDRAULIC OIL IS RECOMMENDED because it is specifically formulated to minimize brake chatter, and to provide maximum protection against mechanical wear.
HYGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company
You may also use oils which meet minimum John Deere standards, or other oils meeting John Deere Standard JDM J20C and J20D. Oils meeting MILL46167A may be used as arctic oil.
TX,04,SS3525 1930NOV981/1
Hydraulic Oil
TX,04,SS3526 1927NOV911/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000045

PN=45
T103849 1919SEP96
TX,04,SS3526 1927NOV912/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000046
410E Backhoe Loader
072210
PN=46
Fuels and Lubricants Depending on the expected air temperature range between oil changes, use oil viscosity shown on the chart above. JOHN DEERE HYGARD TRANSMISSION AND HYDRAULIC OIL IS RECOMMENDED because it is specifically formulated to minimize brake chatter, and to provide maximum protection against mechanical wear. You may also use oils which meet minimum John Deere standards, or other oils meeting John Deere Standard JDM J20C and J20D. Oils meeting MILL46167A may be used as arctic oil.
HYGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company
TX,04,SS3526 1927NOV913/1
Grease
Use grease based on NLGI consistency numbers and the expected air temperature range during the service interval. John Deere SD POLYUREA GREASE is preferred. The following greases are also recommended
John Deere HD LITHIUM COMPLEX GREASE John Deere HD WATER RESISTANT GREASE John Deere GREASEGARD
Other greases may be used if they meet the following: NLGI Performance Classification GCLB
TS1673 UN31OCT03 DX,GREA1 1907NOV031/1 TX,00,SS3882 1907MAR971/1
IMPORTANT: Some types of grease thickeners are not compatible with others. Consult your grease supplier before mixing different types of grease.
GREASEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company
Grease for Extendible Dipperstick, Sideshift Frame, and Stabilizer Leg Wear Strips
SAE Multipurpose Grease with Extreme Pressure (EP) performance and containing 3 to 5 per cent molybdenum disulfide (preferred).
Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants

Conditions in certain geographical areas may require lubricant recommendations different from those printed in this manual. Some John Deere brand coolants and lubricants may not be available in your location. Synthetic lubricants may be used if they meet the performance requirements as shown in this manual. The temperature limits and service intervals shown in this manual apply to both conventional and synthetic oils. Rerefined base stock products may be used if the finished lubricant meets the performance requirements. Avoid mixing different brands or types of oils. Oil manufacturers blend base stock and additives to create their oils and to meet certain specifications and performance requirements. Mixing different oils can interfere with proper functioning of these formulations and degrade lubricant performance. Consult your authorized John Deere dealer to obtain specific information and recommendations.
DX,ALTER 1911NOV091/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000047

PN=47
Lubricant Storage
Your equipment can operate at top efficiency only when clean lubricants are used. Use clean containers to handle all lubricants. Whenever possible, store lubricants and containers in an area protected from dust, moisture, and other contamination. Store containers on their side to avoid water and dirt accumulation. Make certain that all containers are properly marked to identify their contents. Properly dispose of all old containers and any residual lubricant they may contain.
DX,LUBST 1918MAR961/1
Mixing of Lubricants
In general, avoid mixing different brands or types of oil. Oil manufacturers blend additives in their oils to meet certain specifications and performance requirements. Mixing different oils can interfere with the proper functioning of these additives and degrade lubricant performance.
DX,LUBMIX 1918MAR961/1
Consult your John Deere dealer to obtain specific information and recommendations.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0000048

PN=48
Contents
Page
Section 01 Wheels
Group 0110Powered or NonPowered Wheels and Fastenings Service Equipment and Tools .................... 0101101 Specifications ............................................ 0101101 Rear Wheel Assembly Remove and Install ...............................0101102 Front Wheel Assembly Remove and Install ...............................0101103 Tire Remove and Install ...............................0101104
TM1611 (22JUL10)
011

PN=1
Contents
TM1611 (22JUL10)
012

PN=2
Group 0110 Powered or NonPowered Wheels and Fastenings

Service Equipment and Tools
NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company
CED,TX03399,5615 1903DEC991/3
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). Some tools may be available from a local supplier.
Shop Stand
Used to support unit while removing and installing wheels.

CED,TX03399,5615 1903DEC992/3
Heavy Duty Wheel Lift
Used to remove and install wheels.

CED,TX03399,5615 1903DEC993/3
Specifications
Rear Wheel Rear Wheel Cap Screws (19.5L x 24 or 21L x 24 Tire Size) Front Wheel Front WheeltoHub Cap Screw without MFWD (11L x 16 Tire Size) Front WheeltoHub Cap Screw without MFWD (14.5/75 16.1Tire Size) (S.N. 876058) Front WheeltoHub Cap Screw without MFWD (14.5/75 16.1Tire Size) (S.N. 876059) Front WheeltoHub Nut With MFWD (12.5/8018 Tire Size)
Weight Weight Torque Weight Weight Torque Torque
141 kg (310 lb) without fluid 420 kg (930 lb) with fluid 495 99 Nm (365 73 lbft) 50 kg (110 lb) without fluid 186 kg (411 lb) with fluid 136 Nm (100 lbft) 136 + 20 68 Nm (100 + 15 50 lbft)
Torque
290 58 Nm (214 42 lbft)
Torque
300 Nm (220 lbft)

CED,TX03399,5617 1903DEC991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0101101

PN=51
Powered or NonPowered Wheels and Fastenings
Remove and Install Rear Wheel Assembly

CAUTION: Rear wheel weighs approximately 141 kg (310 lb) without fluid 420 kg (930 lb) with fluid. 1. Loosen cap screws (B) before lifting wheel off ground. 2. Raise machine and put shop stands under main frame. 3. Put wheel lift (A) under wheel. Fasten safety chain around upper portion of tire.
Specification Rear WheelWeight.................................... 141 kg (310 lb) without fluid Weight .............................................................. 420 kg (930 lb) with fluid
4. Remove cap screws (B). Pull wheel assembly away from axle. 5. Inspect all parts for damage replace parts as necessary. 6. Thoroughly clean cap screws, washers, mounting surfaces and tapped holes in flanged axle. Use compressed air to dry all parts and tapped holes. 7. Install wheel using wheel lift (A). 8. Install and snug tighten cap screws (B). Lower machine to the ground. IMPORTANT: If a power wrench is used, be sure that cap screws are engaged to prevent stripping. Operate wrench slowly to prevent thread damage. 9. Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification Rear Wheel Cap Screws (19.5L x 24 or 21L x 24 Tire Size) Torque ..................................... 495 99 Nm (365 73 lbft)
TX,01,YY2157 1929NOV991/1 T7527AJ UN10MAY91
AWheel Lift
BCap Screws
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0101102

PN=52
Remove and Install Front Wheel Assembly

CAUTION: Front wheel weighs approximately 50 kg (110 lb) without fluid or 186 kg (411 lb) with fluid.
T6382BJ UN27MAR90
1. Loosen cap screws or nuts for MFWD machines. 2. Lift wheel off ground and put shop stand under axle housing. 3. Put wheel lift under wheel. Fasten safety chain around upper portion of tire.
Specification Front WheelWeight......................................50 kg (110 lb) without fluid Weight ...............................................................186 kg (411 lb) with fluid
4. Remove cap screws. Pull wheel assembly away from axle. 5. Inspect all parts for damage replace parts as necessary. 6. Clean lug nuts and tapped studs. Use compressed air to dry all parts. IMPORTANT: If a power wrench is used, be sure that lug nuts are engaged to prevent stripping. Operate wrench slowly to prevent thread damage. 7. Install wheel assembly. Install nuts or cap screws and tighten to specification.
Specification Front WheeltoHub Cap Screw without MFWD (11L x 16 Tire Size)Torque ............................................................. 136 Nm (100 lbft)
Front WheeltoHub Cap Screw without MFWD (14.5/75 16.1Tire Size) (S.N. 876058)Torque......................136 + 20 68 Nm (100 + 15 50 lbft) Front WheeltoHub Cap Screw without MFWD (14.5/75 16.1Tire Size) (S.N. 876059)Torque.................................... 290 58 Nm (214 42 lbft) Specification Front WheeltoHub Nut With MFWD (12.5/8018 Tire Size) Torque ..................................................... 300 Nm (220 lbft)
8. Lower machine to the ground.
TXD300DS3032 1929NOV991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0101103

PN=53
Remove and Install Tire

CAUTION: Explosive separation of a tire and rim parts can cause serious injury or death. Do not attempt to mount a tire unless you have the proper equipment and experience to perform the job. Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflate the tires above the recommended pressure. Never weld or heat a wheel and tire assembly. The heat can cause an increase in air pressure resulting in a tire explosion. Welding can structurally weaken or deform the wheel. When inflating tires, use a clipon chuck and extension hose long enough to allow you to stand to one side and NOT in front of or over the tire assembly. Use a safety cage if available. Check wheels for low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damaged rims or missing lug bolts and nuts. NOTE: See John Deere OffTheRoad Tire Maintenance Manual to remove tire from wheel. 1. The tire can be removed without removing the wheel from the machine.
TS211 UN23AUG88 TX,01,YY2142 1930JAN971/4 Continued on next page TX,01,YY2142 1930JAN972/4
2. Always completely deflate tire by removing the valve core (A) from valve before attempting any demounting operation. Check valve stem by running a probe through it to make sure the valve stem is not plugged. Remove valve nut (B).
T91801 UN13FEB90
AValve Core
BValve Nut
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0101104

PN=54
3. Inspect all parts for damage replace parts as necessary. 4. Make sure all parts are clean and free from rust or grease before assembly. 5. To prevent slipping of the wheel under load, the inside and outside of wheel must be free of paint, rust, oil, grease, dirt or other foreign material before installation. 6. Install valve stem in rim base and tighten valve core housing finger tight. CAUTION: Serious bodily injury can occur from explosion when mounting and inflating tires if safe procedures are not followed. 7. Before mounting tire on rim, add soap lubricant to bead of the tire. 8. Clear area of all persons.
ARim BValve Core CSide Flange
T91802 UN13FEB90 Continued on next page TX,01,YY2142 1930JAN973/4
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0101105

PN=55
9.
Turn tire so valve stem is positioned at 12 oclock. Use a pressure regulating valve with clipon chuck and extension hose long enough to allow you to stand to one side and NOT in front of tire while inflating.
10. Use only recommended air pressure. Pressure over this limit can cause an explosion. 11. Add air until side flange of tire slides out against rim.
APressure Regulating Valve with ClipOn Chuck
TX,01,YY2142 1930JAN974/4
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0101106

PN=56
T91803 UN13FEB90
Section 02 Axles and Suspension Systems

Contents
Page
Group 0225Input Drive Shafts and UJoints Specifications ............................................ 0202251 Drive Shaft Remove and Install ...............................0202251 Group 0230NonPowered Wheel Axles Service Equipment and Tools .................... 0202301 Other Material............................................ 0202301 Specifications ............................................ 0202301 Hub Assembly Remove and Install ...............................0202302 Spindle and Knuckle Assembly Remove and Install ...............................0202303 Tie Rod Remove and Install ...............................0202304 NonPowered Front Axle Remove and Install ...............................0202304 Adjust ToeIn .........................................0202305 Group 0240Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD) Service Equipment and Tools .................... 0202401 Other Material............................................ 0202401 Specifications ............................................ 0202401 Front Wheel Drive Axles Use CTM4509 .......................................0202401 Powered Front Axle Remove and Install ...............................0202402 MFWD Axle Adjust ToeIn .........................................0202404 Group 0250Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears Essential Tools........................................... 0202501 Service Equipment and Tools .................... 0202501 Other Material............................................ 0202502 Specifications ............................................ 0202503 Inspect Service Brakes.............................. 0202504 Rear Axle Remove and Install ...............................0202505 Disassemble..........................................0202506 Disassemble and Assemble Park Brake .................. 02 025015 Assemble ............................................02025032 Check Service Brakes After Assembly..................... 02 025051 Check Gear Tooth Contact Pattern .....02025052 Group 0299Dealer Fabricated Tools DFT1146 Axle Mounting Bracket............... 0202991 DFT1147 Axle Rolling Torque Bar.............. 0202991
TM1611 (22JUL10)
021

PN=1
Contents
TM1611 (22JUL10)
022

PN=2
Group 0225 Input Drive Shafts and UJoints

Specifications
Drive Shaft UJoint StraptoYoke Cap Screws
Torque
40 Nm (30 lbft)
CED,TX03399,5621 1903DEC991/1
Remove and Install Drive Shaft

NOTE: Cap screws used in front and rear drive shaft are not reusable. Replace cap screws. 1. Remove four cap screw at front axle. Slide drive shaft from spline. For rear drive shaft remove eight cap screws. 2. Remove grease fitting and snap rings. 3. Put shaft in vice. Move shaft down, using a brass rod, until bearing assembly (A) is about halfway out. 4. Remove bearing assembly and Ujoint. Replace parts if necessary.
TX,0225,SS3076 1904DEC981/2
5. Rollers (A) and seal (B) must be installed correctly. Apply multipurpose grease on rollers to aid in assembly. 6. Install Ujoint (C).
T94754 UN05FEB90 TX,0225,SS3076 1904DEC982/2
7. Push bearing assemblies into yoke just far enough to install snap ring. Install snap ring. 8. Install grease fitting. 9. Install drive shaft. Install cap screws and tighten to specification.
Specification Drive Shaft UJoint StraptoYoke Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 40 Nm (30 lbft)
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0202251

PN=59
T94751 UN05FEB90
Input Drive Shafts and UJoints
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0202252

PN=60
Group 0230 NonPowered Wheel Axles

CED,TX03399,5622 1903DEC991/2
Bushing, Bearing and Seal Driver Set .............. D01045AA
Used to remove and install bushings.

CED,TX03399,5622 1903DEC992/2
Other Material
Number Name Use
TY15969 (U.S.) TY9479 (Canadian) 680 (LOCTITE)
Retaining Compound (Maximum Strength)
Apply to new tie rod bushings.
LOCTITE is a registered trademark of Loctite Corp.

CED,TX03399,5623 1903DEC991/1
Specifications
King Pin Bushings Wheel Bearing Castellated Nut Front Wheel ToeIn Tie Rod End Clamp Cap Screws and Nuts
Distance Torque Distance Torque
Flush to 3 mm (0.01 in.) below inner surface of axle casting 47 Nm (35 lbft), then turn out to nearest cotter pin slot. 6 3 mm (0.24 0.12 in.) 95 Nm (70 lbft)
CED,TX03399,5624 1903DEC991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0202301

PN=61
NonPowered Wheel Axles
Remove and Install Hub Assembly
1 Seal 2 Seal Cup 3 Inner Bearing Cone
4 Bearing Cup 5 Hub 6 Bearing Cup
7 Outer Bearing Cone 8 Set Screw 9 Cotter Pin
10 Washer 11 Castellated Nut 12 Cap
1. Remove front wheel. (See Remove and Install Front Wheel Assembly in Section 01, Group 0110.) 2. Remove cap (12). 3. Remove cotter pin (9) and nut (11). 4. Remove washer (10), bearing cone (7) and hub (5). 5. Remove bearing cone (3) and seal (1). 6. Remove seal cup (2). 7. Remove all old grease. Clean parts in solvent. Allow to air dry. 8. Inspect bearing cones and cups for pitting, discoloration, or scoring. Check seal for damage or brittleness. Replace parts if necessary. NOTE: Remove bearing cups only if replacement is necessary. 9. Remove bearing cups (4 and 6) using a brass drift. 10. Install new outer and inner bearing cups using a press. Install cups tight against shoulder in hub. 11. Pack inner and outer bearing cones (3 and 7) with multipurpose grease.
12. Install inner bearing cone (3). 13. Install seal cup (2) using a press. NOTE: Use a piece of pipe with the following approximate dimensions to install seal (1).
Length152 mm (6 in.) OD70 mm (23/4 in.) ID63.5 mm (21/2 in.)

14. Install seal (1) until tight against shoulder with flat side of seal facing away from hub. 15. Fill space between inner bearing cone and seal with multipurpose grease. Apply grease to lips of seal. 16. Install hub (5) onto knuckle spindle. 17. Install outer bearing cone (7), washer (10), and castellated nut (11). 18. Tighten castellated nut to specification.
Specification Wheel Bearing Castellated NutTorque................................................................... 47 Nm (35 lbft)
TX,0230,SS3067 1904DEC981/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0202302

PN=62
T106983 UN03FEB97
19. Rotate hub several times and tighten castellated nut again to specification. 20. Loosen castellated nut just enough to install cotter pin. If hole in knuckle spindle is aligned with slot in nut when nut is tightened to specification, loosen castellated nut one slot and install cotter pin.
21. Remove set screw (8) and install a grease fitting. 22. Inject multipurpose grease into hub until grease begins to come through outer bearing cone. 23. Install cap.
TX,0230,SS3067 1904DEC982/2
Remove and Install Spindle and Knuckle Assembly

1. Remove hub. (See Remove and Install Hub Assembly in this group.) 2. Remove cotter pin (23) and pin (30) to disconnect tie rod. 3. Remove cap screw (14). 4. Remove king pin using a soft steel rod. 5. Remove knuckle (29) with thrust washers (18 and 19). 6. Inspect thrust washers (18 and 19) and spring pin (20) for wear or damage. Remove spring pin only if replacement is necessary. 7. Inspect all parts for wear or damage, including axle bushings. 8. Remove seal from upper pivot bore.
T106990 UN12AUG98
9. Remove upper and lower bushings using disks from Bushing, Bearing and Seal Driver Set. 10. Apply retaining compound to outside surface of new bushings. Install bushings flush to 3 mm (0.01 in.) below inner surface of axle casting.
Specification King Pin BushingsDistance........................................... Flush to 3 mm (0.01 in.) below inner surface of axle casting
11. Install new seals tight against bushings. 12. Install new knuckle spring pin, if removed. 13. Install thrust washers and knuckle. 14. Install king pin. 15. Install and tighten cap screw (14) to specification.
Specification Wheel Bearing Castellated NutTorque.......................................................... 47 Nm (35 lbft), then turn out to nearest cotter pin slot.
11 Bushing 12 Grease Zerk 13 Seal 14 Cap Screw 15 King Pin 16 Lock Nut 18 Thrust Washer
19 Thrust Washer 20 Spring Pin 21 Dust Shield 23 Cotter Pin 24 Grease Zerk 29 Knuckle 30 Pin
16. Align tie rod to install pin and cotter pin. 17. Install hub. (See Remove and Install Hub Assembly in this group).
TX,02,YY2143 1904DEC981/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0202303

PN=63
Remove and Install Tie Rod

1. Remove pins and tie rod (2) from machine. 2. Remove and install bushing (1) using disks from the Bushing, Bearing and Seal Driver Set. 3. Install tie rod and pins.
1 Bushing 2 Tie Rod End 4 Cap Screw 5 Clip 6 Tube 9 Grease Zerk 10 Nut
T106992 UN05FEB97 TX,02,YY2145 1901FEB971/1
Remove and Install NonPowered Front Axle

1. Install shop stands under main frame. 2. Remove counterweights if equipped. 3. Raise loader and install boom lock bar. CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. 4. Operate all hydraulic controls to release pressure. 5. Remove both front wheels. (See procedure in Section 01, Group 0110.) 6. Tag and disconnect steering cylinder lines. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 7. Put a service jack under axle.
TX,0230,SS3072 1916SEP981/2 X9811 UN23AUG88
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0202304

PN=64
8. Remove cap screw (1), washer (2) and bushing (3). 9. Remove lubrication lines from rear of pin (4) and head end of steering cylinder. 10. Remove pin and axle. 11. Remove and save shims, if used. 12. Inspect pivot bushings (6). Remove if worn or damaged. 13. Surfaces must be free of grease, oil, dirt or paint. 14. Apply retaining compound (maximum strength) on outside surface of new bushings. 15. Install new bushings flush to 0.8 mm (0.03 in.) below the outer surface of the axle. 16. Install as many shims as will fit between axle and support. 17. Install pin (4) and cap screw (1).
T106993 UN05FEB97 TX,0230,SS3072 1916SEP982/2
18. Connect lubrication and hydraulic lines. 19. Install front wheels (see Remove and Install Front Wheel Assembly in Section 01, Group 0110).
1 Cap Screw 2 Washer 3 Bushing 4 Pin 5 Thrust Washer (as required) 6 Bushing (2 used)
Adjust NonPowered Front Axle ToeIn

1. Measure distance from ground to hub center (A). At this height, mark front and rear of tire at the center of the tread.
T6382JW UN02NOV88
2. Measure distance (B and C) between front and rear marks. 3. Front marks must be 6 3 mm (0.24 0.12 in.) less than the rear marks.
Specification Front Wheel ToeInDistance............................................. 6 3 mm (0.24 0.12 in.)
4. To adjust toein, loosen both tie rod clamps and turn tie rod. After adjustment, tip clamps 45 down toward rear of machine. 5. Tighten clamp cap screws and nuts to specification.
Specification Tie Rod End Clamp Cap Screws and NutsTorque................................................................. 95 Nm (70 lbft)
ACenter of Hub BFront of Tire Width
CRear of Tire Width DTie Rod
TX,0230,SS3074 1911DEC951/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0202305

PN=65
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0202306

PN=66
Group 0240 Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)

CED,TX03399,5626 1903DEC991/2
Low Lift Jack...................................................... JT01642A
Used to remove and install MFWD axle.

CED,TX03399,5626 1903DEC992/2
Other Material
Number Name Use
Apply to OD of MFWD axle bushings.

CED,TX03399,5627 1903DEC991/1
Specifications
MFWD Axle Pivot MFWD Drive Shaft UJoint StraptoAxle Yoke Cap Screw Front Wheel ToeIn
End Play Torque Distance
01.5 mm (00.060 in.) 41 Nm (30 lbft) 6 3 mm (1/4 1/8 in.)

CED,TX03399,5628 1903DEC991/1
Front Wheel Drive AxlesUse CTM4509

For complete repair information, the component technical manual (CTM) is also required. Use the CTM in conjunction with this machine manual.
TS225 UN17JAN89 TX,02,YY2147 1904FEB971/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0202401

PN=67
Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)
Remove and Install Powered Front Axle

1. Raise loader and install boom lock bar. CAUTION: Total machine weight is 4854 kg (10700 lb). Use appropriate lifting device and floor stands. 2. Raise and support front of machine. Position floor stands under main frameone at each side. 3. Remove front wheels. (See Remove and Install Front Wheel Assembly in Section 01, Group 0110.) CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. 4. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure in hydraulic system. Disconnect steering cylinder lines. Close all openings with caps or plugs. 5. Remove cap screws to disconnect drive shaft.
TX,02,BD2750 1916APR971/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0202402

PN=68
X9811 UN23AUG88
Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD)
1 Cap Screw 2 Washer
3 Bushing 4 Pin
5 Thrust Washer (as required) 6 Thrust Washer (2 used)
7 Bushing (2 used) 8 Adapter (2 used)
TX,02,BD2750 1916APR972/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0202403

PN=69
T107054 UN12AUG98
Powered Wheel Axle (MFWD) 6. Position a low lift jack under center of front axle. Attach the adjustablegrip arms and safety chains of the low lift jack to the axle housing. 7. Remove cap screw (1), washer (2) and bushing (3). 8. Disconnect two lubrication lines from adapters (8). 9. Remove pin (4), thrust washers (5 and 6) and axle assembly. 10. Inspect bushings (7) for wear or damage. Remove only if replacement is necessary. 11. Put retaining compound on new bushings. 12. Raise axle into position under front frame assembly. Install thrust washers (5) as required between pin (4) and frame until axle pivot end play is within specification.
Specification MFWD Axle PivotEnd Play..................................................................01.5 mm (00.060 in.)
13. Apply multipurpose grease on pin (4). Install pin into bore. Install two adapters (8) and connect lubrication lines. 14. Install mounting hardware (13). 15. Install drive shaft. Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification MFWD Drive Shaft UJoint StraptoAxle Yoke Cap ScrewTorque............................................................... 41 Nm (30 lbft)
16. Connect steering cylinder lines. 17. Install front wheels and lower machine to ground. (See Remove and Install Front Wheel Assembly in Section 01, Group 0110.) 18. Remove boom lock bar and lower loader.
TX,02,BD2750 1916APR973/3
Adjust MFWD Axle ToeIn

1. With the wheels in straight ahead position, measure distance from ground to hub center (A). At this height, mark front and rear of tire at the center of the tread.
T7947AW UN15MAR93 TX0240BD1053 1927JAN941/1
2. Measure distances (B and C) between front and rear marks. 3. Front marks must be 6 3 mm (1/4 1/8 in.) less than the rear marks.
Specification Front Wheel ToeInDistance................................................. 6 3 mm (1/4 1/8 in.)
4. To adjust toein, loosen both tie rod clamp cap screws and nuts (D) and turn each tie rod (E) equally until toein is adjusted to specification. 5. Tighten clamp cap screws and nuts.
ACenter of Hub BRear of Tire Width CFront of Tire Width DCap Screw and Nut (2 used) ETie Rod
T7947AX UN11MAR93
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0202404

PN=70
Group 0250 Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears

Essential Tools
NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC).
CED,TX03399,5629 1903DEC991/6
Axle Spanner Nut Wrench .................................. JDG1056
Use to remove axle nut.

CED,TX03399,5629 1903DEC992/6
Ring Gauge .........................................................JDG1138
Used to extend spring pins.

CED,TX03399,5629 1903DEC993/6
Axle Seal Installer............................................... JDG1059
Used to drive seal into housing.

CED,TX03399,5629 1903DEC994/6
Rolling Torque and Backlash Bar ....................... JDG712A
Used to measure backlash.

CED,TX03399,5629 1903DEC995/6
Axle Sleeve Installer ........................................... JDG1058
Used to press axle into sleeve.

CED,TX03399,5629 1903DEC996/6

WS68074,00036FA 1914JUL101/5
Low Lift Jack...................................................... JT01642A
Used to remove and install rear axle.

WS68074,00036FA 1914JUL102/5
Low Lift Jack...................................................... JT01642A
Used to remove and install MFWD axle.

WS68074,00036FA 1914JUL103/5
1
1
Axle Mounting Bracket .......................................DFT1146
Used to mount axle to engine stand.
Fabricated tool, dealer made. (See Group 0299 for in structions to make tool.)
Continued on next page WS68074,00036FA 1914JUL104/5
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0202501

PN=71
Axle Shaft, Bearings and Reduction Gears
1
1
Axle Rolling Torque Bar......................................DFT1147
Used to determine axle rolling torque.
Fabricated tool, dealer made. (See Group 0299 for in structions to make tool.)
WS68074,00036FA 1914JUL105/5
Other Material
Number Name Use
TY16285 (U.S.) CXTY16285 (Canadian) 7649 (LOCTITE) T43512 (U.S.) TY9473 (Canadian) 242 (LOCTITE)
Cure Primer
Cures surfaces prior to application of adhesives or sealants. Apply to threads of pinion shaft.
Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength)
Apply to cap screw threads of brake retainers. Apply to threads of axle shaft spanner nut. TY16021 (U.S.) TY9484 (Canadian) 17430 (LOCTITE) High Flex FormInPlace Gasket Apply to ID of axle sleeve.

CED,TX03399,5631 1903DEC991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0202502

PN=72
Specifications
Rear Axle Service Brake Disk Rear Axle Mounting Cap Screws Pinion Shaft Bearings Pinion Shaft Nut To Determine Shim Pack Dimension for Piston Travel To Determine Shim Pack Dimension for Park Brake Spring Plate Park Brake Cover Cap Screws Park Brake Housing Cap Screws SleevetoFlange End Park Brake Manual Release Cap Screws Park Brake Slip Check (Brake Must Not Slip at This Setting) Differential Housing Cap Screws Axle Housing Cap Screws Ring Gear Brake Housing Guide Pins Brake Retainer Cap Screw Inner Axle Bearing Planet Carrier Thickness Torque Rolling Drag Torque Torque Distance Distance Torque Torque Distance Depth Torque Torque Torque Backlash Depth Torque Rolling Drag Torque End play 5 mm (0.197 in.) Minimum 620 Nm (457 lbft) 0.51.0 Nm (49 lbin.) 600 Nm (442 lbft) 1.2 + 0.1 0 mm (0.047 + 0.004 0 in.) 8.7 0.2 mm (0.343 0.008 in.) 46 Nm (34 lbft) 46 Nm (34 lbft) 100 mm (4 in.) 27 + 1 0 mm (1.06 + 0.039 0 in.) 530 Nm (391 lbft) 185 Nm (136 lbft) 195 Nm (144 lbft) 0.150.25 mm (0.0060.010 in.) 40.6 + 0 0.6 mm (1.59 + 0 0.023 in.) 9.5 Nm (84 lbin.) 6.58 Nm (5871 lbin.) 0.10.4 mm (0.0030.015 in.)
CED,TX03399,5632 1903DEC991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0202503

PN=73
Inspect Service Brakes

NOTE: The service brake inspection ports are located at the front of the rear axle. 1. Remove plugs (A) from inspection port (C). NOTE: If axle is removed from machine, skip steps 2 and 3 and apply hydraulic pressure directly to axle service brake ports using a manually operated hydraulic pump. 2. Start engine. Do not release park brake. 3. Apply the service brakes. NOTE: When the service brakes are applied, gap (B) will equal the overall thickness of brake disk (E). A piece of metal bar stock with a thickness of 5 mm (0.197 in.) can be used as a gauge to check gap (B). If the 5 mm (0.197 in.) gauge cannot fit between two separator disks (D), replace brake disks. (See Disassemble Rear Axle in this group.) 4. Check gap (B) between two separator disks (D) using a feeler gauge. 5. Replace brake disks if gap (B) is less than 5 mm (0.197 in.).
Rear AxleSpecification Service Brake DiskThickness ............................................. 5 mm (0.197 in.) Minimum
T115644 UN01JUN98 CED,OUO1020,3239 1922DEC981/1
(See Disassemble Rear Axle in Group 0250.)

APlugs BGap [5 mm (0.197 in.) minimum] CInspection Port DSeparator Disk (4 used) EBrake Disk (3 used)
T115634 UN01JUN98
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0202504

PN=74
Remove and Install Rear Axle

CAUTION: Total machine weight is 4854 kg (10700 lb). Use appropriate lifting device and floor stands. 1. Raise and support rear of machine. Position floor stands under main frameone at each side. 2. Remove both rear wheels. (See Remove and Install Rear Wheel Assembly in Group 0110.) NOTE: The approximated capacity of rear axle is 13 L (14 qt). 3. Drain rear axle. 4. Disconnect hydraulic lines to service brakes (1), differential lock (2) and park brake (3) from top of axle housing. Close all hydraulic lines opening using caps and plugs.
T107305 UN15FEB97 CED,OUO1040,1006 1904DEC981/1
5. Position a low lift jack under center of rear axle. Attach the adjustablegrip arms and safety chains of the low lift jack to the axle housing. 6. Remove four cap screws (4) on each side of axle and lower axle from machine.
7. Repair axle as necessary. (See Disassemble Rear Axle in this group.) 8. Install rear axle using low lift jack. 9. Install and tighten axle mounting cap screws (4) to specification.
Specification Rear Axle Mounting Cap ScrewsTorque......................................................... 620 Nm (457 lbft)
10. Connect hydraulic lines to service brakes, differential lock, and park brake. 11. Install rear wheels and lower machine to ground. (See Remove and Install Rear Wheel Assembly in Group 0110.) NOTE: It will take approximately five minutes for oil to settle into outer housing when oil is warm. 12. Install drain plug. Fill axle to proper level. (See Fuels and Lubricants in Group 0004.)
T107300 UN15FEB97
Wait five to ten minutes for oil to settle. Recheck level and add as necessary. If oil is cold, settle time may increase.
1 Service Brake Hydraulic Line 2 Differential Lock Hydraulic Line 3 Park Brake Hydraulic Line 4 Cap Screw (4 used)
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0202505

PN=75
Disassemble Rear Axle

1. Remove axle from machine. (See procedure in this group.) NOTE: Repair procedure for the left and right outer axle housings are the same. 2. Attach lifting strap and hoist to right axle housing. 3. Remove eight cap screws and two nuts with lock washers from right axle housing. Carefully separate axle housing from brake housing using a hoist. 4. Install axle housing on engine stand using DFT1146 Axle Mounting Bracket. (See procedure to make tool in Group 0299.)
WS68074,00036FB 1914JUL101/24
NOTE: The right side axle housing and brake housing MUST be removed if any repairs are being done to differential or pinion. Differential lock piston can be repaired by removing the left axle housing. Carrier shown removed for illustration purposes. 5. Remove snap ring from one planetary gear.
T105075 UN14JAN97 Continued on next page WS68074,00036FB 1914JUL102/24
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0202506

PN=76
T105071 UN14JAN97
6. Remove planetary gear from carrier using a puller or rolledhead pry bars. 7. Release snap ring retaining planetary carrier to axle and remove carrier from housing. 8. Remove remaining planetary gears from carrier as necessary.
WS68074,00036FB 1914JUL103/24
9. Remove snap ring and thrust washer to disassemble bearing.
WS68074,00036FB 1914JUL104/24
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0202507

PN=77
T105078 UN14JAN97
T107738 UN28FEB97
10. Install two eye bolts and bar to retain axle. Remove axle nut using JDG1056 Axle Spanner Nut Wrench.
WS68074,00036FB 1914JUL105/24
11. Remove axle from housing using a hoist.
WS68074,00036FB 1914JUL106/24
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0202508

PN=78
T105082 UN14JAN97
T107739 UN28FEB97
12. Remove axle bearing using a puller.
WS68074,00036FB 1914JUL107/24
13. Remove and discard seal sleeve. NOTE: Remove brass plug ONLY if axle housing, brake housing, center housing, differential, sun pinion shaft, axle shaft, or ring and pinion are replaced.
T105084 UN14JAN97 WS68074,00036FB 1914JUL108/24
14. If necessary, remove (brass) stop on end of axle shaft by drilling and tapping stop. Install slide hammer and remove stop. Discard stop.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0202509

PN=79
T107740 UN28FEB97
15. Remove and discard shaft seal. If necessary, use a brass rod to drive outer bearing races from axle housing.
WS68074,00036FB 1914JUL109/24
16. Remove sun gear shaft from differential.
WS68074,00036FB 1914JUL1010/24
17. Remove backing plate, brake disks, and separator plates from housing. 18. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Check thickness of brake disk. Replace if less than specification.
T105087 UN14JAN97 WS68074,00036FB 1914JUL1011/24
Specification Brake DiskThickness.................................. 5 mm (0.197 in.) Minimum
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025010

PN=80
T105086 UN14JAN97
T105085 UN14JAN97
19. Scribe a line between brake housing and differential housing to aid assembly. Remove brake housing from differential housing.
WS68074,00036FB 1914JUL1012/24
20. Remove piston from housing using compressed air or hydraulic hand pump.
WS68074,00036FB 1914JUL1013/24
21. Remove Orings and backup rings from brake housing.
WS68074,00036FB 1914JUL1014/24
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025011

PN=81
T105090 UN14JAN97
T107763 UN28FEB97
T105088 UN14JAN97
22. Remove split ring from brake adjusters.
WS68074,00036FB 1914JUL1015/24
23. Remove cap screws, clips, spring and pins.
WS68074,00036FB 1914JUL1016/24
24. Remove guide pins (if necessary) from brake housing using a press.
WS68074,00036FB 1914JUL1017/24
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025012

PN=82
T105094 UN14JAN97
T105093 UN14JAN97
T105091 UN14JAN97
25. Remove differential.
WS68074,00036FB 1914JUL1018/24
26. Remove both bearings from differential using a puller.
WS68074,00036FB 1914JUL1019/24
27. Scribe a line on differential housings to aid assembly. 28. Remove cap screws from differential.
WS68074,00036FB 1914JUL1020/24
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025013

PN=83
T105097 UN14JAN97
T105096 UN14JAN97
T105095 UN14JAN97
29. Note location of tabs on thrust washers. Remove pinion assembly.
WS68074,00036FB 1914JUL1021/24
30. Remove ring gear from differential housing (if required) using a press.
WS68074,00036FB 1914JUL1022/24
31. Remove spring, differential lock, and thrust bearing.
WS68074,00036FB 1914JUL1023/24
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025014

PN=84
T105100 UN14JAN97
T105099 UN14JAN97
T105098 UN14JAN97
NOTE: A hand operated hydraulic pump can be used to remove differential lock piston. 32. Remove sun gear shaft and differential lock piston.
T105103 UN14JAN97 WS68074,00036FB 1914JUL1024/24 TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV991/42 Continued on next page TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV992/42
33. Remove differential outer bearing race using a puller and slide hammer.
Disassemble and Assemble Park Brake

NOTE: To aid disassembly, remove lock nut on pinion shaft before releasing park brake cap screws. A pipe wrench can also be used to retain drive flange, if necessary. 1. Remove lock nut from pinion shaft. 2. Remove drive flange from pinion shaft.
T105105 UN14JAN97
3. Remove sleeve from drive flange (if necessary) using a knife edge puller and a press.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025015

PN=85
T108145B UN13MAR97
4. Drive pinion shaft from park brake housing using a soft mallet.
TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV993/42
5. Remove adjusting ring from shaft. 6. Remove bearing from pinion shaft using a knife edge puller.
TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV994/42
7. Remove pinion shaft seal from housing.
TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV995/42
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025016

PN=86
T105109 UN14JAN97
T105108 UN14JAN97
T105106 UN14JAN97
8. Scribe a line on park brake cover and housing to aid assembly. Loosen lock nuts and remove towing cap screws. 9. Remove evenly the remaining cap screws that fasten park brake cover to housing while releasing pressure on park brake disk.
T105110 UN14JAN97 TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV996/42
10. Remove park brake piston from brake housing.
TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV997/42
11. Remove sealing rings and guide pins with Orings from piston.
TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV998/42
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025017

PN=87
T105113 UN14JAN97
T105112 UN14JAN97
12. Remove outer bearing race from housing using a puller.
TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV999/42
NOTE: Be careful not to damage shims behind bearing cup during removal. 13. Drive bearing cup from housing using a brass rod.
T105116 UN14JAN97 TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9910/42
NOTE: If ring gear or pinion shaft are damaged, both parts MUST be replaced as an assembly. 14. Record dimension (X) located on top center of rear axle housing.
EXAMPLE OF DIMENSION X (X) Equals 173.24 mm (6.82 in.)
T105118 UN14JAN97 Continued on next page TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9911/42
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025018

PN=88
T105115 UN14JAN97
NOTE: An etched number (C) at end of the pinion shaft is used to identify the pinion shaft with the ring gear. The etched numbers on both components should match.
T116978 1928AUG98
The stamped number (A) on the end of the pinion shaft is used for calculating the number of shims required (dimension Y). In addition to the stamped number, a tolerance number (B) may be etched on the end of some pinion shafts. The tolerance should be added to (or subtracted from) the stamped number as necessary. 15. 1Record dimension (I) (stamped on end of pinion shaft).
EXAMPLE OF DIMENSION (I) Dimension (I) Equals AStamped Number BEtched Tolerance Number 135 mm (5.3 in.)1 CEtched Match Set Number Examples of Euro Style Numbers and U.S. Equivalent
If a tolerance number (B) is etched on end of the pinion shaft, add the tolerance to (or subtract from) the stamped number (as necessary) to determine dimension (I).
TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9912/42
16. Measure and record complete bearing width dimension (II).

EXAMPLE OF DIMENSION (II) Dimension (II) Equals 36.54 mm (1.43 in.)
T108058 UN11MAR97 Continued on next page TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9913/42
17. Determine number of shims required behind pinion shaft inner bearing race. See Examples A and B.
EXAMPLE A: Dimension (I) Plus dimension (II) Equals dimension (Y) 135 mm (5.31 in.) + 36.54 mm (1.43 in.) = 171.54 mm (6.74 in.) EXAMPLE B: Dimension (X) Minus dimension (Y) Equals shim pack 173.24 mm (6.82 in.) 171.54 mm (6.75 in.) = 1.70 mm (0.07 in.)
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025019

PN=89
T117043 1910SEP98
18. Install shims and inner bearing race in housing.
TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9914/42
19. Install outer bearing race until bottomed in bore.
TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9915/42
20. Heat inner roller bearing and install on pinion shaft. Be sure bearing is bottomed on shoulder of pinion shaft.
TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9916/42
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025020

PN=90
T105124 UN14JAN97
T105123 UN14JAN97
T105121 UN14JAN97
21. Extend spring pins on JGD1138 Gauge Ring and install on pinion shaft.
TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9917/42
22. Heat outer pinion shaft bearing. Install pinion shaft and bearing until bottomed.
TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9918/42
NOTE: Rotate pinion shaft several times in both directions as nut is gradually tightened to seat bearings. 23. Install drive flange, washer and nut. Retain drive flange with a pipe wrench and tighten nut.
T106462 UN16JAN97 Continued on next page TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9919/42
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025021

PN=91
T106461 UN16JAN97
T105125 UN14JAN97
NOTE: If new bearings are installed, tighten nut to obtain a rolling drag torque at the higher end of specification. 24. Establish rolling drag torque.
T108099 UN12MAR97 TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9920/42 TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9921/42 TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9922/42
Specification Pinion Shaft BearingsRolling Drag Torque............................................................. 0.51.0 Nm (49 lbin.)
25. Loosen nut and remove pinion shaft again.
26. Remove gauge ring and measure the height of the spacer ring to be installed on pinion shaft.
NOTE: Rotate pinion shaft several times in both directions as nut is tightened to seat bearings. 27. Install pinion shaft, spacer ring, bearing and drive flange. Install washer and nut on shaft. Tighten nut to specification.
Specification Pinion Shaft NutTorque............................................................... 600 Nm (442 lbft)
T106462 UN16JAN97
28. Check rolling drag torque again. 29. Remove nut and drive flange from pinion shaft.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025022

PN=92
T106465 UN16JAN97
NOTE: For correct operation of the park brake, it is IMPORTANT that the following measurements be accurate. 30. Use the following steps to determine the shim pack required behind the park brake cover. Shims (A1) are used to obtain dimension (A) 1.2 + 0.1 0 mm (0.047 + 0.004 0 in.) which allows correct piston travel when brake is released. Install a nominal shim pack of 0.9 mm (0.035 in.).
Specification To Determine Shim Pack Dimension for Piston TravelDistance....................1.2 + 0.1 0 mm (0.047 + 0.004 0 in.) To Determine Shim Pack Dimension for Park Brake Spring PlateDistance......................... 8.7 0.2 mm (0.343 0.008 in.)
A1.2 + 0.1 0 mm (0.047 + 0.004 0 in.) A1Shims
B8.7 0.2 mm (0.343 0.008 in.) B1Shims

TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9923/42
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025023

PN=93
T106468 UN16JAN97
T111372 UN13NOV98
NOTE: Sealing rings and Orings MUST be removed from cover and piston before measurements are taken. 31. Install park brake front cover and three cap screws.
T106469 UN16JAN97 TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9924/42
32. Install brake disks, plates, and piston to park brake housing.
TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9925/42
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025024

PN=94
T106471 UN16JAN97
33. Use gauge blocks and a depth gauge to determine dimension I. Raised piston shoulder (1) minus flange mounting surface (2) equals dimension I. Record measurement.
EXAMPLE OF DIMENSION I
T111376 UN17SEP97
Raised piston shoulder minus flange mounting surface
3.62 mm (0.142 in.)
34. Using gauge blocks, measure distance to flange mounting surface (4) and subtract distance to inner ring surface (3). This equals dimension II. NOTE: Axle may be positioned so park brake housing is on top (pinion shaft pointing up) for ease in making measurement.
EXAMPLE OF DIMENSION II Flange mounting surface minus inner ring surface 1.78 mm (0.070 in.)
35. Dimension I minus dimension II equals amount of piston travel when brake is released. NOTE: In the Example C, a shim adjustment IS REQUIRED.
EXAMPLE C Dimension I Minus dimension II Piston Travel (A) 3.62 mm (0.142 in.) 1.78 mm (0.070 in.) = 1.84 mm (0.072 in.) 1 Piston Shoulder 2 Flange Mounting Surface (Park Brake Housing) 3 Inner Ring Surface 4 Flange Mounting Surface (Axle Housing)
Adjust shim pack (A1) as necessary (refer to step 30) to obtain allowable piston travel.
Continued on next page TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9926/42
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025025

PN=95
T111375 UN17SEP97
NOTE: Axle may be positioned so park brake housing is on top (pinion shaft pointing up) to ease in making measurement. Shim pack (B1) is used to set the required preload on spring plate.
T106474 UN16JAN97 TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9927/42
36. Use the following steps to determine the shim pack required behind spring plate (B1). Install a nominal shim pack of 1.10 mm (0.043 in.) and spring plate in park brake housing.
A1.8 + 0.1 0 mm (0.071 + 0.004 0 in.) A1Shims B8.6 0.1 mm (0.339 0.0039 in.) B1Shims
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025026

PN=96
T111372 UN13NOV98
37. Using gauge blocks, measure distance to flange mounting surface (5) and subtract distance to spring plate (6). This equals dimension I.
EXAMPLE OF DIMENSION I
T111374 UN12SEP97 TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9928/42
Flange mounting surface minus spring plate distance 5 Flange Mounting Surface (Axle Housing)
4.46 mm (0.175 in.)
6 Spring Plate
38. Use gauge blocks and a depth gauge to determine dimension II. Distance to piston (spring washer contact area) (7) minus distance to flange mounting surface (8) equals dimension II.
EXAMPLE OF DIMENSION II
T111373 UN12SEP97
Piston (spring washer contact area) distance minus flange mounting surface distance
13.80 mm (0.543 in.)
39. Dimension II minus dimension I equals dimension (B). Adjust shim pack (B1) (as necessary) behind spring plate to obtain spring preload installation dimension (B) of 8.7 0.2 mm (0.343 0.008 in.). NOTE: In the Example D, a shim adjustment IS REQUIRED because dimension (B) should be within 8.7 0.2 mm (0.343 0.008 in.).
EXAMPLE D Dimension II Minus dimension I Spring Preload (B) 13.80 (0.543 in.) 4.46 mm (0.175 in.) = 9.34 mm (0.368 in.) 7 Spring Washer Contact Area 8 Flange Mounting Surface (Park Brake Housing)
40. Remove piston, brake disks and plates, cover and shims.
TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9929/42
41. Install required shim pack and Oring on cover.
TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9930/42
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025027

PN=97
T106477 UN16JAN97
42. Install cover and cap screws to park brake housing. Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification Park Brake Cover Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 46 Nm (34 lbft)
T106478 UN16JAN97 TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9931/42
43. Apply petroleum jelly on Orings and install on pins. Install pins and sealing rings in park brake housing. Grooves on sealing rings MUST face each other.
TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9932/42
44. Install drive flange, brake disks, and plates to park brake housing.
TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9933/42
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025028

PN=98
T106481 UN16JAN97
T106479 UN16JAN97
45. Install spring pin in piston until bottomed. 46. Install piston in brake housing.
TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9934/42
47. Install spring washer. Apply petroleum jelly to Oring and install on flange of park brake housing. 48. Install shim pack (B1, determined earlier) and spring plate.
T106486 UN16JAN97 TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9935/42
49. Install two guide pins to differential housing. Align scribe mark and install park brake assembly.
TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9936/42
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025029

PN=99
T106488 UN16JAN97
T106482 UN16JAN97
50. Install and tighten cap screws evenly. Tighten cap screws to specification. DO NOT install the manual brake release cap screws.
Specification Park Brake Housing Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 46 Nm (34 lbft)
NOTE: Due to the preload of the spring washer the park brake disks and plates will be held in position. 51. Remove drive flange from park brake housing.
TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9937/42
TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9938/42
53. Install sleeve on drive flange (as shown) 100 mm (4 in.) from flange end using a knife edge puller and a press.
Specification SleevetoFlange EndDistance.................................................................. 100 mm (4 in.)
TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9939/42
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025030

PN=100
T108145B UN13MAR97
T106490 UN16JAN97
52. Install shaft seal with lip of seal facing brake plates. Seal can be driven even with shoulder of housing using JDG1059. Seal must be installed 1.5 0.5 mm (0.059 0.020 in.) below shoulder. This can be done by using a washer and a brass drift. Position the drift over a part of the washer and the shoulder and gently tap seal until drift is bottomed on shoulder.
T106489 UN16JAN97
54. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to pinion shaft threads. Install drive flange and washer. Install and tighten nut to 600 Nm (442 lbft).
T106491 UN16JAN97 TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9940/42
55. Install manual brake released cap screws with lock nut. Cap screws must be installed to specification.
Specification Park Brake Manual Release Cap ScrewsDepth............................27 + 1 0 mm (1.06 + 0.039 0 in.)
Tighten lock nut.
TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9941/42
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025031

PN=101
T108090 1912MAR97
56. Install a torque wrench set to 530 Nm (391 lbft) on shaft nut. Attempt to turn in a clockwise direction. Park brake must not slip.
Specification Park Brake Slip Check (Brake Must Not Slip at This Setting)Torque ................................................. 530 Nm (391 lbft)
TX,02,YY2215 1924NOV9942/42
Assemble Rear Axle

NOTE: Spring pins can be removed (if necessary) by tapping threads in each pin (1/4 in. tap inner pin, 1/2 in. tap outer pin). Install slide hammer and remove pins from bore. 1. Install spring pins (if removed) into blind holes of differential hub. Note slot on outer spring pin MUST be located as shown. Install inner spring pin with slot 180 from outer pin.
WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL101/49
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025032

PN=102
T106495 UN16JAN97
T108091 UN19MAR97
T106493 UN16JAN97
NOTE: Make sure spring pins are aligned with bores in bevel gear. 2. Press ring gear on differential hub until bottomed.
T106496 UN16JAN97 WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL102/49
3. Install thrust washer and side gear.
WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL103/49
4. Install pinion assembly. Note thrust washers on outer edge of pinion gears must be installed with locking tabs upward.
WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL104/49
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025033

PN=103
T106498 UN16JAN97
T106497 UN16JAN97
5. Install side gear.
WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL105/49
NOTE: Locking tabs on thrust washer MUST engage slots on housing. 6. Install thrust washer and differential housing.
T106500 UN16JAN97 WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL106/49
7. Install and tighten cap screws to specification.

Specification Differential Housing Cap ScrewsTorque......................................................... 185 Nm (136 lbft)
T106502 UN16JAN97 Continued on next page WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL107/49
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025034

PN=104
T106499 UN16JAN97
8. Press both bearing inner races until bottomed on shoulder.
WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL108/49
9. Install a nominal shim pack of 1.25 mm (0.049 in.) and outer bearing race.
WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL109/49
10. Position axle housing as shown and install differential assembly and outer bearing race. NOTE: At this point, some backlash should be felt between pinion shaft and ring gear. If necessary, add shims until some backlash can be felt.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025035

PN=105
T106505 UN16JAN97
T106503 UN16JAN97
11. Measure and record dimension I using gauge blocks and a depth gauge.
EXAMPLE OF DIMENSION (I) Flange mounting surfaceto bearing outer race 7.30 mm (0.287 in.)
T106508 UN16JAN97 WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1011/49
12. Measure and record dimension II.

EXAMPLE OF DIMENSION (II) Brake housing flangetoshoulder of outer bearing race 8.50 mm (0.335 in.)
WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1012/49
13. Adjust shim pack (as necessary) behind differential bearing. Round off dimension to the nearest shim size.
EXAMPLE E Dimension II Minus dimension I Difference Plus required bearing preload Equals total differential bearing shim pack 8.50 mm (0.334 in.) 7.30 mm (0.287 in.) 1.20 mm (0.047 in.) + 0.10 mm (0.003 in.) = 1.30 mm (0.050 in.)
T106510 UN16JAN97 WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1013/49
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025036

PN=106
T106509 UN16JAN97
14. Install brake housing. NOTE: If shim pack has been correctly determined, there will be a gap between differential housing and brake housing. (Example: shim pack 1.30 mm (0.051 in.) equal a gap 0.1 mm (0.004 in.) ) 15. Check for gap between differential housing and brake housing using a feeler gauge.
T106512 UN16JAN97 WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1014/49 WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1015/49
NOTE: Oring on flange of brake housing must be removed to determine measurements for shim pack. 16. Install three cap screws between brake housing and differential housing. Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification Axle Housing Cap ScrewsTorque......................................................... 195 Nm (144 lbft)
T106513 UN16JAN97
This will assure that ring gear and pinion are in proper alignment to determine backlash.
17. Install JDG712A rolling torque and backlash bar. NOTE: Straightedge of JDG712A tool indicates position to record backlash. 18. Install a dial indicator so its positioned approximately 100 mm from center to correspond to the outer tooth diameter of the ring gear.
Specification Ring GearBacklash.........................0.150.25 mm (0.0060.010 in.)
Too little backlashinstall thicker shim behind
outer bearing cup in step 9. The shim thickness for bearing preload shown in step 13 must be reduced accordingly. Too much backlashinstall thinner shim behind outer bearing cup in step 9. The shim thickness for bearing preload shown in step 13 must be increased accordingly.
20. After final shim pack thickness is determined, disassemble housing and install Orings on flange and pilot of axle housings. 21. To verify measurements are correct, check gear tooth contact pattern. (See procedure in this group.)
19. Remove three cap screws and brake housing.
WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1016/49
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025037

PN=107
T106515 UN16JAN97
22. Install differential lock piston seals into housing. 23. Install piston into housing until bottomed.
WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1017/49
24. Apply petroleum jelly to thrust washer and install on differential lock.
WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1018/49
25. Install differential lock and spring. 26. Install differential assembly.
WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1019/49
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025038

PN=108
T106567 UN17JAN97
T106566 UN17JAN97
T106517 UN16JAN97
27. Install guide pins (if removed) to specified depth, as shown.

Specification Brake Housing Guide PinsDepth...........................40.6 + 0 0.6 mm (1.59 + 0 0.023 in.)
T106569 UN17JAN97 WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1020/49
28. Install springs and pins to brake housing.
WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1021/49
29. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to cap screw threads. Install retaining clips and cap screws. Tighten cap screws to specification.
T106571 UN17JAN97 WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1022/49
Specification Brake Retainer Cap ScrewTorque............................................................ 9.5 Nm (84 lbin.)
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025039

PN=109
T106570 UN17JAN97
30. Install sealing rings with groove of ring facing each other toward the pressure chamber. Install backup rings in groove away from pressure chamber. 31. Apply petroleum jelly to split rings and install on brake adjusters. IMPORTANT: Center the split rings on pins before installing the brake piston. 32. Carefully install the brake piston until it is bottomed.
T106573 UN17JAN97 WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1023/49 WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1024/49 Continued on next page WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1025/49
33. Apply petroleum jelly to Orings and install on brake housing as shown.
34. Align scribe marks and install brake housing. Install three cap screws to hold brake housing in place. Cap screws will be removed later when axle housing is installed.
T106577 UN17JAN97
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025040

PN=110
T106575 UN17MAR97
IMPORTANT: Make sure brake piston is fully bottomed in park brake housing before installing brake separator plates and disks. NOTE: Thick separator plates 4 mm (0.157 in.) should be installed in center of pack and thin separator plates 3 mm (0.118 in.) at outside of pack. 35. Alternately install four separator plates and three brake disks.
WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1026/49
36. Install sun gear shaft.
WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1027/49
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025041

PN=111
T106581 UN17JAN97
T106580 UN17JAN97
37. Apply cure primer, then high flex forminplace gasket to ID of axle sleeve. 38. Install sleeve in JDG1058 sleeve installer. Press axle into sleeve until installer is bottomed against shoulder of axle.
T106582 UN17JAN97 WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1028/49
39. Heat roller bearing and install on axle until it is bottomed against shoulder.
WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1029/49
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025042

PN=112
T106584 UN17JAN97
T106583 UN17JAN97
40. Install both axle housing bearing races until bottomed.
WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1030/49
41. Install axle seal with lips of seal facing toward brake housing using a JDG1059 Axle Seal Installer.
WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1031/49
42. Install axle shaft using a hoist.
WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1032/49
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025043

PN=113
T105082 UN14JAN97
T106586 UN21MAR97
T106585 UN17JAN97
43. Install bearing and washer. 44. Apply thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to spanner nut. Install nut with chamfer toward bearing and tighten finger tight.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025044

PN=114
NOTE: While tightening spanner nut, rotate shaft in both directions several times to seat bearings. If new bearings have been installed, set rolling torque to higher end of specification. 45. Install two eye bolts and DFT1147 Axle Rolling Torque Bar (see procedure to make tool in Group 0299) on axle flange. 46. Install a bar through eye bolts to hold axle from turning. 47. Tighten spanner nut, then check rolling drag torque using a torque wrench and JDG1056 axle spanner nut wrench. Tighten spanner nut until rolling drag torque is within specification.
Specification Inner Axle BearingRolling Drag Torque............................................................ 6.58 Nm (5871 lbin.)
WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1034/49
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025045

PN=115
T108289 UN18MAR97
T107739 UN28FEB97
48. If stop was not removed, go to step 55. Use the followings steps to determine the number of shims required behind the (brass) stop (if removed) on the end of the sun gear shaft:
T106592 UN17JAN97 WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1035/49 WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1036/49 Continued on next page WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1037/49
NOTE: If necessary, old stop can be removed by drilling and tapping stop. If removed, a new stop must be installed during assembly. 49. Measure and record dimension I.
EXAMPLE OF DIMENSION (I) Flange mounting surfaceto shoulder at bottom of axle stop 78.40 mm (3.086 in.)
50. Measure and record height of new stop.

EXAMPLE OF DIMENSION (II) Height of stop 11.00 mm (0.433 in.)
51. Record differential dimension.

EXAMPLE F1 Dimension I Minus dimension II Equals differential dimension 78.40 mm (3.086 in.) 11.00 mm (0.433 in.) = 67.40 mm (2.653 in.)
T106593 UN17JAN97
52. Measure and record dimension III.

EXAMPLE OF DIMENSION (III) Sun shafttobrake housing flange 63.90 (2.516 in.) distance
T106594 UN17JAN97
53. Record installation dimension.

EXAMPLE F2 Dimension III Plus end play of sun gear shaft Equals installation dimension 63.90 mm (2.516 in.) + 1.00 mm (0.039 in.) = 64.90 mm (2.555 in.)
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025046

PN=116
54. Install shims in bore on end of axle.

EXAMPLE F3 Differential dimension (Example F1) Minus installation dimension (Example F2) Equals shim pack behind axle stop 67.40 mm (2.653 in.)
T106595 UN17JAN97 WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1038/49 WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1039/49 WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1040/49
64.90 mm (2.555 in.) = 2.50 mm (0.098 in.)
55. Install stop in end of axle until bottomed using a brass drift.
56. Install spring pin in planetary carrier.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025047

PN=117
T106597 UN17JAN97
T106596 UN17JAN97
57. Install planetary carrier on axle shaft. Make sure spring pin on carrier engages one of the notches on the spanner nut.
WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1041/49
58. Install thrust washer and snap ring.
WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1042/49
59. Install dial indicator and measure planet carrier end play.
Specification Planet CarrierEnd play.........................................................0.10.4 mm (0.0030.015 in.)
60. Install shims (as necessary) under snap ring to adjust end play.
WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1043/49
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025048

PN=118
T106601 UN17JAN97
T106600 UN17JAN97
T106598 UN17JAN97
61. Assemble roller bearings, thrust washer, and snap ring on planetary gear.
WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1044/49
IMPORTANT: Planetary gears MUST be installed on carrier with large radius of bearing inner race toward the planetary carrier. 62. Heat planetary gears and install on carrier with large radius of bearing inner race toward the planetary carrier. 63. Install snap ring.
WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1045/49
64. Install Orings on axle housing as indicated.
WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1046/49
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025049

PN=119
T106605 UN18MAR97
T106604 UN17JAN97
T106602 UN17JAN97
65. Remove three cap screws retaining brake housing.
WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1047/49
66. Install backing plate with machined side toward brake disk. Carefully install axle housing on guide pins until bottomed.
WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1048/49
67. Install and tighten nuts and cap screws to specification.
WS68074,00036FC 1914JUL1049/49
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025050

PN=120
T106608 UN17JAN97
T106607 UN17JAN97
T106606 UN17JAN97
Check Service Brakes After Assembly

1. Install two cap screws and DFT1147 Axle Rolling Torque Bar (see Group 0299 for instruction to make tool) on axle flange.
T126796B UN15DEC99 WS68074,00036FD 1914JUL101/2
2.
With park brake "ON", install a portapower to both service brake fittings (1) to pressurize to specifications (this is to move piston down).
3. Release pressure. 4. Check rolling drag torque using a torque wrench. Maximum torque after releasing pressure is 217 Nm (160 lbft).
Specification Axle Service BrakesRolling Drag Torque........................................................................ 217 Nm (160 lbft) 1 Service Brake Line Fitting (2 used)
If exceeding specification value, release park brake by using mechanical release screws.
Measure torque on both axles, the axle with the higher value indicates that the problem is in that axle.
WS68074,00036FD 1914JUL102/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025051

PN=121
T126800B UN15DEC99
Specification Service BrakePres sure.........................................5516 965 kPa (55 10) (800 140 psi)
Check Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
AIdeal Tooth Contact Pattern BCone Point Must Be Decreased
CCone Point Must Be Increased ECone Point Must Be GCoast Side (Concave) DIdeal Tooth Contact Pattern Decreased HDrive Side (Convex) F Cone Point Must Be Increased
IMPORTANT: Gear tooth contact pattern must be checked on the coast side and drive side with a load applied. The pattern may be correct on the drive side and incorrect on the coast side causing the differential to whine when it is not engaged. 1. Apply grease to several teeth of ring gear with a load applied.
2. Apply pressure to park brake using a hydraulic hand pump or park brake release screws. If park brake release screws are used, return them to original position after test is complete. 3. Turn pinion in both directions to determine geartooth contact pattern. If pattern is not correct, cone point distance must be increased or decreased.
CED,OUO1010,229 1901SEP061/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
02025052

PN=122
T94966 UN18APR89
Group 0299 Dealer Fabricated Tools

DFT1146 Axle Mounting Bracket
Used to install axle in engine stand (2 used). Material Required:
1/2 in. 1020 Steel

TX,02,SS3944 1901SEP061/1
DFT1147 Axle Rolling Torque Bar
Used to determine axle rolling torque. Material required:
3/8 in. 1020 Steel

TX,02,SS3945 1901SEP061/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0202991

PN=123
T107942 1917MAR97
T107941 1917MAR97
Dealer Fabricated Tools
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0202992

PN=124
Contents
Page
Section 03 Transmission
Page
Group 0300Removal and Installation Specifications ............................................ 0303001 Transmission Remove and Install ...............................0303001 Group 0315Controls Linkage Other Material............................................ 0303151 Specifications ............................................ 0303151 Reverse Control Remove and Install ...............................0303152 Transmission Shifter Lever Remove and Install ...............................0303153 Shifter Lever and Housing Remove.................................................0303154 Disassemble and Assemble..................0303156 Install.....................................................0303159 Group 0325Input Drive Shafts and UJoint Specifications ............................................ 0303251 Drive Shaft Remove and Install ...............................0303251 Group 0350Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Powershift Clutches Essential Tools........................................... 0303501 Service Equipment and Tools .................... 0303501 Other Material............................................ 0303502 Other Material............................................ 0303503 Specifications ............................................ 0303504 Manual Shift Transmission Remove Outer Components .................0303505 Disassemble Converter Side of Case ..0303509 Remove Oil Suction Tube ...................03035012 Remove Reverse and Forward Clutch Packs.......................................................03035012 Disassemble and Assemble Reverse or Forward Clutch Pack.........................................................03035012 Remove Drive Shaft ............................03035022 Disassemble and Assemble Drive Shaft .................. 03 035022 Remove Rear Output Shaft with Synchronizer ........ 03 035024 Remove Intermediate Shaft with Synchronizer ........ 03 035025 Disassemble Rear Output or Intermediate Shaft with Synchronizer............................................03035025 Cross Section Rear Output Shaft........03035030 Cross Section Intermediate Shaft .......03035031 Assemble Rear Output or Intermediate Shaft ........................................................03035032 Remove MFWD Output Shaft (If Equipped)............. 03 035038
Disassemble MFWD Shaft (If Equipped) ................. 03 035038 Cross Section MFWD Shaft ................03035041 Assemble MFWD Shaft (If Equipped) ..03035042 Remove, Disassemble, and Assemble Idler Shaft ........................................................03035044 Remove and Install Oil Supply Tube ...03035045 Install Idler and MFWD Shafts to Assemble Trans. ......................................................03035045 Install Intermediate and Rear Ouput Shafts ............. 03 035048 Install Drive Shaft ................................03035049 Install Forward and Reverse Clutch Packs .............. 03 035050 Install Oil Suction Tube .......................03035052 Assemble Converter Side of Case ......03035052 Install Outer Components to Assemble Trans. ......................................................03035055 Powershift Transmission Remove Outer component to Disassemble Trans. ......................................................03035063 Disassemble Converter Side of Case ..03035065 Remove Low Range Forward, Reverse and Third Speed Clutch Packs ................................03035067 Disassemble and Assemble Low Range Forward, Reverse and Third Speed Clutch Packs ..03035068 Remove Low Range Forward, Reverse and Third Speed Clutch Packs ................................03035078 Disassemble and Assemble 1st Speed, 2nd Speed and High Range Forward Clutch Packs ........03035078 Remove Drive Shaft ............................03035087 Disassemble and Assemble Drive Shaft .................. 03 035088 Remove MFWD Output Shaft (If Equipped)............. 03 035089 Disassemble MFWD Shaft (If Equipped) ................. 03 035091 Assemble MFWD Shaft (If Equipped) ..03035093 Remove Oil Suction Tube ...................03035095 Remove and Install Oil Supply Tubes ..03035096 Install Oil Suction Tube .......................03035097 Install MFWD Shaft (If Equipped) to Assembe Trans. ......................................................03035097 Install Drive Shaft ................................03035098 Install Clutch Packs.............................03035099 Assemble Converter Side of Case ....030350100 Install Outer Components to Assemble Trans. ....................................................030350104 Group 0360Hydraulic System Other Material............................................ 0303601 Specifications ............................................ 0303601
TM1611 (22JUL10)
031

PN=1
Contents
Page
Manual Shift Transmission Remove and Install Control Valve .........0303602 Disassemble and Assemble Control Valve .............. 03 03602 Remove and Install Charge Pump ......03036012 Powershift Transmission Remove and Install Charge Pump ......03036012 Manual Shift and Powershift Transmission Disassemble and Assemble Charge Pump.............. 03 036012 Manual Shift Transmission Remove and Install Manifold Plate Solenoids.......... 03 036016 Powershift Transmission Remove and Install Control Valve .......03036018 Disassemble and Assemble Control Valve .............. 03 036019 Remove and Install Shift Valve ...........03036028 Disassemble and Assemble Shift Valve ................... 03 036029 Remove and Install Manifold Plate and Solenoids.................................................03036034 Group 0399Dealer Fabricated Tools DFT1143 Transmission Support Bracket .................................................. 0303991 DFT1162 Powershift Clutch Pack Snap Ring Removal and Installation Tool...................................... 0303992 DFT1163 MFWD Snap Ring Removal and Installation Tool................ 0303993
TM1611 (22JUL10)
032

PN=2
Group 0300 Removal and Installation

Specifications
Hydraulic Pump Transmission TransmissiontoFlywheel Housing Cap Screws ConvertertoFlywheel Housing Cap Screws
Weight Weight Torque Torque
30 kg (65 lb) Approximate 227 kg (500 lb) Approximate 73 Nm (54 lbft) 73 Nm (54 lbft)
CED,TX03399,5634 1906DEC991/1
Remove and Install Transmission

1. Raise machine approximately 864 mm (34 in.) off the floor. 2. Put floor stands under machine. 3. Remove hydraulic reservoir for ease of disassembly and assembly. (See Remove and Install Reservoir in Section 21 Group 2160.) 4. Drain transmission. The approximate capacity is 15 L (4 gal).
5. Remove dipstick fill tube. 6. Remove floor mat and access cover in cab to remove shift lever. CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. NOTE: Cab removed for clarity of photo to give proper location. Wiring, oil cooler line and clamping can be done through cowl. Disconnect lines under the machine. 7. Disconnect (15, 7 and 912). Remove suction line (8) and front and rear drive shafts (6). CAUTION: Hydraulic pump weighs approximately 30 kg (65 lb). 8. Remove hydraulic pump.
Specification Hydraulic PumpWeight................................................ 30 kg (65 lb) Approximate Manual Shift Transmission Shown 1 Transmission Temperature Sender Lead 2 Oil Cooler Line (2 used) 3 Clamps (Remove as required) 4 Hydraulic Pumpto Reservoir 5 Hydraulic Pumpto Backhoe Valve Inlet Cap 6 Front and Rear Drive Shaft 7 Hydraulic PumptoLoad Sense Shuttle Check Valve 8 Hydraulic Pump Suction Line 9 Park Brake Line 10 Differential Lock Line 11 Shift Modulation Wiring Connector 12 Solenoid Connector (3 used with MFWD) (2 used without MFWD)
CED,OUO1017,95 1904DEC981/5
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303001

PN=127
T108305B UN20MAR97
Removal and Installation
9. Disconnect wire harness connector (A) from shift valve.

AShift Valve Wire Harness Connector
T117681C UN19OCT98
Powershift Models Only

CED,OUO1017,95 1904DEC982/5
10. Remove access plate on flywheel housing. Remove four cap screws that hold the torque converter to flywheel. 11. Install a chain and hoist through cowl and reservoir opening to bracket on transmission.
T100289 UN06FEB97 Continued on next page CED,OUO1017,95 1904DEC983/5
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303002

PN=128
CAUTION: Transmission weights approximately 227 kg (500 lb). When removing transmission care must be taken with torque converter. Torque converter could fall out of housing. 12. Remove twelve transmission to flywheel housing cap screws. Slide transmission with torque converter back and down on a lifting table with wheels. Block transmission to stabilize on the table. Carefully wheel out transmission on right side of machine.
Specification TransmissionWeight................................ 227 kg (500 lb) Approximate
13. Install transmission and twelve cap screws. Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification Transmissionto Flywheel Housing Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 73 Nm (54 lbft)
14. Install four cap screws, torque converter to flywheel. Tighten cap screw to specification. Install access cover.
Specification ConvertertoFlywheel Housing Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 73 Nm (54 lbft)
CED,OUO1017,95 1904DEC984/5
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303003

PN=129
T100290 UN06FEB97
15. Install pump. Connect parts (15 and 712) 16. Install dipstick fill tube. 17. Install front and rear drive shafts (6) see procedure in Group 0325. 18. Connect wire harness connector (A) to shift valve. 19. Install shift lever, access cover and floor mat. 20. Install hydraulic reservoir (see Remove and Install Hydraulic Reservoir in Section 21 Group 2160).
Manual Shift Transmission Shown
Powershift Models Only

CED,OUO1017,95 1904DEC985/5
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303004

PN=130
T117681C UN19OCT98
T100288 UN06FEB97
Group 0315 Controls Linkage

Other Material
Number Name Use
T43512 (U.S.) TY9473 (Canadian) 242 (LOCTITE) TY21517 (U.S.) NA (Canadian) 454 (LOCTITE) TY16285 (U.S.) CXTY16285 (Canadian) 7649 (LOCTITE) TY16021 (U.S.) TY9484 (Canadian) 17430 (LOCTITE)
Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength) Instant Gel Adhesive
Apply to reverse control switchtocolumn.
Apply to threads on shift lever knob.
Cure Primer
Apply to surfaces of shift lever housing.
High Flex FormInPlace Gasket
Apply to surface of shift housingtotransmission.

CED,TX03399,5597 1925OCT991/1
Specifications
Reverse Control Switch AssemblytoSteering Column Cap Screws Shift CovertoShift Control Housing End of Shift RailstoFace of Shift Housing Shift Control Housing Cap ScrewstoTransmission Shift Control Housing Plugs Shift Control Detent Plugs
Torque
7.2 Nm (64 lbin.)
Torque Distance Torque Torque Torque
9.5 Nm (84 lbin.) 85 mm (3.35 in.) Approximate 23 Nm (204 lbin.) 25 Nm (216 lbin.) 25 Nm (216 lbin.)
CED,TX03399,5598 1925OCT991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303151

PN=131
Controls Linkage
Remove and Install Reverser Control
1 Reverser Control Switch 2 Cap Screw (2 used) 3 Washer (2 used)
4 Nut (2 used) 5 Cap Screw (4 used) 6 Washer (as required)
7 Lock Nut (4 used) 8 Guard 9 Label (FNR)
10 Reverser Control Switch Assembly
Apply thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to reverser control switchtocolumn. Tighten cap screws (2) to specification.
Specification Reverse Control Switch AssemblytoSteering Column Cap ScrewsTorque.......................................................... 7.2 Nm (64 lbin.)
TX,0315,SS3805 1927FEB971/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303152

PN=132
T107750 UN27FEB97
Controls Linkage
Remove and Install Transmission Shifter Lever
1 Knob 2 Handle 3 Handle
4 Cap Screw (2 used) 5 Cap Screw (2 used) 6 Gearshift Lever
7 Connector 8 Boot 9 Washer (4 used)
10 SelfLocking Screw 11 Shift Lever Switch
Apply gel instant adhesive to threads on shift lever knob.

TX,0315,SS3806 1927FEB971/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303153

PN=133
T107751 UN27FEB97
Controls Linkage
Remove Shifter Lever and Housing
TX,0315,SS3025 1925OCT991/4
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303154

PN=134
T108075 UN11MAR97
Controls Linkage
1 Cap Screw (4 used) 2 Cover 3 Boot 4 Snap Ring 5 Gasket 6 Lever 7 Pivot 8 Plug (2 used) 9 ORing (3 used) 10 Spring (2 used) 11 Detent (2 used) 12 Dowel Pin 13 Pivot 14 Housing 15 Cap Screw (6 used) 16 Cap Screw (2 used) 17 Plug with Dowel 18 Ball
TX,0315,SS3025 1925OCT992/4
NOTE: Shift housing can be removed on machine. Transmission shown removed for clarity of photo. 1. Drain transmission. 2. Remove floor mat and access cover in cab. 3. Disconnect wiring connector on shift lever. 4. Remove cap screws to remove top of shift lever. 5. Shift gearshift lever in neutral position. From under the machine, remove plug with dowel (1) and ball. 6. Remove both detent plugs (6). Remove springs (5) and detent pins (4).
1 Plug with ORing and Dowel 3 Ball 4 Detent Pin (2 used) 5 Spring (2 used) 6 Plug with ORing (2 used) 7 Shift Rail (3rd/4th Speed) 8 Shift Rail (1st/2nd Speed) 9 Shift Control Housing
T101347 UN04JUN96 TX,0315,SS3025 1925OCT993/4 T104411 UN03MAR97 TX,0315,SS3025 1925OCT994/4
7. Remove cap screws and remove shift control housing.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303155

PN=135
T101348 UN04JUN96
Controls Linkage
Disassemble and Assemble Shift Lever and Housing

1. Remove cover screws. 2. Remove boot, cover, and flat gasket.
T101349 UN04JUN96 TX,0315,SS3419 1915OCT961/8
3. Remove straight pin using a magnet.
TX,0315,SS3419 1915OCT962/8
4. Remove gear shift lever out of the housing and remove shift pivot (1).
1 Shift Pivot
T101351 UN15OCT96 Continued on next page TX,0315,SS3419 1915OCT963/8
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303156

PN=136
T101350 UN04JUN96
Controls Linkage
NOTE: For the following steps, (59), refer to this art for the keys which are called out in the procedure. 5. Install bolt (2) into gearshift lever (1).
1 Gearshift Lever 2 Pivot Pin 3 Shift Pivot 4 Pin 5 Boot 6 Snap Ring 7 Cover 8 Flat Gasket 9 Shift Rail (3rd/4th Speed) 10 Shift Rail (1st/2nd Speed) 11 Shift Control Housing
TX,0315,SS3419 1915OCT964/8
6. Install shift pivot (3) into the shift control housing (11) at the same time as installing gearshift lever (1) (refer to previous line drawing for keys).
TX,0315,SS3419 1915OCT965/8
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303157

PN=137
T104457 UN17OCT96
T104724 UN31OCT96
T104412 UN15OCT96
Controls Linkage
7. Install pin (4) in the shift pivot (3) (refer to previous line drawing for keys).
TX,0315,SS3419 1915OCT966/8
8. Install snap ring (6) into the groove of the boot (5). Apply alcohol to boot mounting face. Push boot into cover (7) (refer to previous line drawing for keys). 9. Assemble gasket (8) and cover (7) (refer to previous line drawing for keys).
T104460 UN17OCT96 TX,0315,SS3419 1915OCT967/8
10. Install four cap screws and tighten to specification.

Specification Shift Coverto Shift Control HousingTorque ......................................................... 9.5 Nm (84 lbin.)
T104461 UN17OCT96 TX,0315,SS3419 1915OCT968/8
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303158

PN=138
T104458 UN17OCT96
Controls Linkage
Install Shift Lever and Housing

1. With shift rails in neutral position, check dimension from end of shift rails to face of housing. Dimension should be approximately 85 mm (3.35 in.)
T104462 UN17OCT96 TX,0315,SS3420 1921OCT991/2
Specification End of Shift RailstoFace of Shift HousingDistance ....................................85 mm (3.35 in.) Approximate
2. Apply cure primer to surfaces of shift lever housing. 3. Apply High Flex FormInPlace Gasket to surface of housing. 4. Install housing assembly on shift rails. Make sure gearshift lever contacts detents in shift rails. Install and tighten eight cap screws to specification.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303159

PN=139
T104463 UN17OCT96
Specification Shift Control Housing Cap Screwsto TransmissionTorque ................................................ 23 Nm (204 lbin.)
Controls Linkage
5. Check neutral shifting position of the shift rails. Install ball (3) and plug with Oring and dowel (1). Tighten plug to specification.
Specification Shift Control Housing PlugsTorque............................................................ 25 Nm (216 lbin.)
6. Install (4 and 5). Install detent plugs. Tighten plugs to specification. Check shifting function in all speeds.
Specification Shift Control Detent PlugsTorque............................................................ 25 Nm (216 lbin.)
7. Install upper shift lever and connect wiring connector. 8. Install access cover and floor mat.
1 Plug with ORing and Dowel 3 Ball 4 Detent Pin (2 used) 5 Spring (2 used) 6 Plug with ORing (2 used) 7 Shift Rail (1st/2nd Speed) 9 Shift Control Housing
TX,0315,SS3420 1921OCT992/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03031510

PN=140
T104417 UN16OCT96
T104465 UN17OCT96
T104411 UN03MAR97
Group 0325 Input Drive Shafts and UJoint

Specifications
Drive Shafts Drive Shaft Cap Screws Torque 40 Nm (30 lbft)

CED,TX03399,5635 1906DEC991/1
Remove and Install Drive Shaft

NOTE: Cap screws used in front and rear driveshaft are not reusable. Replace cap screws. 1. Remove four cap screw at front axle. Slide drive shaft from spline. For rear drive shaft remove eight cap screws. 2. Remove grease fitting and snap rings. 3. Put shaft in vise. Move shaft down, using a brass rod, until bearing assembly (A) is about halfway out. 4. Remove bearing assembly (A) and Ujoint (B). Replace parts if necessary.
TX,0325,SS3026 1923OCT951/2
5. Rollers (A) and seal (B) must be installed correctly. Apply multipurpose grease on rollers to aid in assembly. 6. Install Ujoint (C).
T94754 UN05FEB90
7. Push bearing assemblies into joke just far enough to install snap ring. Install snap ring. 8. Install grease fitting and grease. NOTE: Drive shaft cap screws are not reusable. 9. Install drive shaft. Install cap screws and tighten to specification.
Drive ShaftsSpecification Drive Shaft Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 40 Nm (30 lbft) ARollers BSeal CUJoint
TX,0325,SS3026 1923OCT952/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303251

PN=141
T94751 UN05FEB90
Input Drive Shafts and UJoint
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303252

PN=142
Group 0350 Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Powershift Clutches

Essential Tools
WS68074,00036FE 1914JUL101/4
Shaft Seal Installer ............................................. JDG1057
Used to install shaft seal MFWD shaft.

WS68074,00036FE 1914JUL102/4
Powershift Clutch Pack Snap Ring Removal and Installation Tool.................................................. DFT11621
1
Used to remove and install clutch pack snap rings.
Dealer Fabricated Tool. See Group 0399 for instructions to make tool.
WS68074,00036FE 1914JUL103/4
MFWD Shaft Snap Ring Removal and Installation Tool .......................................................................... DFT11631
1
Used to remove and install MFWD shaft snap rings on powershift transmission.
WS68074,00036FE 1914JUL104/4

WS68074,0003702 1914JUL101/3
Repair StandManual Shift ............................. D01003AA
Used to disassemble and assemble transmission.

WS68074,0003702 1914JUL102/3
Transmission Support BracketManual Shift1 ...DFT1143

1
Used to support transmission in repair stand.
Fabricated tool, dealer made. (See Section 0399 for in structions to make tool.)
WS68074,0003702 1914JUL103/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303501

PN=143
Gears, Shafts, Bearings, and Powershift Clutches
Other Material
Number Name Use
TY16285 (U.S.) CXTY16285 (Canadian) 7649 (LOCTITE)
Cure Primer
Apply to threads of oil supply tube cap screws. Apply to threads of the idler shaft shield cap screws. Apply to threads of the MFWD shield cap screws. Apply to threads of oil suction tube socket head screws. Apply to converter metal outer shell. Apply to mating surfaces of converter housing and transmission case. Apply to mating surfaces of transmission case halves. Apply to mating surfaces of shift lever housings and transmission. Apply to cap that is inserted into output flange. Used to clean socket head screws. Apply to MFWD plate socket head screws. Apply to MFWD shaft cap screws on power shift transmission. Used to clean seal bore in converter housing. Used to clean seal protector.
LOCTITE is a trademark of Loctite Corp.

CED,TX03399,5923 1921FEB001/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303502

PN=144
Other Material
Number Name Use
T43512 (U.S.) TY9473 (Canadian) 242 (LOCTITE)
Apply to threads of oil supply tube cap screws. Apply to threads of the idler shaft shield cap screws. Apply to threads of the MFWD shield cap screws. Apply to threads of oil suction tube socket head screws. Apply to converter seal metal outer shell. Apply to cap that is inserted into output flange. Apply to threads of oil supply tubes socket head screws. Apply to MFWD plate socket head screws Apply to MFWD shaft cap screws on powershift transmission.
High Flex FormInPlace Gasket
Apply to mating surfaces of converter housing and transmission case. Apply to mating surfaces of transmission case halves. Apply to mating surfaces of transmission and shift lever housings.

CED,TX03399,5924 1921FEB001/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303503

PN=145
Specifications
End Plate Snap Ring
Thickness Thickness Thickness Thickness Thickness Distance Distance Distance Thickness Thickness Thickness Thickness Thickness
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0
mm mm mm mm mm
(0.079 in.) (0.098 in.) (0.118 in.) (0.138 in.) (0.157 in.)
Clutch Pack Plate Reverse and Forward Clutch Pack Top of DrumtoHub Clearance Synchronizer Assembly Measurement Using Feeler Gauge Synchronizer Hub Snap Ring
2.53.2 mm (0.0980.126 in.) 57 mm (0.1970.276 in.) 0.60 mm (0.024 in.) 1.8 mm (0.071 in.) 1.9 mm (0.075 in.) 2.0 mm (0.079 in.) 2.1 mm (0.083 in.) 2.2 mm (0.087 in.) 23 Nm (204 lbin.) 23 Nm (204 lbin.) 23 Nm (17 lbft) 23 Nm (204 lbin.) 55.0555.08 mm (2.1672.169 in.) Finished ID 46 Nm (34 lbft) 46 Nm (34 lbft) 46 Nm (34 lbft) 85 mm (3.35 in.) Approximate 23 Nm (204 lbin.) 25 Nm (221 lbin.) 23 Nm (204 lbin.) 59 mm (2.3 in.) Approximate 28 Nm (21 lbft) 35 Nm (26 lbft) 2.53.2 mm (0.0980.126 in.) 1.21.8 mm (0.0470.071 in.) 2.03.0 mm (0.0790.118 in.)
Oil Supply Tube Cap Screw Idler Shaft Shield Cap Screws MFWD Shield Cap Screws Oil Suction Tube Socket Head Screws Torque Converter Bushing Stator Shaft Cap Screws Converter Housing Cap Screws Transmission Case Halfto Transmission Case Half Cap Screws End of Shift ShafttoFace of Transmission Housing Shift Lever HousingtoTransmission Case Cap Screws Shift Lever Housing Plugs Transmission Control Valve Manifold Plate Converter HousingtoTop of Plate Bleeder Plug Drain Plug Low Range Forward and Reverse Clutch Pack Plate Third Speed Clutch Pack Plate First Speed Clutch Pack Plate
Torque Torque Torque Torque ID Torque Torque Torque Distance Torque Torque Torque Distance Torque Torque Distance Distance Distance
CED,TX03399,5639 1906DEC991/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303504

PN=146

Second Speed and High Range Forward Clutch Pack Plate MFWD Oil Tube Banjo Bolt MFWD Plate Socket Head Screws MFWD Shaft Shield Socket Head Screws Transmission Case Housing Cap Screws Transmission Manifold Plate TORX Head Screws
Distance Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque
1.21.8 mm (0.0470.071 in.) 45 Nm (33 lbft) 23 Nm (204 lbin.) 9.5 Nm (84 lbin) 46 Nm (34 lbft) 23 Nm (204 lbin.)
TORX is a registered trademark of Camcar/Textron

CED,TX03399,5639 1906DEC992/2
Remove Outer Components to Disassemble Manual Shift Transmission

NOTE: All bearing cups in transmission case can either be a loose fit or tight fit. If not replacing bearing cones or cups, make sure to keep them together as a matched set. Mark or identify as needed.
T104753 UN31OCT96 WS68074,0003703 1914JUL101/10 Continued on next page WS68074,0003703 1914JUL102/10
1. Install transmission in D01003AA Repair Stand using DFT1143 Transmission Support Bracket (1). (See Group 0399 for instructions to make tool).
1 Transmission Support Bracket
2.
Remove control valve, charge pump, manifold plate and solenoids (see Group 0360 for disassembly and assembly of components).
1 Control Valve 2 Charge Pump 3 Manifold Plate 4 Solenoid (3 used with MFWD) (2 used without MFWD)
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303505

PN=147
T101330 UN06FEB97
3. Remove central shaft out of the turbine shaft.
WS68074,0003703 1914JUL103/10
4. Remove rear output yoke.
WS68074,0003703 1914JUL104/10
5. Remove shaft seal.
WS68074,0003703 1914JUL105/10
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303506

PN=148
T101343 UN04JUN96
T101342 UN04JUN96
T101341 UN16OCT96
6. Remove cover plate. Cover plate will be damaged. Replace with new cover plate.
WS68074,0003703 1914JUL106/10
7. Remove shaft seal.
WS68074,0003703 1914JUL107/10
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303507

PN=149
T101346 UN04JUN96
T101344 UN04JUN96
8. Shift gearshift lever into neutral position. 9. Remove plug with dowel (1) and ball. 10. Remove detent plugs (2 and 3). Remove springs and detent pins.
1 Plug with ORing and Dowel 2 Detent Plug 3 Detent Plug 4 Shift Rails 5 Shift Lever Housing
T101345 UN04JUN96 WS68074,0003703 1914JUL108/10 Continued on next page WS68074,0003703 1914JUL109/10
11. Remove cap screws. Remove shift lever housing. (For disassembly of shift lever housing, see Group 0315.)
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303508

PN=150
T101348 UN04JUN96
T101347 UN04JUN96
12. Remove torque converter. (See Section 06, Group 0651 for disassembly.)
WS68074,0003703 1914JUL1010/10
Disassemble Converter Side of CaseManual Shift

1. Drive out two dowel pins. Remove one dowel pin.
T101353 UN04JUN96 CED,OUO1032,1320 1908SEP981/8
2. Remove case screws.
CED,OUO1032,1320 1908SEP982/8
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303509

PN=151
T101480 UN04JUN96
T101352 UN04JUN96
3. Install two eye bolts in case. Using chain and hoist pry housing loose from remaining dowel and separate sections.
CED,OUO1032,1320 1908SEP983/8
4. Loosen screw on converter housing. If necessary, remove shaft seal (arrow).
CED,OUO1032,1320 1908SEP984/8
5. Loosen torque converter stator shaft screws and pull stator shaft out. 6. Inspect needle bearing (arrow) and replace if necessary. When installing, press on stamped side of bearing only.
T101522 UN17OCT96 Continued on next page CED,OUO1032,1320 1908SEP985/8
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035010

PN=152
T101521 UN17OCT96
T101481 UN04JUN96
IMPORTANT: If either the bearing cone or cup requires replacement, replace both as a set. 7. Remove bearing cups if necessary.
8. Install eyebolts. Using chain and hoist remove transmission case from converter housing.
CED,OUO1032,1320 1908SEP987/8
NOTE: Torque converter bushing must be reamed after installation to 55.0555.08 mm (2.1672.169 in.). See Assemble Converter Side of CaseManual Shift, in this group, for correct installation procedure.
T108083B UN11MAR97 CED,OUO1032,1320 1908SEP988/8
9. Inspect and replace torque converter bushing (arrow) if necessary. (See Assemble Converter Side of CaseManual Shift, in this group, for correct installation of bushing).
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035011

PN=153
T101524 UN28JUN96
Remove Oil Suction TubeManual Shift

1. Loosen oil suction tube screw. 2. Remove oil suction tube.
Remove Reverse and Forward Clutch PacksManual Shift

IMPORTANT: Clutch pack assemblies, reverse and forward, must be installed back into the same bore as removed. Mark clutch pack assemblies front and back before removing. 1. Mark and remove reverse pack assembly. 2. Mark and remove forward clutch pack assembly.
CED,OUO1032,1322 1901SEP061/1
Disassemble and Assemble Reverse or Forward Clutch PackManual Shift

1. Remove sealing rings (arrows). 2. Remove bearings (press fit), one on each side.
T101527 UN17OCT96 Continued on next page WS68074,00036F1 1914JUL101/20
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035012

PN=154
T101526 UN28JUN96
3. Remove snap ring. 4. Remove hub (1) and bearing cone (2) using a knifeedge puller and a press.
AHub BBearing Cone
T101529 UN27FEB97 WS68074,00036F1 1914JUL102/20
5. Remove snap ring(s) (1). 6. Remove end plate (2), plates and disks (3).
ASnap Ring (as required) BEnd Plate CPlates and Disks (9 used)
T101531 UN27FEB97 Continued on next page WS68074,00036F1 1914JUL103/20
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035013

PN=155
T115473B UN19MAY98
7. Install a puller so it grasps the second Belleville washer from the bottom (sixth from the bearing cone). Remove bearing cone (1).
1 Bearing Cone 2 Belleville Washer (7 used)
WS68074,00036F1 1914JUL104/20
8. Remove flat washer and Belleville washers. IMPORTANT: Replace worn or damaged Belleville washers. 9. Inspect Belleville washers for wear or damage. Replace if necessary.
WS68074,00036F1 1914JUL105/20
IMPORTANT: Gear, drum, and shaft are serviced as an assembly. Do not take apart or damage will occur. 10. Remove piston from shaft using compressed air.
T101536 UN08JUL96 Continued on next page WS68074,00036F1 1914JUL106/20
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035014

PN=156
T101535 UN08JUL96
T115474B UN19MAY98
11. Remove Orings from piston. Ball (arrow) in piston must move freely in bore.
WS68074,00036F1 1914JUL107/20
1 Gear, Drum and Shaft 2 Piston with Ball 3 ORing 4 ORing
5 Belleville Washer (7 used) 6 Flat Washer 7 Roller Bearing 9 Plate and Disk (9 used)
10 End Plate 11 Snap Ring (shim) 12 Hub 13 Roller Bearing
14 Snap Ring 15 Roller Bearing 16 Sealing Ring (2 used) 17 Roller Bearing
12. Check all oil passages with compressed air.

Continued on next page WS68074,00036F1 1914JUL108/20
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035015

PN=157
T104522 UN03MAR97
T101537 UN05NOV96
NOTE: Inspect Orings before installing piston. If Orings are damaged, leakage in the pack will occur. 13. Install new Orings on piston. Apply petroleum jelly on Orings. Check that bleeder valve ball (arrow) moves freely in bore.
WS68074,00036F1 1914JUL109/20
14. Apply clean transmission oil to surface of shaft and hub. Install piston.
WS68074,00036F1 1914JUL1010/20
15. Apply petroleum jelly to Belleville washers to aid in assembly. Install one Belleville washer with its concave side down, toward piston. Install remaining six Belleville washers in pairs with concave sides facing each other.
T104689 UN31OCT96 Continued on next page WS68074,00036F1 1914JUL1011/20
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035016

PN=158
T104688 UN31OCT96
T101537 UN05NOV96
16. Apply petroleum jelly to flat washer. Install washer.
WS68074,00036F1 1914JUL1012/20
17. Using heat or a press, install bearing (1) until it bottoms on shaft shoulder. 18. Check Belleville washers for proper location.
1 Bearing
T101533 UN27FEB97 Continued on next page WS68074,00036F1 1914JUL1013/20
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035017

PN=159
T104690 UN31OCT96
19. Check plate clearance: a. Starting with a plate, alternately install dry plates and disks. b. Install end plate (10) and snap ring (11). c. Using a depth gauge, measure the distance from drum edge to end plate. Record this measurement as dimension 1. d. Using screwdrivers, pry up on end plate and measure distance from end plate to top of drum surface. Record this measurement as dimension 2. e. Subtract dimension 2 from dimension 1. Example:
Dimension 1 Dimension 2 Difference 9.80 mm (0.39 in.) 7.10 mm (0.28 in.) = 2.70 mm (0.11 in.)
T104695 UN03MAR97 WS68074,00036F1 1914JUL1014/20
NOTE: Snap ring (11) is available in the following thicknesses:

T104696 UN31OCT96
Specification End Plate Snap RingThickness......................................................... 2.0 mm (0.079 in.) Thickness ................................................................... 2.5 mm (0.098 in.) Thickness ................................................................... 3.0 mm (0.118 in.) Thickness ................................................................... 3.5 mm (0.138 in.) Thickness ................................................................... 4.0 mm (0.157 in.)
f. Clearance should be 2.53.2 mm (0.0980.126 in.). Determine correct thickness and number of snap rings to be used to obtain this clearance.
Specification Clutch Pack PlateDistance ......................................2.53.2 mm (0.0980.126 in.)
g. Remove snap ring, end plate, plates and disks.

XEnd Plate Specification 1 Shaft with Hub 10 End Plate 11 Snap Ring
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035018

PN=160
T104697 UN31OCT96
IMPORTANT: Always keep bearing cones and bearing cups as a matched set. If either the bearing cone or cup requires replacement, replace both as a set. 20. Inspect hub bearing cups (A). Replace if necessary. IMPORTANT: Clutch disks must be soaked in oil for 30 minutes prior to installation or premature wear to clutch pack may occur. 21. Soak clutch disks in oil for approximately 30 minutes prior to installation. 22. Starting with a plate, alternately install plates and presoaked disks (D). NOTE: If more than one snap ring is installed, stagger the snap ring openings.
T117249 UN24SEP98 WS68074,00036F1 1914JUL1015/20 T117248 UN24SEP98 Continued on next page
23. Install end plate (C) and correct thickness and quantity of snap ring(s) (B) determined in step 19. IMPORTANT: If gear hub is not fully engaged into plates and disks, damage to disks will result when installing outer bearings. 24. Install gear hub by engaging all plates and disks. Gear hub is fully engaged into plates and disks when distance (E) (bottom of gear to top of drum) is to specification.
Specification Reverse and Forward Clutch Pack Top of DrumtoHub ClearanceDistance...................................57 mm (0.1970.276 in.) ABearing Cups BSnap Ring CEnd Plate DPlates and Disks EDistance from Gear to Drum
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035019

PN=161
T118308B UN12NOV98
IMPORTANT: Do not preload the bearing. Hub must rotate relatively easily without any end play. Use a hand press to install bearing cone (2). A motorized press will not provide the control needed to properly install the bearing. 25. Install bearing cone (2) using piece of pipe (1) and a hand press (do not use a motorized press). Push the bearing cone on the shaft until bearing rollers just contact the outer race. Check for end play by rocking hub (3) up and down. Slowly push the bearing on the shaft while rocking the hub until no end play can be felt. Do not preload the bearing.
1 Piece of Pipe 2 Bearing Cone 3 Hub
WS68074,00036F1 1914JUL1016/20
IMPORTANT: Use snap ring with correct thickness. Snap ring should have a thickness that fits the exposed width of the snap ring groove. NOTE: The snap ring thickness is available in increments of 0.1 mm (0.004 in.), from 2.5 mm (0.098 in.) to 3.2 mm (0.126 in.) 26. Install snap ring.
1 Hub 2 Bearing
WS68074,00036F1 1914JUL1017/20
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035020

PN=162
T101529 UN27FEB97
T115476B UN18MAY98
T115475B UN19MAY98
27. Using a press or heat, install roller bearing with its inner race against shaft shoulder.
WS68074,00036F1 1914JUL1018/20
28. Turn assembly over and support on bearing inner race with a suitable support. Using a press or heat, install roller bearing with its inner race against shaft shoulder.
WS68074,00036F1 1914JUL1019/20
29. Install sealing rings.
WS68074,00036F1 1914JUL1020/20
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035021

PN=163
T104704 UN31OCT96
T104703 UN06FEB97
T104702 UN31OCT96
Remove Drive ShaftManual Shift

Remove snap ring (arrow) out of the groove of the ball bearing from bottom side of shaft. Remove drive shaft.
T101540 UN22OCT96 CED,OUO1032,1324 1901SEP061/1
Disassemble and Assemble Drive ShaftManual Shift

1. Remove sealing rings (arrows).
2. Remove snap ring.
CED,OUO1032,1325 1901SEP062/5
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035022

PN=164
T101542 UN08JUL96
3. Remove ball bearing.
CED,OUO1032,1325 1901SEP063/5
NOTE: Drive shaft (1), turbine shaft (2), and snap ring (3) are serviced as an assembly only. 4. Press ball bearing (4) on drive shaft (1) until snap ring groove is visible.
1 Drive Shaft 2 Turbine Shaft 3 Snap Ring 4 Ball Bearing 5 Snap Ring 6 Snap Ring 7 Sealing Ring
T104679 UN30OCT96 CED,OUO1032,1325 1901SEP064/5 CED,OUO1032,1325 1901SEP065/5
5. Install snap ring.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035023

PN=165
T104682 UN30OCT96
T104680 UN31OCT96
T101543 UN08JUL96
Remove Rear Output Shaft with SynchronizerManual Shift

1. Remove intermediate gear (along with bearing inner race) from intermediate shaft (3rd/4th speed). Gear and bearing are a press fit.
CED,OUO1032,1326 1901SEP061/3
2. Position shift fork (1) in shifting position (3rd speed, see arrow) and hold it in position when pulling out the output shaft.
1 Shift Fork 2 Third Speed Gear 3 Fourth Speed Gear 4 Rear Output Shaft
T101546 UN08JUL96 Continued on next page CED,OUO1032,1326 1901SEP062/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035024

PN=166
T101547 UN08JUL96
T101544 UN08JUL96
3. Remove rear output shaft and shift rail.
CED,OUO1032,1326 1901SEP063/3
Remove Intermediate Shaft with SynchronizerManual Shift

Remove intermediate shaft (3rd/4th speed) along with shift rail out of transmission case.
T102243 UN25SEP96 CED,OUO1032,1327 1901SEP061/1
Disassemble Rear Output or Intermediate Shaft with SynchronizerManual Shift

NOTE: The disassembly and assembly of the intermediate shaft and rear output shaft are similar. Rear output shaft shown unless otherwise indicated. 1. Remove bearing (press fit). NOTE: Mark the snap ring on top side for correct installation. 2. Remove snap ring. Mark the top side of snap ring for correct reassembly.
Continued on next page T101890 UN09JUL96 CED,OUO1032,1328 1901SEP061/11
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035025

PN=167
T101548 UN08JUL96
3. Using a gear puller, carefully remove shaft washer (arrow) and gear:
Rear output shaft 1st speed gear. Intermediate shaft 4th speed gear.
4. Remove needle bearing from gear.
CED,OUO1032,1328 1901SEP063/11
NOTE: If not replacing synchronizer assembly, mark synchronizer ring for correct installation. 5. Remove synchronizer ring.
T102236 UN25SEP96 Continued on next page CED,OUO1032,1328 1901SEP064/11
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035026

PN=168
T102235 UN25SEP96
CED,OUO1032,1328 1901SEP065/11
NOTE: When removing gear, small compression springs and detents may come out. 7. Remove synchronizing assembly with gear.
T102238 UN25SEP96 Continued on next page CED,OUO1032,1328 1901SEP066/11
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035027

PN=169
T102237 UN25SEP96
8. Disassemble components.
1 Synchronizer Hub Assembly 2 Synchronizer Ring 3 Gear (2nd Speed) 4 Needle Bearing 5 Rear Output Shaft 6 Washer (Intermediate Shaft Only)
T102239 UN24OCT96
Rear Output Shaft Assembly
Intermediate Shaft Assembly

CED,OUO1032,1328 1901SEP067/11
Specification Synchronizer Assembly Measurement Using Feeler GaugeDistance...................................................... 0.60 mm (0.024 in.) 1 Synchronizer Detent 1.1 Synchronizer Ring 1.2 Synchronizer Ring 2 Gear 2.1 Clutch Body 3 Gear 3.1 Clutch Body
CED,OUO1032,1328 1901SEP068/11
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035028

PN=170
T102278 UN10OCT96
T102277 UN09OCT96
9. Check for wear by measuring with feeler gauge. Position synchronizer ring on the synchronizer hub and collar assembly (make sure they are in mesh) and press down on synchronizer ring. Measure as shown (X). If measurement is less than 0.60 mm (0.024 in.), replace synchronizer assembly.
T102252 UN31OCT96
NOTE: The following parts are serviced as an assembly only. 10. Inspect parts.
T102240 UN24OCT96 CED,OUO1032,1328 1901SEP069/11 CED,OUO1032,1328 1901SEP0610/11 CED,OUO1032,1328 1901SEP0611/11
1 Hub 2 Spring
3 Detent 4 Collar
11. Remove bearing (rear output shaft only). Bearing is a press fit.
12. Drive out roll pins (arrows) and pull shift fork from shift rail.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035029

PN=171
T102242 UN24OCT96
T102241 UN25SEP96
Rear Output ShaftCross Section ViewManual Shift
Rear Output Shaft 1 Rear Output Shaft 2 Roller Bearing 3 Needle Bearing 4 Gear (2nd Speed) 5 Synchronizer Ring 6 Collar 7 Synchronizer Ring 8 Snap Ring 9 Gear (1st Speed) 10 Needle Bearing 11 Washer 12 Snap Ring 13 Roller Bearing
Reference this art to identify components when assembling an intermediate shaft.

CED,OUO1032,1329 1901SEP061/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035030

PN=172
T104521 UN30OCT96
Intermediate ShaftCross Section ViewManual Shift
Intermediate Shaft 1 Intermediate Shaft 2 Washer 3 Needle Bearing 4 Gear (3rd Speed) 5 Synchronizer Ring 6 Synchronizer Collar 7 Synchronizer Ring 8 Snap Ring 9 Needle Bearing 10 Gear (4th Speed) 11 Washer 12 Snap Ring 13 Roller Bearing 14 Intermediate Gear 15 Roller Bearing
Reference this art to identify components when assembling an intermediate shaft.

CED,OUO1032,1330 1901SEP061/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035031

PN=173
T104520 UN18OCT96
Assemble Rear Output or Intermediate ShaftManual Shift

NOTE: Assembly of the intermediate shaft and rear output shaft are similar. Rear output shaft shown unless otherwise indicated. 1. Press roller bearing onto shaft and against shaft shoulder. Install needle bearing for 2nd speed gear on shaft.
Rear Output Shaft Only

CED,OUO1032,1331 1925OCT991/15
2. Install washer and needle bearing for 3rd speed gear on shaft.
Intermediate Shaft Only

CED,OUO1032,1331 1925OCT992/15
3. Install gear:
For rear output shaft 2nd speed gear. For intermediate shaft 3rd speed gear.
T104662 UN29OCT96 Continued on next page CED,OUO1032,1331 1925OCT993/15
4. Install synchronizer ring. Align marks made during disassembly if reusing ring.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035032

PN=174
T104569 UN22OCT96
T104660 UN29OCT96
NOTE: The synchronizer hub assembly parts shown are serviced as an assembly only. 5. Inspect parts of synchronizer hub assembly.
T102240 UN24OCT96 CED,OUO1032,1331 1925OCT994/15 CED,OUO1032,1331 1925OCT995/15 Continued on next page CED,OUO1032,1331 1925OCT996/15
1 Hub 2 Spring
3 Detent 4 Collar
6. Press synchronizer hub on shaft and against shaft shoulder. 7. Rotate synchronizer ring so its tabs fit in recesses of synchronizer hub.
T104664 UN29OCT96
8. Install synchronizer assembly sliding collar over hub. Insert synchronizer assembly springs and detents (3 used) into hub.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035033

PN=175
T104665 UN29OCT96
9. Install second synchronizer ring. Align marks made during disassembly if reusing ring.
CED,OUO1032,1331 1925OCT997/15
NOTE: Zero clearance is desire between synchronizer hub and snap ring. If unable to obtain zero clearance, use next smaller snap ring. 10. Determine correct thickness of snap ring. Install the thickest snap ring that will fit into groove of shaft at base of synchronizer hub. Snap ring must seat properly. NOTE: Snap ring is available in the following thicknesses.
Specification Synchronizer Hub Snap RingThickness......................................................... 1.8 mm (0.071 in.) Thickness ................................................................... 1.9 mm (0.075 in.) Thickness ................................................................... 2.0 mm (0.079 in.) Thickness ................................................................... 2.1 mm (0.083 in.) Thickness ................................................................... 2.2 mm (0.087 in.)
CED,OUO1032,1331 1925OCT998/15 T104667 UN29OCT96 CED,OUO1032,1331 1925OCT999/15
11. Install remaining needle bearing.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035034

PN=176
T104668 UN29OCT96
T104666 UN29OCT96
12. Install gear:
For rear output shaft 1st speed. For intermediate shaft 4th speed.
T104669 UN29OCT96 CED,OUO1032,1331 1925OCT9910/15
13. Press shaft washer onto shaft and against shoulder.
CED,OUO1032,1331 1925OCT9911/15
CED,OUO1032,1331 1925OCT9912/15
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035035

PN=177
T104671 UN29OCT96
T104670 UN29OCT96
15. Press bearing onto shaft and against shoulder.
CED,OUO1032,1331 1925OCT9913/15
16. Install shift fork on shift rail. Install roll pins (2 used).
CED,OUO1032,1331 1925OCT9914/15
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035036

PN=178
T104673 UN29OCT96
T104672 UN29OCT96
17. Place shift fork on shaft as shown.
Rear Output Shaft with Shift Fork
Intermediate Shaft with Shift Fork

CED,OUO1032,1331 1925OCT9915/15
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035037

PN=179
T104658 UN29OCT96
T104674 UN29OCT96
Remove MFWD Output Shaft (If Equipped)Manual Shift
T109707 UN03JUL97
Without MFWD 1 Transmission Case 2 Intermediate Shaft 3 Rear Output Shaft 4 Cap 5 Idler Shaft 6 MFWD Output Shaft
With MFWD
CED,OUO1032,1332 1901SEP061/2
NOTE: Shaft seal shown in photo was removed during removal of the cover plate. 1. Remove bearing cup. 2. Remove bearing. Bearing is a press fit. 3. Remove cap screws holding shield and remove MFWD shaft from transmission case.
T102258 UN09OCT96 CED,OUO1032,1332 1901SEP062/2 Continued on next page CED,OUO1032,1333 1901SEP061/8
Disassemble MFWD Shaft (If Equipped)Manual Shift

1. Remove sleeve.
T102262 UN09OCT96
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035038

PN=180
T109708 UN03JUL97
2. Using a press and tubing with a window slot, compress spring. Remove snap ring through window and then slowly release pressure.
CED,OUO1032,1333 1901SEP062/8
3. Remove backing plate and compression spring.
CED,OUO1032,1333 1901SEP063/8
4. Push sliding sleeve out of the sealing seat and remove.
CED,OUO1032,1333 1901SEP064/8
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035039

PN=181
T102265 UN09OCT96
T102264 UN09OCT96
T102263 UN09OCT96
5. Remove both Orings.
CED,OUO1032,1333 1901SEP065/8
6. Remove sealing ring. 7. Remove bearing. Bearing is a press fit.

CED,OUO1032,1333 1901SEP067/8
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035040

PN=182
T102269 UN09OCT96
T102266 UN09OCT96
9. Remove thrust washer and gear.
CED,OUO1032,1333 1901SEP068/8
MFWD ShaftCross Section ViewManual Shift
1 Transmission Case 2 MFWD Output Shaft 3 Idler Shaft 4 Roller Bearing 5 Roller Bearing 6 Shield
7 Roller Bearing 8 Sealing Ring 9 Snap Ring 10 Thrust Washer 11 Gear 12 Shield
13 Sliding Sleeve 14 ORing 15 ORing 16 Compression Spring 17 Backing Plate 18 Snap Ring
19 Sleeve 20 Roller Bearing 21 Shaft Seal 22 Cap (Cover Sheet)
Use art to assist in reassembly of MFWD shaft.

CED,OUO1032,1334 1901SEP061/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035041

PN=183
T104519 UN18OCT96
T102270 UN09OCT96
Assemble MFWD Shaft (If Equipped)Manual Shift

1. Install gear and thrust washer on shaft. Install snap ring.
2. Install Orings.
CED,OUO1032,1335 1925OCT992/7
3. Apply oil on sealing surfaces of the sliding sleeve. Install sliding sleeve until engaged with spur gear.
CED,OUO1032,1335 1925OCT993/7
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035042

PN=184
T104561 UN22OCT96
T104560 UN22OCT96
4. Install spring, backing plate and snap ring.
CED,OUO1032,1335 1925OCT994/7
5. Using a press and tubing with a slotted window, compress spring and backing plate until snap ring groove is accessible. Then install snap ring into groove of shaft through window and slowly release pressure.
6. Install sleeve.
CED,OUO1032,1335 1925OCT996/7
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035043

PN=185
T104564 UN22OCT96
T104562 UN22OCT96
7. Install bearing (bearing is a press fit). Install sealing ring.
CED,OUO1032,1335 1925OCT997/7
Remove, Disassemble, and Assemble Idler ShaftManual Shift

1. Loosen cap screws on idler shaft shield.
2. Remove idler shaft and shield. 3. Remove bearings from both ends of shaft. Bearings are a press fit. 4. Press new bearings onto shaft.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035044

PN=186
T104565 UN22OCT96
5. Remove cup from transmission case.
CED,OUO1032,1336 1901SEP063/3
Remove and Install Oil Supply TubeManual Shift

1. Remove cap screws. 2. Remove oil supply tube with Orings. 3. Install new Orings on oil supply tube. 4. Install oil supply tube in transmission case. 5. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to threads of cap screws. Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification Oil Supply Tube Cap ScrewTorque............................................................... 23 Nm (17 lbft)
CED,OUO1032,1337 1908SEP981/1 T102276 UN09OCT96 T109707 UN03JUL97
Install Idler and MFWD Shafts to Assemble Transmission (If Equipped)Manual Shift
Without MFWD 1 Transmission Case 2 Intermediate Shaft 3 Rear Output Shaft 4 Cap 5 Idler Shaft 6 MFWD Output Shaft
With MFWD
CED,OUO1032,1338 1925OCT991/7
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035045

PN=187
T109708 UN03JUL97
T102275 UN09OCT96
1. Assemble shield on idler shaft. 2. Press both bearings on idler shaft.
CED,OUO1032,1338 1925OCT992/7
NOTE: A bearing and a cup are a matched set. If either requires replacement, both must be replaced. 3. Install idler shaft bearing cup and MFWD shaft bearing cup into bores until bottomed.
4. Install idler shaft and shield into case. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to threads of cap screws. Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification Idler Shaft Shield Cap ScrewsTorque......................................................... 23 Nm (204 lbin.)
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035046

PN=188
T104556 UN22OCT96
5. Install MFWD shaft into case.
CED,OUO1032,1338 1925OCT995/7
6. Install shield on MFWD shaft. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to threads of cap screws. Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification MFWD Shield Cap ScrewsTorque......................................................... 23 Nm (204 lbin.)
CED,OUO1032,1338 1925OCT996/7
7. Heat bearing to 121C (250F) using an oven. Install bearing on shaft.
CED,OUO1032,1338 1925OCT997/7
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035047

PN=189
T104568 UN22OCT96
CAUTION: If using oil to heat the bearing, DO NOT heat oil over 182C (360F). Oil fumes or oil can ignite above 193C (380F). Use a thermometer. DO NOT allow a flame or heating element to come in direct contact with the oil. Heat the oil in a wellventilated area. Plan a safe handling procedure to avoid burns.
T104567 UN22OCT96
T104566 UN22OCT96
Install Intermediate and Rear Output ShaftsManual Shift

NOTE: Keep bearings and cups as a matched set if not replacing. 1. Install bearing cups. Install intermediate shaft with shift rail (shift fork positioned in sliding collar).
2. Install rear output shaft while holding shift fork (1) in 3rd speed position (arrow).
1 Shift Fork 2 Gear (3rd Speed) 3 Gear (4th Speed) 4 Idler Shaft
T104675 UN30OCT96
Intermediate Shaft
CED,OUO1032,1339 1901SEP062/5
3. Hold in position while installing rear output shaft.
CED,OUO1032,1339 1901SEP063/5
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035048

PN=190
T104676 UN05NOV96
4. Press bearing inner race on gear.
CED,OUO1032,1339 1901SEP064/5
5. Install gear and bearing on intermediate shaft.
CED,OUO1032,1339 1901SEP065/5
Install Drive ShaftManual Shift

1. Install drive shaft.
CED,OUO1032,1340 1901SEP061/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035049

PN=191
T104683 UN30OCT96
T104678 UN31OCT96
T104677 UN05NOV96
2. Install snap ring into groove of ball bearing.
CED,OUO1032,1340 1901SEP062/3
CED,OUO1032,1340 1901SEP063/3
Install Forward and Reverse Clutch PacksManual Shift

NOTE: Keep bearings and cups as a matched set if not replacing. 1. Install bearing cups.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035050

PN=192
T104685 UN30OCT96
T104684 UN03FEB97
2. Reverse clutch pack (1) has 58 teeth and the forward clutch pack (2) has 52 teeth.
1 Reverse Clutch Pack 2 Forward Clutch Pack
T104705 UN05NOV96 CED,OUO1032,1341 1925OCT992/4
3. Install forward clutch pack.
CED,OUO1032,1341 1925OCT993/4
4. Install reverse clutch pack.
CED,OUO1032,1341 1925OCT994/4
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035051

PN=193
T104708 UN31OCT96
T104707 UN31OCT96
Install Oil Suction TubeManual Shift

Install oil suction tube with Oring. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to threads of cap screws. Install cap screws and tighten to specification.
Specification Oil Suction Tube Socket Head ScrewsTorque............................................... 23 Nm (204 lbin.)
Assemble Converter Side of CaseManual Shift

NOTE: Torque converter bushing must be reamed after installation. Have a qualified machinist ream the bushing in a machine shop. 1. Install bushing, bottom in bore. 2. Install transmission cover on converter housing. Install two cap screws to hold housings together. Ream bushing to specification.
Specification Torque Converter BushingID.................................................................55.0555.08 mm (2.1672.169 in.) Finished ID
3. Clean both housings.
4. Install shaft seal with sealing lip facing the oil chamber. Apply grease on sealing lip. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to metal outer shell.
CED,OUO1032,1343 1925OCT991/10
5. Install two aligning screws into transmission case. 6. Apply cure primer to mating surfaces of the converter housing and transmission case.
7. Apply High Flex ForminPlace Gasket to mating surfaces of the converter housing and transmission case. 8. Install eyebolts in case. Using chain and hoist, install transmission case on converter housing.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035052

PN=194
T104710 UN31OCT96
9. Install needle bearing into stator shaft with thick collar to the outside. Press on stamped side of bearing.
CED,OUO1032,1343 1925OCT993/10
10. Install stator shaft.
CED,OUO1032,1343 1925OCT994/10
11. Install stator shaft cap screws. Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification Stator Shaft Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 46 Nm (34 lbft)
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035053

PN=195
T104713 UN31OCT96
T104712 UN31OCT96
12. Remove aligning screws and install converter housing cap screws. Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification Converter Housing Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 46 Nm (34 lbft)
13. Install new bearing cups or ensure old bearing cups are returned to same bore with matching bearing cones.
CED,OUO1032,1343 1925OCT997/10
14. Install eyebolts and a hoist. 15. Apply cure primer to mating surfaces of the transmission case halves.
16. Apply High Flex ForminPlace Gasket to the mating surfaces of the two transmission case halves. Check the sealing ring positions of the different shafts. 17. Align the dowel holes.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035054

PN=196
T104717 UN31OCT96
18. Install dowels and cap screws.
CED,OUO1032,1343 1925OCT999/10
19. Tighten cap screws to specification.

Specification Transmission Case HalftoTransmission Case Half Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 46 Nm (34 lbft)
CED,OUO1032,1343 1925OCT9910/10
Install Outer Components to Assemble TransmissionManual Shift

1. Apply a onetoone mixture of alcohol and water to outer shell and rubber. 2. Using JDG1057 Shaft Seal Installer, install shaft seal (2) with the sealing lip facing the oil chamber. 3. Install new cap (3) against shaft shoulder.
1 MFWD Output Shaft 2 Shaft Seal 3 Cap (Cover Plate) 4 Transmission Case
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035055

PN=197
T104722 UN31OCT96
T104720 UN31OCT96
T104719 UN31OCT96
4. Install both shift rails (neutral position). Using a depth gauge, measure from end of shaft to face of housing. Measurement should be to specification.
Specification End of Shift ShafttoFace of Transmission HousingDistance ....................................85 mm (3.35 in.) Approximate
CED,OUO1032,1344 1925OCT992/17
5. Apply cure primer to mating surfaces of transmission and shift lever housings. Install shift lever housing while installing shift lever into the rail recess. 6. Apply High Flex ForminPlace Gasket to mating surfaces of transmission and shift lever housings. Install shift lever housing while installing shift lever into the rail recess.
CED,OUO1032,1344 1925OCT993/17
7. Install cap screws and tighten to specification.

Specification Shift Lever Housingto Transmission Case Cap ScrewsTorque......................................................... 23 Nm (204 lbin.)
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035056

PN=198
T104463 UN17OCT96
T104462 UN17OCT96
8. Install ball and plug with Oring and dowel (1).

1 Plug with ORing and Dowel 2 Detent Plug 3 Detent Plug 4 Shift Rails 5 Shift Lever Housing
CED,OUO1032,1344 1925OCT995/17
9. Install detent pin, compression spring and plug with Oring on both sides of shift lever housing. Check shifting function for all speeds. Tighten plugs to specification.
Specification Shift Lever Housing PlugsTorque............................................................ 25 Nm (221 lbin.)
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035057

PN=199
T104465 UN17OCT96
T101345 UN04JUN96
10. Apply a onetoone mixture of alcohol and water to the rubbercoated outer shell of shaft seal. 11. Install shaft seal (1) so sealing lip is toward the transmission case. Push seal into transmission housing bore until outer surface of seal is into bore approximately 3 mm (0.118 in.).
1 Shaft Seal 2 Cap 3 Output Flange 4 Transmission Case 5 Rear Output Shaft
CED,OUO1032,1344 1925OCT997/17
12. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to cap. Insert cap into output flange.
CED,OUO1032,1344 1925OCT998/17
13. Install output flange.
CED,OUO1032,1344 1925OCT999/17
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035058

PN=200
T104421 UN16OCT96
T104420 UN16OCT96
T104419 UN16OCT96
T104418 UN16OCT96
14. Position drive shaft against shoulder. Install sealing ring.
CED,OUO1032,1344 1925OCT9910/17
NOTE: For complete control valve removal, installation, disassembly, and assembly instructions, see Group 0360. 15. Install two M8 dowels (arrows).
T104425 UN04FEB97 Continued on next page CED,OUO1032,1344 1925OCT9911/17
16. Install flat gasket.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035059

PN=201
T104424 UN16OCT96
17. Install manifold plate. 18. Install cap screws. Starting with inside cap screws first and continuing to the outside. Tighten cap screws to specification.
T104426 UN16OCT96 CED,OUO1032,1344 1925OCT9912/17 CED,OUO1032,1344 1925OCT9913/17
Specification Transmission Control Valve Manifold PlateTorque ............................................................. 23 Nm (204 lbin.)
NOTE: After machine has been operated a short time at operating temperature, recheck torque specifications. 19. Install solenoids (4), control valve (1) and charge pump (2). (See removal and installation procedures for these components in Group 0360.)
1 Control Valve 2 Charge Pump 3 Manifold Plate 4 Solenoid (3 used)
20. While carefully mating splines, install torque converter on transmission.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035060

PN=202
T104452 UN17OCT96
T101330 UN06FEB97
21. Check distance from converter housing to top of plate.

Specification Converter Housingto Top of PlateDistance................................59 mm (2.3 in.) Approximate
22. If transporting, install tie bands to secure converter.
CED,OUO1032,1344 1925OCT9915/17
23. Install bleeder if removed. Tighten plug (with Oring) to specification.

Specification Bleeder PlugTorque.................................................... 28 Nm (21 lbft)
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035061

PN=203
T104454 UN17OCT96
24. Install drain plug. Tighten to specification.

Specification Drain PlugTorque........................................................ 35 Nm (26 lbft)
CED,OUO1032,1344 1925OCT9917/17
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035062

PN=204
T104456 UN17OCT96
Remove Outer Components to Disassemble Powershift Transmission

NOTE: All bearing cups in transmission case can either be a loose fit or tight fit. If not replacing bearing cones or cups, make sure to keep them together as a matched set. Mark or identify as needed. 1. Put transmission on bench and block assembly. NOTE: See Group 0360 for disassembly and assembly of components. 2. Remove four socket head screws (A) and lift off transmission pump (B). 3. Remove pump drive shaft (C). 4. Remove four cap screws (F), nineteen cap screws (D) and remove control valve (E). 5. Remove fifteen cap screws (G) and lift off shift valve (H).
ASocket Head Screw (4 used) BTransmission Pump CPump Drive Shaft DCap Screw (19 used) EControl Valve F Cap Screw (4 used) GCap Screw (15 used) HShift Valve
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035063

PN=205
T117567B UN08OCT98
T117566B UN08OCT98
T117565B UN08OCT98
6. Remove fortythree TORX head screws (A) and carefully lift off manifold (B), making sure to not lose check ball and spring (C) under manifold. 7. Remove shaft seal (D). 8. Turn transmission over so converter side is facing up and block accordingly. 9. Remove torque converter and plate assembly (E).
ATORX Head Screw (43 used) BManifold CCheck Ball and Spring DSeal ETorque Converter

CED,OUO1032,1002 1905OCT982/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035064

PN=206
T117569B UN08OCT98
T117577 UN08OCT98
T117568B UN08OCT98
Disassemble Converter Side of CasePowershift

1. Drive dowel pin (A) out of case halves. 2. Remove twentyeight cap screws (B). 3. Remove six cap screws (C). 4. Install two eye bolts in case. Attach a chain and hoist to eye bolts and separate case halves by tapping housing loose from dowel pin (D). 5. Remove seal (E). 6. Remove twentythree cap screws (F).
ADowel Pin BCap Screw (28 used) CCap Screw (6 used) DDowel Pin ESeal F Cap Screw (23 used)
T117579 UN08OCT98 Continued on next page CED,OUO1032,1003 1905OCT981/2 T117578 UN08OCT98
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035065

PN=207
T117570B UN08OCT98
T117580 UN08OCT98
7. Remove six socket head screws (A) and pull stator shaft out. 8. Inspect bushing (B) and replace if necessary.
T117571B UN08OCT98 CED,OUO1032,1003 1905OCT982/2
IMPORTANT: If either the bearing cone or cup requires replacement, replace both as a set. 9. Remove bearing cups (C), if necessary. 10. Install eyebolts. Using chain and hoist, remove transmission case (D) from converter housing (E). 11. Inspect and replace torque converter bushing (arrow), if necessary. (See Assemble Converter Side of CasePowershift, in this group, for correct installation of bushing.)
ASocket Head Screw (6 used) BBushing CBearing Cup (7 used) DTransmission Case EConverter Housing
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035066

PN=208
T108083B UN11MAR97
T117582 UN08OCT98
T117581 UN08OCT98
Remove Low Range Forward, Reverse and Third Speed Clutch PacksPowershift
1. Mark clutch pack and transmission case for aid of assembly, before removing clutch packs from case. 2. Remove reverse clutch pack (A) by lifting out of transmission case. 3. Remove first speed (C) and low range forward (B) clutch packs. 4. Remove screws from oil suction tube (G). 5. Moving oil suction tube (G) slightly, remove second speed clutch pack (E) and then remove third speed clutch pack (D).
AReverse Clutch Pack BLow Range Forward Clutch Pack CFirst Speed Clutch Pack DThird Speed Clutch Pack ESecond Speed Clutch Pack F High Range Forward Clutch Pack GOil Suction Tube
CED,OUO1017,89 1901DEC981/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035067

PN=209
T117235B UN24SEP98
Disassemble and Assemble Low Range Forward, Reverse and Third Speed Clutch PacksPowershift
T117236B UN24SEP98 WS68074,00036F9 1914JUL101/17
NOTE: Reverse clutch pack is shown for disassembly and assembly procedures. Disassembly and assembly procedures are the same for low range forward and third speed clutch packs. 1. Remove sealing rings (A). 2. Remove bearings (B) from shaft. Bearings are a press fit. NOTE: On clutch packs low range forward (C) and third speed (D), bearing (B) is recessed in the gear. Destroying the bearing is required for removal. 3. Remove snap ring (E).
ASealing Ring (2 used) BBearing CLow Range Forward Clutch Pack DThird Speed Clutch Pack ESnap Ring
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035068

PN=210
T117238B UN24SEP98
T117237B UN24SEP98
4. Press bearing (A) and gear hub assembly (B) off of shaft and hub assembly. 5. Remove snap ring (C), end plate (D), and plates and disks (E).
T117239B UN24SEP98 WS68074,00036F9 1914JUL102/17
NOTE: Clutch packs low range forward and reverse have nine plates (F) and nine disks (G). Third speed clutch pack has six plates and six disks.
ABearing BGear Hub Assembly CSnap Ring DEnd Plate EClutch Plate and Disk F Clutch Plate GClutch Disk
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035069

PN=211
T117241B UN24SEP98
T117240B UN24SEP98
6. Install a puller so it grasps the second Belleville washer (A) from the bottom (sixth from the bearing cone). Remove bearing (B). 7. Remove flat washer (C) and Belleville washers (D). IMPORTANT: Replace worn or damaged Belleville washers. 8. Inspect Belleville washers for wear or damage. Replace if necessary.
ABelleville Washer (7 used) BBearing CFlat Washer DBelleville Washer (7 used)
WS68074,00036F9 1914JUL103/17
T101536 UN08JUL96 Continued on next page WS68074,00036F9 1914JUL104/17
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035070

PN=212
T117245 UN24SEP98
T115474C UN24SEP98
10. Remove Orings (A) from piston. Ball (B) in piston must move freely in bore.
AORings BBleeder Valve Ball
WS68074,00036F9 1914JUL105/17
1 Gear, Drum and Shaft 2 Piston with Ball 3 ORing 4 ORing 5 Belleville Washer (7 used)
6 Flat Washer 7 Roller Bearing 8 Plates and Disks 9 End Plate 10 Snap Ring (shim)
11 Hub 12 Roller Bearing 13 Snap Ring 14 Roller Bearing 15 Sealing Ring (2 used)
16 Sealing Ring 17 Roller Bearing
NOTE: Low range forward and reverse clutch packs have nine plates and nine disks. Third speed clutch pack has six plates and six disks.
WS68074,00036F9 1914JUL106/17
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035071

PN=213
T117252 UN24SEP98
T117246 UN24SEP98
NOTE: Inspect Orings before installing piston. If Orings are damaged, leakage in the pack will occur. 12. Install new Orings (A) on piston. Apply petroleum jelly on Orings (A). Check that bleeder valve ball (B) moves freely in bore. 13. Apply clean transmission oil to surface of shaft and hub. Install piston.
T117246 UN24SEP98 WS68074,00036F9 1914JUL107/17 WS68074,00036F9 1914JUL108/17 Continued on next page WS68074,00036F9 1914JUL109/17
15. Apply petroleum jelly to flat washer and install washer.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035072

PN=214
T104690 UN31OCT96
T104689 UN31OCT96
14. Apply petroleum jelly to Belleville washers to aid in assembly. Install one Belleville washer with its concave side down, toward piston. Install remaining Belleville washers (six washers for low range forward and reverse clutch packs and four washers for third speed clutch pack) in pairs with concave sides facing each other.
T104688 UN31OCT96
16. Using heat or a press, install bearing (A) until it bottoms on shaft shoulder. 17. Check Belleville washers (B) for proper location.
ABearing BBelleville Washer (7 used) CShoulder
T117247 UN24SEP98 Continued on next page WS68074,00036F9 1914JUL1010/17
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035073

PN=215
18. Check plate clearance: IMPORTANT: Low Range Forward and Reverse clutch packs use waved disks. All other clutch packs use flat disks. Identify the correct disks for each clutch pack by the part number stamped on each disk. Use of the incorrect disks will cause high drag, overheating, premature wear and possible clutch pack burn up.
T117253 UN24SEP98
a. Starting with a plate, alternately install dry plates and disks. b. Install end plate (A) and snap ring (B). c. Using a depth gauge, measure the distance from drum edge to end plate. Record this measurement as dimension 1. d. Using screwdrivers, pry up on end plate and measure distance from end plate to top of drum surface. Record this measurement as dimension 2. e. Subtract dimension 2 from dimension 1. Example:
9.80 mm (0.39 in.) 7.10 mm (0.28 in.) = 2.70 mm (0.11 in.) Dimension 2 Difference
NOTE: Snap ring (B) is available in the following thicknesses:

f. Determine correct thickness and number of snap rings to be used to obtain this specification.
Specification Low Range Forward and Reverse Clutch Pack PlateDistance ......................................2.53.2 mm (0.0980.126 in.) Third Speed Clutch Pack PlateDistance ......................................1.21.8 mm (0.0470.071 in.)
g. Remove snap ring (B), end plate (A), and plates and disks (E).
AEnd Plate BSnap Ring CEnd Plate Specification
DShaft with Hub EPlates and Disks
WS68074,00036F9 1914JUL1011/17
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035074

PN=216
T104697 UN31OCT96
T104696 UN31OCT96
Dimension 1
NOTE: Keep bearing cups and bearing cones as a matched set if not replacing. 19. Inspect hub bearing cups (A). Replace if necessary.
20. Soak disks in oil for approximately 30 minutes prior to installation. Starting with a plate, alternately install plates and disks (D). NOTE: Low range forward and reverse clutch packs use nine plates and nine disks. Third speed clutch pack uses six plates and six disks. NOTE: If more than one snap ring is installed, stagger the snap ring openings. 21. Install end plate (C) and correct thickness of snap ring(s) (B) determined in step 18.
22. Install gear hub by engaging all plates and disks. Gear hub is fully engaged into plates and disks when distance (E) (bottom of gear to top of drum) is 8.510.5 mm (0.340.41 in.) for third speed clutch and 78 mm (0.280.32 in.) for reverse and low range forward.
ABearing Cups BSnap Ring CEnd Plate DPlates and Disks EDistance from Gear to Drum
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035075

PN=217
T118308B UN12NOV98
T117249 UN24SEP98
IMPORTANT: If gear hub is not fully engaged into plates and disks, damage to disks will result when installing outer bearings.
IMPORTANT: Do not preload the bearing. Hub must rotate relatively easily without any end play. Use a hand press to install bearing cone (B). A motorized press will not provide the control needed to properly install the bearing. 23. Install bearing cone (B) using piece of pipe (A) and a hand press (do not use a motorized press). Press the bearing cone on the shaft until bearing rollers just contact the outer race. Check for end play by rocking gear hub (C) up and down. Slowly push the bearing on the shaft while rocking the gear hub until no end play can be felt. Do not preload the bearing.
APiece of Pipe BBearing Cone CGear Hub
WS68074,00036F9 1914JUL1013/17
IMPORTANT: Use snap ring with correct thickness. Snap ring should have a thickness that fits the exposed width of the snap ring groove. NOTE: The snap ring thickness is available in increments of 0.1 mm, from 2.5 mm to 3.2 mm. 24. Install snap ring (C).
AGear Hub BBearing CSnap Ring
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035076

PN=218
T115476B UN18MAY98
T115475C UN24SEP98
25. Using a press or heat, install roller bearing with its inner race against shaft shoulder.
WS68074,00036F9 1914JUL1015/17
26. Turn assembly over and support on bearing inner race with a suitable support. Using a press or heat, install roller bearing with its inner race against shaft shoulder.
WS68074,00036F9 1914JUL1016/17
27. Install sealing rings (A).

ASealing Ring
WS68074,00036F9 1914JUL1017/17
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035077

PN=219
T117251B UN24SEP98
T104703 UN06FEB97
T104702 UN31OCT96
Remove First Speed, Second Speed, and High Range Forward Clutch PacksPowershift
1. Remove first speed clutch pack (A). 2. Remove screws holding pickup tube (C) to case. 3. Move pickup tube (C) slightly and remove second speed clutch pack (D). 4. Lift up reverse clutch pack (F) slightly and remove high range forward clutch pack (E).
AFirst Speed Clutch Pack BThird Speed Clutch Pack COil Pickup Tube DSecond Speed Clutch Pack EHigh Range Forward Clutch Pack F Reverse Clutch Pack GLow Range Forward Clutch Pack
CED,OUO1017,90 1901SEP061/1
Disassemble and Assemble First Speed, Second Speed, and High Range Forward Clutch PacksPowershift
T117284B UN24SEP98 Continued on next page WS68074,00036FF 1914JUL101/12
NOTE: Second speed clutch pack is shown for disassembly and assembly procedures. Disassembly and assembly of first speed and high range forward clutch packs are the same. 1. Remove sealing rings (H). 2. Remove bearings (I). Bearings are a press fit. NOTE: First speed clutch pack requires destroying the bearings for removal.
HSealing Rings I Bearings
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035078

PN=220
T117285B UN24SEP98
T117283B UN24SEP98
3.
Lift gear hub (A) out of clutch pack with upper bearing and spacer in gear hub.
4. Remove lower bearing (B) and washer (C). 5. Remove snap ring (D). 6. Remove snap ring (E), backing plate (F), and plates and disks (G). NOTE: Second speed and high range forward clutch packs have six plates (H) and six disks (I). First speed clutch pack has ten plates (H) and ten disks (I).
AGear Hub BBearing CWasher DSnap Ring ESnap Ring F Backing Plate GPlates and Disks HPlates I Disks
T117286B UN24SEP98 WS68074,00036FF 1914JUL102/12
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035079

PN=221
T117241C UN24SEP98
T117288B UN24SEP98
T117287B UN19OCT98
7.
Support gear hub assembly (D) in press. Using DFT1162 Powershift Clutch Pack Snap Ring Removal and Installation Tool (A), (see Group 0399 for instructions to make tool) compress Belleville washers (B) and remove snap ring (C).
T117289B UN24SEP98 WS68074,00036FF 1914JUL103/12 Continued on next page WS68074,00036FF 1914JUL104/12
8. Remove flat washer (E) and Belleville washers (F). IMPORTANT: Replace worn or damaged Belleville washers. 9. Inspect Belleville washers for wear or damage. Replace if necessary.
ADFT1162 Powershift Clutch Pack Snap Ring Removal and Installation Tool BBelleville Washers CSnap Ring DGear Hub Assembly EFlat Washer F Belleville Washer (5 used)
T101536 UN08JUL96
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035080

PN=222
T117290B UN24SEP98
11. Remove Orings (A) from piston. Bleeder valve ball (B) in piston must move freely in bore.
WS68074,00036FF 1914JUL105/12
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035081

PN=223
T117246 UN24SEP98
ASealing Ring (2 used) BPlates and Disks CGear, Drum and Shaft DRoller Bearing (2 used)
ETapered Roller Bearing F Hub GSnap Ring HEnd Plate
I Washer J ORing KPiston with Ball L Belleville Washer (5 used)
MORing NTapered Roller Bearing
NOTE: First speed clutch pack uses ten plates and ten disks (B). Second speed and high range forward clutch packs use six plates and six disks (B).
Continued on next page WS68074,00036FF 1914JUL106/12
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035082

PN=224
T117282 UN24SEP98
NOTE: Inspect Orings before installing piston. If Orings are damaged, leakage in the pack will occur. 13. Install new Orings (A) on piston. Apply petroleum jelly on Orings. Check that bleeder valve ball (B) moves freely in bore. 14. Apply clean transmission oil to surface of shaft and hub. Install piston. 15. Apply petroleum jelly to Belleville washers (C) to aid in assembly. Install one Belleville washer with its concave side down, toward piston. Install remaining four Belleville washers in pairs with concave sides facing each other. 16. Install washer (D).
AORings BBleeder Valve Ball CBelleville washer (5 used) DWasher
T104688 UN31OCT96 WS68074,00036FF 1914JUL107/12 T117246 UN24SEP98 Continued on next page WS68074,00036FF 1914JUL108/12
17. Support gear hub assembly (D) in press. Using DFT1162 Powershift Clutch Pack Snap Ring Removal and Installation Tool (A), (see Group 0399 for instructions to make tool) compress Belleville washers (B) and install snap ring (C).
ADFT1162 Powershift Clutch Pack Snap Ring Removal and Installation Tool BBelleville Washers CSnap Ring DGear Hub Assembly
T117289B UN24SEP98
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035083

PN=225
T117290C UN08OCT98
18. Check plate clearance: IMPORTANT: Low Range Forward and Reverse clutch packs use waved disks. All other clutch packs use flat disks. Identify the correct disks for each clutch pack by the part number stamped on each disk. Use of the incorrect disks will cause high drag, overheating, premature wear and possible clutch pack burn up.
T117253 UN24SEP98
a. Starting with a plate, alternately install dry plates and disks. b. Install end plate (A) and snap ring (B). c. Using a depth gauge, measure the distance from drum edge to end plate. Record this measurement as dimension 1. d. Using screwdrivers, pry up on end plate (A) and measure distance from end plate to top of drum surface. Record this measurement as dimension 2. e. Subtract dimension 2 from dimension 1. Example:
9.80 mm (0.39 in.) 7.10 mm (0.28 in.) = 2.70 mm (0.11 in.) Dimension 2 Difference
NOTE: Snap ring (B) is available in the following thicknesses:

f. Determine correct thickness and number of snap rings to be used to obtain this specification.
Specification First Speed Clutch Pack PlateDistance ...................................... 2.03.0 mm (0.0790.118 in.) Second Speed and High Range Forward Clutch Pack PlateDistance .............................1.21.8 mm (0.0470.071 in.)
g. Remove snap ring (B), end plate (A), plates and disks (E).
AEnd Plate BSnap Ring CEnd Plate Specification
DGear Hub Assembly EPlates and Disks
WS68074,00036FF 1914JUL109/12
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035084

PN=226
T104697 UN31OCT96
T104696 UN31OCT96
Dimension 1
NOTE: Keep bearings in same location on gear hub shaft if not replacing. 19. Inspect bearing and hub bearing surface (A). Replace if necessary. 20. Soak disks in oil for approximately 30 minutes prior to installation. Starting with a plate, alternately install plates and disks (D). NOTE: If more than one snap ring is installed, stagger the snap ring openings. 21. Install end plate (C) and correct thickness of snap ring(s) (B) determined in step 18. 22. Install snap ring (E).
ABearing and Hub Bearing Surface BSnap Ring (as required) CEnd Plate DPlates and Disks ESnap Ring
T117249 UN24SEP98 Continued on next page WS68074,00036FF 1914JUL1010/12 T117291B UN24SEP98
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035085

PN=227
T117292B UN24SEP98
23. Install spacer (A) so it rests on snap ring (D). 24. Install bearing (B) making sure bearing is installed with the bottom of rollers (C) on spacer (A).
T117293B UN24SEP98 Continued on next page WS68074,00036FF 1914JUL1011/12
IMPORTANT: If gear hub is not fully engaged into plates and disks, damage to disks will result when installing outer bearings. 25. Install gear hub (E) over bearing (B) by engaging all plates and disks (F). Gear hub is fully engaged into plates and disks when distance (I) (bottom of gear to top of drum) is 7 mm for first speed clutch, 15 mm for second speed clutch, and 19 mm for high range forward clutch. 26. Install upper bearing (G) into gear hub (E) and spacer (H) on top of bearing.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035086

PN=228
T117295B UN24SEP98
T118307B UN12NOV98
T117294B UN24SEP98
ASpacer BBearing CRollers DSnap Ring EGear Hub
F Plates and Disks GUpper Bearing HSpacer I Distance from Gear Hub to Drum
27. Press on inner race of bearing (A) using a pipe (B) until inner race contacts shaft shoulder. 28. Turn assembly over and support bearing inner race with a short pipe (C). Press on inner race of bearing (D) until inner race contacts shaft shoulder. 29. Install sealing rings (E).
ABearing BPipe CShort Pipe DBearing ESealing Rings
T117296B UN24SEP98 WS68074,00036FF 1914JUL1012/12 CED,OUO1032,729 1901SEP061/1
Remove Drive ShaftPowershift

Using a softface hammer, tap on top of shaft (A) until snap ring (B) is exposed. Remove snap ring (B). Tap on bottom of shaft (C) and knock shaft out of case.
ATop of Shaft BSnap Ring CBottom of Shaft
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035087

PN=229
T117308B UN14OCT98
T117284C UN24SEP98
T117297B UN24SEP98
Disassemble and Assemble Drive ShaftPowershift

1. Remove sealing ring (A). 2. Remove snap ring (B). 3. Put shaft in press and remove bearing (C) from shaft.
ASealing Ring BSnap Ring CBearing
T117307B UN22SEP98 CED,OUO1032,730 1901SEP061/3 Continued on next page CED,OUO1032,730 1901SEP062/3
NOTE: Drive shaft (A), turbine shaft (B) and snap ring (C) are serviced as an assembly only. 4. Press ball bearing (D) on drive shaft (A) until snap ring groove is visible.
ADrive Shaft BTurbine Shaft CSnap Ring DBall Bearing ESnap Ring F Snap Ring GSealing Ring
T117305B UN22SEP98
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035088

PN=230
T117304 UN22SEP98
T117306B UN22SEP98
5. Install snap ring (B). 6. Install sealing ring (A).

ASealing Ring BSnap Ring
T117307B UN22SEP98 CED,OUO1032,730 1901SEP063/3
Remove MFWD Output Shaft (If Equipped)Powershift

ATransmission Case BCap CK1 Clutch Pack DMFWD Output Shaft
Without MFWD
With MFWD
Continued on next page CED,OUO1032,731 1901SEP061/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035089

PN=231
T117459 UN29SEP98
T117458 UN29SEP98
1. Remove seal guard (A), seal (B) and bearing cup (C). 2. Remove bearing (D) and sleeve (E). 3. Remove six socket head screws (F).
4. Remove cover (G) and lift out MFWD shaft (H).

ASeal Guard BSeal CBearing Cup DBearing ESleeve F Socket Head Screws GCover HMFWD Shaft
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035090

PN=232
T117337B UN25SEP98
Disassemble MFWD Shaft (If Equipped)Powershift

1. Using a press and DFT1163 MFWD Shaft Snap Ring Removal and Installation Tool (A), (see Group 0399 for instructions to make tool) compress spring (B) and remove snap ring (C). Slowly release pressure. 2. Remove backing plate (D) and compression spring (B). 3. Lightly pry up on sliding sleeve (E) and lift up off of shaft.
ADFT1163 MFWD Shaft Snap Ring Removal and Installation Tool BSpring CSnap Ring DBacking Plate ESliding Sleeve
WS68074,0003700 1914JUL101/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035091

PN=233
T117340B UN25SEP98
T117339B UN25SEP98
T117338B UN25SEP98
4.
Remove Orings (A and B).
5. Remove sealing ring (C). 6. Remove bearing (D). Bearing is a press fit.
T117341B UN25SEP98 WS68074,0003700 1914JUL102/2
7. Remove snap ring (E). 8. Remove thrust washer (F) and gear (G) off of shaft (H).
AORing BORing CSealing Ring DBearing ESnap Ring F Thrust Washer GGear HShaft
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035092

PN=234
T117344B UN25SEP98
T117343B UN25SEP98
T117342B UN25SEP98
Assemble MFWD Shaft (If Equipped)Powershift

1. Install gear (G) and thrust washer (F) on shaft (H). 2. Install snap ring (E).
T117344B UN25SEP98 WS68074,0003701 1914JUL101/2
3. Put shaft (H) in press. Using a short piece of pipe (C), press bearing (D) onto shaft. 4. Install Orings (A and B).
AORing BORing CPipe DBearing ESnap Ring F Thrust Washer GGear HShaft
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035093

PN=235
T117341B UN25SEP98
T117345B UN25SEP98
T117343B UN25SEP98
5. Oil sealing surfaces of sliding sleeve (F). Install sliding sleeve until engaged with spur gear (E). 6. Install spring (B) and backing plate (D).
T117346B UN25SEP98 WS68074,0003701 1914JUL102/2
7. Press spring (B) down using DFT1163 MFWD Shaft Snap Ring Removal and Installation Tool (A) (see Group 0399 for instructions to make tool). Install snap ring (C) into groove of shaft. 8. Install cover (G) and spacer (H). 9. Press bearing (I) onto MFWD shaft. 10. Install new sealing ring on end of shaft.
ADFT1163 MFWD Shaft Snap Ring Removal and Installation Tool BSpring CSnap Ring DBacking Plate ESpur Gear F Sliding Sleeve GCover HSpacer I Bearing
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035094

PN=236
T117814B UN15OCT98
T117338B UN25SEP98
T117339B UN25SEP98
Remove Oil Suction TubePowershift

1. Remove socket head screws (A). 2. Remove oil suction tube (B).
ASocket Head Screw (2 used) BOil Suction Tube
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035095

PN=237
Remove and Install Oil Supply TubesPowershift

1. Remove four socket head screws (A) and remove plate (B).
T117370B UN25SEP98 CED,OUO1032,735 1925OCT991/1
2. Remove socket head screws (G) and remove lines. For MFWD line (C), remove banjo bolt (H), sealing rings (I) and socket head screw. NOTE: Keep bearings and cups as a matched set if not replacing. 3. Remove bearing cups (K). 4. Replace Orings (J) and sealing washers (I) for MFWD line. Apply petroleum jelly to Orings (J) and install tubes in case. 5. Clean threads of socket head screws with cure primer and apply thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to threads. Install and tighten to specification.
Specification Oil Supply Tubes Socket Head ScrewsTorque............................................... 23 Nm (204 lbin.)
6. For MFWD (C) tube, install sealing rings (I) and tighten banjo bolt (H) to specification.
T117371B UN25SEP98
Specification MFWD Oil Tube Banjo BoltTorque ................................................................... 45 Nm (33 lbft)
7. Install plate (B). 8. Clean threads of socket head screws (A) with cure primer and apply thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to threads of screws (A) and tighten to specification.
Specification MFWD Plate Socket Head ScrewsTorque............................................... 23 Nm (204 lbin.)
9. Install bearing cups (K).

ASocket Head Screw (4 used) BPlate CMFWD Line DThird Speed Clutch Line EFirst Speed Clutch Line F Low Range Forward Line GSocket Head Screw (7 used) HBanjo Bolt I Sealing Ring (2 used) J ORing (7 used) KBearing Cup (7 used)
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035096

PN=238
T117372B UN25SEP98
NOTE: Install bearing cups in same place if not replacing.
Install Oil Suction TubePowershift

1. Replace Oring (C). 2. Install tube (B) in bore. Do not install socket head screws (A) at this time.
ASocket Head Screw (2 used) BOil Suction Tube CORing
Install MFWD Shaft to Assemble Transmission (If Equipped)Powershift

1. Install MFWD shaft assembly (A) into transmission case. 2. Clean threads of socket head screws (B) with cure primer and apply thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to threads. 3. Install six socket head screws (B) through shield and tighten to specification.
Specification MFWD Shaft Shield Socket Head ScrewsTorque........................................................... 9.5 Nm (84 lbin)
T117464B UN29SEP98
4. Install bearing cup (C).
AMFWD Shaft Assembly BSocket Head Screw (6 used)
CBearing Cup
CED,OUO1032,737 1925OCT991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035097

PN=239
T117368B UN25SEP98
Install Drive ShaftPowershift

1. Using a soft hammer, tap on top of shaft (A) until snap ring groove in bearing is visible. 2. Install snap ring (B). 3. Tap on bottom of shaft (C) until snap ring (B) bottoms out on recess in transmission case (D).
ATop of Shaft BSnap Ring CBottom of Shaft DCase Recess
T117308B UN14OCT98 CED,OUO1032,738 1901SEP061/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035098

PN=240
T117463B UN29SEP98
Install Clutch PacksPowershift

NOTE: Sealing rings must be on clutch packs before installation. 1. Install third speed clutch pack (A). 2. Install clutch packs in order, high range forward (C), second speed (B), low range forward (E) and reverse (D). 3. Clean socket head screws (F) with cure primer and apply thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to threads.
T117460B UN29SEP98 CED,OUO1032,739 1925OCT991/1
4. Install socket head cap screws (F) and tighten to specification.

Specification Oil Suction Tube Socket Head ScrewsTorque............................................... 23 Nm (204 lbin.)
5. Install first speed clutch pack (G).

AThird Speed Clutch Pack BSecond Speed Clutch Pack CHigh Range Forward Clutch Pack DReverse Clutch Pack ELow Range Forward Clutch Pack F Socket Head Screw (2 used) GFirst Speed Clutch Pack
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03035099

PN=241
T117462B UN29SEP98
T117461B UN29SEP98
Assemble Converter Side of CasePowershift

1. Using a bushing driver, install bushing (C) in bottom of bore of converter housing (A).
2. Lightly oil inside of bushing. 3. Clean seal bore in converter housing (A) with cure primer. 4. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to metal outer shell of seal (B). Install shaft seal with sealing lip facing the oil chamber. Apply grease on sealing lip.
AConverter Housing BSeal CBushing
TM1611 (22JUL10)
030350100

PN=242
T117584 UN08OCT98
T117583 UN08OCT98
5. Apply cure primer to mating surfaces of the converter housing and transmission case (A). IMPORTANT: Sealer must not restrict oil flow through oil passages (B) in transmission case (A). 6. Apply High Flex ForminPlace Gasket to mating surface of the transmission case. 7. Install two aligning screws (C) into transmission case (A). 8. Install eyebolts in case. Attach chain and hoist to eye bolts and install transmission case on converter housing. 9. Install bushing (E) into stator shaft (D). Press on bushing until it bottoms out in stator shaft (D).
ATransmission Case BOil Holes CAligning Screws DStator Shaft EBushing
CED,OUO1032,1004 1925OCT992/4
TM1611 (22JUL10)
030350101

PN=243
T117587 UN08OCT98
T117586 UN08OCT98
T117585 UN08OCT98
10. Install stator shaft (A). 11. Install stator shaft cap screws (B). Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification Stator Shaft Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 46 Nm (34 lbft)
12. Remove aligning screws and install converter housing cap screws (C). Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification Converter Housing Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 46 Nm (34 lbft)
13. Install new bearing cups (D) or ensure old bearing cups are returned to same bore with matching bearing cones.
AStator Shaft BCap Screw (6 used) CCap Screw (23 used) DBearing Cup (7 used)
CED,OUO1032,1004 1925OCT993/4
TM1611 (22JUL10)
030350102

PN=244
T117591 UN08OCT98
T117590 UN08OCT98
T117589 UN08OCT98
T117588 UN08OCT98
14. Install eyebolts in converter housing and attach to hoist. 15. Clean mating surfaces of transmission case halves with cure primer.
16. Apply High Flex ForminPlace Gasket to the surfaces of transmission case halves. Check the sealing ring positions of the different shafts. 17. Align the dowel holes. 18. Install dowel pin (A) and pound in until flush with case. 19. Install cap screws (B and C). Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification Transmission Case Housing Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 46 Nm (34 lbft) ADowel Pin BCap Screw (28 used) CCap Screw (6 used)
TM1611 (22JUL10)
030350103

PN=245
T117594 UN08OCT98
T117593 UN08OCT98
Install Outer Components to Assemble TransmissionPowershift

1. Apply a onetoone mixture of alcohol and water to outer shell and rubber of seal.
2. Using a shaft seal installer (E), install shaft seal (B) with the sealing lip facing the oil chamber. 3. Install new cap (C) against shaft shoulder.
AMFWD Output Shaft BShaft Seal CCap (Cover Plate) DTransmission Case ESeal Installer
TM1611 (22JUL10)
030350104

PN=246
T117595 UN09OCT98
4. Apply a onetoone mixture of alcohol and water to the rubbercoated outer shell of shaft seal. 5. Using a shaft seal installer (F), install shaft seal (D) so sealing lip is toward the transmission case. Push seal into transmission housing bore until outer surface of seal is into bore approximately 3 mm ( 0.118 in.). 6. Clean seal protector with cure primer and apply thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to seal protector. Insert seal protector into output flange.
ATransmission Case BOutput Flange CCap DSeal ERear Output Shaft F Seal Installer
CED,OUO1032,1005 1925OCT992/5
TM1611 (22JUL10)
030350105

PN=247
T104420 UN16OCT96
T117596 UN09OCT98
T117575 UN09OCT98
7. Install output flange (A). 8. Install two M8 dowels (B). NOTE: Use petroleum jelly or grease to hold gasket and check ball and spring in place during assembly. 9. Install gasket (C) on transmission case. 10. Insert check ball (D) and spring (E) in manifold plate.
AOutput Flange BM8 Dowels CGasket DCheck Ball ESpring
TM1611 (22JUL10)
030350106

PN=248
T117599 UN09OCT98
T117598 UN09OCT98
11. Install manifold plate (B). Make sure check ball and spring (F) are in place. 12. Install TORX head screws (A). Starting with inside cap screws first and continuing to the outside, tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification Transmission Manifold Plate TORX Head ScrewsTorque......................................................... 23 Nm (204 lbin.)
14. Install torque converter on transmission by carefully mating splines on shaft into torque converter.
ACap Screw (43 used) BManifold Plate CControl Valve DShift Valve ECharge Pump F Check Ball and Spring

Continued on next page CED,OUO1032,1005 1925OCT994/5
TM1611 (22JUL10)
030350107

PN=249
T117569C UN09OCT98
T117572B UN09OCT98
T117568C UN15OCT98
13. Install control valve (C), shift valve (D), and charge pump (E). (See procedures in Group 0360.) After machine has been operated a short time at operating temperature, recheck torque specifications.
15. Check distance from converter housing (A) to top of plate (B).
Specification Converter Housingto Top of PlateDistance................................59 mm (2.3 in.) Approximate
16. If transporting, install tie bands (C) to secure converter. 17. Install bleeder (D) if removed. Tighten plug (with Oring) to specification.
Specification Bleeder PlugTorque.................................................... 28 Nm (21 lbft)
18. Install drain plug. Tighten to specification.

Specification Drain PlugTorque........................................................ 35 Nm (26 lbft) AConverter Housing BPlate CTie Band (4 used) DBleeder EDrain Plug
CED,OUO1032,1005 1925OCT995/5
TM1611 (22JUL10)
030350108

PN=250
T117603 UN09OCT98
T117602 UN09OCT98
T117601 UN09OCT98
T117600 UN09OCT98
Group 0360 Hydraulic System

Other Material
Number Name Use
Cure Primer
Apply to threads of orifice in the control valve. Apply to charge pump cap screws. Used to clean threads of set screw.
Apply a small drop to threads of orifice in the control valve. Apply to charge pump cap screws.

CED,TX03399,5640 1906DEC991/1
Specifications
Control Valve Cap Screws Control Valve Orifice (Set Screw) Transmission Control Valve Solenoids Retaining Plate Cap Screws Control Valve Upper Cover Cap Screws Control Valve Orifice Plug Charge PumptoTransmission Socket Head Screws Manifold Plate Solenoid Control Valve Retaining Plate Cap Screws Shift Valve Cap Screws Solenoid Socket Head Screws Solenoid Valve Retaining Clip Cap Screws Solenoid Valve Plugs Manifold Plate Solenoid Valves Solenoids
Torque Torque Torque
9.5 Nm (84 lbin.) 2.4 Nm (21 lbin.) 6 Nm (53 lbin.)
Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque
9.5 Nm (84 lbin.) 6 Nm (53 lbin.) 115 Nm (85 lbft) 6 Nm (53 lbin.) 6 Nm (53 lbin.) 9.5 Nm (84 lbin.) 6 Nm (53 lbin.) 5.5 Nm (47 lbin.) 6 Nm (53 lbin.) 27 Nm (20 lbft) 6 Nm (53 lbin.)
CED,OUO1002,640 1906JAN991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303601

PN=251
Hydraulic System
Remove and Install Control ValveManual Shift

NOTE: Control valve solenoids on top of valve can be removed in machine to repair valve sections. Remove cowl to gain access to top of valve. 1. Remove floor mat and access cover in cab/ROPS. 2. Disconnect solenoid connector at valve. 3. Remove cap screws and remove valve. 4. Install valve and new gaskets. Align using dowels.
5. Install cap screws in control valve finger tight. Starting in the middle and working out in a spiral direction, tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification Control Valve Cap ScrewsTorque.......................................................... 9.5 Nm (84 lbin.)
6. Connect solenoid connector. 7. Install access cover and floor mat.
TX,0360,SS3807 1925OCT991/1
Disassemble and Assemble Control ValveManual Shift

1. Mark gaskets for ease of assembly and remove flat gasket (2 pieces) and intermediate plate.
T106683 UN17JAN97 WS68074,00036EC 1914JUL101/27
CAUTION: Cover is spring loaded. Care must be taken when removing cover. 2. Remove two cap screws and replace with (M6) threaded dowels with nuts. Loosen remaining cap screws evenly. Cover is spring loaded slowly back off nuts from dowel.
WS68074,00036EC 1914JUL102/27
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303602

PN=252
T106684 UN17JAN97
Hydraulic System
3. Remove cover and disconnect wiring for solenoid valves. Remove gasket (arrow).
WS68074,00036EC 1914JUL103/27
4. Remove retaining plate and remove harness.
WS68074,00036EC 1914JUL104/27
NOTE: Modulation shims not shown. A 1 mm (0.039 in.) thick shim is equal to 42 kPa (0.42 bar) (6 psi). (See Modulation Valve Pressure Test in Operation and Test Manual, Section 9020, Group 25.) 5. Remove parts (15). Cover (on machine) can be removed to access modulation shims.
1 Converter Relief Spool 2 Converter Relief Spring 3 Modulation Spring 4 Modulation Spring 5 Modulation Spool
T106687 UN05FEB97 Continued on next page WS68074,00036EC 1914JUL105/27
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303603

PN=253
T106686 UN17JAN97
T106685 UN05FEB97
Hydraulic System
CAUTION: Middle solenoid is spring loaded. Care must be taken when removing. 6. Remove solenoid valves.
WS68074,00036EC 1914JUL106/27
NOTE: Make sure spools are installed in the right ports. Identify or mark prior to removal. 7. Remove parts (13).
T106689 UN06FEB97 WS68074,00036EC 1914JUL107/27
1 Forward and Reverse Shift Valve Spool 2 Neutral Shift Valve Spring
3 Neutral Shift Valve Spool
8. Remove retaining plate (4). 9. Remove parts (13).

1 Pressure Reducing Valve Spool 2 Spring 3 Plug 4 Retaining Plate
T106690 UN06FEB97 Continued on next page WS68074,00036EC 1914JUL108/27
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303604

PN=254
T106688 UN17JAN97
Hydraulic System
CAUTION: Cover is spring loaded. Use care when removing cover. 10. Remove two cap screws and install two threaded dowels (M6) with nuts. Loosen nuts uniformly. Remove cap screws, cover and gasket.
WS68074,00036EC 1914JUL109/27
NOTE: One pressure regulating valve shim is equal to 115 kPa (1.15 bar) (17 psi). Measure shim thickness and select appropriate shim. See System Pressure Test in Section 9020, Group 25 of Operation and Test Manual.
T106692 UN06FEB97 WS68074,00036EC 1914JUL1010/27 Continued on next page WS68074,00036EC 1914JUL1011/27
11. Remove parts (15). Cover (on machine) can be removed to access regulating valve spool shim(s).
1 Pressure Regulating Valve Spool 2 Shim (as required) 3 Spring 4 Modulation Spool 5 Retaining Ring
12. Remove orifice. Check passage of orifice.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303605

PN=255
T106693 UN17JAN97
T106691 UN17JAN97
Hydraulic System
13. Remove plugs with Orings.
WS68074,00036EC 1914JUL1012/27
14. Inspect all parts. Apply clean oil to all components.

1 Pressure Regulating Valve Spring 2 Shim 3 Spool 4 Converter Relief Valve Spool 5 Spring 6 Modulation Valve Piston 7 Spring 8 Spring 9 Spool 10 Retaining Ring 11 Orifice (Set Screw M5)
WS68074,00036EC 1914JUL1013/27
15. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to threads of orifice set screw. 16. Install orifice. Tighten to specification
Specification Control Valve Orifice (Set Screw)Torque ........................................................... 2.4 Nm (21 lbin.)
WS68074,00036EC 1914JUL1014/27
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303606

PN=256
T106697 UN17JAN97
T106696 UN17JAN97
T106695 UN17JAN97
Hydraulic System
17. Install parts (15). Shim Adjustment: Cover (on machine) can be removed to access modulation valve shims and regulating valve spool shim(s).
T106692 UN06FEB97
For modulation valve, a 1 mm (0.039 in.) thick shim is equal to 43 kPa (0.42 bar) (6 psi). Measure shim thickness and select appropriate shim. (See Modulation Valve Pressure Test in Section 9020, Group 25 of Operation and Test Manual.) For pressure regulating valve, one shim is equal to 115 kPa (1.15 bar) (17 psi). Measure shim thickness and select appropriate shim. (See System Pressure Test in Section 9020, Group 25 of Operation and Test Manual.)
1 Pressure Regulating Valve Spool 2 Shim (as required) 3 Spring
4 Modulation Spool 5 Retaining Ring
WS68074,00036EC 1914JUL1015/27
18. Install gasket and cover. 19. Install two threaded dowels (M6) with nuts. Tighten nuts evenly.
WS68074,00036EC 1914JUL1016/27
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303607

PN=257
T106699 UN17JAN97
Hydraulic System
20. Install washers and cap screws. Remove threaded dowels and nuts. Tighten cap screws to specification.
T106700 UN17JAN97 WS68074,00036EC 1914JUL1017/27
21. Install parts (15).

WS68074,00036EC 1914JUL1018/27
22. Inspect all parts. Put clean oil on all components. 23. Use this art as reference for the forward and reverse shift valve, neutral shift valve and pressure reducing valve.
1 Forward/Reverse Shift Valve Spool with Springs 2 Neutral Shift Valve Spring 3 Spool 4 Pressure Reducing Valve Spool 5 Spring 6 Plug 7 Retaining Plate
WS68074,00036EC 1914JUL1019/27
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303608

PN=258
T106702 UN17JAN97
T106701 UN06FEB97
Hydraulic System

1 Forward/Reverse Shift Valve Spool with Springs 2 Neutral Shift Valve Spring 3 Spool 4 Pressure Reducing Valve Spool 5 Spring 6 Plug
T106703 UN06FEB97 WS68074,00036EC 1914JUL1020/27
25. Using a punch, push plug in until retaining plate slips into groove of plug.
WS68074,00036EC 1914JUL1021/27
26. Install three solenoid valves with connectors positioned for installation of harness. 27. Install three retaining plates with flat side toward valve body and three cap screws with washers. Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification Transmission Control Valve Solenoids Retaining Plate Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 6 Nm (53 lbin.)
T106705 UN17JAN97 WS68074,00036EC 1914JUL1022/27
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303609

PN=259
T106704 UN17JAN97
Hydraulic System
28. Install harness and retaining plate with tabs up.

1 Harness 2 Retaining Plate 3 Sealing Ring 4 Plug (3 used) 5 Cover
WS68074,00036EC 1914JUL1023/27
29. Install gasket and connect harness with solenoid connectors.
WS68074,00036EC 1914JUL1024/27
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03036010

PN=260
T106709 UN17JAN97
T106706 UN17JAN97
T106707 UN17JAN97
Hydraulic System
30. Install cover. 31. Using threaded dowels (M6) with nuts, tighten nuts evenly until cover bottoms. 32. Install cap screws and tighten to specification.
T106710 UN17JAN97 WS68074,00036EC 1914JUL1025/27 WS68074,00036EC 1914JUL1026/27 WS68074,00036EC 1914JUL1027/27
Specification Control Valve Upper Cover Cap ScrewsTorque.......................................................... 9.5 Nm (84 lbin.)
33. Install orifice plug on top side of valve housing cover if removed (this plug is used for access to orifice without taking cover off). Tighten plug to specification.
Specification Control Valve Orifice PlugTorque .................................................................. 6 Nm (53 lbin.)
34. Install two cap screws (arrows) to aid in aligning the gaskets. 35. Apply petroleum jelly to first gasket.
36. Install intermediate plate and second gasket.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03036011

PN=261
T106713 UN17JAN97
T106712 UN17JAN97
Hydraulic System
Remove and Install Transmission Charge PumpManual Shift

1. Remove hydraulic pump. See Remove and Install Hydraulic Pump in Section 21, Group 2160. 2. Remove charge pump cap screws and remove charge pump and shaft. 3. Install dowels into manifold plate to guide charge pump when installing. NOTE: Make sure stop is pushed down until it contacts needle bearing assembly. Stop must remain in place while installing pump.
4. Install pump and shaft (shaft installed in pump) into transmission drive shaft, aligning pump on dowels. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to threads of cap screws. Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification Charge Pumpto Transmission Socket Head ScrewsTorque..................................................115 Nm (85 lbft)
5. Install hydraulic pump. See Remove and Install Hydraulic Pump in Section 21, Group 2160.
TX,0360,SS3808 1925OCT991/1
Remove and Install Transmission Charge PumpPowershift

NOTE: For disassembly and assembly of charge pump see procedure in this group. 1. Remove hydraulic pump. See Remove and Install Hydraulic Pump in Section 21, Group 2160.
T117565B UN08OCT98
2. Remove charge pump socket head screws (A) and remove charge pump (B) and shaft. 3. Install dowels into manifold plate to guide charge pump when installing. NOTE: Make sure stop is pushed down until it contacts needle bearing assembly. Stop must remain in place while installing pump. 4. Install pump and shaft (shaft installed in pump) into transmission drive shaft, aligning pump on dowels. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to threads of cap screws. Tighten socket head screws (A) to specification.
ASocket Head Screw (4 used) BPump
Specification Charge Pumpto Transmission Socket Head ScrewsTorque..................................................115 Nm (85 lbft)
5. Install hydraulic pump. See Remove and Install Hydraulic Pump in Section 21, Group 2160.
CED,OUO1032,1015 1925OCT991/1
Disassemble and Assemble Transmission Charge PumpManual Shift and Powershift

1. Remove parts (17).
T101334 UN07FEB97 Continued on next page TX,0360,SS3656 1901SEP061/12
1 Stop 2 ORing 3 Disk 4 Needle
5 Thrust Washer 6 ORing 7 ORing 8 Pump Assembly
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03036012

PN=262
Hydraulic System
2. Separate pump halves.
TX,0360,SS3656 1901SEP062/12
NOTE: The pump Oring is serviceable. The pump gears and housings are serviced as an assembly only. 3. Mark gears to aid in assembly. Inspect pump gears and housings. Replace gears and housings as an assembly. 4. Replace Oring.
T101336 UN04JUN96 TX,0360,SS3656 1901SEP063/12 Continued on next page TX,0360,SS3656 1901SEP064/12
5. Oil components of the pump. 6. Install parts in pump housing.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03036013

PN=263
T104431 UN16OCT96
T101335 UN04JUN96
Hydraulic System
7. Install pump cover.
TX,0360,SS3656 1901SEP065/12
8. Install Orings.
TX,0360,SS3656 1901SEP066/12
9. Use this art for reference when assembling.

1 Pump Gear (2 used) 2 ORing 3 Pump Housing 4 Washer 5 Needle Bearing 6 Disk 7 Stop 8 Shaft
T104434 UN16OCT96 Continued on next page TX,0360,SS3656 1901SEP067/12
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03036014

PN=264
T104433 UN16OCT96
T104432 UN16OCT96
Hydraulic System
10. Install washer and needle bearing.
TX,0360,SS3656 1901SEP068/12
11. Install disk. (See previous line art for position of disk).
TX,0360,SS3656 1901SEP069/12
12. Install and lubricate Oring.
TX,0360,SS3656 1901SEP0610/12
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03036015

PN=265
T104438 UN16OCT96
T104437 UN16OCT96
T104436 UN16OCT96
Hydraulic System
13. Install stop. Stop must be pushed down until it contacts needle bearing assembly. Stop must also remain in this position during pump installation on transmission manifold.
T104439 UN16OCT96 TX,0360,SS3656 1901SEP0611/12
14. Install shaft.
TX,0360,SS3656 1901SEP0612/12
Remove and Install Manifold Plate SolenoidsManual Shift

NOTE: Transmission shown removed for illustration purposes. If removing solenoid with transmission installed on machine, remove transmission shift lever and floor plate to access the solenoids. 1. Locate solenoid (13).
1 Differential Lock Solenoid 2 Park Brake Solenoid 3 MFWD Solenoid (If Equipped)
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03036016

PN=266
T101338 UN04JUN96
T104440 UN17OCT96
Hydraulic System
2. Remove cap nut (1), solenoid coil (3), and Orings (2). 3. Remove valve body (4) and Orings (57). 4. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
T125353 UN21OCT99
5. Inspect screen (8), clean if necessary. 6. Install Orings on valve body. 7. Install valve body in manifold assembly. 8. Install solenoid coil. 9. Install Orings in cap. Install cap on solenoid coil and tighten to specification.
Specification Solenoid Cap (Nut)Torque................................................................ 6 Nm (53 lbin.) 1 Cap Nut 2 ORing (2 used) 3 Solenoid Coil 4 Valve Body 5 ORing 6 ORing 7 ORing 8 Screen
CED,OUO1032,1016 1921OCT992/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03036017

PN=267
Hydraulic System
Remove and Install Control ValvePowershift

NOTE: Control valve solenoids on top of valve can be removed in machine to repair valve sections. Remove cowl to gain access to top of valve. 1. Remove floor mat and access cover in cab/ROPS.
2. Disconnect solenoid connector at valve. 3. Remove cap screws (A) and remove valve. 4. Install M6 dowels (C) and install gasket (B). 5. Install intermediate plate (D) over gasket (B). 6. Align gasket (E) and install over intermediate plate (D). 7. Install valve on dowels. Install cap screws (A) in control valve and tighten fingertight. 8. Starting in the middle and working out in a spiral direction, tighten cap screws to specification.
9. Connect solenoid connector. 10. Install access cover and floor mat.
ACap Screw (23 used) BGasket CM6 Dowel (2 used) DIntermediate Plate EGasket
CED,OUO1032,1009 1909OCT981/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03036018

PN=268
T117656 UN12OCT98
T117655 UN12OCT98
T117654 UN12OCT98
T117682B UN12OCT98
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Control ValvePowershift

1. Mark gaskets for ease of assembly and remove flat gasket (2 pieces) and intermediate plate.
T106683 UN17JAN97 CED,OUO1032,1010 1909OCT981/25
CAUTION: Cover is spring loaded. Care must be taken when removing cover. 2. Remove two cap screws and replace with (M6) threaded dowels with nuts. Loosen remaining cap screws evenly. Cover is spring loaded slowly back off nuts from dowel.
CED,OUO1032,1010 1909OCT982/25
3. Remove cover and disconnect wiring for solenoid valves. Remove gasket (arrow).
CED,OUO1032,1010 1909OCT983/25
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03036019

PN=269
T106685 UN05FEB97
T106684 UN17JAN97
Hydraulic System
4. Remove retaining plate and remove harness.
CED,OUO1032,1010 1909OCT984/25
NOTE: Modulation shims not shown. A 1 mm (0.039 in.) thick shim is equal to 42 kPa (0.42 bar) (6 psi). (See Modulation Valve Pressure Test in Operation and Test Manual, Group 902025.)
T106687 UN05FEB97 CED,OUO1032,1010 1909OCT985/25 Continued on next page CED,OUO1032,1010 1909OCT986/25
5. Remove parts (15). Cover (on machine) can be removed to access modulation shims.
CAUTION: Middle solenoid is spring loaded. Care must be taken when removing. 6. Remove solenoid valves.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03036020

PN=270
T106688 UN17JAN97
T106686 UN17JAN97
Hydraulic System
NOTE: Make sure spools are installed in the right ports. Identify or mark prior to removal. 7. Remove parts (13).
T106689 UN06FEB97 CED,OUO1032,1010 1909OCT987/25
1 Forward and Reverse Shift Valve Spool 2 Neutral Shift Valve Spring
3 Neutral Shift Valve Spool
8. Remove retaining plate (4). 9. Remove parts (13).

1 Pressure Reducing Valve Spool 2 Spring 3 Plug 4 Retaining Plate
T106690 UN06FEB97 CED,OUO1032,1010 1909OCT988/25 Continued on next page CED,OUO1032,1010 1909OCT989/25
CAUTION: Cover is spring loaded. Use care when removing cover. 10. Remove two cap screws and install two threaded dowels (M6) with nuts. Loosen nuts uniformly. Remove cap screws, cover and gasket.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03036021

PN=271
T106691 UN17JAN97
Hydraulic System
NOTE: One pressure regulating valve shim is equal to 115 kPa (1.15 bar) (17 psi). Measure shim thickness and select appropriate shim. (See System Pressure Test in Section 9020, Group 25 of Operation and Test Manual.)
T106692 UN06FEB97 CED,OUO1032,1010 1909OCT9810/25 CED,OUO1032,1010 1909OCT9811/25 Continued on next page CED,OUO1032,1010 1909OCT9812/25
11. Remove parts (15). Cover (on machine) can be removed to access regulating valve spool shim(s).
1 Pressure Regulating Valve Spool 2 Shim (as required) 3 Spring 4 Modulation Spool 5 Retaining Ring
12. Remove orifice. Check passage of orifice.
13. Remove plugs with Orings.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03036022

PN=272
T106695 UN17JAN97
T106693 UN17JAN97
Hydraulic System
14. Inspect all parts. Apply clean oil to all components.

1 Pressure Regulating Valve Spring 2 Shim 3 Spool 4 Converter Relief Valve Spool 5 Spring 6 Modulation Valve Piston 7 Spring 8 Spring 9 Spool 10 Retaining Ring 11 Orifice (Set Screw M5)
CED,OUO1032,1010 1909OCT9813/25
15. Clean threads of set screw with cure primer and apply thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to threads. 16. Install orifice. Tighten to specification
Specification Control Valve Orifice (Set Screw)Torque ........................................................... 2.4 Nm (21 lbin.)
CED,OUO1032,1010 1909OCT9814/25
17. Install parts (15). Shim Adjustment: Cover (on machine) can be removed to access modulation valve shims and regulating valve spool shim(s).
T106692 UN06FEB97
For modulation valve, a 1 mm (0.039 in.) thick shim is equal to 43 kPa (0.42 bar) (6 psi). Measure shim thickness and select appropriate shim. (See Modulation Valve Pressure Test in Section 9020, Group 25 of Operation and Test Manual.) For pressure regulating valve, one shim is equal to 115 kPa (1.15 bar) (17 psi). Measure shim thickness and select appropriate shim. (See System Pressure Test in Section 9020, Group 25 of Operation and Test Manual.)
1 Pressure Regulating Valve Spool 2 Shim (as required) 3 Spring
4 Modulation Spool 5 Retaining Ring
CED,OUO1032,1010 1909OCT9815/25
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03036023

PN=273
T106697 UN17JAN97
T106696 UN17JAN97
Hydraulic System
18. Install gasket and cover. 19. Install two threaded dowels (M6) with nuts. Tighten nuts evenly.
CED,OUO1032,1010 1909OCT9816/25
20. Install washers and cap screws. Remove threaded dowels and nuts. Tighten cap screws to specification.

CED,OUO1032,1010 1909OCT9818/25
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03036024

PN=274
T106701 UN06FEB97
T106699 UN17JAN97
Hydraulic System
22. Inspect all parts. Put clean oil on all components. 23. Use this art as reference for the forward and reverse shift valve, neutral shift valve and pressure reducing valve.
1 Forward/Reverse Shift Valve Spool with Springs 2 Neutral Shift Valve Spring 3 Spool 4 Pressure Reducing Valve Spool 5 Spring 6 Plug 7 Retaining Plate
CED,OUO1032,1010 1909OCT9819/25

1 Forward/Reverse Shift Valve Spool with Springs 2 Neutral Shift Valve Spring 3 Spool 4 Pressure Reducing Valve Spool 5 Spring 6 Plug
T106703 UN06FEB97 CED,OUO1032,1010 1909OCT9820/25
25. Using a punch, push plug in until retaining plate slips into groove of plug.
CED,OUO1032,1010 1909OCT9821/25
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03036025

PN=275
T106704 UN17JAN97
T106702 UN17JAN97
Hydraulic System
26. Install three solenoid valves with connectors positioned for installation of harness. 27. Install three retaining plates with flat side toward valve body and three cap screws with washers. Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification Control Valve Retaining Plate Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 6 Nm (53 lbin.)
T106705 UN17JAN97 CED,OUO1032,1010 1909OCT9822/25 CED,OUO1032,1010 1909OCT9823/25
28. Install harness and retaining plate with tabs up.

1 Harness 2 Retaining Plate 3 Sealing Ring 4 Plug (3 used) 5 Cover
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03036026

PN=276
T106706 UN17JAN97
T106707 UN17JAN97
Hydraulic System
29. Install gasket and connect harness with solenoid connectors.
CED,OUO1032,1010 1909OCT9824/25
30. Install cover. 31. Using threaded dowels (M6) with nuts, tighten nuts evenly until cover bottoms. 32. Install cap screws and tighten to specification.
33. Install orifice plug on top side of valve housing cover if removed (this plug is used for access to orifice without taking cover off). Tighten plug to specification.
Specification Control Valve Orifice PlugTorque .................................................................. 6 Nm (53 lbin.)
34. Install control valve. (See procedure in this group.)
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03036027

PN=277
T106709 UN17JAN97
Hydraulic System
Remove and Install Shift ValvePowershift

1. Disconnect wire connector (A). 2. Remove cap screws (B) and remove shift valve (C).
T117681B UN12OCT98 CED,OUO1032,1011 1909OCT981/1
3. Install two M6 dowels (G). NOTE: Grease or petroleum jelly can be used to hold gaskets in place. 4. Install gasket (D) first, intermediate plate (E) and gasket (F). 5. Install shift valve (C). 6. Install cap screws (B) starting from the center and working out. Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification Shift Valve Cap ScrewsTorque.......................................................... 9.5 Nm (84 lbin.)
7. Connect wire connector (A).

AWire Connector BCap Screw (14 used) CShift Valve DGasket EIntermediate Plate F Gasket GM6 Dowel (2 used)
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03036028

PN=278
T117658 UN12OCT98
T117657 UN12OCT98
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Shift ValvePowershift

1. Remove cap screws (A) and remove cover (B). 2. Remove wire connectors (C) from solenoids (D). 3. Remove retainer clip (E) and remove harness and connector (F). NOTE: Solenoid valves are spring loaded. 4. Remove socket head screws (G), retainers (H) and solenoids (D).
ACap Screw (8 used) BCover CWire Connector (3 used) DSolenoid (3 used) ERetainer Clip F Harness and Connector GSocket Head Screw (3 used) HRetainer (3 used)
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03036029

PN=279
T117662 UN12OCT98
T117661 UN12OCT98
T117660 UN12OCT98
Hydraulic System
NOTE: Do not interchange spools into different ports of valve. 5. Remove spools (A) and springs (B).
6. Remove all screw plugs (C) and Orings.

AShift Valve Spool (3 used) BSpring (3 used) CPlug (3 used)
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03036030

PN=280
T117664 UN12OCT98
Hydraulic System
7. Install shift valve spools (J) and springs (K).

ASpeed Solenoid Valve 3 BSpeed Solenoid Valve 2 CSpeed Solenoid Valve 1 DCover ESpeed Shift Valve Spool 1 F Spring (3 used) GSpeed Shift Valve Spool 2 HSpeed Shift Valve Spool 3 I Valve Block J Shift Valve Spool (3 used) KSpring (3 used)
CED,OUO1032,1012 1901SEP063/5
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03036031

PN=281
T117665 UN12OCT98
T117683 UN12OCT98
Hydraulic System
8. Install solenoids (A) in valve. 9. Fasten solenoid using socket head screw (B), retainer clip (C) and washer (D). Washer fits between valve body and retainer clip (C).
10. Solenoids (A) must be positioned so solenoid terminals are pointing toward harness connector (E). 11. Tighten socket head screws (B) to specification.
Specification Solenoid Socket Head ScrewsTorque............................................................. 6 Nm (53 lbin.)
12. Install harness connector (E) with sealing rings (F).

ASolenoid (3 used) BSocket Head Screw (3 used) CRetainer Clip (3 used) DWasher (3 used) EHarness Connector F Sealing Ring (2 used)
T117685 UN12OCT98 Continued on next page
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03036032

PN=282
T117668 UN12OCT98
T117667 UN12OCT98
Hydraulic System
13. Install retaining clip (A). 14. Install wire connectors (B). 15. Install gasket (C). 16. Install cover (D). 17. Install cap screws (E) and tighten to specification.
Specification Solenoid Valve Retaining Clip Cap ScrewsTorque.......................................................... 5.5 Nm (47 lbin.)
18. Install plugs (F). Tighten to specification.

Specification Solenoid Valve PlugsTorque................................................................ 6 Nm (53 lbin.) ARetaining Clip BWire Connector (3 used) CGasket DCover ECap Screw (9 used) F Plug (3 used)
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03036033

PN=283
T117672 UN12OCT98
T117671 UN12OCT98
T117670 UN12OCT98
Hydraulic System
Remove and Install Manifold Plate and SolenoidsPowershift

NOTE: Transmission shown removed for illustration purposes.
T117673 UN12OCT98 CED,OUTX782,536 1921OCT991/3
If removing solenoid with transmission installed on machine, remove transmission shift lever and floor plate to access the solenoids. 1. Remove charge pump, control valve, and shift valve. (See procedures in this group.)
2. Loosen screw plugs of solenoid valves (AC) and pull off solenoid coils with Orings. 3. Remove valve bodies and Orings (D). 4. Remove TORX head screws (E) and remove manifold plate (F).
ADifferential Lock Solenoid BPark Brake Solenoid CMFWD Solenoid (if equipped) DValve Body (3 used) ETORX Screw (43 used) F Manifold Plate

TM1611 (22JUL10)
03036034

PN=284
T117676 UN12OCT98
T117674 UN12OCT98
Hydraulic System
NOTE: Use petroleum jelly or grease to hold gasket and check ball and spring in place during assembly. 5. Install gasket (A) on transmission case. 6. Install check ball (B) and spring (C) in manifold plate. 7. Install manifold plate (D). Make sure check ball (B) and spring (C) are in place. 8. Install TORX head screws (E). Starting with inside cap screws first and continuing to the outside, tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification Transmission Manifold Plate TORX Head ScrewsTorque......................................................... 23 Nm (204 lbin.) AGasket BCheck Ball CSpring DManifold Plate ETORX Head Screw (43 used)
T117678 UN12OCT98 Continued on next page CED,OUTX782,536 1921OCT992/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03036035

PN=285
T117680 UN12OCT98
T117679 UN12OCT98
Hydraulic System
9.
Install valve bodies and Orings (D).
10. Tighten to specification.

Specification Manifold Plate Solenoid Valves BodiesTorque.............................................. 27 Nm (240 lbin.)
11. Install solenoids (AC). 12. Tighten solenoids to specification.

Specification SolenoidsTorque......................................................... 6 Nm (53 lbin.)
13. Install shift valve, control valve, and charge pump. (See procedures in this group.)
ADifferential Lock Solenoid BPark Brake Solenoid CMFWD Solenoid DValve Body
CED,OUTX782,536 1921OCT993/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
03036036

PN=286
T117673 UN12OCT98
T117674 UN12OCT98

DFT1143 Transmission Support Bracket
Transmission Support Bracket is used to hold transmission in repair stand. TM1611 (22JUL10)
Material required:
TX,0399,SS3029 1901SEP061/2
0303991

PN=287
T104794 1911MAR97
1/2 in.
1020 Steel
7/8 in.
ORing Plug (2 used) drilled for 5/8 in. cap screws. Used to mount bracket to transmission.
TX,0399,SS3029 1901SEP062/2
DFT1162 Powershift Clutch Pack Snap Ring Removal and Installation Tool
Used to remove and install snap rings in powershift clutch packs. Material required: 2 in. ID x 8 in. Long Pipe
AG,OUO1032,728 1918SEP981/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303992

PN=288
T116878 1920AUG98
DFT1163 MFWD Snap Ring Removal and Installation Tool

Used to remove and install snap rings in MFWD shaft assembly Material required: 3 in. ID x 6 in. Long Pipe
DFT1163 Tool
CED,OUO1017,71 1929MAR101/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303993

PN=289
TX1073634 UN06APR10
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0303994

PN=290
Section 04 Engine
Contents
Page
Group 0400Removal and Installation Essential Tools........................................... 0404001 Specifications ............................................ 0404001 PowerTech 4.5 L (4045) John Deere EngineUse CTM104................ 0404002 Engine Remove and Install ...............................0404002 Group 0499Dealer Fabricated Tools DFT1145 Transmission Holding Bracket .................................................. 0404991
TM1611 (22JUL10)
041

PN=1
Contents
TM1611 (22JUL10)
042

PN=2

Essential Tools
WS68074,0003705 1914JUL101/4
Engine Lifting Bracket........................................... JDG393 Used to remove and install engine. LoadPositioning Sling...................................... D01043AA Used to remove and install engine.
T6606AD UN18OCT88
T8015AG UN01JUN93
WS68074,0003705 1914JUL102/4
Transmission Holding Bracket........................... DFT11451

1
Used to support transmission while removing engine.

WS68074,0003705 1914JUL103/4
Flywheel Turning Tool........................................... JDG820 Used to turn flywheel when installing torque converter cap screws.
RG7056 UN17JUN05
WS68074,0003705 1914JUL104/4
Specifications
Engine TransmissiontoEngine Flywheel Housing Cap Screws Engine Mounting Front and Rear Cap Screws Torque Converter Flex PlatetoFlywheel Housing Cap Screws
Weight Torque Torque Torque
404 kg (890 lb) Approximate 73 Nm (54 lbft) 130 Nm (96 lbft) 73 Nm (54 lbft)
CED,TX03399,5642 1906DEC991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0404001

PN=293
PowerTech 4.5 L (4045) John Deere EngineUse CTM104

For additional engine information, the component technical manual (CTM) is also required.See PowerTech 4.5 L (4045) John Deere Engine . (CTM104.) Use the CTM in conjunction with this machine manual.
M44215 UN07SEP88 TX,05,SS3179 1905AUG961/1
Remove and Install Engine

1. Raise loader boom and install locking bar. 2. Disconnect negative () battery cable.
TS281 UN23AUG88
3. Remove grille, muffler stack, precleaner, engine side shields, support bars, hood, muffler and air cleaner. 4. Remove reservoir. See Remove and Install Reservoir in Section 21, Group 2160. CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns. Shut off engine. Remove filler cap only when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely. NOTE: Radiator capacity is approximately 16 L (17 qt).
WS68074,0003704 1914JUL101/15
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0404002

PN=294
5. Drain radiator. NOTE: If equipped with air conditioning, disconnect condenser from radiator, compressor and receiver/dryer. Lay components to the side. 6. Disconnect hoses (1, 2 and 4). Remove fan guard (3). 7. Install lifting brackets (5) on radiator.
1 Upper Radiator Hose 2 Air Circulating Hose from Fan Shroud (Cab Only) 3 Fan Guard 4 Lower Radiator Hose 5 Lift Brackets
WS68074,0003704 1914JUL102/15
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0404003

PN=295
T107524B UN20FEB97
8. Disconnect lines (1, 2, 4, and 5). 9. Remove two cap screws (3) to remove radiator and oil cooler. 10. Disconnect speed control linkage.
1 Transmission Oil Cooler LinetoTransmission 2 Transmission Oil Cooler LinetoTransmission 3 Cap Screw (2 used) 4 Hydraulic Oil Cooler LinetoHydraulic Filter 5 Hydraulic Oil Cooler LinetoReservoir
WS68074,0003704 1914JUL103/15
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0404004

PN=296
T107525B UN20FEB97
WS68074,0003704 1914JUL104/15
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0404005

PN=297
T118429 UN12NOV98

W1Machine Frame Ground B3Horn M5Washer Motor K1Start Relay Y2 Start Aid Solenoid B7Air Filter Restriction Switch V9 Alternator G2Alternator X34 Engine Harness To AC Compressor Harness Y3 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid B6Engine Oil Pressure Switch W4Ground Strap B5Engine Coolant Temperature W3Ground To Cab Floor Switch V8 Start Solenoid Diode M1Starter Motor B8Converter Oil Temperature
11. Disconnect electrical components from engine harness as shown.

WS68074,0003704 1914JUL105/15
12. Disconnect lines (2, 3 and 4). Cap all lines. 13. Remove dipstick tube (1) from transmission.
1 Transmission Dipstick 2 Heater Line (2 used) 3 Fuel Line 4 Start Aid Line
WS68074,0003704 1914JUL106/15
14. Remove access cover (1) and remove four cap screws (2) on torque converter flex plate to flywheel.
1 Access Cover 2 Cap Screws
WS68074,0003704 1914JUL107/15
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0404006

PN=298
T106154 UN25FEB97
T106153 UN25FEB97
15. Install JDG393 Lifting Bracket (1) and D01043AA Load Positioning Sling (2) to engine. 16. Remove front and rear engine mounting cap screws. CAUTION: Engine weighs approximately 404 kg (890 lb). 17. Raise engine and tilt until there is enough clearance so oil pan clears frame.
Specification EngineWeight.......................................... 404 kg (890 lb) Approximate 1 JDG393 Lifting Bracket 2 D01043AA Load Positioning Sling
WS68074,0003704 1914JUL108/15
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0404007

PN=299
T106156 UN25FEB97
18. Install DFT1145 Transmission Holding Bracket (1). Adjust bracket until there is pressure on it. 19. Remove transmission to engine flywheel housing cap screws. IMPORTANT: When removing engine, take care not to damage torque converter flex plate. 20. Remove engine.
1 DFT1145 Transmission Holding Bracket
WS68074,0003704 1914JUL109/15
21. Install engine. 22. Install transmission to engine flywheel housing cap screws (12 used). Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification TransmissiontoEngine Flywheel Housing Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 73 Nm (54 lbft)
23. Install engine mounting cap screws with rubber mounts front and rear. Tighten front and rear cap screws to specification.
Specification Engine Mounting Front and Rear Cap ScrewsTorque........................................................... 130 Nm (96 lbft)
1 Access Cover
2 Cap Screw (4 used)
24. Install JDG820 Flywheel Turning Tool. Install four cap screws (2) on torque converter flex plate to flywheel. Tighten cap screws to specification. Install access cover (1).
Specification Torque Converter Flex PlatetoFlywheel Housing Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 73 Nm (54 lbft)
Continued on next page WS68074,0003704 1914JUL1010/15
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0404008

PN=300
T106154 UN25FEB97
T107892B UN11MAR97
25. Install lines (2, 3 and 4). Cap all lines. 26. Install dipstick tube (1) to transmission.
1 Transmission Dipstick 2 Heater Line (2 used) 3 Fuel Line 4 Start Aid Line
WS68074,0003704 1914JUL1011/15
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0404009

PN=301
T106153 UN25FEB97
WS68074,0003704 1914JUL1012/15
TM1611 (22JUL10)
04040010

PN=302
T118429 UN12NOV98

W1Machine Frame Ground B3Horn M5Washer Motor K1Start Relay Y2 Start Aid Solenoid B7Air Filter Restriction Switch V9 Alternator G2Alternator X34 Engine Harness To AC Compressor Harness Y3 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid B6Engine Oil Pressure Switch W4Ground Strap B5Engine Coolant Temperature W3Ground To Cab Floor Switch V8 Start Solenoid Diode M1Starter Motor B8Converter Oil Temperature
27. Connect engine harness to electrical components as shown.
28. Connect speed control linkage.

WS68074,0003704 1914JUL1013/15
29. Install radiator and oil cooler. Install radiator cap screws (3) and tighten. 30. Connect lines (1, 2, 4, and 5).
1 Transmission Oil Cooler LinetoTransmission 2 Transmission Oil Cooler LinetoTransmission 3 Cap Screw (2 used) 4 Hydraulic Oil Cooler LinetoHydraulic Filter 5 Hydraulic Oil Cooler LinetoReservoir
WS68074,0003704 1914JUL1014/15
TM1611 (22JUL10)
04040011

PN=303
T107525B UN20FEB97
31. Install fan guard (3). Connect hoses (1, 2 and 4). 32. Install air conditioning components if equipped. 33. Install reservoir. See Remove and Install Reservoir in Section 21, Group 2160. 34. Install air cleaner, muffler, hood, support bars, engine side shields, precleaner, muffler stack and grille. 35. Fill radiator. Check engine, transmission and hydraulic reservoir oil levels. See Section 00, Group 0002 for capacities. 36. Start engine and check for oil leaks. Install grille and side shields.
WS68074,0003704 1914JUL1015/15
TM1611 (22JUL10)
04040012

PN=304
T107524B UN20FEB97

DFT1145 Transmission Holding Bracket
Transmission Holding Bracket is used to hold transmission in place while removing engine. TM1611 (22JUL10)
Material Required:
TX,04,QQ8840 1921FEB971/2
0404991

PN=305
T107818 1910MAR97
1020 Steel 7/8 in. Wing Nut (1 used)
3/8 in. 3/8 in.
Flat Washer (1 used) Ready Rod

TX,04,QQ8840 1921FEB972/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0404992

PN=306
Section 05 Engine Auxiliary Systems

Contents
Page
Group 0505Cold Weather Starting Aid Specifications ............................................ 0505051 Coolant Heater Remove and Install ...............................0505051 Starting Aid Nozzle Remove and Install ...............................0505052 Starting Aid Solenoid Remove and Install ...............................0505054 Group 0510Cooling Systems Specifications ............................................ 0505101 Fan Remove and Install ...............................0505101 Fan Belt Remove and Install ...............................0505102 Radiator Remove and Install ...............................0505102 Group 0515Speed Controls Specifications ............................................ 0505151 Speed Control Linkage Remove and Install ...............................0505152 Group 0520Intake System Essential Tools........................................... 0505201 Service Equipment and Tools .................... 0505201 Specifications ............................................ 0505201 Air Cleaner Remove and Install ...............................0505202 Air Intake System Leakage Test.........................................0505203 Group 0530Exhaust System Muffler Remove and Install ...............................0505301 Remove and Install with Turbocharger (If Equipped) ..................................................0505302 Group 0560External Fuel Supply System Other Material............................................ 0505601 Fuel Tank Remove and Install ...............................0505602
TM1611 (22JUL10)
051

PN=1
Contents
TM1611 (22JUL10)
052

PN=2
Group 0505 Cold Weather Starting Aid

Specifications
Coolant Heater Lock Nut
Torque
34 Nm (25 lbft)
CED,TX03399,5643 1906DEC991/1
Remove and Install Coolant Heater

1. Drain coolant. Cooling system capacity is approximately 16 L (17 qt). 2. Disconnect cord (C) from heater assembly. 3. Loosen lock nut (B). 4. Remove adapter (A) and heater element from cylinder block. CAUTION: TEST COOLANT HEATER IN LIQUID ONLY. DO NOT plug coolant heater into electrical power unless heating element is immersed in coolant. Sheath could burst and result in personal injury. 5. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
AAdapter BLock Nut CCord
T107710B UN25FEB97 TX,05,QQ8842 1923OCT951/3
6. Install heater element (G) into engine block. 7. Install and tighten the adapter (D). 8. Turn element until element contacts with casting. Move element to the center position. 9. Hold element in centered position and tighten nut (C) to specification.
Specification Coolant Heater Lock NutTorque................................................................... 34 Nm (25 lbft) ACord BCap CNut DAdapter EGasket F ORing GHeater Element
T105617 UN06DEC96 TX,05,QQ8842 1923OCT952/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0505051

PN=309
Cold Weather Starting Aid
10. Install cord (C) and secure with plastic tie bands. 11. Refill engine and radiator with coolant to proper level. (See Fuels and Lubricants in Section 00, Group 0002 for capacities).
AAdapter BLock Nut CCord
TX,05,QQ8842 1923OCT953/3
Remove and Install Starting Aid Nozzle

1. Remove engine side shield. 2. Disconnect starting aid tube (1). 3. Remove nozzle holder (2) from air inlet.
1 Starting Aid Tube 2 Nozzle Holder
T106232 UN26FEB97 Continued on next page TX,05,QQ8843 1909JAN971/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0505052

PN=310
T107710B UN25FEB97
4. Remove nozzle from holder. 5. Clean or replace nozzle as required.
TX,05,QQ8843 1909JAN972/3
NOTE: Arrow on nozzle holder indicates direction of nozzle. 6. Install nozzle holder in air inlet with arrow pointing up. 7. Install starting aid tube to nozzle holder. 8. Install engine side shield.
1 Starting Aid Tube 2 Nozzle Holder
T106232 UN26FEB97 TX,05,QQ8843 1909JAN973/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0505053

PN=311
T88491 UN21OCT88
Remove and Install Starting Aid Solenoid
AStarting Fluid Can BSolenoid CCap Screw (2 used)
DORing EContainer F Elbow Fitting (2 used)
GTube HNozzle Holder I Adapter
J Nozzle
1. Remove right engine shield. 2. Remove starting fluid can (A). 3. Disconnect wiring lead and starting aid tube (G). 4. Remove cap screws (C) and solenoid (B).
5. Install solenoid and cap screws. 6. Connect starting aid tube (G) and wiring lead. 7. Install starting fluid can and engine shield.
TX,05,QQ8844 1907JAN971/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0505054

PN=312
T105132 UN13NOV96
Group 0510 Cooling Systems

Specifications
Fan Cap Screws Radiator Mounting Cap Screws
Torque Torque
73 Nm (54 lbft) 34 Nm (25 lbft)

CED,TX03399,5644 1906DEC991/1
Remove and Install Fan

1. Raise loader boom and install boom lock bar. 2. Remove engine side shields.
3. Loosen hood cap screws (1) and push up. 4. Remove support bar (2). 5. Remove cap screws (3) on fan guard. Rotate fan guard to opening and remove. 6. Loosen belt selfadjuster to loosen fan belt. 7. Remove cap screws (5). 8. Remove fan (6) and fan spacer (7). 9. Install spacer (7) and fan (6). Install cap screws (5) and tighten.
Specification Fan Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 73 Nm (54 lbft)
T106174 UN27FEB97 TX,05,QQ8845 1925OCT991/1
10. Tighten fan belt with belt adjuster. 11. Install parts (3, 2 and 1).
1 Hood Cap Screws 2 Support Bar 3 Cap Screw (4 used) 4 Belt Adjuster 5 Cap Screw (4 used) 6 Fan 7 Spacer
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0505101

PN=313
T107724 UN26FEB97
Cooling Systems
Remove and Install Fan Belt

1. Raise boom and install locking bar. 2. Remove side shields. 3. Remove four cap screws (1) from fan guard (2) and rotate guard to opening. 4. Using a wrench, pull adjustment pulley (3) forward and slide fan belt over fan blades. 5. Remove fan belt. 6. Install fan belt. Belt is selfadjusting. 7. Locate fan guard to proper position and tighten cap screws. 8. Install side shields.
1 Cap Screw (4 used) 2 Fan Guard 3 Adjustment Pulley
TX,05,QQ8846 1909JAN971/1
Remove and Install Radiator

1. Remove hood, side shields, and support bars CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns. Shut off engine. Remove filler cap only when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely. 2. Drain coolant from radiator. Approximate capacity of cooling system is 16 L (17 qt).
Continued on next page TX,05,QQ8847 1917SEP981/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0505102

PN=314
TS281 UN23AUG88
T106222 UN27FEB97
Cooling Systems
3. Disconnect upper and lower radiator hoses (1 and 4). 4. Install lifting brackets (5).
TX,05,QQ8847 1917SEP982/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0505103

PN=315
T107524B UN20FEB97
Cooling Systems
5. Remove four cap screws and set condenser to side (if equipped). 6. Remove six cap screws (A) and let transmission/hy draulic oil coolers hang down. 7. Remove six cap screws to remove shroud. CAUTION: Use a lifting device for heavy component. 8. Remove two cap screws (B). Remove radiator. 9. Install radiator. Tighten cap screws (B). 10. Install shroud to radiator. Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification Radiator Mounting Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 34 Nm (25 lbft)
11. Connect upper and lower radiator hoses. 12. Install oil coolers and condenser (if equipped). Tighten cap screws. 13. Install support bars, side shields and hood. 14. Fill radiator to proper level. (See Section 00, Group 0002.)
ACap Screw (6 used) BCap Screw (2 used)
TX,05,QQ8847 1917SEP983/3 T107741B UN27FEB97
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0505104

PN=316
Group 0515 Speed Controls

Specifications
Inner and Outer BlockstoFirewall Cap Screws Pivot Bracket and Instrument Panel Cap Screws
Torque Torque
80 Nm (60 lbft) 63 Nm (46 lbft)

CED,TX03399,5645 1906DEC991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0505151

PN=317
Speed Controls
Disassemble and Assemble Speed Control Linkage
TX,05,QQ8848 1923OCT951/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0505152

PN=318
T118430 UN12NOV98
Speed Controls
1 Cotter Pin 2 Washer 3 Grommet (2 used) 4 Shaft 5 Rod 6 Cotter Pin (3 used) 7 Swivel 8 Washer 9 Arm 10 Spring 11 Arm 12 Spring Pin (2 used) 13 Lever 14 Washer (2 used) 15 Swivel (3 used) 16 Push Pull Cable 17 Washer 18 Pedal 19 Rod 20 Lock Nut 21 Washer 22 Disk Spring (4 used) 23 Boot 24 Lever 25 Cotter Pin (4 used) 26 Bracket 27 Plate (2 used) 28 Washer 29 Knob 30 Cap Screw (3 used) 31 Plate 32 Support 33 Support 34 Nut (2 used) 35 Rod 36 Washer 37 Cap Screw 38 Washer 39 Lock Nut 40 Washer (2 used)
1. Disassemble parts. 2. Inspect for worn or damaged parts. Replace if necessary. 3. Assemble parts. 4. Tighten cap screws (30 and 37) to specification.
Specification Inner and Outer BlockstoFirewall Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 80 Nm (60 lbft)
Pivot Bracket and Instrument Panel Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 63 Nm (46 lbft)
5. Adjust speed control lever (24). (See Operation and Test Manual, Section 9010, Group 20.) 6. Adjust speed control linkage. (See Operation and Test Manual, Section 9010, Group 20.)
TX,05,QQ8848 1923OCT952/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0505153

PN=319
Speed Controls
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0505154

PN=320
Group 0520 Intake System

Essential Tools
CED,TX03399,5646 1906DEC991/2
Inlet Air Adapter...................................................... JDG51 Used to apply air pressure to intake system for leak checks.
T7947AD UN05MAR93
CED,TX03399,5646 1906DEC992/2

CED,TX03399,5647 1906DEC991/2
Air Regulator with Gauge
Used to test air intake.

CED,TX03399,5647 1906DEC992/2
Specifications
Clamp from Hose Air Cleaner Housing Regulated Air
Torque Pressure
3.4 Nm (30 lbin.). 13.820.7 kPa (0.130.21 bar) (23 psi)

CED,TX03399,5648 1906DEC991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0505201

PN=321
Intake System
Remove and Install Air Cleaner
TX,05,QQ8852 1928FEB971/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0505202

PN=322
T106237 1913JAN97
Intake System
1 Clamp 2 Hose 3 Clamp 4 Cap 5 Tube 6 Cap Screw (2 used) 7 Washer (2 used) 8 Plate 9 Cap Screw (2 used) 10 Air Cleaner Housing 11 Band 12 Secondary Element 13 Primary Element 14 Latch (3 used) 15 Cover 16 Valve 17 Clamp 18 Hose 19 Fitting 20 Sensor 21 Air Cleaner Assembly
1. Remove precleaner, muffler extension, side shields, and hood. 2. Remove and install parts as needed. 3. Inspect elements for wear or damage and replace as necessary. 4. Install parts. 5. Tighten hose clamp (1) until air intake hose deforms around clamp band 3.4 Nm (30 lbin.)
Specification Clamp from Hose Air Cleaner HousingTorque ........................................................ 3.4 Nm (30 lbin.).
6. Tighten hose clamp (5) to 3.4 Nm (30 lbin.). 7. Test air intake system. (See procedure in this group.)
TX,05,QQ8852 1928FEB972/2
Air Intake System Leakage Test

IMPORTANT: Anytime the air intake system is opened it must be tested for leaks before the machine is returned to service.
T5906AP UN23FEB89
1. Remove air cleaner cover and main filter element. 2. Put a plastic bag over safety element and install main element and cover. 3. Remove plug or ether start aid from air intake tube and install JDG51 Inlet Air adapter (A). 4. Connect air pressure regulator to adapter using hose and fitting. CAUTION: Plastic bag can be sucked into engine if engine is started when trying to close valves.
Specification Regulated AirPressure.......................13.820.7 kPa (0.130.21 bar) (23 psi)
6. Spray soap solution over all connections from the air cleaner to the turbocharger or air inlet to check for leaks. Repair all leaks.
AJDG51 Inlet Air Adapter

TX,05,QQ8853 1912AUG961/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0505203

PN=323
T103547 UN05SEP96
5. Pressurize air intake system to specifications. If system cannot be pressurized, turn engine slightly to close valves. Check plastic bag.
Intake System
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0505204

PN=324
Group 0530 Exhaust System

Remove And Install Muffler
ACap Screw BWasher (2 used) CNut (6 used)
DExhaust Pipe ECap Screw (5 used) F Washer (5 used)
GMuffler HGasket I Clamp
1. Remove parts as shown.
2. Repair or replace, and install parts as required.

AG,OUMX001,2 1919OCT981/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0505301

PN=325
T117949 UN21OCT98
Exhaust System
Remove And Install Muffler With TurbochargerIf Equipped
ACap Screw BWasher (4 used) CClamp DNut
EExhaust Pipe F Cap Screw GClamp HAdapter
I Flange Nut (4 used) J Cap Screw (4 used) KPipe Elbow L Bracket
MNut NClamp OMuffler
1. Remove parts as shown.
2. Repair or replace, and install parts as required.

AG,OUMX001,1 1919OCT981/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0505302

PN=326
T117950 UN21OCT98
Group 0560 External Fuel Supply System

Other Material
Number Name Use
TY6304 (U.S.) TY9484 (Canadian) 515 (LOCTITE) TY9375 (U.S.) TY9480 (Canadian) 592 (LOCTITE) TY16285 (U.S.) CXTY16285 (Canadian) 7649 (LOCTITE)
Flexible Sealant
Apply between fuel tank and fuel tank gasket. Apply to threads of fuel tank union fitting. Apply to fuel sender sealing surface.
Pipe Sealant with TEFLON
Cure Primer
Apply to threads of fuel tank drain screw. T43512 (U.S.) TY9473 (Canadian) 242 (LOCTITE) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength) Apply to threads of fuel tank drain screw.
LOCTITE is a registered trademark of Loctite Corp. TEFLON is a registered trademark of Du Pont Co.
CED,TX03399,5651 1906DEC991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0505601

PN=327
External Fuel Supply System
Remove and Install Fuel Tank
TX,05,QQ8855 1925OCT991/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0505602

PN=328
T106260 1913JAN97

1 Cap Screw (3 used) 2 Washer (10 used) 3 Spacer 4 Plate 5 Hose 6 Clip 7 ORing (2 used) 8 Fitting 9 ORing 10 Tube 11 Strainer 12 Cap Screw (6 used) 13 Fuel Tank 14 Washer 15 Gasket 16 Cap 17 Screw (5 used) 18 Fuel Sender 19 Gasket 20 Clamp (2 used) 21 Hose 22 Clamp 23 Line 24 Drain Screw 25 Nut 26 Tie Band (2 used) 27 Cap Screw 28 Cap Screw
1. Remove step plate (4). 2. Disconnect fuel sender (18) wiring leads. 3. Disconnect hoses (5 and 21). 4. Remove cap screw (24) and drain fuel tank. Approximate capacity of fuel tank is 106 L (28 gal). CAUTION: The approximate weight of fuel tank is 56 kg (124 lb). Use a suitable lifting device. 5. Remove cap screws (12). Remove fuel tank using a hoist.
Specification Fuel TankWeight........................................ 56 kg (124 lb) Approximate
Specification Fuel Tank Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 59 Nm (44 lbft)
8. Apply flexible sealant to tank surface where gasket (19) connects to tank (13). 9. Apply pipe sealant with teflon on threads of union fitting (8). 10. Apply cure primer to fuel sender (18) sealing surface. 11. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to threads of drain screw (24). 12. Connect hoses (5 and 21). 13. Connect wiring leads to fuel sender (18). Install step plate (4).
6. Replace parts as necessary. 7. Install fuel tank. Tighten cap screws (12) to specification.
TX,05,QQ8855 1925OCT992/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0505603

PN=329
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0505604

PN=330
Contents
Page
Section 06 Torque Converter
Group 0651Turbine, Gears and Shaft Torque Converter Remove and Install ...............................0606511 Torque Coverter Disassemble and Assemble..................0606511
TM1611 (22JUL10)
061

PN=1
Contents
TM1611 (22JUL10)
062

PN=2
Group 0651 Turbine, Gears and Shaft

Remove and Install Torque Converter
NOTE: Torque converter has no internal service parts. If replacement is necessary, install a new torque converter. Remove and install torque converter. (See Remove and Install Transmission in Group 0300, for disassembly see 0350.)
TX,06,QQ8856 1914JAN971/1
Disassemble and Assemble Torque Converter
1 Cap Screw (4 used) 2 Plate (8 used)
3 Plate (2 used) 4 Plate
5 Torque Converter 6 Cap Screw
1. Disassemble parts as shown. NOTE: Torque converter has no internal service parts. If replacement is necessary, install a new torque converter.
2. Inspect torque converter and replace if damaged. 3. Assemble parts as shown.
TX,06,QQ8857 1928FEB971/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0606511

PN=333
TP52781 UN21OCT96
Turbine, Gears and Shaft
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0606512

PN=334
Section 09 Steering System

Contents
Page
Group 0960Hydraulic System Service Equipment and Tools .................... 0909601 Other Material............................................ 0909601 Specifications ............................................ 0909602 Steering Column Remove and Install ...............................0909603 Tilt Steering Wheel and Column Disassemble and Assemble..................0909604 Steering Valve Remove and Install ...............................0909605 Remove and Install Pressure Regulating Valve..........................................................0909608 Disassemble and Assemble Pressure Regulating Valve..........................................................0909609 Disassemble..........................................0909609 Assemble ............................................09096015 NonPowered Axle Steering Cylinder Remove and Install .............................09096020 Disassemble NonPowered Axle Steering Cylinder ................................. 09096020 Cross Section......................................09096023 Assemble ............................................09096023 Remove and Install Steering Cylinder Bushings..................................................09096029 APL2025 MFWD Axle Steering Cylinder Cross Section......................................09096030 Disassemble and Assemble................09096031 Adjust Tracking Angle .........................09096036 Priority Valve Remove and Install .............................09096036 Disassemble and Assemble................09096038
TM1611 (22JUL10)
091

PN=1
Contents
TM1611 (22JUL10)
092

PN=2

CED,TX03399,5658 1906DEC991/3
Adjustable Spanner Wrench............................. D05270ST
Remove and install steering cylinder spanner nut.

CED,TX03399,5658 1906DEC992/3
Used to remove and install steering cylinder bushings.

CED,TX03399,5658 1906DEC993/3
Other Material
Number Name Use
Cure Primer
To clean lower splines of steering column. Clean spanner nut and rod guide threads
AT124243 (U.S.)
SILASTIC 732
Apply to lower splines of steering column. Apply to steering column splines.
TY9370 (U.S.) TY9477 (Canadian) 242 (LOCTITE) PT569 (U.S.)
Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength)LOCTITE Products NEVERSEEZ
Apply to rod guide threads.
Apply to steering cylinder bushings.
LOCTITE is a registered trademark of Loctite Corp. SILASTIC is a registered trademark of DowCorning Corp. NEVERSEEZ is a registered trademark of Emhart Chemical Group
CED,TX03399,5660 1906DEC991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0909601

PN=337
Hydraulic System
Specifications
Steering ColumntoValve Cap Screw Steering Wheel Nut Regulating Valve Cap Screws Pressure Regulating Value Plug Steering Valve End Cap, Cap Screw (Initial Sequence) Steering Valve End Cap, Cap Screw (Final Sequence) Check Valve Plug PistontoRod Lock Nut NonPowered Axle Steering Cylinder Bushings End Cap, Cap Screws Ball JointtoPiston Rod Relief Valve Spring
Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Depth Torque Torque
30 Nm (22 lbft) 48 Nm (35 lbft) 60 4 Nm (44 3 lbft) 33.954.2 Nm (2540 lbft) 1117 Nm (100150 lbin.) 2531 Nm (225275 lbin.) 11 Nm (98 lbin.) 50 Nm (37 lbft) + 1/12 turn (30) 6.5 mm (0.26 in.) 280 Nm (206 lbft) 250 Nm (184 lbft)
Free Length 56.4 mm (2.22 in.) Approximate Length at 72.385.6 N (16.2519.25 35.7 mm (1.407 in.) lb force) Minimum
CED,TX03399,5656 1906DEC991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0909602

PN=338
Hydraulic System
Remove and Install Steering Column

1. Remove (AD). 2. Disconnect harness connectors from rocker switches.
ASteering Wheel BTop and Bottom Column Covers CFNR/Range Lever DInstrument Panel
TX,09,QQ8697 1906DEC991/2
NOTE: Tilt steering machines have sockethead screws instead of cap screws. 3. Remove four cap screws (A). Remove steering column.
T7883BG UN21JAN93
NOTE: Tilt steering machines have a spacer with a large and small diameter side. The small diameter side is toward the steering valve the large diameter side is toward steering column. Nontilt has a plain spacer. 4. Be sure spacer is installed in bracket before installing steering column. 5. Apply cure primer, then apply AT124242 SILASTIC 732 adhesive sealant on lower splines of steering column. 6. Install steering column. Wire harness must be above steering column. Install and tighten cap screws to specifications.
Specification Steering ColumntoValve Cap ScrewTorque....................................................... 30 Nm (22 lbft)
ACap Screws (4 used)
8. Install FNR/range lever, bottom and top column covers and steering wheel with lock washer and nut. Tighten steering wheel nut to specifications and bend at least one tab of lock washer against flat of nut.
Specification Steering Wheel NutTorque................................................................... 48 Nm (35 lbft)
7. Install instrument panel and connect harness to rocker switches.

SILASTIC is a registered trademark of DowCorning Corp.
TX,09,QQ8697 1906DEC992/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0909603

PN=339
T107303B UN13FEB97
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Tilt Steering Wheel and Column
TX,09,QQ9689 1914JAN971/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0909604

PN=340
TP52857 UN11DEC96
Hydraulic System
1 Cap 2 ORing 3 Nut 4 Lock Washer 5 Steering Wheel 6 Steering Column (NonTilt) 7 Knob 8 Bracket 9 Cap Screw (4 used) 10 Washer 11 Steering Valve 12 Washer (4 used) 13 Snap Ring * 14 Seal * 15 Steering Column * 16 Dowel Pin * 17 Spacer (2 used) * 18 Cylinder 19 Cover 20 Shoulder Screw (2 used) * 21 Knob 22 Tilt Steering Column Kit 23 Lower Column 24 Cap Screw (4 used) 25 Tilt Steering Kit
NOTE: Parts followed by an * are serviced only in tilt steering column kits. 1. Remove parts as necessary. 2. Replace as necessary.
3. Tighten cap screws (24) to specification.

Specification Steering ColumntoValve Cap ScrewTorque....................................................... 30 Nm (22 lbft)
TX,09,QQ9689 1914JAN972/2
Remove and Install Steering Valve

1. Remove steering wheel (A), top and bottom column cover (B), and instrument panel (D). 2. Disconnect wire leads to rocker switches.
ASteering Wheel BTop and Bottom Column Covers CFNR/Range Lever DInstrument Panel
TX,09,QQ9690 1914JAN971/4
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0909605

PN=341
T107303B UN13FEB97
Hydraulic System
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
3. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release Presssure in the hydraulic system.
TX,09,QQ9690 1914JAN972/4
4. Remove cowl and disconnect hoses (A, DG) from steering valve/pressure regulating valve. Close all openings with caps and plugs.
ASteering Valve T PorttoReservoir BSteering Pressure Regulating Valve CSteering Valve DSteering Valve L PorttoSteering Cylinder Head End Line ESteering Valve R PorttoSteering Cylinder Rod End Line F Steering Valve LS Port from Loader Control Valve LS Circuit GSteering Valve Pressure P Port from Backhoe Valve
TX,09,QQ9690 1914JAN973/4
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0909606

PN=342
T108452B UN26MAR97
X9811 UN23AUG88
CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids.
Hydraulic System
NOTE: Tilt steering machines have socket head screws instead of cap screws. 5. Remove cap screws (G) to remove steering column and valve.
T7528AI UN02MAY91
NOTE: Tilt steering machines have a spacer with a large and small diameter side. The small diameter side is towards the steering valve, the large diameter side is towards the steering column. Nontilt has a plain spacer. 6. Be sure spacer is installed in bracket before installing steering column. 7. Apply a 3 mm (1/8 in.) bead of adhesive sealant around lower splines of steering column. 8. Install steering column and valve using cap screws or socket head screws. Tighten to specification.
Specification Steering ColumntoValve Cap ScrewTorque....................................................... 30 Nm (22 lbft) GCap Screws
Specification Steering Wheel NutTorque................................................................... 48 Nm (35 lbft)
9. Connect hydraulic lines to valve and install instrument panel, column covers and steering wheel. Tighten steering wheel nut to specification.
TX,09,QQ9690 1914JAN974/4
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0909607

PN=343
Hydraulic System
Remove and Install Pressure Regulating Valve from Steering Valve

1. Remove cap screws (A) and (B). Remove pressure regulating valve (C) from steering valve (D). 2. Inspect screen (E) for contaminants and four Orings for damage. Only four Orings and screen are in service kit. 3. Install regulating valve (C) to steering valve (D). Tighten cap screws (A and B) to specification.
Specification Regulating Valve Cap ScrewsTorque................................................. 60 4 Nm (44 3 lbft) ACap Screw BCap Screw CPressure Regulating Valve DSteering Valve EScreen
TX,09,QQ9691 1931MAR971/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0909608

PN=344
T108629B UN31MAR97
T108463B UN24MAR97
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Pressure Regulating Valve

1. Remove parts (BE). 2. Inspect parts. Spring (C) and plug and Oring (B) are serviceable. 3. Install parts (BE). Tighten parts (B and E) to specifications.
Specification Pressure Regulating Value PlugTorque ................................... 33.954.2 Nm (2540 lbft) ARegulating Valve Housing BSpecial Fitting/ORing CSpring DSpool EPlug/ORing
T108630B UN31MAR97 TX,09,QQ9692 1931MAR971/1
Disassemble Steering Valve

IMPORTANT: Perform all service on steering valve in a clean isolated work area. Use proper tools, cleaning material and lubricants. NOTE: The manual steering check valve on earlier machines is removed from the shaft side of the valve. The manual steering check valve on later machines is removed through the gerotor (meter) end of the valve as indicated in the procedure. 1. Remove plug (A) on earlier machines to remove check valve assembly.
APlug
Steering ValveEarlier Machines

Continued on next page TX,09,QQ9693 1920JUN011/13
TM1611 (22JUL10)
0909609

PN=345
T108631B UN31MAR97
Hydraulic System
2. On earlier machines, remove check ball seat (B) using a No. 1024 machine screw. 3. Remove Orings (A). 4. Remove steel ball (C) and spacer (D). 5. Inspect steel ball and seat for wear or damage.
AORing (2 used) BCheck Ball Seat CSteel Ball DSpacer
T5835AO UN24OCT88
Manual Steering Check ValveEarlier Machines

TX,09,QQ9693 1920JUN012/13
6.
On later machines, remove cap screw (1). Remove parts (24).

1 Cap Screw 2 Sleeve 3 Pin 4 Steel Ball
T127351 UN12JAN00
Gerotor End of Steering ValveLater Machines
Manual Steering Check ValveLater Machines

Continued on next page TX,09,QQ9693 1920JUN013/13
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096010

PN=346
T127352 UN12JAN00
Hydraulic System
NOTE: After removing plug (D) from the steering valve and then removing the spring and poppet, take note how the parts are assembled. 7. Remove plug (D) and parts spring and popppet. 8. Inspect parts for wear or damage.
T108632B UN31MAR97 TX,09,QQ9693 1920JUN014/13 Continued on next page TX,09,QQ9693 1920JUN015/13
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096011

PN=347
T108634B UN31MAR97
Hydraulic System
10. Remove seal gland bushing assembly.
TX,09,QQ9693 1920JUN016/13
11. Remove quad ring seal from gland bushing.
TX,09,QQ9693 1920JUN017/13
12. Remove oil seal.
TX,09,QQ9693 1920JUN018/13
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096012

PN=348
T87425 UN24OCT88
T81080 UN07DEC88
T84970 UN24OCT88
Hydraulic System
13. Remove Oring.
TX,09,QQ9693 1920JUN019/13
14. Remove races (A) and thrust bearing (B).

ABearing Race (2 used) BThrust Bearing
TX,09,QQ9693 1920JUN0110/13
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096013

PN=349
T84972 UN24OCT88
T108635B UN31MAR97
Hydraulic System
15. Remove cap screws to remove gerotor assembly.
TX,09,QQ9693 1920JUN0111/13
16. Remove three Orings (A).

AORings (3 used)
TX,09,QQ9693 1920JUN0112/13
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096014

PN=350
T92294 UN24OCT88
T108751B UN31MAR97
Hydraulic System
17. To prevent binding, turn the spool and sleeve assembly as it is removed from housing. Do not disassemble the spool and sleeve assembly.
TX,09,QQ9693 1920JUN0113/13
Assemble Steering Valve

1. Thoroughly clean all parts. Apply clean hydraulic oil to all internal parts.
T6193AG UN29MAR90 TX,09,QQ8702 1912JAN001/14 TX,09,QQ8702 1912JAN002/14
2. Use a steering valve seal repair kit when assembling the steering valve. 3. To prevent binding, turn the spool and sleeve assembly as it is installed.
4. Install Oring (D). 5. Install control end drive shaft (A) and wear plate (B). Slot (C) must engage pin in spool and sleeve assembly.
T92295 UN24OCT88 Continued on next page
AControl End Drive Shaft BWear Plate
CSlot DORing
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096015

PN=351
T6193AG UN29MAR90
IMPORTANT: If it is necessary to remove spool and sleeve assembly from housing for cleaning, be careful to prevent these parts from binding. Tolerances in this area are very close and when replacement is necessary the steering valve must be ordered as an assembly.
Hydraulic System
IMPORTANT: For correct operation, the drive shaft must be installed into gerotor star so groove is in alignment with one of the roots of gerotor star teeth.
T5835AG UN24OCT88 TX,09,QQ8702 1912JAN003/14 TX,09,QQ8702 1912JAN004/14
6. Install gerotor star (A) on drive shaft so root of tooth is in alignment with groove in the end of drive shaft (B).
AGerotor Star BDrive Shaft
7. Install Oring (C) into gerotor ring (A) and end cap (D). 8. Install gerotor ring and spacer (B). 9. Install end cap. 10. Clean and dry cap screws before installing.
AGerotor Ring BSpacer CORing (2 used) DEnd Cap
T92297 UN24OCT88
11. On later machines install manual steering check valve parts (4, 3, and 2).
1 Cap Screw 2 Sleeve 3 Pin 4 Ball
T127352 UN12JAN00
Manual Steering Check ValveLater Machines

Continued on next page TX,09,QQ8702 1912JAN005/14
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096016

PN=352
Hydraulic System
IMPORTANT: Any cap screw can be tightened first, but the sequence shown must be followed. 12. Install and tighten the cap screws to specified torque using sequence (1 through 7) shown:
T92290 UN24OCT88 TX,09,QQ8702 1912JAN006/14 TX,09,QQ8702 1912JAN007/14 TX,09,QQ8702 1912JAN008/14
Specification Steering Valve End Cap, Cap Screw (Initial Sequence)Torque...................................1117 Nm (100150 lbin.) Steering Valve End Cap, Cap Screw (Final Sequence)Torque.................................. 2531 Nm (225275 lbin.)
13. Install races (A) and thrust bearing (B).
14. Install Oring.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096017

PN=353
T84971 UN24OCT88
T84972 UN24OCT88
Hydraulic System
15. Install oil seal with lip of seal opposite bottom of bore using 30 mm and 24 mm disks. Push oil seal to the bottom of bore. Apply petroleum jelly to lip of seal.
T87433 UN24OCT88 TX,09,QQ8702 1912JAN009/14
16. Install quad ring seal. Apply petroleum jelly to seal.
TX,09,QQ8702 1912JAN0010/14
17. Install seal gland bushing assembly.
TX,09,QQ8702 1912JAN0011/14
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096018

PN=354
T84970 UN24OCT88
T81080 UN07DEC88
Hydraulic System
TX,09,QQ8702 1912JAN0012/14
19. On earlier machines, install spacer (D) and steel ball (C). 20. Install new Orings (A). 21. Install check ball seat (B).
AORing (2 used) BCheck Ball Seat CSteel Ball DSpacer
T5835AO UN24OCT88
Manual Steering Check ValveEarlier Machines

TX,09,QQ8702 1912JAN0013/14
22. On earlier machines, install and tighten plug to specification. After tightening, plug must be even with or below surface.
Specification Check Valve PlugTorque .................................................................11 Nm (98 lbin.)
Tighten PlugEarlier Machines

TX,09,QQ8702 1912JAN0014/14
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096019

PN=355
T87413 UN24OCT88
T84969 UN24OCT88
Hydraulic System
Remove and Install NonPowered Axle Steering Cylinder

NOTE: Steering cylinder can be serviced on machine.
X9811 UN23AUG88
1. Lift left end of axle until it contacts stop. Position shop stand under axle. CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable
medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. 2. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure in the hydraulic system.
TX,09,QQ9695 1924FEB941/2
3. Disconnect lines (A and B). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 4. Remove cotter pin (E) and pins (C and D) to remove cylinder.
T6195AI UN29MAR90 TX,09,QQ9695 1924FEB942/2 Continued on next page TX,09,QQ9696 1917JUL021/6
5. Disassemble and repair cylinder as necessary. (See procedure in this group.) 6. Install cylinder using pins and cotter pins. 7. Connect lines.
ASteering Cylinder Rod EndtoSteering Valve Port R Line BSteering Cylinder Head EndtoSteering Valve Port L Line CPin DPin ECotter Pin (2 used)
Disassemble NonPowered Axle Steering Cylinder

IMPORTANT: Extend rod to remove oil or air between the rod piston and rod guide. Excessive amount of trapped oil or air will force seals to expand making disassembly more difficult. 1. Extend rod so rod piston is approximately 25.4 mm (1 in.) from rod guide.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096020

PN=356
T6190AS UN19OCT88
Hydraulic System
2. Move rod guide rearward, using a wooden dowel or brass drift, just enough to remove snap ring (A). Remove snap ring. Do not damage rod guide threads or seal.
T6119AM UN12APR91 TX,09,QQ9696 1917JUL022/6 TX,09,QQ9696 1917JUL023/6
ASnap Ring
NOTE: Filler rings (used for disassembly only) are installed between spanner nut and rod guide to aid in disassembly. NOTE: Rod piston assembly removed for clarity of photograph. 3. Install filler ring in snap ring groove. 4. Remove rod and piston assembly.
5. Remove nut (A) to remove piston (B). 6. Remove wear ring (C) and cap seals (D).
ANut BPiston CWear Ring DCap Seals
T6172BQ UN19OCT88 Continued on next page TX,09,QQ9696 1917JUL024/6
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096021

PN=357
T6119AN UN19OCT88
Hydraulic System
7. Remove rod guide (A). 8. Remove Oring (C), backup ring (D), seals (B, E and G) and wear ring (F).
ARod Guide BSeal CORing DBackup Ring ESeal F Wear Ring GSeal
TX,09,QQ9696 1917JUL025/6
9. Inspect snap ring groove. If necessary, clean groove of nicks or burrs.
TX,09,QQ9696 1917JUL026/6
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096022

PN=358
T6119AO UN19OCT88
T6119AK UN19OCT88
Hydraulic System
Cross Section of NonPowered Axle Steering Cylinder
ANut BPiston CBarrel DNut ERod Guide
F Rod GWiper Seal HWear Ring I Rod Seal J Buffer Seal
KSnap Ring L Backup Ring MORing NBackup Ring (2 used) OCap Seal
PExpander Seal QWear Ring
TX,09,QQ9697 1921SEP941/1
Assemble NonPowered Axle Steering Cylinder

Use a cylinder repair kit when assembling rebuildable cylinder. Before assembling, apply clean hydraulic oil to all internal parts. 1. Install wiper seal. Push seal to bottom of bore.
TX,09,QQ9698 1906DEC991/12
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096023

PN=359
T6122AA UN19OCT88
T6223AZ UN26MAY89
Hydraulic System
2. Install seals (B and C). 3. Install wear ring (A). 4. Install backup ring (D) and Oring (E).
AWear Ring BSeal CSeal DBackup Ring EORing
TX,09,QQ9698 1906DEC992/12
IMPORTANT: To prevent damage of cap seal during assembly, the lands on piston must be clean and free of nicks or burrs. 5. Inspect the piston lands. If necessary, clean lands of any nicks or burrs that can cut cap seal.
TX,09,QQ9698 1906DEC993/12
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096024

PN=360
T6122AB UN19OCT88
T6126AN UN27OCT88
Hydraulic System
6. Install seal expander. NOTE: The cap seal can be made more pliable by warming it with your hands or by putting seal in hot water for approximately 5 minutes.
T6122AC UN06AUG90 TX,09,QQ9698 1906DEC994/12 Continued on next page TX,09,QQ9698 1906DEC995/12
Once started, install cap seal as quickly as possible to keep the amount of time that seal is stretched to a minimum. 7. Push seal on end of piston.
8. Install a plastic tie band around cap seal with the smooth side against seal. 9. Pull cap seal across land into position over seal expander using the plastic tie band.
T6122AE UN19OCT88
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096025

PN=361
Hydraulic System
IMPORTANT: For proper fit, the backup rings must be installed with the radius toward seal expander. 10. Install backup rings (A) with radius (B) toward seal expander (D). 11. Check if cap seal is loose seal must fit tight against seal expander and not turn. If seal can be turned, it has been stretched too much and can be damaged during assembly into barrel.
ABackup Ring (2 used) BRadius CCap Seal DSeal Expander
TX,09,QQ9698 1906DEC996/12
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096026

PN=362
T6126AO UN19OCT88
Hydraulic System
12. If necessary, shrink cap seal to its original size using a ring compressor or a plastic tie band (A) and hose clamp (C). When using a ring compressor, put a piece of shim stock between cap seal and compressor at the joint so it does not damage seal. When using a plastic tie band and hose clamp, grind a taper (B) on one end of tie band. Install tie band with the taper against cap seal. Before tightening the hose clamp, tie band must be under hose clamp all around piston.
APlastic Tie Band BTaper CHose Clamp
TX,09,QQ9698 1906DEC997/12
13. Install wear ring.
TX,09,QQ9698 1906DEC998/12
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096027

PN=363
T6122AF UN19OCT88
T86565 UN09NOV88
Hydraulic System
14. Install nut, snap ring, rod guide, and piston assembly on rod. 15. Install and tighten nut to 50 Nm (37 lbft) + 1/12 turn or 30 rotation.
T6172BP UN19OCT88 TX,09,QQ9698 1906DEC999/12 TX,09,QQ9698 1906DEC9910/12
Specification PistontoRod Lock NutTorque........................................ 50 Nm (37 lbft) + 1/12 turn (30)
16. Put tape around a socket. Make marks on the tape to divide the socket into twelfths. 17. Put a piece of wire on the rod, over the piston, to point to one of the marks. 18. Tighten nut one mark (1/12 turn or 30 rotation).
19. Apply petroleum jelly on seals and chamfer of barrel. Apply a light coat of clear hydraulic oil to rod guide threads and threads of spanner nut. IMPORTANT: To prevent seal damage, the barrel, piston, and rod must be in alignment during installation. 20. Carefully push piston and rod guide into barrel. Keep piston and rod guide together.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096028

PN=364
T6122AH UN19OCT88
T6172BR UN19OCT88
Hydraulic System
21. Push rod guide into barrel just enough to install snap ring. Install snap ring. 22. Pull rod guide against snap ring.
T6133AE UN27OCT88 TX,09,QQ9698 1906DEC9911/12 TX,09,QQ9698 1906DEC9912/12 TX,09,QQ8707 1903NOV981/1
23. Apply a light film of oil to ID of barrel at void between rod guide and spanner nut to help minimize rust. 24. Place filler ring between rod guide and spanner nut.
25. Clean spanner nut and rod guide threads using cure primer. Apply thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to threads.
T6119AR UN27OCT88
26. Install nut and tighten nut until rod guide and marks on nut, made before disassembly, align. Be sure nut is tight.
Remove and Install Steering Cylinder Bushings

1. Remove and install bushing (A) using D01044AA Bushing, Bearing and Seal Driver Set (B and C). Install new bushing 6.5 mm (0.26 in.) below surface.
Specification NonPowered Axle Steering Cylinder BushingsDepth.......................................................... 6.5 mm (0.26 in.)
T92309 UN08FEB90
2. Apply NEVERSEEZ lubricant or equivalent on bushings.

ABushing BDisc from Bushing, Bearing and Seal Driver Set CDisc from Bushing, Bearing and Seal Driver Set
NEVERSEEZ is a registered trademark of Emhart Chemical Group
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096029

PN=365
Hydraulic System
Cross Section of APL2025 MFWD Axle Steering Cylinder
APiston Rod BRight End Cap CCylinder Barrel DPiston
EGuide Rings (2 used) F ORing GOil Seal HLeft End Cap
I Wiper Seal (2 used) J Grooved Ring (2 used) KGuide Ring (4 used) L ORing (2 used)
MTie Rod (2 used) NSteering Stop Adjust Screws (2 used) OLock Nut (2 used) PBall Joint (2 used)
TX,09,QQ9700 1901SEP061/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096030

PN=366
T8155AN UN14JUN94
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble APL2025 MFWD Axle Steering Cylinder
1 Cap Screw (8 used) 2 Cylinder Cap (2 used) 3 Cylinder Barrel 4 Rod
5 Seal (2 used) 6 Seal (2 used) 7 Guide (2 used) 8 ORing (2 used)
9 Ring (2 used) 10 Seal 11 Guide 12 ORing

13 Cylinder
TX,09,QQ9701 1907DEC991/11
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096031

PN=367
TP45514 UN29SEP94
Hydraulic System
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. NOTE: Steering cylinder can be serviced on machine. Axle shown removed for clarity of photograph.
1. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure in hydraulic system.
TX,09,QQ9701 1907DEC992/11
2. Disconnect hoses from cylinder end cap fittings (A). Close openings using caps and plugs. IMPORTANT: To avoid damaging seals, do not overheat piston rod. Use a butane torch with low flame. Stop before heat reaches seals. NOTE: Wrench flats on left end of piston rod are covered by stop collar. Remove left ball joint first if stop collars are installed on piston rod. 3. Heat left end of piston rod (B) near ball joint (C) to break down sealant on threads. Hold ball joint on right side of cylinder to loosen and disconnect left ball joint. If equipped, remove stop collar (D) from left end of piston rod to put a wrench on flats of rod. Heat right ball joint to loosen and disconnect it from tie rod.
AFitting (2 used) BPiston Rod CBall Joint (2 used) DSteering Stop Collar (2 used)
TX,09,QQ9701 1907DEC993/11 T8172AT UN06FEB94 TX,09,QQ9701 1907DEC994/11
NOTE: Cylinder is full of oil. Have a container available to catch oil. 4. Remove four cap screws to remove end cap (A).
AEnd Cap
T8155AP UN10JAN94 Continued on next page
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096032

PN=368
X9811 UN23AUG88
Hydraulic System
5. Remove four cap screws (A) to remove end cap and cylinder assembly (B). 6. Remove other end cap from cylinder.
ACap Screws (4 used) BCylinder Assembly
T8155AQ UN10JAN94 TX,09,QQ9701 1907DEC995/11
7. Replace parts (AD) as necessary. 8. Pull piston assembly from cylinder. 9. Replace parts (EH) as necessary.
T8155AR UN10JAN94 Continued on next page TX,09,QQ9701 1907DEC996/11
AORing (2 used) BGuide Ring (4 used) CGrooved Ring (2 used) DWiper Seal (2 used)
EPiston Rod F Guide Ring (2 used) GOil Seal HORing
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096033

PN=369
T8155AS UN10JAN94
Hydraulic System
NOTE: The piston seal can be made more pliable by warming it with your hands or by putting seal in hot water for approximately five minutes. Once started, install piston seal as quickly as possible to keep the amount of time the seal is stretched to a minimum. 10. Install a plastic tie band (A) around piston seal (B) with the smooth side against seal. Position seal over piston (C). 11. Shrink piston seal to original size: a. Ring Compressor Method. Install ring compressor with shim stock between piston seal and compressor to protect seal. Tighten ring compressor to compress cap seal. NOTE: The plastic tie band must be long enough to wrap once around piston and then overlap slightly.
T6684AB UN19OCT88
b. Hose Clamp Method. Cut the head off a plastic tie band of appropriate length. Grind a taper on the cut end. Install hose clamp (E) and tie band with taper (D) against piston seal. Tighten hose clamp to compress cap seal. NOTE: Before tightening hose clamp, make sure tie band is under hose clamp all around piston.
ATie Band BPiston Seal CPiston DTapered End EHose Clamp
TX,09,QQ9701 1907DEC997/11
12. Install rod and piston assembly (B) into cylinder barrel (A). Care should be used not to damage piston guide rings or oil seal during installation.
ACylinder Barrel BRod and Piston Assembly
T8155AT UN10JAN94 Continued on next page TX,09,QQ9701 1907DEC998/11
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096034

PN=370
Hydraulic System
13. Install end cap on one end of cylinder and piston rod. Push end cap into cylinder barrel (B). 14. Install cylinder assembly on axle. Install cap screws (A).
T8155AQ UN10JAN94 TX,09,QQ9701 1907DEC999/11 TX,09,QQ9701 1907DEC9910/11 TX,09,QQ9701 1907DEC9911/11
ACap Screws
BCylinder Barrel
15. Install remaining end cap (A) and cap screws. Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification End Cap, Cap ScrewsTorque......................................................... 280 Nm (206 lbft) AEnd Cap
T8155AP UN10JAN94
16. If equipped, install steering stop collar on cylinder rod with smaller OD end toward cylinder. 17. Apply cure primer, then apply thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to first three threads of ball joint (C). Connect ball joint to piston rod (B) and tighten to specification.
Specification Ball JointtoPiston RodTorque.............................................................. 250 Nm (184 lbft)
18. Connect hydraulic lines to end cap fittings (A).

AFitting (2 used) BPiston Rod CBall Joint (2 used)
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096035

PN=371
T8155AO UN10JAN94
Hydraulic System
Adjust Tracking Angle for MFWD Axle

1. Move piston rod until distances (A) at each end of cylinder are equal. 2. Measure both tie rod lengths (B). If necessary, disconnect tie rod from steering knuckle and loosen cap screw (C). Turn tie rod on or off ball joint stud (D) until both tie rods are equal length within 1 mm (0.04 in.). Fasten tie rod to steering knuckle. 3. With axle installed on machine, check and adjust toein and steering stop screws. (See Group 0240.)
APiston Rod Centered Distance BTie Rod Length CCap Screw DBall Joint Stud
T6382JX UN25MAY89 TX,09,QQ9703 1912MAR931/1
Remove and Install Priority Valve

NOTE: Steering priority valve is located inside engine compartment on left rear wall. 1. Raise loader boom and install boom lock bar. CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. 2. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure in hydraulic system. 3. Remove left engine side guard.
X9811 UN23AUG88 TX,09,BD2861 1923MAY971/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096036

PN=372
T6382JZ UN05APR90
Hydraulic System
4. Disconnect lines (AF). Cap or plug all openings. 5. Remove cap screws and washers (K) and priority valve (L). 6. Install priority valve (L) on fire wall. Install cap screws and washers (K). 7. Connect lines (AF). 8. Install left engine side guard.
APriority ValvetoSteering Valve P Port Line BPriority ValvetoHydraulic Control Valve Inlet Port Line CPriority ValvetoSteering Valve LS Port Line DPriority ValvetoHydraulic Reservoir Return Line EPriority ValvetoBrake Valve Line F Main Hydraulic PumptoPriority Valve Line GFitting (3 used) HElbow Fitting I Elbow Fitting J Tee Fitting KCap Screw and Washer (2 used) L Priority Valve
TX,09,BD2861 1923MAY972/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096037

PN=373
T109629 UN04JUN97
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Priority Valve

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source . Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. NOTE: Priority valve can be disassembled on unit. 1. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure in hydraulic system. 2. Remove plug (A) to remove spring (B) and spool (C).
APlug BSpring CSpool
TX,09,BD2862 1907NOV981/3
3. Disconnect line (A). Install plug (B). 4. Remove fitting (C) to remove relief valve (D). 5. Install valve, fitting and line.
T6196AC UN29MAR90 Continued on next page TX,09,BD2862 1907NOV982/3
ALine BPlug
CFitting DRelief Valve
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096038

PN=374
T6196AB UN29MAR90
X9811 UN23AUG88
Hydraulic System
6. Install spring (B), spool (C) and plug (A).

Specification Relief Valve SpringFree Length..............................56.4 mm (2.22 in.) Approximate Length at 72.385.6 N (16.2519.25 lb force) Minimum ................................................................... 35.7 mm (1.407 in.)
7. If new relief valve or spring (B) has been installed, test valve. (See Priority Valve Test in Group 9025 of Operation and Test Manual.)
APlug BSpring CSpool
TX,09,BD2862 1907NOV983/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096039

PN=375
T6196AB UN29MAR90
Hydraulic System
TM1611 (22JUL10)
09096040

PN=376
Contents
Page
Section 10 Service Brakes
Group 1011Active Elements Service Brake External Inspection................................1010111 Remove and Install Brake Disk and Pressure Plate ..........................................................1010111 Group 1060Hydraulic System Service Equipment and Tools .................... 1010601 Other Material............................................ 1010601 Specifications ............................................ 1010602 Brake Valve Remove and Install ...............................1010603 Disassemble and Assemble..................1010604 Disassemble and Assemble Lines ........1010606 Remove and Install ...............................1010607 Disassemble MICO Power Boost Brake Valve (S.N. 887379) .............. 10106010 Assemble MICO Power Boost Brake Valve (S.N. 887379) .............. 10106012 Brake Pedals Adjust ..................................................10106014 Bleeding Brakes ...................................... 10106016
TM1611 (22JUL10)
101

PN=1
Contents
TM1611 (22JUL10)
102

PN=2
Group 1011 Active Elements

External Service Brake Inspection
NOTE: The service brake inspection ports are located at the front of the rear axle. 1. Remove plugs (A) from inspection port (C). 2. Start engine. Do not release park brake. 3. Apply the service brakes. NOTE: Gap (B) equals the overall thickness of brake disk (E) when service brake is applied. A piece of metal bar stock with a thickness of 5 mm (0.197 in.) can be used as a gauge to check gap (B). If the 5 mm (0.197 in.) gauge cannot fit between two separator disks (D), replace brake disks. (See Disassemble Rear Axle in Group 020250.) 4. Check gap (B) between two separator disks (D) using a feeler gauge. 5. Replace brake disks if gap (B) is less than 5 mm (0.197 in.). (See Disassemble Rear Axle in Group 020250.)
APlugs BGap [5 mm (0.197 in.) minimum] CInspection Port DSeparator Disk (4 used) EBrake Disk (3 used)
T115644 UN01JUN98 CED,OUO1010,197 1928MAY981/1
Remove and Install Brake Disk and Pressure Plate

NOTE: Service brakes are part of rear axle.
See Section 02, Group 0250 Remove and Install Rear Axle for repair of service brakes.
TX,10,QQ9704 1918FEB971/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1010111

PN=379
T115634 UN01JUN98
Active Elements
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1010112

PN=380

CED,TX03399,5661 1906DEC991/2
Remove bushings from brake pedals.

CED,TX03399,5661 1906DEC992/2
Other Material
Number Name Use
TY16285 (U.S.) CXTY16285 (Canadian) 7649 (LOCTITE) T43513 (U.S.) TY9474 (Canadian) 271 (LOCTITE) PT569 (U.S.)
Cure Primer
Apply to threads of plug
Thread Lock and Sealer (High Strength)
Apply to threads of plug
John Deere NEVERSEEZ Lubricant Apply to brake pedal bushings.
LOCTITE is a trademark of Loctite Corp. NEVERSEEZ is a registered trademark of the Emhart Chemical Group
CED,TX03399,5663 1906DEC991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1010601

PN=381
Hydraulic System
Specifications
John Deere Brake Valve (S.N. 887378) Piston Springs Piston Springs Equalizing Valve Spring Equalizing Valve Spring Check Valve Seats Left Brake Pedal Adjustment Length Test Length at 160 16 N (36 4 lb force) Free Length 196.0 mm (7.7 in.) 150 mm (5.9 in.) 20 mm (0.79 in.) Approximate
Test Length at 0.67 0.1 N (0.15 0.027 mm (0.28 in.) lb force) Torque Force and Position 34 Nm (25 lbft) 44.5 N (10 lb force) Minimum. [If pedal starts to settle, turn right cap screw out (counterclockwise) until the settling stops. Turn the right cap screw an additional 1/3 turn (two wrench flats) out (counterclockwise).] 44.5 N (10 lb force) Minimum. [If pedal starts to settle, turn the left cap screw out (counterclockwise) until settling stops. Turn the left cap screw an additional 1/3 turn (two wrench flats) out (counterclockwise).] Solid within 19 mm (0.75 in.) of travel 1500 Firm within 133 mm (5.25 in.) after 10 second wait cycle
CED,TX03399,5664 1917MAY001/1
Right Brake Pedal Adjustment
Force and Position
Brake Pedal Engine Brake Pedal
Feel/Distance RPM Travel
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1010602

PN=382
Hydraulic System
Remove and Install John Deere Brake Valve (S.N. 887378)

See Remove and Install MICO Brake Valve (S.N. 887379) for later Serial Number tractors.
X9811 UN23AUG88
1. Operate all controls to release all hydraulic pressure. 2. Remove cowl cover. (See procedure in Group 1910.) CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. 3. Disconnect lines (14) from brake valve (5). 4. Plug and cap all openings. 5. Remove four cap screws and remove brake valve and pedals. 6. Disassemble and repair valve as needed. (See procedure in this group.) NOTE: Fill brake valve with oil and bleed out air before installing on machine. 7. Install brake valve and pedals. 8. Install four cap screws. 9. Connect lines (14) to brake valve (5). 10. Install cowl cover. 11. Bleed brakes. (See procedure in this group.)
1 Outlet to Reservoir 2 Inlet to Hydraulic Oil Cooler 3 Outlet to Left Brake 4 Outlet to Right Brake 5 Brake Valve
WS68074,00036F2 1914JUL101/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1010603

PN=383
T107340B UN10APR97
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble John Deere Brake Valve (S.N.887378)

See Disassemble MICO Power Boost Brake Valve (S.N. 887379) for later serial number tractors.
TX,10,QQ9709 1917MAY001/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1010604

PN=384
T125192 UN15OCT99
Hydraulic System
1 ORing (2 used) 2 Adapter (2 used) 3 ORing (2 used) 4 ORing (2 used) 5 Seat (2 used) 6 Valve (2 used) 7 Spring (2 used) 8 Check Valve (2 used) 9 Cap Screw (4 used)
10 Nut (2 used) 11 Cap Screw (2 used) 12 Wiper Seal (2 used) 13 Lip Seal (2 used) 14 Snap Ring (2 used) 15 Shaft 16 Spring Pin 17 Arm 18 Bushing (2 used)
19 Left Pedal 20 Right Pedal 21 Fitting (2 used) 22 ORing (2 used) 23 Spring (2 used) 24 Ball (2 used) 25 ORing (2 used) 26 Stop Light Switch (2 used) 27 Fitting (2 used)
28 ORing (2 used) 29 Fitting (2 used) 30 ORing (2 used) 31 Spring (2 used) 32 Piston (2 used) 33 Brake Housing 34 Pipe Plug 35 Orifice (Non Serviceable)
NOTE: When servicing brake valve, install all of the brake valve kit parts. 1. Remove snap ring (14) and shaft (15) and remove brake pedals (19 and 20). 2. Remove bushing (18) from brake pedals using D01044AA Bushing, Bearing and Seal Driver Set. 3. Remove parts (2532). 4. Inspect springs (31) for wear or broken coils. Check the compression rate of springs.
Brake ValveSpecification Piston SpringsLength.............................................. 196.0 mm (7.7 in.) Piston SpringsTest Length at 160 16 N (36 4 lb force).................................................................... 150 mm (5.9 in.)
12. Replace all Orings. 13. Clean and dry all parts. Put clean hydraulic oil on all internal parts for assembly. 14. Apply thread lock and sealer (high strength) to threads of plug (34). Install and tighten plug until plug is even with or below housing surface. 15. Install valve (6) head first into seat (5). 16. Install small end of spring (7) onto valve (6). IMPORTANT: Check valves (8) can be damaged if installed with pistons (32) in place. 17. Install check valve assembly (8) with drag link socket. Tighten seats to specification.
Specification Check Valve SeatsTorque ................................................................ 34 Nm (25 lbft)
5. Remove parts (2124). 6. Inspect parts for wear. Check the compression rate of springs.
Brake ValveSpecification Equalizing Valve SpringFree Length.................................20 mm (0.79 in.) Approximate Equalizing Valve SpringTest Length at 0.67 0.1 N (0.15 0.02 lb force).................................................................... 7 mm (0.28 in.)
. 18. Adapter (2) should not be installed until valve is adjusted. 19. Install oil seal (12) with lip of seal toward outside of housing with 29 mm disk until seal bottoms in bore. 20. Put petroleum jelly on lip of seal. 21. Install piston lip seal (13) with lip facing in.
7. Remove paint from pistons (32). 8. Remove parts (12 and 13). 9. Remove adapter (2) and remove check valve assembly (8). 10. Remove parts (57) from check valve assembly. NOTE: Orifice (35) is part of the housing and is non serviceable 11. Inspect parts for damage. Inspect orifice (35) in housing. Clean orifice with compress air.
NEVERSEEZ is a registered trademark of the Emhart Chemical Group
22. Put clean hydraulic oil on pistons (32) and install. 23. Install parts (2531) and parts (2124). 24. Install bushing into brake pedal even with hub face of pedal using 17 and 25 mm disks. 25. Put NEVERSEEZ or equivalent on bushings. 26. Install brake pedals, shaft (15) and snap ring (14). 27. Adjust brake pedal. (See procedure in this group.)
TX,10,QQ9709 1917MAY002/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1010605

PN=385
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Brake Valve Lines (S.N.887378)
TX,10,QQ9710 1917MAY001/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1010606

PN=386
TP52805 UN24SEP96
Hydraulic System
1 ORing (2 used) 2 Adapter (2 used) 3 ORing (2 used) 4 Hydraulic Hose 5 Hydraulic Hose 6 Clamp (2 used) 7 Cap Screw (2 used) 8 Washer (5 used) 9 Clamp (2 used) 10 Strap 11 Nut (2 used) 12 Cap Screw 13 Washer 14 Strap 15 Brake Line 16 Brake Line 17 ORing (4 used) 18 Hydraulic Hose (2 used) 19 ORing (2 used) 20 Adapter (2 used) 21 ORing (2 used) 22 Cap Screw 23 Half Clamp (2 used) 24 Washer 25 Strap 26 Cap Screw 27 Washer
1. Disassemble parts as shown. 2. Inspect for worn or damaged parts.
3. Assemble parts as shown.

TX,10,QQ9710 1917MAY002/2
Remove and Install MICO Brake Valve (S.N. 887379)

See Remove and Install John Deere Brake Valve (S.N. 887378) for early serial number tractors.
Pedal To Piston
Clearance
0.13mm 0.38mm (0.005in. 0.015in.)
1. Operate all controls to release all hydraulic pressure. 2. Remove cowl cover. (See procedure in Group 1910.) 3. Lower all equipment to the ground and shut the engine off. Release hydraulic pressure in the machine by moving control levers.
WS68074,00036F3 1914JUL101/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1010607

PN=387
T130719B UN02MAY00
Hydraulic System
WS68074,00036F3 1914JUL102/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1010608

PN=388
T129385 UN04MAY00
Hydraulic System
1 Straight Fitting 2 ORing (2 used) 3 ORing (3 used) 4 Hydraulic Hose 5 Fitting (2 used) 6 TFitting (2 used) (315SE only) 7 Hose Clamp 8 TFitting 9 Hydraulic Hose 10 Transmission Oil Cooler Return 11 ORing 12 ORing 13 ORing 14 TFitting 15 Adapter 16 ORing 17 Diffuser 18 Hydraulic Hose 19 Cap Screw 20 Washer (7 used) 21 90 Swivel Elbow 22 Pedal/Bracket Assembly 23 Left Brake Line 24 Right Brake Line 25 ORing (4 used) 26 Cooler Return Fitting 27 ORing 28 Brake Valve 29 Cap Screw (2 used) 30 Fitting (2 used) 31 Hydraulic Hose 32 Hydraulic Reservoir Hose 33 Hydraulic Reservoir Hose 34 Brake Switch (2 used) 35 Cap Screw 36 Brake Valve Pistons 37 Cooler Return Port 38 Rear Transmission Port
4.
Remove cab floor plate.
5. Remove cowl to access brake valve hoses. 6. Disconnect hoses from brake valve. 7. Plug and cap all openings. 8. Remove four cap screws and remove brake valve and pedals. 9. Disassemble and repair valve as needed. (See procedure in this group.) NOTE: Fill brake valve with oil and bleed out air before installing on machine. NOTE: Use bottom valve to pedal bracket cap screw (35) as a rest and install other two cap screws (29).
10. Install brake valve (28) with two cap screws (29), one cap screw (35) and three washers (20). Tighten pedal bracket cap screws (19) to 73 14 Nm (54 10 lbft). Tighten brake valve cap screws (29 and 35) to 73 14 Nm (54 10 lbft). 11. Connect hoses to brake valve. 12. Adjust pedal to piston clearance to specification.
Specification Pedal To PistonClearance......................0.13mm 0.38mm (0.005in. 0.015in.)
13. Install cowl cover. 14. Bleed brakes. (See procedure in this group.)
WS68074,00036F3 1914JUL103/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1010609

PN=389
Hydraulic System
Disassemble MICO Power Boost Brake Valve (S.N. 887379)

See Disassemble and Assemble John Deere Brake Valve (S.N.887378) for earlier serial number tractors.
CED,TX03768,2715 1911MAY001/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
10106010

PN=390
T129238 UN16MAR00
Hydraulic System
1 Retaining Ring (2 used) 2 Retainer (2 used) 3 Cap Screw (4 used) 4 Seal (2 used) 5 Cap Screw (4 used) 6 Washer (4 used) 7 Housing 8 Push Rod with Ring (2 used) 9 Spring (2 used) 10 Piston Ring (2 used) 11 Retaining Ring (2 used) 12 Washer (2 used) 13 Ball (2 used) 14 Piston (2 used) 15 ORing (2 used) 16 Seal (2 used) 17 Spring (2 used) 18 ORing (2 used) 19 Retainer (2 used) 20 Housing 21 Plug (2 used) 22 ORing (4 used) 23 Spring (2 used) 24 Washer (2 used) 25 ORing 26 Spool 27 Reservoir Plug (2 used) 28 ORing (2 used) 29 Tip Valve Assembly (2 used)
1. Remove plugs (27) from housing (20). Remove Orings (28) from plugs (27). 2. Remove valve assemblies (29) from housing (20). Remove Orings (22) 3. Housings (7 and 20) are under spring tension, to separate housing halves, position mounting flange on housing (7) face down and clamp in a vise. Apply downward pressure on housing (20) while evenly loosening four cap screws (5) and washers (6) while carefully separating housing halves. 4. Remove springs (9), piston (14) assemblies, springs (17), Orings (18) and retainers (19). 5. Remove retainer ring (11), washer (12) and ball (13) from pistons (14). 6. Remove piston ring (10), seal (16) and Oring (15) from pistons (14). NOTE: Do not remove retaining rings from push rods (8). 7. Remove push rods (8) from housing (7). NOTE: Retainer (3) is Loctite in place and need not be removed to service seals (2 and 4).
8. Carefully remove wiper seal (2) by inserting a small screw driver along the outer parameter of wiper seal (2) and prying out. Remove seal (4) using a dull pointed pick tool being careful not to scratch housing bore. 9. Check retainers (3) for wear if necessary, remove retaining rings (1) and seals (2 and 4). With housing (7) flange face down in a vise, use a plastic or wooden dowel through housing (7) bore to evenly tap on retainers (3) to remove (using an inside bearing puller form housing (7) flange end can also be used to remove retainers (3). 10. Remove plugs (21), springs (23) and washers (24) from housing (20). Remove Orings (22) from plugs (21). NOTE: Be careful not to scratch or mar spool (26) or housing bore. 11. Use a plastic or wooden dowel to carefully remove spool (26) from housing (20). Remove Oring (25) from spool (26). See Assemble MICO Power Boost Brake Valve (S.N. 887379).
CED,TX03768,2715 1911MAY002/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
10106011

PN=391
Hydraulic System
Assemble MICO Power Boost Brake Valve (S.N. 887379)
CED,TX03768,2716 1911MAY001/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
10106012

PN=392
T129238 UN16MAR00
Hydraulic System
1 Retaining Ring (2 used) 2 Retainer (2 used) 3 Cap Screw (4 used) 4 Seal (2 used) 5 Cap Screw (4 used) 6 Washer (4 used) 7 Housing 8 Push Rod with Ring (2 used) 9 Spring (2 used) 10 Piston Ring (2 used) 11 Retaining Ring (2 used) 12 Washer (2 used) 13 Ball (2 used) 14 Piston (2 used) 15 ORing (2 used) 16 Seal (2 used) 17 Spring (2 used) 18 ORing (2 used) 19 Retainer (2 used) 20 Housing 21 Plug (2 used) 22 ORing (4 used) 23 Spring (2 used) 24 Washer (2 used) 25 ORing 26 Spool 27 Reservoir Plug (2 used) 28 ORing (2 used) 29 TipValve Assembly (2 used)
1. Thoroughly clean housings and all parts with clean solvent and allow to dry before proceeding. Lubricate all rubber components with clean fluid used in the system. NOTE: Be careful not to scratch or mar spool (26) or housing bore. 2. Install new Oring (25) on spool (26). Carefully install spool (26) in housing (20). 3.
Specification MICO Brake Valve PlugsTorque................................................ 5462 Nm (4045 lbft.)
9. Place springs (9) into pistons (8). 10. Install retainer (19) in housing (20). Install new Oring (18) over retainers (19). NOTE: Be sure the cut on piston rings (10) are installed with the cut facing the outside when installed into housing (7) bores. 11. Remove piston (14) assemblies from housing (20) bores and install in housing (7) bores until bottomed on pistons (8). 12. Installed springs (17). Place housing (20) over springs (17) and align housing (20) bores with pistons (14) (be careful not do damage seals (16).) 13. While applying downward pressure on housing (20), install two cap screws (5) and washers (6) diagonal from each other and finger tighten to hold the assembly together. 14. Install the remaining two cap screws (5) and washers (6). Evenly tighten the four cap screws (5).
Specification MICO Brake Valve Assemblies Cap screwsTorque .............................................. 3038 Nm (2225 lbft.)
Install new Orings (22) on plugs (21). Install washers (24), springs (23) and plugs (21) in housing (20). Be sure washers (24) are properly positioned over spool (26). Tighten plugs (21). NOTE: Note direction of cups (4) and wiper seals (2). 4. Install new seals (4), new wiper seals (2) and retaining rings (1) in housing (7). 5. If retainers (3) are being replaced, install new seals (4). Place a thin coast of bearing grease on outside diameter of new retainers (3) and carefully tap into place. Install new wiper seals (2) and retaining rings (1). NOTE: Be sure the cut on piston rings (10) is position correctly when installed into housing (7) bores. 6. Install piston ring (10) and new Oring (15) on pistons (14). NOTE: Seals (16) will stretch and become oversized when being installed. These seals must be resized before final assembly. To resize seals (16), lubricate seals (16), pistons (14) and housing (20) bores with clean type fluid used in the system. 7. Install seal (16) in pistons (14) groove over top Orings (15). Carefully insert each piston (14) assembly in the proper housing (20) bore being careful not to extrude seal (16). Allow each piston (14) assembly to remain in the housing bores for at least 10 minutes. Proceed to next step while waiting. 8. Rub clean type fluid used in the system on the outer diameter of pistons (8) and housing (7) bores. Fully insert pistons (8) into housing (7) bores.
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to Tipvalve assemblies, push pistons (8) in approximately 1/2 in. into bores before installing Tip valve assemblies. 15. Install Oring (22) on Tip valve assemblies (29). While installing valve assemblies (29) in housing (20), push pistons (8) in approximately 1/2 in. Tighten valve assemblies (29).
Specification MICO Brake TipValve AssembliesTorque................................ 40.647.5 Nm (3035 lbft.)
16. Install new Orings (28) on plugs (27) in housing (20) and tighten.
Specification MICO Brake Valve PlugsTorque............................................. 6181.4 Nm (4560 lbft.)
17. Install valve on the machine.
CED,TX03768,2716 1911MAY002/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
10106013

PN=393
Hydraulic System
Adjust Brake Pedals

1. Remove brake valve from machine. (See procedure in this group.) 2. Clamp brake valve level in bench vise. 3. Install caps (A). Fill brake valve reservoir with oil. (See Fuel and Lubricants in Group 0004.)
ACaps
T7407AU UN30OCT90 CED,OUO1010,428 1927MAR001/4 CED,OUO1010,428 1927MAR002/4
IMPORTANT: DO NOT allow pedal to return abruptly before the stop screws are adjusted. Check valves could be damaged if stop screws are not properly adjusted.
T7407AT UN30OCT90 Continued on next page
4. Remove left cap and hold finger over end to stop oil flow. Slowly pump left pedal until air is purged. Install cap and repeat procedure on other side. Refill reservoir.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
10106014

PN=394
Hydraulic System
5. Adjust right brake pedal cap screw (B) so brake piston is fully extended from the housing and brake pedal arm is tight against the piston. 6. Apply a minimum of 44.5 N (10 lb) force to the left brake pedal. If the pedal starts to settle, turn right cap screw (B) out (counterclockwise) until the settling stops. Turn the right cap screw (B) and additional 1/3 turn (two wrench flats) out (counterclockwise).
Specification Left Brake Pedal AdjustmentForce and Position ...........................................................................................44.5 N (10 lb) Minimum. [If pedal starts to settle, turn right cap screw out (counterclockwise) until the settling stops. Turn the right cap screw and additional 1/3 turn (two wrench flats) out (counterclockwise).]
ALeft Brake Pedal Cap Screw (Stop)
BRight Brake Pedal Cap Screw (Stop)
7. Adjust left brake pedal cap screw (A) so brake piston is fully extended from the housing and brake pedal arm is tight against the piston. 8. Apply a minimum of 44.5 N (10 lb) force to right brake pedal. If pedal starts to settle, turn the left cap screw (A) out (counterclockwise) until settling stops. Turn the left cap screw (A) an additional 1/3 turn (two wrench flats) out (counterclockwise).
Specification Right Brake Pedal AdjustmentForce and Position ...........................................................44.5 N (10 lb) Minimum. [If pedal starts to settle, turn the left cap screw out (counterclockwise) until settling stops. Turn the left cap screw an additional 1/3 turn (two wrench flats) out (counterclockwise).]
9. After both pedals have been adjusted, align pedals by turning cap screws for the highest pedal a maximum of 1/6 turn (one wrench flat) out (counterclockwise). Tighten jam nut to lock both stop cap screws.
CED,OUO1010,428 1927MAR003/4
NOTE: If oil does not flow, readjust valve stop screws. If flow does not stop with pedal depressed, inspect or replace check valve. NOTE: This is a check to see if checked valves are closing checking pedal travel is done after lines are attached to rear axle in the Bleeding the Brakes repair story in this Group. 11. Depress one brake pedal. Brake pedal must be solid within first 19 mm (0.75 in.) of pedal travel. Repeat for other pedal.
Specification Brake PedalFeel/Dis tance ..............................................Solid within 19 mm (0.75 in.) of travel
ACaps
NOTE: Excessive pedal travel indicates air in brake valve repeat step 4.
CED,OUO1010,428 1927MAR004/4
TM1611 (22JUL10)
10106015

PN=395
T7407AU UN30OCT90
10. Remove cap (A). A steady stream of oil must flow to indicate that check valve is in "open" position with pedals up. Depress pedal up to 13 mm (0.5 in.) and flow must stop, which indicates that check valve is in "closed" position and sealing. Slowly release pedal pedal must return to stop screw by return spring force alone. Install cap. Repeat for other side. Fill reservoir.
T7407AS UN30OCT90
Hydraulic System
Bleeding Brakes
John Deere Brake Valve (Two hoses connected to top of valve)(S.N.887378) CAUTION: Do not operate machine if pedal travel exceeds 133 mm (5.25 in.) while applying 267 N (60 lbforce). Operating machine with excessive brake travel could cause brakes not to stop machine on first application. NOTE: Air will "gravity bleed" from brake system through brake valve without use of bleed screws. Brake lines must be inclined toward brake valve. Low ambient temperature or aeration of oil will slow bleed process. Method One: 1. Engage park brake. Lock brake pedals together to bleed both brakes. 2. Run engine at high speed and cycle backhoe bucket cylinder to fill brake reservoir. 3. Release brake pedals completely and wait a minimum of 10 seconds. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 until a firm pedal is obtained with pedal travel within specification distance of 133 mm (5.25 in.) or less. Brakes will continue to selfbleed as you operate machine and pedal firmness should improve. 5. If unable to obtain firm brake pedal, inspect lines and connections for leakage. If no external leaks, test axle. Do Service Brake Leakage Test. (See procedure in Section 9020, Group 25 in Operation and Test Manual.) MICO Brake Valve (Five hoses connected to top of valve)(S.N. 887379) All fittings must be inspected for leaks and tightened if leaks occur. To manually bleed the brakes, go to Method One. If you have a vacuum device, go to Method Two. Air will "gravity bleed" from brake system through brake valve without use of bleed screws. Brake lines must be inclined toward brake valve. Low ambient temperature or aeration of oil will slow bleed process.
CED,TX03768,2725 1911MAY001/1
1. Engage park brake. Run engine at fast idle. Dump and curl backhoe bucket five times. 2. Run engine at low idle. Pump lefthand brake pedal five times, allowing two seconds between each pump for air to escape. 3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 until the lefthand pedal is solid. 4. Pump righthand pedal until pedal is solid, then both pedals together until pedals are solid. 5. Check pedal travel.
Specification Dual Brake Pedal TravelMax. Distance................................................... 95 mm (3.75 in.) Single Brake Pedal TravelMax. Distance................................................... 114 mm (4.5 in.)
Method Two: 1. Engage park brake. Connect a vacuum to breather port on hydraulic reservoir. After 10 minutes, disconnect air pressure. 2. Leave hose from breather port to vacuum device connected until brake circuit is filled with oil. Both pedals should become solid. 3. Check pedal travel (use specifications from Method One).
TM1611 (22JUL10)
10106016

PN=396
T6838AE UN26OCT88
Contents
Page
Section 11 Park Brake
Group 1111Active Elements Park Brake Remove and Install ................................1111111
TM1611 (22JUL10)
111

PN=1
Contents
TM1611 (22JUL10)
112

PN=2
Group 1111 Active Elements

Remove and Install Park Brake
NOTE: Park brake is part of rear axle. See Group 0250 Remove and Install Rear Axle for Remove and Install of Park Brake.
TX,11,QQ9713 1918FEB971/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1111111

PN=399
Active Elements
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1111112

PN=400
Section 16 Electrical Systems

Contents
Page Page
Group 1671Batteries, Support, and Cables Service Equipment and Tools .................... 1616711 Specifications ............................................ 1616711 Service Batteries Carefully ........................ 1616712 Batteries Procedure for Testing ............................1616713 Checking Electrolyte Specific Gravity ...1616714 Battery Electrolyte Level and Terminals Check .................................... 1616715 Battery ChargerUsing ............................ 1616717 Using Booster Batteries12 Volt System................................................... 1616718 Charge Battery ......................................1616719 Remove and Install .............................16167110 Group 1672Alternator, Regulator and Charging System Wiring Bosch Alternator RepairUse CTM77................................................... 1616721 Specifications ............................................ 1616721 Alternator Remove and Install ...............................1616722 Group 1673Lighting System Drive and Work Light Remove and Install ...............................1616731 Halogen Bulb Remove and Install ...............................1616731 Display Module Bulbs Remove and Install ...............................1616732 Turn, Brake and Tail Light Bulbs Remove and Install ...............................1616733 Front Turn Light Bulb Remove and Install ...............................1616733 Group 1674Wiring Harness and Switches Essential Tools........................................... 1616741 Specifications ............................................ 1616742 Cab Roof Harness and Components Remove and Install ...............................1616743 Cab Side Console Harness and Components Remove and Install ...............................1616745 Front Console Harness and Components Remove and Install ...............................1616749 Engine Harness and Components Remove and Install .............................16167411 Blower Harness and Components Remove and Install .............................16167413 Radio Harness and Components Remove and Install .............................16167415 A/C Compressor Harness and Components Remove and Install (If Equipped)........16167417 Auxiliary Flow Control Harness and Components Remove and Install (If Equipped)........16167419 TM1611 (22JUL10)
Ride Control Harness and Components Remove and Install (If Equipped)........16167420 Fuse Specifications ......................................16167421 16 Way Kostal Connector Replace ...............................................16167421 Kostal OpenBarrel Contact Install...................................................16167422 Replace DEUTSCH Connectors .......................................... 16167423 Install DEUTSCH Contact .................. 16167425 Replace WEATHER PACK Connectors .......................................... 16167426 WEATHER PACK Contact Install ................................................... 16167427 Connector Body From Blade Terminals Remove...............................................16167428 Blade Terminals From Fuse Block Remove...............................................16167429 Group 1675System Controls ReturntoDig Switch Remove and Install ...............................1616751 Group 1676Instruments and Indicators Other Material............................................ 1616761 Fuel Gauge Sender Remove and Install ...............................1616761 Group 1677Motors and Actuators Starter Motor RepairUse CTM77................................................... 1616771 Starting Motor Remove and Install ...............................1616771 Starter Relay Remove and Install ...............................1616772
161

PN=1
Contents
TM1611 (22JUL10)
162

PN=2
Group 1671 Batteries, Support, and Cables

CED,OUO1002,760 1915JAN991/4
Battery Post/Clamp Cleaner .................................JT05838
Clean battery post and clamp.

CED,OUO1002,760 1915JAN992/4
Coolant/Battery Tester ..........................................JT05460
Check specific gravity of electrolyte in batteries.

CED,OUO1002,760 1915JAN993/4
Battery Load Tester ..............................................JT05832
Check battery capacity.

CED,OUO1002,760 1915JAN994/4
Specifications
Battery Cable Cap Screw
Torque
9.2 Nm (82 lbin.)

CED,OUO1002,688 1912JAN991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616711

PN=403
Batteries, Support, and Cables
Service Batteries Carefully

CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep sparks and flames away from batteries. Use a flashlight to check battery electrolyte level.
TS204 UN23AUG88 04T,90,K153 1901SEP061/1
Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or hydrometer. Always remove grounded () battery clamp first and replace it last. Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into eyes. Avoid the hazard by: 1. Filling batteries in a wellventilated area. 2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves. 3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added. 4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte. 5. Using proper jump start procedure. If you spill acid on yourself: 1. Flush your skin with water. 2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the acid. 3. Flush your eyes with water for 1530 minutes. Get medical attention immediately. If acid is swallowed:
If electrolyte spills on the floor, use one of the following mixtures to neutralize the acid: 0.5 kg (1 lb) baking soda in 4 L (1 gal) water, or 0.47 L (1 pt) household ammonia in 4 L (1 gal) water. IMPORTANT: Electrolyte can damage paint and metal surfaces of your machine. Do not overfill the battery cells.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616712

PN=404
TS203 UN23AUG88
1. Do not induce vomiting. 2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do not exceed 1.9 L (2 quarts). 3. Get medical attention immediately.
Procedure for Testing Batteries

Visual Check 1. Check for damage such as cracked or broken case and electrolyte leakage. If damage is seen, replace battery. 2. Check electrolyte level. (See procedure in this group) If low, add distilled water to specified level and charge battery. 3. Check terminals for corrosion. If corroded, clean using a wire brush or battery post cleaner such as JT05838 Battery Post/Clamp Cleaner. 4. Check posts for looseness. If posts are loose, replace battery. Hydrometer Test 1. Check specific gravity with a hydrometer or battery tester such as JT05460 Coolant/Battery Tester. 2. Record specific gravity reading for each cell. If high and low readings vary LESS than 0.050 and average specific gravity is between 1.225 and 1.280, battery is fully charged, go to LOAD TEST. If high and low readings vary LESS than 0.050 and average specific gravity is LESS than 1.225, charge battery and repeat test. If average specific gravity is still LESS than 1.225, replace both batteries. If high and low readings vary MORE than 0.050, charge battery and repeat test. If high and low readings still vary MORE than 0.050, replace both batteries. Load Test Check battery capacity with a load tester such as JT05832 Battery Load Tester. Follow tester manufacturers instructions for proper load test procedures. If one battery fails load test, replace both batteries.
TX,16,QQ9315 1901SEP951/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616713

PN=405
Electrolyte Checking Specific Gravity

CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep sparks and flames away from batteries. Use a flashlight to check battery electrolyte level.
TS204 UN23AUG88 TX,16,QQ9316 1921SEP941/2 TX,16,QQ9316 1921SEP942/2
Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or hydrometer. Always remove grounded () battery clamp first and replace it last. Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into eyes. Avoid the hazard by: 1. Filling batteries in a wellventilated area. 2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves. 3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added. 4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte. 5. Using proper jump start procedure. If you spill acid on yourself: 1. Flush your skin with water. 2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the acid. 3. Flush your eyes with water for 1530 minutes. Get medical attention immediately. If acid is swallowed: 1. Do not induce vomiting. 2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do not exceed 1.9 L (2 quarts). 3. Get medical attention immediately.
Check the specific gravity of electrolyte in each battery cell using a battery and coolant tester such as JT05460 Battery/Coolant Tester. Follow directions included with the tester.
T85402 UN10NOV88
A fully charged battery will have a corrected specific gravity reading of 1.260. If the reading is below 1.200, charge the battery. NOTE: In tropical areas, use 1.225 for the full charge reading. In cold areas, use 1.280 for the fullcharge reading.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616714

PN=406
TS203 UN23AUG88
Battery Electrolyte Level and Terminals Check

CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep sparks and flames away from batteries. Use a flashlight to check battery electrolyte level. Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or hydrometer. Always remove grounded () battery clamp first and replace it last. Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into eyes. Avoid the hazard by:
Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte Using proper jump start procedure.

If you spill acid on yourself: 1. Flush your skin with water. 2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the acid. 3. Flush your eyes with water for 1015 minutes. Get medical attention immediately. If acid is swallowed: 1. Drink large amounts of water or milk. 2. Then drink milk of magnesia, beaten eggs, or vegetable oil.
trolyte is added.
3. Get medical attention immediately. 1. Remove holddown clamps. 2. Remove battery covers. 3. Clean all excess dirt or debris from top of battery(ies) before removing cell caps.
TX,9015,RB21 1901SEP061/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616715

PN=407
TS203 UN23AUG88
Filling batteries in a wellventilated area. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves. Avoiding breathing fumes when elec
IMPORTANT: During freezing weather, batteries must be charged after water is added to prevent battery freezing. Charge battery using a battery charger or by running the engine.
T6996DB UN10FEB89
4. Fill each cell to within specified range with distilled water. DO NOT overfill. CAUTION: Battery gas can explode from sparks of battery causing personal injury. Always remove grounded () battery clamp first and replace it last. 5. Disconnect battery clamps, grounded clamp first. 6. Clean battery terminals (A) and clamps with a stiff brush. 7. Apply lubricating grease around battery terminal base only.
Single Level Fill Tube Application
9. Install holddown clamps.

ABattery Terminal BFill Tube CElectrolyte Level Range
Dual Level Fill Tube Application

TX,9015,RB21 1901SEP062/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616716

PN=408
T6996DA UN10FEB89
8. Install and tighten clamps, grounded clamp last.
Battery ChargerUsing
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from exploding battery. Do not charge a battery if the battery is frozen or it may explode. Warm battery to 16C (60F) before charging. Disconnect battery ground () clamp before you charge batteries in the machine to prevent damage to electrical components. IMPORTANT: Do not use battery charger as a booster if a battery has a 1.150 specific gravity reading or lower. Turn off charger before connecting or disconnecting it. A battery charger may be used as a booster to start engine. Ventilate the area where batteries are being charged. Stop or cut back charging rate if battery case feels hot, or is venting electrolyte. Battery temperature must not exceed 52C (125F).
N36890 UN07OCT88 T82,EXMA,G 1901SEP061/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616717

PN=409
TS204 UN23AUG88
Using Booster Batteries12 Volt System
T6508AE1 UN24OCT91
Single Battery Application AMachine Battery(s) BBooster Battery(s)
Two Battery Application
Before boost starting, machine must be properly shut down and secured to prevent unexpected machine movement when engine starts. CAUTION: An explosive gas is produced while batteries are in use or being charged. Keep flames or sparks away from the battery area. Make sure the batteries are charged in a well ventilated area. Always remove grounded () battery clamp first and replace it last. IMPORTANT: The machine electrical system is a 12volt negative () ground. Use only 12volt booster batteries. 1. Connect one end of the positive cable to the positive terminal of the machine batteries and the other end to the positive terminal of the booster batteries.
2. Connect one end of the negative cable to the negative terminal of the booster batteries. Then connect other end of the negative cable to the machine frame as far away from the machine batteries as possible. 3. Start engine. 4. Immediately after starting engine, disconnect end of the negative cable from the machine frame and disconnect the other end of the negative cable from the negative terminal of the booster batteries. 5. Disconnect positive cable from booster batteries and machine batteries.
TX,25,BD2079 1914JAN081/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616718

PN=410
T6713AI1 UN24OCT91
Charge Battery
CAUTION: An explosive gas is produced while batteries are in use or being charged. Keep all flames/sparks away from battery. Charge battery in a wellventilated area. IMPORTANT: When charging a battery in the machine, disconnect the battery cables. If unit has more than one battery, disconnect all cables and charge each battery separately.
TS204 UN23AUG88 TX,16,QQ9319 1901SEP061/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616719

PN=411
Remove and Install Batteries
TX,16,QQ9320 1923APR961/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
16167110

PN=412
TP50473 UN02NOV96

1 Hose 2 Cable 3 Cable 4 Tie Band 5 Washer (2 used) 6 Ground Cable 7 Battery (2 used) 8 Angle Frame (2 used) 9 Cover 10 Bolt (4 used) 11 Washer (4 used) 12 Lock Nut (4 used) 13 Cap Screw 14 Washer 15 Cover 16 Washer (3 used) 17 Nut (3 used) 18 Clamp (2 used) 19 Cover 20 Nut 21 Washer (2 used) 22 Cap Screw (2 used) 23 Nut 24 Bracket (2 used)
1. Turn battery disconnect switch to "OFF". CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from exploding battery. Always remove grounded () battery clamp first and replace it last. 2. Remove battery cover and disconnect negative () battery cables first, then positive (+) cables. 3. Remove nuts and angle frames (8). Lift batteries from machine. 4. Check cables and clamps for damage and wear. Make certain the batteries are fully charged.
5. Install batteries making sure they are level. 6. Install angle frames. Connect cables, positive then negative. Tighten cable cap screws to specification.
Specification Battery Cable Cap ScrewsTorque.......................................................... 9.2 Nm (82 lbin.)
7. Turn battery disconnect switch to "ON".
TX,16,QQ9320 1923APR962/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
16167111

PN=413
TM1611 (22JUL10)
16167112

PN=414
Group 1672 Alternator, Regulator and Charging System Wiring

Bosch Alternator RepairUse CTM77
For complete repair information, the Component Technical Manual (CTM) is also required. Use the CTM in conjunction with this machine manual.
TS225 UN17JAN89 TX,16,QQ8919 1930JUN941/1
Specifications
Adjusting StraptoAlternator Cap Screw Nut to B+ Stud on Alternator Nut to Alternator Case for Ground Wire
25 Nm (18.5 lbft) 7.75 0.8 Nm (5.7 0.6 lbft) 2.75 0.3 Nm (2 0.22 lbft)
CED,OUO1002,689 1913JAN991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616721

PN=415
Alternator, Regulator and Charging System Wiring
Remove and Install Alternator

IMPORTANT: Disconnect battery ground cable to prevent accidental grounding of alternator wiring leads. 1. Raise loader and engage lock bar. 2. Disconnect battery ground () cable. 3. Remove right engine side shield. 4. Tag and disconnect wires from alternator. 5. Remove belt from alternator sheave. 6. Remove cap screw (A) and cap screw, bushing, and nut (B) to remove alternator. 7. Replace or repair as necessary. (See CTM77.) IMPORTANT: Install bushing and nut on side away from radiator.
T108356 UN15MAY97
8. Install alternator, cap screw, bushing, and nut (B). 9. Install support bracket cap screw (A). Tighten cap screw to specification.
Specification Support Bracket toAlternator Cap ScrewTorque............................................................ 25 Nm (18.5 lbft)
10. Install belt.
ACap Screw
BNut, Bushing, and Cap Screw (not visible)

CED,OUO1010,427 1904NOV981/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616722

PN=416
T104606 1915JAN97
AB11 Red Wire
BM39 Purple Wire
CG02 Black Wire
DP13 Red Wire
11. Connect wires to alternator.

Continued on next page CED,OUO1010,427 1904NOV982/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616723

PN=417
T104772B UN05DEC96
12. Tighten nut and B11 red wire (A) to specification.

Specification Alternator B+ Stud (B11) NutTorque............................................... 7.75 0.8 Nm (69 7 lbin.)
Specification Alternator Housing Ground (G02) NutTorque............................................... 2.75 0.3 Nm (24 3 lbin.)
13. Tighten nut and black G02 wire (C) to specification.
14. Connect battery ground () cable. 15. Disengage lock bar and lower boom to ground.
CED,OUO1010,427 1904NOV983/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616724

PN=418
Group 1673 Lighting System

Remove and Install Drive and Work Light
1. Remove bracket and mirror (C). 2. Remove screw covers and screws (B).
T103629B UN07SEP96 TX,16,QQ8922 1923NOV981/1
3. Remove screws to remove front headliner. 4. Disconnect roof harness connector from work or drive light connector. 5. Remove nut (F) and cap screw (E). Remove light with wiring connector. 6. Install wiring connector of light through hole along side of light bracket. Install light using cap screw (E) and nut (F). 7. Connect roof harness connector to light connector. 8. Install front headliner, screws and screw covers (B). 9. Install bracket and mirror.
AWindow Latches BScrew Cover and Screw (4 used) CMirror and Bracket ECap Screw F Nut
Remove and Install Halogen Bulb

1. Remove screws (A) to remove lamp cover (B), lamp (C), and lamp housing (E).
T7484AC UN12MAR91
2. Disconnect wiring lead and release retainer clip to remove bulb (D). CAUTION: Do not touch the halogen bulb with bare hands. Oil and moisture may cause premature bulb failure. Clean bulb glass if touched, using an oilfree cloth with alcohol. 3. Install new bulb (D). 4. Install lamp into lamp housing. 5. Install lamp cover and screws. 6. Tighten screws (A) alternately. Do not overtighten as screws may strip out plastic.
AScrew (2 used) BLamp Cover CLamp DBulb ELamp Housing
TX,16,QQ9325 1924AUG941/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616731

PN=419
T7484AN UN12MAR91
Lighting System
Remove and Install Display Module Bulbs
T104762B UN25NOV96
T104766B UN25NOV96
1. Remove two display moduletoside console panel screws (A). Remove display module. 2. Disconnect wiring harness connectors (B) from display module. 3. Remove screws (C) and cover (D). 4. Remove screws (E) and electrical board (F). 5. Remove and install bulbs (G) as necessary. 6. Install parts (BF). 7. Install display module to side console panel using screws (A).
AScrew (2 used) BConnector (2 used) CScrew (2 used) DCover EScrew (4 used) F Electrical Board GBulb
T104768C UN09JAN97 TX,16,QQ8924 1923NOV981/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616732

PN=420
T104767B UN25NOV96
T104765B UN25NOV96
Lighting System
Remove and Install Turn, Brake and Tail Light Bulbs

1. Remove screws (A) to remove lens cover.
T7484AP UN12MAR91 TX,16,QQ9327 1930AUG941/1 TX,16,QQ9328 1930AUG941/1
2. Remove bulbs (B and C) by pushing in and rotating bulbs counterclockwise (1/4 turn). Replace bulbs if necessary. 3. Install lens cover and fasten with screws (A).
AScrew (2 used) BTurn and Tail Light Bulb CBrake Light Bulb
Remove and Install Front Turn Light Bulb

1. Remove screws (A) to remove lens cover. 2. Remove bulb by pushing in and rotating bulb counterclockwise (1/4 turn). Replace bulb if necessary. 3. Install lens cover and fasten with screws (A).
AScrews
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616733

PN=421
T7484AR UN12MAR91
T7484AQ UN12MAR91
T7484AO UN12MAR91
Lighting System
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616734

PN=422
Group 1674 Wiring Harness and Switches

Essential Tools
CED,OUO1002,691 1913JAN991/9
Used to remove pin and socket contacts from METRIMATE, CPC and Kostal electrical connector housings.
METRIMATE is a trademark of AMP INC. CPC is a trademark of AMP INC.

CED,OUO1002,691 1913JAN992/9
Used to crimp open barrel contacts and seal retainers for Kostal circular connectors.
PACKARD is a trademark of Packard Electric

CED,OUO1002,691 1913JAN993/9
Remove 12 to 14 gauge wire from connector body.
Included in JT07195A Electrical Repair Kit.

CED,OUO1002,691 1913JAN994/9
Extractor Tool........................................................ JDG362
Remove 16 to 18 gauge wire from connector body.

CED,OUO1002,691 1913JAN995/9
Extractor Tool........................................................ JDG363
Remove 20 gauge wire from connector body.

CED,OUO1002,691 1913JAN996/9
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616741

PN=423
T104946 UN07NOV96
Extractor Tool ...................................................... JDG361
T105908 UN19DEC96
PACKARD Crimping Tool.................................. JDG707
T104947 UN07NOV96
METRIMATE Extractor Tool .............................. JDG140
Wiring Harness and Switches
Crimper ............................................................... JDG360
T6606AB UN23AUG88
To crimp wire in terminal contact.
Included in JDG359 DEUTSCH Electrical Repair Tool Kit.

CED,OUO1002,691 1913JAN997/9
WEATHER PACK Extraction Tool .................... JDG364 Used to remove contacts from WEATHER PACK electrical connectors.
T6606AC UN23AUG88
WEATHER PACK is a trademark of Packard Electric.

CED,OUO1002,691 1913JAN998/9
To crimp contacts on wire and secure cable seals to contacts.
CED,OUO1002,691 1913JAN999/9
Specifications
Engine Coolant Temperature Switch
Torque
81 Nm (60 lbft)
CED,TX03399,5565 1915OCT991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616742

PN=424
T100473 UN05MAR96
Terminal Applicator ............................................... JDG783
Remove and Install Cab Roof Harness and Components
TX,16,QQ9330 1919NOV981/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616743

PN=425
T104631 1915JAN97

M3Left Door Wiper Motor E7 Left Front Drive Light E3 Left Front Work Light M4Right Door Wiper Motor E4 Right Front Work Light E8 Right Front Drive Light H4Right Front Turn Light S27 Dome Light Switch E1 Dome Light X28 Beacon Light Connector X29 Roof Harness To Radio Harness Connector M2Rear Wiper Motor H5, E12, E10Right Rear Turn/Brake/Tail Light E6 Right Rear Work Light H3, E11, E9Left Rear Turn/Brake/Tail Light E5 Left Rear Work Light W2Ground To Cab Frame H2Left Front Turn Light X1 Roof HarnesstoSide Console Harness Connector X3 Roof HarnesstoSide Console Harness Connector X2 Roof HarnesstoSide Console Harness
TX,16,QQ9330 1919NOV982/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616744

PN=426
Remove and Install Cab Side Console Harness and Components
TX,16,QQ9331 1915FEB001/4
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616745

PN=427
T118309 1917NOV98
F1 MFWD/Alternator/Diff. Lock Fuse F2 Fuel Shutoff/Start Aid/Reverse Alarm Fuse F3 Dome/Radio Fuse F4 Radio Fuse F5 Wiper Fuse F6 Heater/AC Circuit Breaker F7 Rear Work Light Fuse F8 Front Lights/Tail Light Fuse F9 FNR/Park Brake Fuse F10 Turn/Stop/Horn Fuse F13 ReturntoDig/Beacon Fuse F14 Monitor/Gauge Fuse F15 Auxiliary Fuse F16 Start Fuse F17 Fuse Block
H8Display Monitor H11 Display Monitor Alarm K2Accessory Relay K3Pump Relay K4Backup Alarm Relay K5Park Brake Relay K6Neutral Relay P1 Fuel Gauge P2 Tachometer S1 Key Switch S2 MFWD Switch S4 Start Aid Switch S6 Rear Wiper Switch S8 Blower Switch S10 Rear Light Switch
S12 S13 S15 S18 S22
Park Brake Switch Loader Lever Switch Horn Switch Beacon Switch (Optional) Heater Temperature Control S25 AC Switch (Optional) V11 Park Brake Relay Diode X1 Side Console Harnessto Roof Harness Connector X2 Side Console Harnessto Roof Harness Connector X3 Side Console Harnessto Roof Harness Connector X4 Display Monitor Alarm Connector X5 Seat Position Sensor Connector X6 Blower Switch Connector X7 Display Monitor Connector X8 Horn Switch Connector
X9 Rear Light Switch Connector X10 Rear Wiper Switch Connector X11 Beacon Switch Connector X12 MFWD Switch Connector X13 Park Brake Switch Connector X14 Start Aid Switch Connector X15 Fuel Gauge Connector X16 Key Switch Connector X17 Accessory Relay Connectors X18 Tachometer Connectors S21 Flasher Relay X35 Blower HarnesstoSide Harness Connector X38 AC Switch Connector X41 Hour Meter Connector
TX,16,QQ9331 1915FEB002/4
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616746

PN=428
T118310 1920NOV98
TX,16,QQ9331 1915FEB003/4
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616747

PN=429
T128451 1917FEB00

X22 Side Console HarnesstoEngine Harness Connector X23 Side Console HarnesstoEngine Harness Connector X21 Side Console HarnesstoEngine Harness Connector X24 Side Console B11 Brake Light Switches HarnesstoEngine S19 Seat Position Sensor Harness Connector (ROPS Only) X20 Side Console S14 Gear Shift Lever Switch HarnesstoEngine Harness Connector X25 Side Console HarnesstoFront Console Harness Connector S3 Diff. Lock Switch X55 Side Console Harness to Air Adjust Seat Harness Connector (ROPS Only)
TX,16,QQ9331 1915FEB004/4
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616748

PN=430
Remove and Install Front Console Harness and Components
TX,16,QQ9332 1919NOV981/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616749

PN=431
T104634 1915JAN97

V7 4Flasher Switch Diode V6 4Flasher Switch Diode S7 Windshield Washer Switch S5 Front Wiper Switch S16 Turn Signal Switch S11 FNR/Range Switch S17 4Way Flasher Switch S9 Front Light Switch X25 Front Console HarnesstoSide Console Harness Connector
TX,16,QQ9332 1919NOV982/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
16167410

PN=432
Remove and Install Engine Harness and Components
TX,16,QQ9333 1920APR001/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
16167411

PN=433
T104635 1916JAN97

V9 Alternator Diode B7Air Filter Restriction Switch Y2 Start Aid Solenoid K1Start Relay B3Horn M5Washer Motor W1Machine Frame Ground G1Batteries S20 ReturntoDig Switch Y9 ReturntoDig Solenoid X20 Engine HarnesstoSide Console Harness Connector X24 Engine HarnesstoSide Console Harness Connector X21 Engine HarnesstoSide Console Harness Connector X23 Engine HarnesstoSide Console Harness Connector X22 Engine HarnesstoSide Console Harness Connector Y5,Y6,Y7Reverse Solenoid, Forward Solenoid, Neutral Disconnect Solenoid B10 Park Brake Pressure Switch B1Backup Warning Alarm V10 Diff. Lock Diode V1 MFWD Solenoid Diode V2 Park Brake Solenoid Diode B9Hydraulic Filter Restriction Switch V3 Reverse Solenoid Diode V4 Forward Solenoid Diode Y8 Diff. Lock Solenoid Y4 Park Brake Solenoid Y1 MFWD Solenoid B4Fuel Sender W3Ground to Cab Floor B8Converter Oil Temperature W4Ground Strap M1Starter Motor V8 Start Solenoid Diode B5Engine Coolant Temperature Switch B6Engine Oil Pressure Switch Y3 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid X34 Engine HarnesstoAC Compressor Harness Connector G2Alternator
Tighten engine coolant temperature switch (B5) to specifications.

Specification Engine Coolant Temperature SwitchTorque.............................................................. 81 Nm (60 lbft)
Specification Nut on Engine Coolant Temperature SwitchTorque......................................................... 1.35 Nm (12 lbin.)
TX,16,QQ9333 1920APR002/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
16167412

PN=434
Remove and Install Blower Harness and Components
TX,16,QQ9334 1919NOV981/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
16167413

PN=435
T118424 1917NOV98

X6 Blower Switch Connector X35 Blower HarnesstoSide Console Harness Connector S8 Blower S22 Heater Temperature Control W10Blower Harness M6Blower Motor R1Blower Resister X36 AC Freeze Switch Connector
TX,16,QQ9334 1919NOV982/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
16167414

PN=436
Remove and Install Radio Harness and Components
TX,16,QQ9335 1919NOV981/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
16167415

PN=437
T104637 1909DEC96

X29 Radio HarnesstoRoof Harness Connector X39 Radio HarnesstoRadio Connector W12Radio Harness B13 Radio Speaker W13Antenna A2Radio B14 Radio Speaker
TX,16,QQ9335 1919NOV982/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
16167416

PN=438
Remove and Install A/C Compressor Harness and ComponentsIf Equipped
TX,16,QQ9336 1919NOV981/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
16167417

PN=439
T118426 1917NOV98

1 Condenser 2 High Pressure Switch (S24) 3 Low Pressure Switch (S23) 4 AC Compressor Harness (W11) 5 Engine Harness (W8) 6 Expansion Valve 7 Blower Switch Connector (X6) 8 Blower HarnesstoSide Console Harness Connector (X35) 9 Blower Switch (S8) 10 Heater Temperature Control (S22) 11 Blower Harness (W10) 12 Blower Resister (R1) 13 Blower Motor (M6) 14 AC Freeze Switch (S26) 15 Evaporator 16 Line to Water Pump 17 Line to Engine Block 18 Receiver/Dryer 19 Compressor (Y10) 20 High Pressure Service Port 21 A/C Compressor HarnesstoEngine Harness Connector (X34)
TX,16,QQ9336 1919NOV982/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
16167418

PN=440
Remove and Install Auxiliary Flow Control Harness and ComponentsIf Equipped
CED,OUO1010,430 1915FEB001/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
16167419

PN=441
T111749 1928OCT97

X43 Auxiliary Flow Control Switch Connector X42 Auxiliary Harness Connector X46 Controller Harness Connector X48 Controller 30Pin Connector X49 Auxiliary Flow Control Foot Switch Connector X50 Auxiilary Flow Control Solenoid Connector X47 Controller 18Pin Connector A3Auxiliary Flow Controller X45 Diagnostic Connector X44 Auxiliary Power Connector F18 Flow Control Fuse Block
CED,OUO1010,430 1915FEB002/2
Remove and Install Ride Control Harness and ComponentsIf Equipped
S30 Ride Control Switch X42 Ride Control Harness Auxiliary Connector
X58 Auxiliary Connector V15 Ride Control Diode
W20Auxiliary Ground Connector Y15 Ride Control Diode
X52 Ride Control Cab HarnesstoRide Control Engine Harness Connector

CED,OUO1010,431 1915FEB001/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
16167420

PN=442
T128454 1917FEB00
Fuse Specifications
F1 7.5 Amp MFWD/ Alternator/Diff. Lock Fuse F2 15 Amp Fuel/Start Aid and Reverse Alarm Fuse F3 5 Amp Dome Light/Radio Fuse F4 5 Amp Radio Fuse (Unswitched Power) F5 15 Amp Wiper Fuse
F6 30 Amp Heater/AC Fuse F7 15 Amp Rear Light Fuse F8 25 Amp Front Light/Tail Light Fuse F9 10 Amp FNR/Park Brake Fuse F10 20 Amp Turn/Stop/Flash and Horn Fuse
F13 10 Amp RTD/Beacon and Pump Cutout Fuse F14 10 Amp Monitor/Gauge Fuse F15 10 Amp Auxiliary Fuse F16 10 Amp Start Fuse K3Hydraulic Pump Relay
K4Reverse Alarm Relay K5Park Brake Relay K6Neutral Relay K7Timer Relay (Behind side Console) S21 Flasher
IMPORTANT: Install fuse with correct amperage rating to prevent electrical system damage from overload.
The fuse block is located on the side console inside an access cover.
TX,16,QQ9338 1931AUG951/1
Kostal Connector 16 Way Replace

1. A small locking tab is located inside of the connector. Use a small screwdriver (B) to move tab (A) outward to the first detent position the tab will click.
ATab BScrewdriver
T104764B UN01NOV96 Continued on next page TX,16,QQ9339 1901SEP061/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
16167421

PN=443
T100712 1928MAY96
2. Slide JDG140 METRIMATE Extractor Tool (B) into connector body until it is positioned over terminal contact. 3. Push on end of extractor tool (B) and gently pull wire (A) out of connector body. IMPORTANT: Install contact in proper location using correct size grommet. 4. Push contact straight into connector body until positive stop is felt. 5. Pull on wire slightly to be certain contact is locked in place. 6. Transfer remaining wires to correct terminal in new connector.
METRIMATE is a trademark of AMP INC.
TX,16,QQ9339 1901SEP062/3
AWire
BExtractor Tool
7. Use a small screwdriver (B) to move tab (A) inward to the first detent position the tab will click and lock the wires in the connector body.
ATab BScrewdriver
T104764B UN01NOV96 TX,16,QQ9339 1901SEP063/3
Kostal OpenBarrel Contact Install

1. Slip correct size cable seal on wire. 2. Strip insulation from wire to expose 6 mm (1/4 in.) and align cable seal with edge of insulation.
TS0136 UN23AUG88 Continued on next page TX,16,QQ9340 1901SEP061/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
16167422

PN=444
T104763B UN01NOV96
3. Put contact on wire and insert into crimper at location (D) and crimp on contact at location (B) using JDG707 Crimping Tool. 4. Secure cable seal to contact by crimping at location (A) on contact and crimp at location (C) on JDG707 Crimping Tool.
AContact Location BContact Location CCrimper Location DCrimper Location
TX,16,QQ9340 1901SEP062/2
Replace DEUTSCH Connectors

1. Select correct size extractor tool for size of wire to be removed:
TS0124 UN23AUG88 TX,16,QQ9341 1929OCT961/5 TX,16,QQ9341 1929OCT962/5
JDG361 Extractor Tool for 12 to 14 gauge wire. JDG362 Extractor Tool for 16 to 18 gauge wire. JDG363 Extractor Tool for 20 gauge wire.
2. Start correct size extractor tool over wire at handle (A).
AHandle
DEUTSCH is a trademark of Deutsch Co.
3. Slide extractor tool rearward along wire until tool tip (A) snaps onto wire.
AExtractor Tool Tip
TM1611 (22JUL10)
16167423

PN=445
TS0125 UN23AUG88
T105879B UN09JAN97
IMPORTANT: Do NOT twist tool when inserting in connector. 4. Slide extractor tool along wire into connector body until it is positioned over terminal contact.
TS120 UN23AUG88 TX,16,QQ9341 1929OCT963/5
5. Pull wire, with extractor tool, out of connector body.
TX,16,QQ9341 1929OCT964/5
IMPORTANT: Install contact in proper location using correct size grommet. 6. Push contact straight into connector body until positive stop is felt.
TS122 UN23AUG88 TX,16,QQ9341 1929OCT965/5
7. Pull on wire slightly to be certain contact is locked in place. 8. Transfer remaining wires to correct terminal in new connector.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
16167424

PN=446
TS0126 UN23AUG88
Install DEUTSCH Contact

1. Strip 6 mm (1/4 in.) insulation from wire. 2. Adjust selector (A) on JDG360 Crimper for correct wire size.
TS117 UN23AUG88 TX,16,QQ9342 1901SEP061/4 TX,16,QQ9342 1901SEP062/4 Continued on next page TX,16,QQ9342 1901SEP063/4
3. Loosen lock nut (B) and turn adjusting screw (C) in until it stops.
ASelector BLock Nut CAdjusting Screw
DEUTSCH is a trademark of Deutsch Co.
IMPORTANT: Select proper size contact "sleeve" or "pin" to fit connector body. 4. Insert contact (A) and turn adjusting screw (D) until contact is flush with cover (B).
TS0134 UN23AUG88
5. Tighten lock nut (C).

AContact BCover CLock Nut DAdjusting Screw
IMPORTANT: Contact must remain centered between indenters while crimping. 6. Insert wire in contact and crimp until handle touches stop.
TS118 UN23AUG88
7. Release handle and remove contact.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
16167425

PN=447
IMPORTANT: If all wire strands are not crimped into contact, cut off wire at contact and repeat contact installation procedure. NOTE: Readjust crimping tool for each crimp ing procedure. 8. Inspect contact to be certain all wires are in crimped barrel.
TS0135 UN23AUG88 TX,16,QQ9342 1901SEP064/4 TX,16,QQ9343 1929OCT961/4 Continued on next page TX,16,QQ9343 1929OCT962/4
Replace WEATHER PACK Connectors

IMPORTANT: Identify wire color locations with connector terminal letters.
TS0127 UN23AUG88
1. Open connector body (A).

AConnector Body
2. Insert JDG364 Extraction Tool over terminal contact in connector body.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
16167426

PN=448
TS0128 UN23AUG88
3. Hold extractor tool fully seated and pull wire from connector body. NOTE: If terminal cannot be removed, insert wire or nail through extractor tool handle and push terminal contact from connector.
TX,16,QQ9343 1929OCT963/4
IMPORTANT: Carefully spread contact lances to assure good seating in connector body. NOTE: Connector bodies are "keyed" for proper contact mating. Be sure contacts are in proper alignment.
TS0130 UN23AUG88 TX,16,QQ9343 1929OCT964/4 Continued on next page TX,16,QQ9344 1901SEP061/3
4. Push contact into new connector body until fully seated. 5. Pull on wire slightly to be certain contact is locked in place. 6. Transfer remaining wires to correct terminal in new connector. 7. Close connector body.
WEATHER PACK Contact Install

NOTE: Cable seals are color coded for three sizes of wire:
1. Slip correct size cable seal on wire. 2. Strip insulation from wire to expose 6 mm (1/4 in.) and align cable seal with edge of insulation.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
16167427

PN=449
TS0136 UN23AUG88
Green 18 to 20 gauge wire Gray 14 to 16 gauge wire Blue 10 to 12 gauge wire
TS0129 UN23AUG88
NOTE: Contacts have numbered identification for two sizes of wire:
#15 for 14 to 16 gauge wire #19 for 18 to 20 gauge wire

TS1623 UN02NOV94 TX,16,QQ9344 1901SEP062/3 TX,16,QQ9344 1901SEP063/3 TX,16,QQ9345 1902NOV941/1
3. Put proper size contact on wire and crimp in place with a "W" type crimp, using JDG783 Terminal Applicator. 4. Secure cable seal to contact as shown, using JDG783 Terminal Applicator.
IMPORTANT: Proper contact installation for "sleeve" (A) and "pin" (B) is shown.
ASleeve BPin
Remove Connector Body from Blade Terminals

1. Depress locking tang (A) on terminal, using a small screwdriver. Slide connector body off.
RW4218 UN23AUG88
2. Be sure to bend locking tang back to its original position (B) before installing connector body.
ALocking Tang BOriginal Tang Position
TM1611 (22JUL10)
16167428

PN=450
TS0139 UN02DEC88
Remove Blade Terminals from Fuse Block

Use small screwdriver to depress each locking tang (A) on terminal. Pull terminal out of fuse block. Be sure to bend locking tangs back to original position (B) before installing in fuse block.
ALocking Tang BOriginal Tang Position
TX,16,QQ9346 1901SEP061/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
16167429

PN=451
T7670AC UN14DEC91
TM1611 (22JUL10)
16167430

PN=452
Group 1675 System Controls

Remove and Install ReturntoDig Switch
1. Remove cap screw (A) to remove cover and switch.
ACap Screw
T90714 UN17FEB90 TX,16,QQ9347 1918NOV981/4
2. Remove screws (A) to remove switch from cover. 3. Remove screws (B) and disconnect wire leads to remove switch. 4. Connect wire leads and install screws (B) to switch.
T90715 UN17FEB90 TX,16,QQ9347 1918NOV982/4 Continued on next page TX,16,QQ9347 1918NOV983/4
5. Install switch to cover using screws (A).

ACover Screws BWire Lead Screws
6. Install cover and switch using cap screw (A).

ACap Screw
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616751

PN=453
T90714 UN17FEB90
System Controls
7. Bucket must be in the returntodig position and level on the ground. Bucket level indicator (A) must align with line (B). If adjustment is necessary, see Loader Bucket SelfLeveling Linkage Indicator and ReturntoDig Switch Adjustment in Section 31, Group 3115.
ABucket Level Indicator BLevel Indicator Line
TX,16,QQ9347 1918NOV984/4
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616752

PN=454
T104776B UN05DEC96
Group 1676 Instruments and Indicators

Other Material
Number Name Use
Flexible Sealant
Apply around the tank surface area where the sending unit gasket contacts fuel tank.

CED,OUO1002,690 1913JAN991/1
Remove and Install Fuel Gauge Sender

1. Remove fuel tank cover (A). 2. Disconnect wire leads from fuel sender. 3. Remove five cap screws (B) to remove fuel gauge sender. 4. Apply flexible sealant around the tank surface area where the sending unit gasket contacts fuel tank.
T104774B UN05DEC96 TX,16,QQ9348 1921OCT961/1
5. Install gasket, sender and wiring leads. Wire No. Y33 yellow connects to center of sender. 6. Install fuel tank cover and tighten screws.
AFuel Tank Cover BCap Screws (5 used)
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616761

PN=455
T104775B UN05DEC96
Instruments and Indicators
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616762

PN=456
Group 1677 Motors and Actuators

Starter Motor RepairUse CTM77
For complete repair information the component technical manual (CTM) is also required. Use the component technical manual in conjunction with this machine manual.
TX,16,QQ8946 1906DEC961/1
Remove and Install Starting Motor

CAUTION: Before working on unit with loader in raised position, install boom lock bars. 1. Raise loader boom. Install boom lock bars. 2. Disconnect battery ground cable. 3. Remove right engine side shield. 4. Remove cap screw (A) and cover (B). 5. Disconnect wire leads (C). 6. Disconnect ground strap (E). NOTE: If equipped with air conditioning, remove two cap screws from receiverdryer clamps and lower receiverdryer to allow room to remove starting motor.
T104771B UN06DEC96
7. Remove cap screw (D), nut (F) and starting motor. 8. Make necessary repairs. (See CTM77.) 9. Install starting motor and tighten cap screws (D) and nut (F). 10. Connect wire leads (C). 11. Install cover (B) using cap screw (A). 12. Install ground strap (E). 13. Install right engine side shield. 14. Remove lock bars. 15. Connect battery ground cable.
ACap Screw BCover CWire Leads DCap Screw (2 used) EGround Strap F Nut
TX,16,QQ8947 1913JAN991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616771

PN=457
M44215 UN07SEP88
Motors and Actuators
Remove and Install Starter Relay

CAUTION: Before working on machine with loader in raised position, install boom lock bars. 1. Raise loader boom. Install boom lock bar. 2. Disconnect battery ground cable. 3. Remove right engine side shield. 4. Remove two screws (A) to move relay (B) away from machine. 5. Open relay cover to disconnect wire leads and remove relay. 6. Connect wire leads and close relay cover. 7. Secure relay using two screws. 8. Install engine side shield and connect battery ground cable. 9. Remove boom safety bar and lower loader to the ground.
AScrews BRelay
TX,16,QQ8948 1905FEB941/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1616772

PN=458
T104975C UN06DEC96
Section 17 Frames, Chassis or Supporting Structure

Contents
Page
Group 1740Frame Installation Essential Tools........................................... 1717401 Specifications ............................................ 1717401 Welding Repair of Major Structures .............................................. 1717401 Remove and Install RIVNUT (KREMNUT) Fasteners ......................... 1717402 Group 1749Chassis Weights Specifications ............................................ 1717491 Counterweight Remove and Install ...............................1717492 Frame Bumper Remove and Install ...............................1717493
TM1611 (22JUL10)
171

PN=1
Contents
TM1611 (22JUL10)
172

PN=2
Group 1740 Frame Installation

Essential Tools
CED,TX03399,5665 1906DEC991/2
RIVNUT Installation Tool.................................... JDG894

RIVNUT is a registered trademark of The BF Goodrich Co.
Used to install RIVNUT fasteners.

CED,TX03399,5665 1906DEC992/2
Specifications
RIVNUT Fastener
Torque
6874 Nm (5055 lbft)

CED,TX03399,5666 1906DEC991/1
Welding Repair of Major Structures

IMPORTANT: Disconnect battery ground strap or turn battery disconnect switch to "OFF" to prevent voltage spikes through alternator or monitor. Have only a qualified welder do this job. Connect welder ground clamp close to each weld area so electrical current does not pass through any bearings. Remove or protect all parts that can be damaged by heat or weld splatter. If machine is equipped with a controller (microprocessor) like Engine Controller (EC) or Pump and Valve Controller (PVC) disconnect harness connector from controller to prevent voltage spikes through microprocessor. Connect welder ground clamp close to each weld area so electrical current does not arc inside any bearings. Use one of the following weld processes: AWSE7018 covered electrode with shielded metal arc welding (SMAW) process. AWSER70S3 wire electrode with gas metal arc welding (GMAW) process. AWSE70T1 or E71T1 wire electrode with flux core arc welding (FCAW) process. Preheat area to be repaired to allow better weld penetration. To repair weld metal failure, remove failed weld metal using arc or grinding equipment. Thoroughly clean area to be welded. Preheat structural assemblies to a minimum of 38C (100F). Preheat ground engaging tools (cutting edges, skid shoes, and teeth shanks) to 177C (350F). To repair base metal failure remove enough material to allow weld to penetrate to the bottom of crack. Preheat structural assemblies to a minimum of 38C (100F). Preheat ground engaging tools (cutting edges, skid shoes, and teeth shanks) to 177C (350F).
TX,17,QQ9354 1901SEP061/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1717401

PN=461
Frame Installation
Remove and Install RIVNUT (KREMNUT) Fasteners

1. Remove flange of RIVNUT using a hammer and chisel. Use care not to damage equipments surface under the flange or the hexagon hole. Use a punch to remove threaded portion of fastener.
T8287AJ UN19JUL94 WS68074,00036EA 1914JUL101/4
2. Select the proper length fastener for the thickness of the material where the fastener will be installed. Fasteners are colorcoded as well as stamped on the flange surface. (Coding indicates the nominal plate thickness for which the fastener can be used.)
Flange Stamp 4.5 6 8 10 12 Color Code Silver Yellow Red Black Olive Drab AHexagon Hole
T8287AK UN17OCT94 WS68074,00036EA 1914JUL102/4 Continued on next page WS68074,00036EA 1914JUL103/4
RIVET NUT LENGTH SELECTION Material Thickness 4.255.60 mm (0.1670.220 in.) 5.747.09 mm (0.2260.279 in.) 7.759.09 mm (0.3050.358 in.) 9.7511.10 mm (0.3840.437 in.) 11.7313.08 mm (0.4620.515 in.)
IMPORTANT: DO NOT force or drive fastener into hole. Fastener can be damaged and will not hold securely. 3. Make sure the new fastener fits easily into the existing hexagon hole (A). If necessary, use a small file to clean the edges of the hole.
4. Lubricate the large threads (A) of the JDG894 Installation Tool. 5. Install RIVNUT fastener (C) on tool:
Small threads (D) of installation tool must extend Flange of fastener must contact shoulder (B) of tool.
ALarge Threads BTool Shoulder CRIVNUT Fastener DSmall Threads
T8287AL UN19JUL94
past fastener.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1717402

PN=462
Frame Installation
6. Install fastener with installation tool in hexagon hole. Make sure flange (C) is flat against mounting surface. IMPORTANT: NEVER turn or tighten JDG894 Tool socket head screw. Damage to threads of fastener can occur. 7. While holding socket head screw (A) stationary, tighten large (11/16 in.) nut (B) to specification using a crowsfoot wrench.
Specification RIVNUT FastenerTorque ............................................ 6874 Nm (5055 lbft)
T8287AM UN17OCT94 WS68074,00036EA 1914JUL104/4
8. Loosen large nut to remove tool.

ASocket Head Screw BNut CFlange
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1717403

PN=463
Frame Installation
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1717404

PN=464
Group 1749 Chassis Weights

Specifications
Front Counterweight (Primary) Used with Additional Counterweights Front Counterweight (Additional) Three Used Front Counterweight Cap Screws Front Counterweight Cap Screws (Used with Additional Counterweight
Weight Weight Torque Torque
295 kg (650 lb) 113 kg (250 lb) 215 43 Nm (159 32 lbft) 620 124 Nm (457 89 lbft)
WS68074,00036EB 1914JUL101/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1717491

PN=465
Chassis Weights
Remove and Install Counterweight
1 Primary Counterweight (Cannot Use Additional Counterweights) 2 Washer (4 used) 3 Cap Screw (4 used)
4 Primary Counterweight (Used with Additional Counterweights) 5 Nut (2 used) 6 Washer (4 used)
7 Additional Counterweight 8 Cap Screw (2 used) Used with One Additional Counterweight 9 Additional Counterweight
10 Cap Screw (2 used) Used with Two Additional Counterweight 11 Additional Counterweights 12 Cap Screw (2 used) Used with Three Additional Counterweights
TX,17,QQ8954 1902JUN101/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1717492

PN=466
TP50493 UN05OCT96
Chassis Weights 1. Raise loader boom and install lock bar. CAUTION: The approximate weight of primary counterweight is 295 kg (650 lb).
Specification Front Counterweight (Primary) Used with Additional Counter weightsWeight.............................................................. 295 kg (650 lb)
2. Attach hoist to counterweight with straps. 3. Remove cap screws to remove counterweight. 4. Install counterweight. Tighten cap screws (3) to specification.
Specification Front Counterweight Cap ScrewsTorque......................................... 353 14 Nm (260 10 lbft)
The approximate weight of additional counterweight is 113 kg (250 lb).

Specification Front Counterweight (Additional) Three UsedWeight...................................................................113 kg (250 lb)
Tighten cap screws (8, 10 and 12) to specification.

Specification Front Counterweight Cap Screws (Used with Additional CounterweightTorque ............................ 620 124 Nm (457 89 lbft)
TX,17,QQ8954 1902JUN102/2
Remove and Install Frame Bumper

1. Raise loader boom and install lock bar. 2. Attach hoist to bumper (4). 3. Remove cap screws (1), washers (2) and nut (3) to remove bumper. 4. Install bumper, using washers, cap screws and nuts.
1 Cap Screw (4 used) 2 Washer (8 used) 3 Nut (4 used) 4 Bumper
TX,17,QQ8955 1924OCT941/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1717493

PN=467
T106732 UN17JAN97
Chassis Weights
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1717494

PN=468
Contents
Page
Section 18 Operators Station

Page
Group 1800Removal and Installation Service Equipment and Tools .................... 1818001 Specifications ............................................ 1818001 Cab/ROPS Remove and Install ...............................1818001 Group 1810Operator Enclosure Other Material............................................ 1818101 Specifications ............................................ 1818101 Fixed Right Front Cab Window and Wiper Motor Disassemble and Assemble..................1818102 Right Cab Door and Wiper Motor Disassemble and Assemble..................1818104 Left Cab Door and Wiper Motor Disassemble and Assemble..................1818106 Cab Right Door Latch and Hinges Adjust ....................................................1818108 Cab Left Door Latch and Hinges Adjust ..................................................18181010 Cab Door Handle Screw Adjust ..................................................18181011 Cab Side Windows Disassemble and Assemble................18181012 Adjust ..................................................18181013 Upper Rear Window and Wiper Motor Disassemble and Assemble................18181014 Upper Rear Window Adjust ..................................................18181015 Lower Rear Windows Disassemble and Assemble................18181016 Lower Rear Window Adjust ..................................................18181017 Windowpanes Remove and Install .............................18181017 Headliner Remove and Install .............................18181018 Cab Roof Remove and Install .............................18181019 Group 1821Seat and Seat Belt Specifications ............................................ 1818211 Seat Assembly Remove and Install ...............................1818211 Seat, Belt and Arm Rest Disassemble and Assemble..................1818212 Seat Slide, Swivel and Lumbar Control Levers Disassemble and Assemble..................1818214 Seat Swivel and Latch Disassemble and Assemble..................1818216 Seat Suspension and Shock Absorber Disassemble and Assemble..................1818218 Seat Base and Support Disassemble and Assemble................18182110
Disassemble and Assemble Air Seat Suspension (If Equipped)............ 18182111 Group 1830Heating and Air Conditioning Essential Tools........................................... 1818301 Service Equipment and Tools .................... 1818302 Other Material............................................ 1818303 Specifications ............................................ 1818304 Refrigerant Proper Handling ....................................1818304 R134a Cautions ....................................1818305 Hoses and Tubing Inspection................1818305 Theory of Operation ..............................1818306 Air Conditioning Compressor Remove and Install ...............................1818307 Removal of R134a Oil ...........................1818307 Disassemble and Assemble Compressor Clutch ........................................................1818308 Check Clutch Hub Clearance................1818309 Inspect Compressor Manifold ...............1818309 Disassemble, Inspect and Assemble ..18183010 R134a System Charge Component Oil .......................18183012 Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station Installation Procedure..............................18183013 Recover...............................................18183014 Evacuate .............................................18183015 Charge ................................................18183016 R134a System Leak Testing.................... 18183016 Heater Core Remove and Install .............................18183017 Evaporator Remove and Install .............................18183018 A/C Freeze Switch Remove and Install .............................18183019 Heater/Blower Assembly Disassemble and Assemble................18183020 Disassemble and Assemble with A/C ..18183021 Blower Assembly Disassemble and Assemble................18183022 Condenser Disassemble and Assemble................18183023 Air Ducts Disassemble and Assemble................18183025 Group 1899Dealer Fabricated Tools DFRW20 Compressor Holding Fixture.................................................... 1818991 DFT1101 Cab and ROPS Lift Bracket .................................................. 1818992
TM1611 (22JUL10)
181

PN=1
Contents
TM1611 (22JUL10)
182

PN=2

CED,TX03399,5669 1906DEC991/2
Lift Bracket......................................................... 1DFT1101

1
Used to remove and install cab.
Fabricated tool, dealer made. (See Group 1899 for in structions to make tool).
CED,TX03399,5669 1906DEC992/2
Specifications
Cab Cab and ROPS Isolator Cap Screws
Weight Torque
817 kg (1800 lb) 420 Nm (310 lbft)

CED,TX03399,5670 1906DEC991/1
Remove and Install Cab/ROPS

NOTE: Cab and ROPS removal and installation are similar. The cab is shown.
T100069 UN03JAN97
1. Raise loader boom and install boom safety lock. Remove engine side shields and cowl. 2. Disconnect backhoe boom lock and raise machine with stabilizers and the backhoe. Support machine with shop stands. 3. Remove rear wheels and right rear panel (1). 4. Disconnect batteries negative () ground cable.
1 Rear Panel
TX,18,QQ9586 1913JAN991/12
5. Remove nuts to disconnect ball joints on loader linkage (3) and stabilizer linkage (2). 6. Remove floor mat and floor access panel in cab. 7. Drain radiator. Approximate capacity is 16 L (17 qt).
2 Stabilizer Linkage 3 Loader Linkage
T100382 UN03JAN97 Continued on next page TX,18,QQ9586 1913JAN992/12
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818001

PN=471
8. Disconnect heater hoses (4 and 5).

4 Heater Hose 5 Heater Hose
TX,18,QQ9586 1913JAN993/12
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
9. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure in the hydraulic system.
TX,18,QQ9586 1913JAN994/12
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818002

PN=472
X9811 UN23AUG88
T100383 UN03JAN97
10. Disconnect (69). Cap and plug lines and hoses.

6 Brake Lines (Pressure In and Return) on Top of Brake Valve 7 Steering Valve Lines (5 used) 8 Ground Wire 9 Throttle Linkage
TX,18,QQ9586 1913JAN995/12
11. Disconnect the following (1116). Disconnect shift lever. 12. Remove backhoe control lever cover. Disconnect backhoe control valve linkage.
T100385 UN03JAN97 Continued on next page TX,18,QQ9586 1913JAN996/12
13. Remove two cap screws to disconnect bracket. Pull backhoe linkage through floor.
11 Clamp 12 Brake Line (2 used) 13 Cap Screw (3 used) 14 Transmission Shift Lever Wiring Lead 15 Air Circulating Hose 16 Floor Harness to Engine Harness Connectors
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818003

PN=473
T106017B UN02JAN97
CAUTION: Cab weighs approximately 817 kg (1800 lb). NOTE: See DFT1101 Cab and ROPS Lift Bracket in Group 1899 Dealer Fabricated Tools. 14. Install DFT1101 Cab and ROPS Lift Bracket (A) using chains and lifting straps. Install lifting straps to the window latch on all four posts of cab. 15. Remove cab mounts. 16. Carefully remove cab and support cab with shop stands.
Specification CabWeight.................................................................. 817 kg (1800 lb) ALift Bracket
T7520BV UN02MAY91 TX,18,QQ9586 1913JAN997/12 TX,18,QQ9586 1913JAN998/12
17. Install cab and mounts. Tighten four cap screws to specifications.
Specification Cab and ROPS Isolator Cap ScrewsTorque................................................. 420 Nm (310 lbft)
18. Install bracket and connect backhoe linkage. Install backhoe control lever cover. 19. Connect the following (1116).
11 Clamp 12 Brake Line (2 used) 13 Cap Screw (3 used) 14 Transmission Shift Lever Wiring Lead 15 Air Circulating Hose 16 Floor Harness to Engine Harness Connectors
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818004

PN=474
T100385 UN03JAN97
20. Connect steering lines (7) and brake lines (6) 21. Connect throttle linkage (9) and ground wire (8).
6 Brake Lines (Pressure In and Return) on Top of Brake Valve 7 Steering Valve Lines (5 used) 8 Ground Wire 9 Throttle Linkage
TX,18,QQ9586 1913JAN999/12
22. Connect heater hoses (4 and 5).

4 Heater Hose 5 Heater Hose
TX,18,QQ9586 1913JAN9910/12
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818005

PN=475
T100383 UN03JAN97
T106017B UN02JAN97
23. Connect loader and stabilizer linkage (2 and 3).

2 Stabilizer Linkage 3 Loader Linkage
TX,18,QQ9586 1913JAN9911/12
24. Install right rear panel (1) and rear wheels. 25. Install floor access panel and floor mat in cab. 26. Connect batteries negative () ground cable. 27. Fill radiator. Approximate capacity is 16 L (17 qt).
1 Rear Panel
T100069 UN03JAN97 TX,18,QQ9586 1913JAN9912/12
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818006

PN=476
T100382 UN03JAN97
Group 1810 Operator Enclosure

Other Material
Number Name Use
Cure Primer
Apply to right fixed window brackettoglass cap screws. Apply to threads of cap screws to latch
T43512 (U.S.) TY9473 (Canadian) 242 (LOCTITE) AR31790 (U.S.) TY24311 (U.S.) CXTY24311 (Canadian) 222 (LOCTITE)
Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength) Multipurpose Sealant Adhesive Thread Lock and Sealer (Low Strength)
Apply to right fixed window brackettoglass cap screws. Apply to corners of door seals. Apply to threads of cap screws to latch.

CED,TX03399,5671 1906DEC991/1
Specifications
Door Latch Striker Nut Door Hinge Cap Screws Cab FrametoDoor Frame LocktoTop of Left Door Handle Adjusting Screw LocktoTop of Right Door Handle Adjusting Screw Door Handle Adjusting Screw Lock Nut Cap ScrewtoLatch Rear Window LatchtoCab Frame Screw Cab Roof Cap Screw
Torque Torque Clearance Distance Distance Torque Torque Torque Torque
65 13 Nm (48 10 lbft) 61 12 Nm (45 9 lbft) 1012 mm (0.40.5 in.) 38 mm (1.5 in.) 46 mm (1.8 in.) 8.8 Nm (78 lbin.) 3 Nm (26 lbin.) 24 2.5 Nm (18 2 lbft) 6.78 + 0 1.5 Nm (5 + 0 1.1 lbft)
CED,TX03399,5672 1906DEC991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818101

PN=477
Operator Enclosure
Disassemble and Assemble Fixed Right Front Cab Window and Wiper Motor
TX,18,QQ8289 1901NOV991/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818102

PN=478
TP57845 UN17MAR98
Operator Enclosure
1 Cover 2 Wiper Motor Assembly 3 Rear Isolator 4 Top Support Bracket 5 Front Isolator 6 Plate 7 Plate 8 Washer 9 Steel Washer 10 Nut 11 Rubber Cap 12 Nut 13 Lock Washer 14 Cap Nut 15 Wiper Arm 16 Screw 17 Bushing 18 Bushing 19 Screw (4 used) 20 Washer (4 used) 21 Plate 22 Isolator 23 Windowpane 24 Plate 25 Cap Screw (2 used) 26 Hinge 27 Washer (4 used) 28 Washer (2 used) 29 Washer 30 Nut (2 used) 31 Bracket 32 Plug 33 Tie Band 34 Washer 35 Cap Screw (2 used) 36 Cap Screw (2 used) 37 Window Seal 38 Guard 39 Windshield Wiper 40 Pad (3 used) 41 Button (3 used) 42 Screw (2 used) 43 Washer (2 used) 44 Support Backing 45 Rivet
1. Remove cover (1) and tie bands (33) to disconnect wire leads and remove wiper motor (2). If equipped, remove washer nozzle and tube. 2. Disassemble parts as shown. 3. Inspect for worn or damaged parts. Replace as necessary. 4. To install new isolator (22): a. Clean glass edge with rubbing alcohol and wipe dry with clean rag. b. Start at the bottom center of the glass, remove backing from isolator and apply isolator to edge of glass all the way around. c. Cut end off even with starting point. d. Roll entire edge with roller to ensure seal is tightly secured and all air gaps are removed. e. Let cure 4 hours before installing window. 5. To install new window seal (37): a. Clean old seal and adhesive from cab frame.
b. Install support (44) backing on curved surface of cab frame. Put the small backing below and centered between mounting holes of top left door hinge. c. New seal is supplied with adhesive tape along the straight sections of the seal and no adhesive at corners. Do not remove tape until ready to install seal. d. After seal is install on cab frame, lightly sand corners of seal to scuff surface. Apply multipurpose sealant adhesive to seal corners and put in place. e. Roll entire seal with roller to ensure seal is tightly secured and all air gaps are removed. 6. Assemble remaining parts using medium strength thread lock and sealant to right bracket and pivot cap screws. 7. Connect wire leads to wiper motor (2) and connect washer nozzle and tube. Install cover (1) using tie bands (33).
TX,18,QQ8289 1901NOV992/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818103

PN=479
Operator Enclosure
Disassemble and Assemble Right Cab Door and Wiper Motor
1 Cover 2 Wiper Motor 3 Cap Screw 4 Plate 5 Wiper Arm 6 Screw 7 Washer 8 Nut 9 Windowpane 10 Seal 11 Wiper Blade 12 Windshield Wiper
13 Grommet 14 Handle 15 Grommet 16 Washer 17 Snap Ring (2 used) 18 Bushing (4 used) 19 Cap Screw (4 used) 20 Shim (As Required) 21 Door 22 Hinge 23 Windowpane 24 Seal
25 Washer (8 used) 26 Spacer (3 used) 27 Grommet 28 Washer 29 Cap Screw (3 used) 30 Grommet 31 Plate 32 Washer (2 used) 33 Nut 34 Screw 35 Hinge 36 Screw
37 Hinge 38 Shim (As Required) 39 Shim (As Required) 40 Hinge 41 Cap Screw (2 used) 42 Pin (2 used) 43 Washer (2 used) 44 Striker 45 Shim (As Required) 46 Guard 47 Washer 48 Nut
TX,18,QQ8290 1913JAN991/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818104

PN=480
TP50515 UN28OCT96
Operator Enclosure 1. Remove parts (18). Disconnect wire leads and washer tube, if equipped, when removing wiper motor (2). 2. Disassemble parts as shown. 3. Inspect for worn or damaged parts. Replace as necessary. NOTE: To replace windowpane (9 or 23), see Remove and Install Windowpanes, in this group. To adjust door frame (10), see Adjust Door Latches and Hinges, in this group. 4. Assemble parts noting the following:
Specification Door Latch Striker NutTorque................................................... 65 13 Nm (48 10 lbft)
Tighten cap screws (41) to specifications.

Specification Door Hinge Cap ScrewsTorque............................................... 61 12 Nm (45 9 lbft)
Depress and hold button on handle (14) while

installing cap screws (29). 5. Connect wire leads to wiper motor (2) and connect washer tube, (if equipped). Install parts (18).
Tighten nut (48) to specifications.

TX,18,QQ8290 1913JAN992/3
6. To install new door seal using adhesive, clean old seal and adhesive from edge of door using rubbing alcohol. New seal is supplied with adhesive tape along the straight sections of the seal, no adhesive at corners (A).
T8147AK UN22DEC93 TX,18,QQ8290 1913JAN993/3
After seal is put on door, lightly sand corners of seal to scuff surface. Apply multipurpose sealant adhesive to seal and put seal in place.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818105

PN=481
Operator Enclosure
Disassemble and Assemble Left Cab Door and Wiper Motor
1 Wiper Motor 2 Plate 3 Pin (2 used) 4 Washer (2 used) 5 Bushing (4 used) 6 Hinge 7 Cap Screw (4 used) 8 Washer (6 used) 9 Hinge 10 Screw (2 used) 11 Windowpane
12 Seal 13 Cap Screw (2 used) 14 Wiper Arm 15 Washer (2 used) 16 Nut (2 used) 17 Windshield Wiper 18 Washer (2 used) 19 Wiper Blade 20 Shim (As Required) 21 Cap Screw (2 used) 22 Screw
23 Nut 24 Plate 25 Grommet 26 Grommet 27 Handle 28 grommet 29 Windowpane 30 Grommet 31 Washer 32 Cap Screw (2 used) 33 Snap Ring (2 used)
34 Spacer (3 used) 35 Hinge 36 Washer (2 used) 37 Striker 38 Washer 39 Nut 40 Guard 41 Hinge 42 Pad
TX,18,QQ8291 1902APR931/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818106

PN=482
TP50444 UN08OCT96
Operator Enclosure 1. Remove parts (1, 2, 10, and 1416). Disconnect wire leads and washer tube if equipped when removing wiper motor (1). 2. Disassemble parts as shown. 3. Inspect for worn or damaged parts. Replace as necessary. NOTE: To replace windowpane (11 or 29), see Remove and Install Windowpanes, this group. To adjust door frame (42), see Adjust Door Latches and Hinges, this group. 4. Assemble parts noting the following:
Specification Door Latch Striker NutTorque................................................... 65 13 Nm (48 10 lbft)
Tighten cap screws (7, 13, and 21) to specifications.

Specification Door Hinge Cap ScrewsTorque............................................... 61 12 Nm (45 9 lbft)
Depress and hold button on handle (21) while

installing cap screws (27). 5. Connect wire leads to wiper motor (1) and connect washer tube. Then, install parts (1, 2, 10, and 1416).
Tighten nut (39) to specifications.

TX,18,QQ8291 1902APR932/3
6. To install new door seal using adhesive, clean old seal and adhesive from edge of door using rubbing alcohol. New seal is supplied with adhesive tape along the straight sections of the seal, no adhesive at corners (A).
T8147AK UN22DEC93 TX,18,QQ8291 1902APR933/3
After seal is put on door, lightly sand corners of seal to scuff surface. Apply multipurpose sealant adhesive to seal and put seal in place.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818107

PN=483
Operator Enclosure
Adjust Cab Right Door Latch and Hinges

NOTE: Cab door is designed with a slight vertical bow. Normally, top and bottom edges will contact cab before center (latch side) edge. Door must be pulled in at center (to flex the door slightly) to latch it. Also, it takes more effort to latch right door than left door. 1. Check door seal for proper compression. Seal (B) should be evenly compressed around door to provide a clearance of 1012 mm (0.40.5 in.) between cab frame (A) and door frame (C).
T7976BI UN14APR93 TX,18,QQ9256 1925MAY931/2
If excessive clearance exists only at center door area (above console), see procedure in step 3 otherwise, continue with step 2.
Specification Cab FrametoDoor FrameClearance...........................................1012 mm (0.40.5 in.)
2. If excessive clearance (gap) exists from console to near top of door, but NOT below console, adjust top hinge to cab frame:
Loosen two cap screws connecting top hinge to cab
frame. Push against top of door and move top hinge toward rear of machine. Tighten cap screws and check clearance. If clearance now is only at center area of door, go to step 3.
After adjusting hinges, tighten cap screws to

specification.
Specification Door Hinge Cap ScrewsTorque............................................... 61 12 Nm (45 9 lbft) ACab Frame BDoor Seal CDoor Frame
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818108

PN=484
T7959AO UN08APR93
NOTE: Hinge mounting holes are slotted to provide for minor adjustments. Hinges attached to cab frame have horizontal slotted holes which provide forward and rearward adjustments. Hinges attached to door frame have vertical slotted holes for upward and downward adjustments.
Operator Enclosure
NOTE: It may be possible to view latch jaw engagement with latch cover in place. If not, remove two screws and washers to remove cover. 3. Adjust latch and striker pin:
If gap (C) between latch jaw ends (B) is
approximately 10 mm (0.4 in.), latch is only in first detent position. Adjust latch to obtain second (primary) detent position. Loosen striker pin (A) and move it forward approximately 0.8 mm (0.03 in.). Tighten striker pin and check gap to make sure jaws are in second detent as described below. If necessary, repeat until second detent engagement is obtained. If gap (C) between latch jaw ends (B) is approximately 12 mm (0.040.08 in.), latch is in second (primary) detent position. To decrease clearance at door center, loosen striker pin (A) and move it rearward about 0.8 mm (0.03 in.). Tighten striker pin and check clearance. If necessary, repeat until clearance of 1012 mm (0.40.5 in.) exists between cab frame and door frame.
AStriker Pin BLatch Jaw Ends
CGap
After making adjustment, tighten striker pin nut to

specification.
Specification Door Latch Striker Pin NutTorque................................................... 65 13 Nm (48 10 lbft)

TX,18,QQ9256 1925MAY932/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818109

PN=485
T7959AP UN08APR93
Operator Enclosure
Adjust Cab Left Door Latch and Hinges

NOTE: Cab door is designed with a slight vertical bow. Normally, top and bottom edges will contact cab before center (latch side) edge. Door must be pulled in at center (to flex the door slightly) to latch it. 1. Check door seal for proper compression. Seal (B) should be evenly compressed around door to provide a clearance of 1012 mm (0.40.5 in.) between cab frame (A) and door frame (C). If excessive clearance exists only at center door area, see procedures in step 3 otherwise, continue with step 2.
2. If excessive clearance (gap) exists from latch to near top of door, shim between hinge and cab frame:
Loosen two cap screws connecting bottom hinge to
cab frame. Add 13 shims between hinge and cab frame and install cap screws. Close door and check clearance. If necessary, repeat until clearance of 1012 mm (0.40.5 in.) is obtained between cab frame (A) and door frame (C). If clearance now is only at center area of door, go to step 3.
After adjusting hinges, tighten cap screws to

specification.
Specification Door Hinge Cap ScrewsTorque............................................... 61 12 Nm (45 9 lbft) ACab Frame BSeal CDoor Frame
TX,18,QQ9257 1925MAY931/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18181010

PN=486
T7959AO UN08APR93
NOTE: Hinge mounting holes are slotted to provide for minor adjustments. Hinges attached to cab frame have horizontal slotted holes for left to right adjustments. Hinge sections attached to door frame have vertical slotted holes for upward and downward adjustments.
T7976BI UN14APR93
Operator Enclosure
NOTE: It may be possible to view latch jaw engagement with latch cover in place. If not, remove two screws and washers and move cover aside. 3. Adjust latch and striker pin:
If gap (C) between latch jaw ends (B) is about 10
mm (0.4 in.), latch is only in first detent position. Adjust latch to obtain second (primary) detent position. Loosen striker pin (A) and move it forward approximately 0.8 mm (0.03 in.). Then, tighten striker pin and check gap to make sure jaws are in second detent as described below. If necessary, repeat until second detent engagement is obtained. If gap (C) between latch jaw ends (B) is about 12 mm (0.040.08 in.), latch is in second (primary) detent position. To decrease clearance at door center, loosen striker pin (A) and move it rearward about 0.8 mm (0.03 in.). Then, tighten striker pin and recheck clearance. If necessary, repeat until clearance of 1012 mm (0.40.5 in.) is obtained between cab frame and door frame.
Specification AStriker Pin BLatch Jaw Ends CGap
Cab FrametoDoor FrameClearance...........................................1012 mm (0.40.5 in.)
After making adjustment, tighten striker pin nut to

specification.
Specification Door Latch Striker Pin NutTorque................................................... 65 13 Nm (48 10 lbft)

TX,18,QQ9257 1925MAY932/2
Adjust Cab Door Handle Screw

NOTE: If door handle is replaced, the door handle screw will require adjustment.
T8288BH UN15JUL94
1. Install adjusting screw (A) and lock nut (B). Install screw until the distance (C) from the lock to the top of the screw is to dimension indicated.
Specification LocktoTop of Left Door Handle Adjusting ScrewDistance.............................................................. 38 mm (1.5 in.) LocktoTop of Right Door Handle Adjusting ScrewDistance.............................................................. 46 mm (1.8 in.)
IMPORTANT: The lock may be permanently damaged if correct procedure is not followed when lock nut is tightened. 2. With the lock mechanism unlocked, push button fully. Tighten lock nut to specification. Check dimension again after lock nut is tightened.
Specification Door Handle Adjusting Screw Lock NutTorque................................................................ 8.8 Nm (78 lbin.)
AAdjusting Screw BLock Nut
CDistance Between A and B
3. Install handle and check operation of lock. If further adjustment is required, push button fully before loosening lock nut.
TX,18,QQ9258 1928JUL941/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18181011

PN=487
T7959AP UN08APR93
Operator Enclosure
Disassemble and Assemble Cab Side Windows
Legend for Cab Side Windows
TX,18,QQ9595 1901NOV991/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18181012

PN=488
T107252 UN14FEB97
Operator Enclosure
1 Hinge (4 used) 2 Bushing (8 used) 3 Window 4 SelfLocking Screw (10 used) 5 Washer (2 used) 6 Washer (2 used) 7 Latch (8 used) 8 Bumper (8 used) 9 Window 10 Washer (2 used) 11 Bushing (2 used) 12 Window 13 Cap Screw (8 used) 14 Isolator (2 used) 15 Isolator (2 used) 16 Knob (2 used) 17 Washer (2 used) 18 Window 19 Guard (2 used) 20 Washer (2 used) 21 Lock Nut (2 used) 22 Screw (12 used) 23 Washer (12 used) 24 Angle (4 used) 25 Washer (16 used) 26 Washer (8 used) 27 Washer (8 used) 28 Lock Nut (8 used)
1. Disassemble parts as shown. 2. Inspect for worn or damaged parts. Replace if necessary. 3. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer (low strength) to threads of cap screw (4). 4. Tighten cap screw (4).
Specification Cap Screwto LatchTorque................................................................ 3 Nm (26 lbin.)
5. Assemble parts.
TX,18,QQ9595 1901NOV992/2
Adjust Cab Side Windows

1. Close window and lock using latch (B). 2. Check for even compression of seal (A).
T7976BD UN19APR93 TX,18,QQ9260 1913APR931/1
3. Open window. Bend striker (C) to obtain correct compression of seal.

ASeal BLatch CStriker
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18181013

PN=489
Operator Enclosure
Disassemble and Assemble Upper Rear Window and Wiper Motor
1 Screw 2 Washer 3 Washer 4 Nut 5 Washer 6 Window 7 Screw (13 used) 8 Ball Stud (4 used) 9 Washer (4 used) 10 Nut (4 used) 11 Cylinder (2 used)
12 Cap Screw (10 used) 13 Bushing (3 used) (S.N. 853621 ) 14 Washer (10 used) 15 Lock Nut (10 used) 16 Old Guide (S.N. 853674), New Guide (S.N. 853675 ) 17 Cap Screw (4 used) 18 Washer (4 used) 19 Latch (2 used) 20 Windshield Wiper 21 Wiper Arm 22 Isolator
23 Bumper (2 used) 24 Cap Screw (2 used) 25 Cover 26 Nut 27 Washer 28 Washer 29 Washer 30 Wiper Motor 31 Cap Screw (4 used) 32 Washer (4 used) 33 Nut (4 used)
34 Washer 35 Tie Band 36 Washer (2 used) 37 Seal 38 Spacer 39 Gasket 40 Hinge 41 Wiper Blade Kit 42 Latch
TX,18,QQ9261 1901NOV991/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18181014

PN=490
TP57968 UN11NOV98
Operator Enclosure 1. Disassemble parts as shown. 2. Inspect for worn or damaged parts. Replace if necessary. 3. With New Guides (16) above (S.N. 853675 ) adjust the guides so the top of the guide is 6 mm (1/4 in.) below the lock/latch mechanism of the upper window. Adjust them sidetoside to provide just enough clearance with the window to allow it to slide freely.
4. Assemble parts. Tighten rear window latch to cab frame screw (17) to specification.
Specification Rear Window LatchtoCab Frame ScrewTorque................................................ 24 2.5 Nm (18 2 lbft)
TX,18,QQ9261 1901NOV992/2
Adjust Upper Rear Window

1. Adjust latches (A) to hold window up by loosening cap screws (B) and moving latch up or down. Tighten cap screws after proper latch engagement is obtained.
T7976BE UN19APR93 TX,18,QQ9262 1913APR931/1
2. Open upper window and lock open using latches (A). 3. Align window to window opening by loosening screws (C) and moving window left or right. Tighten screws after checking alignment.
ALatch BCap Screws CCap Screws
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18181015

PN=491
T7976BF UN19APR93
Operator Enclosure
Disassemble and Assemble Lower Rear Windows
1 Cap Screw (4 used) 2 Lever (2 used) 3 Spring (2 used) 4 Pin (2 used) 5 Latch 6 Lock Nut (9 used) 7 Latch 8 Cap Screw (5 used)
9 Rear Window 10 Support 11 Guide 12 Guide 13 Rear Lower Window 14 StandOff (12 used) 15 Sealant (as required) 16 Windowpane
17 Seal 18 Windowpane 19 Windowpane 20 Door 21 Seal 22 Windowpane 23 Windowpane 24 Door
25 Windowpane 26 Seal (2 used) 27 Washer (6 used) 28 Lock Nut (6 used) 29 Cap Screw (6 used)
1. Disassemble parts as shown. 2. Inspect for worn or damaged parts. Replace if necessary.
NOTE: To replace windowpanes, see Remove and Install Windowpanes in this group. 3. Assemble parts.
TX,18,QQ9263 1924MAY911/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18181016

PN=492
T117367 UN23SEP98
Operator Enclosure
Adjust Lower Rear Window

NOTE: Slotted holes in guides (A) provide for vertical and slight horizontal adjustments. Adjust lower window guide (A) by loosening three nuts (B). Move guide until latch pin engages in guide hole (C) and window evenly compresses seal. Repeat for other side. Tighten all nuts after correct alignment is obtained.
AWindow Guide BNuts CGuide Hole
TX,18,QQ9264 1913APR931/1
Remove and Install Windowpanes

NOTE: Use this procedure to replace all door windowpanes and lower rear cab windowpane. Use Quick Cure Primerless Autoglass Windshield Sealant or equivalent to hold windowpanes in place. DO NOT use any other type of adhesive other than a urethane. It is also recommended that an auto glass dealer install the windowpanes. IMPORTANT: Windowpanes must have an ultraviolet barrier around the edge of the glass since ultraviolet rays will deteriorate the adhesive. Windowpanes ordered through John Deere Parts have the ultraviolet barrier. If the windowpane is purchased through a glass dealer, the dealer must put an ultraviolet barrier on the glass. DO NOT apply paint to the border of the glass. If an auto glass dealer is not installing the windowpanes, use the following procedure: 1. Purchase urethane adhesive from your local auto glass dealer.
TX,18,QQ9601 1913JAN991/1
2. If window frame is removable, remove frame from cab. 3. Scrape broken glass off existing adhesive. DO NOT remove adhesive from window frame or cab. 4. Trim existing adhesive so it has a smooth surface. 5. Apply a 12.5 mm (1/2 in.) bead of adhesive on top of the existing adhesive. 6. Put a new windowpane into position. Use light hand pressure to force windowpane down around the edges until even with metal frame. DO NOT over press adhesive. 7. If windowpane is installed directly on cab, use tape to hold it in place while adhesive cures. 8. Allow adhesive to cure for 24 hours before operating machine.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18181017

PN=493
T7976BG UN19APR93
Operator Enclosure
Remove and Install Headliner

NOTE: If machine does NOT have a radio, go to step 4. 1. Remove screws (2 and 3) from radio and trim panel. 2. Remove radio with trim panel and disconnect antenna cable and wire harness. 3. Remove mirror assembly (4).
1 Headliner 2 Screw (2 used) 3 Screw (7 used) 4 Mirror Assembly
T103633B UN10SEP96 TX,18,QQ9602 1905FEB941/2
Legend for Headliner 1 Rear Headliner 2 Front Headliner 3 Washer 4 Dome Light 5 Retainer (4 used) 6 SelfLocking Screw (6 used) 7 Cap (7 used) 8 Screw (2 used) 9 SelfLocking Screw 10 Washer 11 Kit 12 Rivet 13 Cable 14 Bolt
4. Remove side brackets, and disconnect wire harness from dome light. 5. Remove front headliner (2). 6. Remove screw at rear side of rear headliner (1) to remove headliner. 7. Install rear headliner (1).
8. Install front headliner (2). 9. Install rear view mirror. 10. Install radio with trim panel if equipped.
TX,18,QQ9602 1905FEB942/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18181018

PN=494
T106887 1927JAN97
Operator Enclosure
Remove and Install Cab Roof
1 Roof 2 Plug 3 Isolator
4 Washer (10 used) 5 Cap Screw (10 used) 6 Cap screw
7 Cap Screw 8 Washer 9 Bracket
TX,18,QQ9267 1928JAN971/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18181019

PN=495
TP50437 UN02JUL96
Operator Enclosure 1. Remove cab roof (1) as shown. 2. Inspect for worn or damaged parts. Replace if necessary. 3. Install cab roof. Tighten cap screw (5) to specification.
TX,18,QQ9267 1928JAN972/2
Specification Cab Roof Cap ScrewTorque...............................6.78 + 0 1.5 Nm (5 + 0 1.1 lbft)
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18181020

PN=496
Group 1821 Seat and Seat Belt

Specifications
Seat Assembly Tether BelttoHeater/Blower Cover Cap Screw Seat Base Cap Screw
Weight Torque Torque
54 kg (118 lb) Approximate 50 Nm (37 lbft) 50 Nm (37 lbft)

CED,TX03399,5673 1906DEC991/1
Remove and Install Seat Assembly

1. Remove four cap screws from seat base (B). 2. Remove two cap screws from heater/blower cover (A) to remove tether belts. CAUTION: Seat assembly weighs approximately 54 kg (118 lb).
Specification Weight ..............................................................................54 kg (118 lb)
T7530AG UN14MAY91
3. Use a lifting device and remove seat assembly with seat belts through rear of cab. 4. Inspect parts. Replace as necessary. 5. Install seat assembly using lifting device through rear of cab. 6. Install four cap screws to seat base (B). 7. Install two cap screws through tether belt to heater/blower cover (A). Tighten to specification.
AHeater/Blower Cover
BSeat Base
Specification Tether Beltto Heater/Blower Cover Cap ScrewTorque....................................................... 50 Nm (37 lbft)
TX,18,QQ9269 1931JAN971/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818211

PN=497
Seat and Seat Belt
Seat and Seat Belt and Arm RestDisassemble and Assemble
TX,18,QQ9270 1901SEP061/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818212

PN=498
T107254 1914FEB97
Seat and Seat Belt

1 Cushion 2 Cushion 3 Plate 4 Plate 5 Arm Rest 6 Arm Rest 7 Screw (2 used) 8 Screw (2 used) 9 Washer (2 used) 10 Plate 11 Plate 12 Bracket 13 Lever 14 Knob 15 Screw 16 Spring 17 Latch 18 Spacer (3 used) 19 Plate 20 Bolt (2 used) 21 Seat Belt 22 Washer (4 used) 23 Cap Screw (2 used) 24 Cover 25 Cover 26 Cap Screw (6 used) 27 Spacer (2 used) 28 Washer (4 used) 29 Nut (4 used) 30 Cap Screw 31 Lock Nut 32 Plate 33 Washer 34 Nut (3 used) 35 Cap Screw 36 Nut 37 Spring 38 Washer
1. Disassemble parts as shown. 2. Inspect for worn or damaged parts. 3. Assemble parts. Tighten cap screw (26) to specification.
Specification Tether Beltto Heater/Blower Cover Cap ScrewTorque....................................................... 50 Nm (37 lbft)

TX,18,QQ9270 1901SEP062/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818213

PN=499
Seat and Seat Belt
Seat Slide and Swivel and Lumbar Control LeversDisassemble and Assemble
TX,18,QQ9271 1901SEP061/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818214

PN=500
T107255 UN14FEB97
Seat and Seat Belt

1 Paddle 2 Spring 3 Nail (2 used) 4 Spring Pin 5 Cam 6 Lumbar Adjuster Kit 7 Knob 8 Knob 9 Spring Pin 10 Seat Back 11 Shaft 12 Spring 13 Snap Ring 14 Slide Latch Spring Assembly 15 Latch 16 Spring Pin 17 Bracket 18 Cap Screw 19 Spring 20 Washer (2 used) 21 Snap Ring 22 Slide Control Kit 23 Bolt (3 used) 24 Cap Screw (2 used) 25 Plate 26 Control Lever 27 Control Lever 28 Washer (2 used) 29 Nut (2 used) 30 Pan
3. Assemble parts.
TX,18,QQ9271 1901SEP062/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818215

PN=501
Seat and Seat Belt
Seat Swivel and Latch Disassemble and Assemble
TX,18,QQ9608 1901SEP061/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818216

PN=502
T107256 UN14FEB97
Seat and Seat Belt

1 Clip 2 Lock Plate 3 Spring 4 Slide Puck and Cap Screw 5 Snap Ring (2 used) 6 Shaft 7 Top Swivel Plate 8 Retainer 9 Ball Bearing (24 used) 10 Cap Screw (4 used) 11 Washer (4 used) 12 Lock Nut (4 used) 13 Plate 14 Plate 15 Plate 16 Bolt (5 used) 17 Tray 18 Swivel Latch Assembly 19 Swivel Assembly 20 Platform
3. Assemble parts.
TX,18,QQ9608 1901SEP062/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818217

PN=503
Seat and Seat Belt
Disassemble and Assemble Seat Suspension and Shock Absorber
TX,18,QQ9609 1930JAN971/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818218

PN=504
T107257 UN14FEB97
Seat and Seat Belt

1 Pad 2 Spring 3 Shock Absorber Assembly 4 Shock Absorber 5 Bushing (2 used) 6 Bearing/Bushing Assembly 7 Bushing (4 used) 8 Bar 9 End 10 Scissor Frame 11 Bar 12 Plug (25 used) 13 Boot 14 Washer 15 Isolator (2 used) 16 Gear 17 Angle 18 Adjusting Knob Assembly 19 Adjusting Knob 20 Spring Pin 21 Suspension Assembly 22 Tether Belt (2 used) 23 Washer (2 used) 24 Lock Nut (2 used) 25 Cap Screw (2 used) 26 Washer (2 used) 27 Seat Position Sensor Assembly 28 Upper Tray 29 Lower Tray 30 Gear 31 Plate 32 Tether Belt Assembly 33 Cap Screw (2 used) 34 Washer (2 used)
3. Assemble parts.
TX,18,QQ9609 1930JAN972/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818219

PN=505
Seat and Seat Belt
Disassemble and Assemble Seat Base and Support
TX,18,QQ9274 1930JAN971/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18182110

PN=506
T107258 UN14FEB97
Seat and Seat Belt

1 Seat Position Sensor Assembly 2 Link 3 Spring 4 Height Adjuster Assembly 5 Adjuster 6 Cap Screw (11 used) 7 Washer (11 used) 8 Cap Screw (4 used) 9 Base 10 Plate 11 Grommet 12 Tether Belt (2 used) 13 Lock Nut (2 used) 14 Washer (2 used) 15 Cap Screw (2 used) 16 Tether Belt Assembly
1. Disassemble parts as shown. 2. Inspect for worn or damaged parts. 3. Assemble parts. Tighten cap screw (6) to specification.
Specification Seat Base Cap ScrewTorque............................................................... 50 Nm (37 lbft)

TX,18,QQ9274 1930JAN972/2
Disassemble and Assemble Air Seat Suspension (If Equipped)

NOTE: For seat cushion, seat support, and swivel/slider plate repair, see procedures in Standard Suspension Seat in this group. 1. Lift front of seat cushion (2) to access seat base mounting hardware. 2. Remove nuts and washers (1) to remove seat base assembly (3).
1 Nuts and Washers (6 used) 2 Seat Cushion 3 Seat Base Assembly
TX, 1902NOV991/11
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18182111

PN=507
T120001B UN11FEB99
Seat and Seat Belt
3. While holding latch (5) down, move plate (1) to rearmost position. 4. Remove the two front nuts and washers (2). Push latch (6) and rotate plate (1) to access and remove the two rear nuts and washers (2). 5. Remove the swivel/slide assembly. 6. While holding latch (5) down, move plate (1) forward and remove from swivel/slide assembly. 7. Remove 32 plastic fasteners (3) to remove boot (4).
1 Slide Plate 2 Nuts and Washers (4 used) 3 Plastic Fasteners (Plugs) (32 used) 4 Boot 5 Slide Latch 6 Swivel Latch 7 SwivelStop Plate
T120002B UN14FEB99 TX, 1902NOV992/11 Continued on next page TX, 1902NOV993/11
8. Remove wiring connector (1). 9. Remove cap screws (2) and swivel stop plate (3).
1 Air Compressor Wiring Connector 2 Cap Screws (4 used) 3 SwivelStop Plate 4 Upper Suspension Tray
T120004B UN14FEB99
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18182112

PN=508
Seat and Seat Belt
10. Disconnect wiring connectors (1). 11. Remove cap screws (2) and switch (3). 12. Disconnect wire harness (9) and remove switch (8). 13. Remove cap screws (6) and switch bracket (7). 14. Remove lock nut (10) and upper pivot shaft (11). 15. Remove upper tray (12) by lifting and moving the tray forward until rollers (13) clear roller channel (14).
1 Wiring Connector (2 used) 2 Cap Screws (2 used) 3 Seat Position Switch 4 SwivelStop Plate 5 Swivel Stop 6 Cap Screws (2 used) 7 Switch Bracket 8 Air Control Switch 9 Wire Harness 10 Lock Nut 11 Upper Pivot Shaft 12 Upper Suspension Tray 13 Roller (4 used) 14 Roller Channel
TX, 1902NOV994/11
16. Remove fitting (4) and elbow (5). 17. Remove upper and lower cap screws (3) and air bag (10). 18. Remove lock nut (1) and lower pivot shaft (2). 19. Remove scissor frame assembly (9) by turning and lifting assembly until rollers (6) clear the roller channel (7).
1 Lock Nut 2 Lower Pivot Shaft 3 Air Bag Mount Cap Screw (2 used) 4 Fitting 5 Elbow Fitting 6 Roller 7 Roller Channel 8 Lower Suspension Tray 9 Scissor Frame Assembly 10 Air Bag
T120006B UN14FEB99 TX, 1902NOV995/11
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18182113

PN=509
T120005B UN14FEB99
Seat and Seat Belt
20.
Inspect parts (114). Replace if necessary.
21. Clean all bushings, rollers, and pivots. Lubricate with multipurpose grease. 22. Assemble parts as shown.
1 Line Fitting 2 Air Line 3 Air Compressor 4 Cap Screw (2 used) 5 Roller (4 used) 6 Bushing (4 used) 7 Tether Belt (2 used) 8 Shock Absorber 9 Retainer Clip 10 Spacer/Bushing 11 Spacer 12 Bushing 13 Bumper and Cap Screw (2 used) 14 Scissor Frame Assembly
T120007B UN14FEB99 TX, 1902NOV996/11
23. Install scissor frame assembly (9) onto lower tray (8) by inserting rollers (6) into roller channel (7). 24. Install lower pivot shaft (2) and lock nut (1).
T120006B UN14FEB99 TX, 1902NOV997/11
25. Put a wood block between scissor frame arm and lower tray to hold scissor frame in the raised position. 26. Install air bag (10) and cap screws (3). Be careful not to over tighten cap screws. 27. Install elbow fitting (5) and line fitting (4).
1 Lock Nut 2 Lower Pivot Shaft 3 Air Bag Mount Cap Screw (2 used) 4 Fitting 5 Elbow Fitting 6 Roller 7 Roller Channel 8 Lower Suspension Tray 9 Scissor Frame Assembly 10 Air Bag
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18182114

PN=510
Seat and Seat Belt
28. Install upper tray (12) on the scissor frame by inserting rollers (13) into roller channel (14). Install pivot shaft (11) and lock nut (10). 29. Install switch bracket (7) and cap screws (6). 30. Install air control switch (8) and connect wire harness (9). 31. Install seat position switch (3) and cap screws (2). 32. Connect wiring connectors (1).
1 Wiring Connector (2 used) 2 Cap Screws (2 used) 3 Seat Position Switch 4 SwivelStop Plate 5 Swivel Stop 6 Cap Screws (2 used) 7 Switch Bracket 8 Air Control Switch 9 Wire Harness 10 Lock Nut 11 Upper Pivot Shaft 12 Upper Suspension Tray 13 Roller (4 used) 14 Roller Channel
TX, 1902NOV998/11
33. Install swivelstop plate (3) and cap screws (2). Be careful not to crush wires or connectors. 34. Connect air compressor wire connector (1).
T120004B UN14FEB99 TX, 1902NOV999/11 Continued on next page TX, 1902NOV9910/11
1 Air Compressor Wiring Connector 2 Cap Screws (4 used)
3 SwivelStop Plate 4 Upper Suspension Tray
35. Fasten boot (4) to upper tray using 32 plastic fasteners (3). 36. While holding latch (5) down, install slide plate (1) onto swivel plate assembly.
T120002B UN14FEB99
37. Install swivel/slide assembly to swivelstop plate (7). Fasten with four nuts and washers (2).
1 Slide Plate 2 Nuts and Washers (4 used) 3 Plastic Fasteners (Plugs) (32 used) 4 Boot 5 Slide Latch 6 Swivel Latch 7 SwivelStop Plate
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18182115

PN=511
T120005B UN14FEB99
Seat and Seat Belt
38. Install cushion base assembly (3) to slide plate using nuts and washers (1). 39. Install seat cushion (2).
1 Nuts and Washers (6 used) 2 Seat Cushion 3 Cushion Base Assembly
TX, 1902NOV9911/11
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18182116

PN=512
T120001B UN11FEB99
Group 1830 Heating and Air Conditioning

Essential Tools
CED,TX03399,5676 1906DEC991/8
Charging Station ................................................ 1JT02046 Used for servicing air conditioning systems using R134a refrigerant.
Used with JT02050 Recovery/Recycling Station. JT02047 Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station can be substituted for JT02046 and JT02050.
CED,TX03399,5676 1906DEC992/8
Compressor Clutch Spanner ............................... JDG747 Used to hold clutch hub while removing shaft bolt.
RW19932 UN19MAY92
CED,TX03399,5676 1906DEC993/8
Schrader Valve Tool .............................................JT02130 Used to replace Schrader valve in compressor manifold
T8389AF UN03JAN95 CED,TX03399,5676 1906DEC994/8 R40105 UN23AUG88 Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5676 1906DEC995/8
Compressor Seal and Clutch Repair Kit .............. JDG215 Used to remove and install air conditioning seal and clutch components on A/C compressor.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818301

PN=513
RW21595 UN17AUG92
Heating and Air Conditioning
Lip Seal Protector ................................................ JDG746 Protect gasket during installation of shaft.
RW19943 UN19MAY92
CED,TX03399,5676 1906DEC996/8
R134a Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station ............................................................... 1JT02045 Removes and recharges refrigerant from the system.
JT02050 Recovery/Recycling Station and JT02046 Charging Station can be substituted for the JT02045 station.
CED,TX03399,5676 1906DEC997/8
Schrader Valve Tool .............................................JT02130 Use to replace Schrader valve in A/C high and low pressure switches
T8389AF UN03JAN95 CED,TX03399,5676 1906DEC998/8

CED,TX03399,5675 1906DEC991/8
Bench Mounted Holding Fixture ....................... D01006AA
Mount removed air compressor.

CED,TX03399,5675 1906DEC992/8
Compressor Holding Fixture1 ..............................DFRW20

1
Mount removed air compressor.
See Dealer Fabricated Tools in Section 181899 for in structions to make tool.
Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5675 1906DEC993/8
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818302

PN=514
T103573 UN04NOV96
Puller .................................................................... JDG220
Remove compressor pulley.

CED,TX03399,5675 1906DEC994/8
Jaws ..................................................................... JDG748

CED,TX03399,5675 1906DEC995/8
Forcing Screw....................................................... JDG771

CED,TX03399,5675 1906DEC996/8
A/C Service Fitting Kit...........................................JT05419
Use to connect test equipment.

CED,TX03399,5675 1906DEC997/8
Electronic A/C Leak Detector ...............................JT02081
Use to detect A/C refrigerant leaks.

CED,TX03399,5675 1906DEC998/8
Other Material
Number Name Use
NA (U.S.) TY22025 (U.S.)
Refrigerant R134a R134a Compressor Oil (8.5 oz.)
Used to charge air conditioning system. Used to lubricate R134a air conditioning system.
CED,TX03399,5674 1906DEC991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818303

PN=515
Specifications
Compressor Hub Retaining Nut PulleytoClutch Hub Clutch Shaft Bolt Manifold Cap Screw Compressor Through Bolts (S.N. 558325 ) or (S.N. 559115 ) New A/C Compressor (System Completely Flushed) A/C System w/o Compressor (System Completely Flushed) Used A/C Compressor (System Completely Flushed) New A/C Compressor (System Not Flushed) Used A/C Compressor Drained Only (System Not Flushed) Used A/C Compressor Drained and Flushed (System Not Flushed) Evaporator Condenser Receiver/Dryer Hoses A/C Freeze Switch Probe
Torque Clearance Torque Torque Torque Volume Volume Volume Volume Volume Volume Volume Volume Volume Volume Depth
14 Nm (120 lbin.) 0.350.65 mm (0.0140.026 in.) 14 Nm (120 lbin.) 26 Nm (19 lbft) 26 Nm (19 lbft) 230 20 mL (7.8 0.7 fl oz) 80 mL (2.7 fl oz) 310 20 mL (10.5 0.7 fl oz) Drain and return 45 mL (1.5 fl oz). Drain and return 45 mL (1.5 fl oz) 60 mL (2.0 fl oz) 130 mL (4.4 fl oz) 65 mL (2.2 fl oz) 30 mL (1.0 fl oz) 60 mL (2.0 fl oz) 228 1 mm (9 1 in.)
CED,TX03399,5677 1906DEC991/1
Proper Refrigerant Handling

The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency prohibits discharge of any refrigerant into the atmosphere, and requires that refrigerant be recovered using the approved recovery equipment. IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging stations. DO NOT use refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components, or refrigerant oils intended for use with R12 refrigerant. Recovery, recycling, and charging stations for R12 and R134a refrigerants MUST NOT be interchanged. Systems containing R12 refrigerant use a different oil than systems using R134a. Certain seals are not compatible with both types of refrigerants.
TX,9031,QQ2009 1919AUG941/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818304

PN=516
R134a Refrigerant Cautions

CAUTION: DO NOT allow liquid refrigerant to contact eyes or skin. Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves and protective clothing. If liquid refrigerant contacts eyes or skin, DO NOT rub the area. Splash large amounts of COOL water on affected area. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment. DO NOT allow refrigerant to contact open flames or very hot surfaces such as electric welding arc, electric heating element and lighted smoking materials. DO NOT heat refrigerant over 52C (125F) in a closed container. Heated refrigerant will develop high pressure which can burst the container. Keep refrigerant containers away from heat sources. Store refrigerant in a cool place. DO NOT handle damp refrigerant container with your bare hands. Skin may freeze to container. Wear gloves. If skin freezes to container, pour COOL water over container to free the skin. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment.
TX,9031,HH1465 1919AUG941/1
Refrigerant Hoses and Tubing Inspection

When a component is disconnected from the system, special care should be given to inspecting hoses and tubing for moisture, grease, dirt, rust, or other foreign material. If such contamination is present in hoses, tubing or fittings and cannot be removed by cleaning, replace parts. Fittings that have grease or dirt on them should be wiped clean with a cloth dampened with alcohol. Chlorinated solvents (such as trichloroethylene) are contaminants, and must not be used for cleaning.
To assist in making leakproof joints, use a small amount of clean, correct viscosity refrigerant oil on all hose and tube connections. Dip Orings in correct viscosity oil before assembling. IMPORTANT: Hose used for air conditioning systems contains special barriers in its walls to prevent migration of refrigerant gas. DO NOT use hydraulic hoses as replacement hoses in the air conditioning system. Use ONLY certified hose meeting SAE J51B requirements.
TX,18,RB745 1901SEP061/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818305

PN=517
Refrigerant Theory of Operation
ACompressor BLow Pressure Switch CHigh Pressure Switch DHigh Pressure Gas
ECondenser F Engine Fan GHigh Pressure Liquid HReceiver/Dryer
I Expansion Valve J Low Pressure Liquid KEvaporator L Blowers
MClutch Cycle Switch NLow Pressure Gas
The compressor (A) draws low pressure gas (N) from the evaporator (K) and compresses it into high pressure gas (D). Increasing the pressure of the refrigerant causes its boiling point to rise to a temperature higher than the outside air temperature. High pressure gas (D) leaves the compressor (A) and passes through two switches (B and C). These switches monitor refrigerant pressure. Should the pressure become too great or too small, either the high or low pressure switch will open and stop the compressor, interrupting the cycle. As the high pressure gas flows through the condenser (E), the engine fan (F) draws air through the condenser core which cools the refrigerant. Cooling the refrigerant causes it to condense and it leaves the condenser (E) as a high pressure liquid (G). The high pressure liquid flows into the receiver/dryer (H) where moisture and contaminants are removed. The refrigerant flows from the receiver/dryer (H) to the expansion valve (I). The expansion valve (I) is a variable orifice used to cause a pressure and temperature drop in the refrigerant, causing refrigerant to vaporize. The expansion valve (I) is one of the dividing lines between
the high side and low side of the air conditioning system. At this point in the system, the high pressure/high temperature liquid is sprayed into the evaporator (K) where it changes and becomes a gas. The expansion valve diaphragm is activated by sensing temperature and pressure within the valve body. The internal bulb senses the evaporator outlet or discharge temperature and pressure of refrigerant as it passes through the valve back to the low pressure or suction side of the compressor. If too much refrigerant is flowing into evaporator, the liquid refrigerant will still be evaporating as it leaves the evaporator, causing a low temperature at the evaporator outlet. The low temperature causes the expansion valve variable orifice to decrease in size, restricting refrigerant flow. If the evaporator outlet temperature is too warm, the orifice will increase in size, allowing more refrigerant into evaporator. If evaporator (K) temperature becomes too low, the clutch cycle switch (M) will interrupt current flow to the compressor clutch coil, stopping system operation until the temperature becomes normal, between 0.6C (31F) and 4.5C (40F).
TX,18,QQ8317 1904NOV981/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818306

PN=518
T7828AX 1920OCT97
Remove and Install Air Conditioning Compressor
ABelt BCompressor CCap Screw (4 used) DWasher (9 used) EGround Wire
F Hose (Compressor to Suction Line at Expansion Valve) GORing HORing I Hose (Compressor to Condenser) J Nut (3 used)
KClamp L Compressor Harness MClamp NCap Screw ONut
PStrap QCap Screw RLock Washer
1. Recover refrigerant from the system. (See procedure in this group.) 2. Disconnect ground wire (E), lines (F and I). 3. Remove belt (A). 4. Remove cap screws (C). 5. Repair or replace compressor.
6. Install compressor using cap screws (C). 7. Install belt (A). 8. Install a new receiver/dryer. 9. Evacuate and charge the system. (See procedures in this group.)
TX,18,QQ8318 1913JAN991/1
R134a Compressor Oil Removal

1. Remove air conditioning compressor from machine. (See Remove and Install Air Conditioning Compressor in this group.) 2. Remove inlet/outlet manifold from compressor, and clutch dust cover. 3. Drain oil into graduated container while rotating compressor shaft.
4. Record measured oil and discard oil properly. 5. Fill with new oil. See R134a Component Oil Charge in this group. 6. Install air conditioning compressor. (See Remove and Install Air Conditioning Compressor in this group.)
TX,1830,DT424 1905NOV981/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818307

PN=519
T106008C UN07JAN97
Disassemble and Assemble Compressor Clutch
1. Mount compressor on D01006AA Bench Mounted Holding Fixture or DFRW20 Compressor Holding Fixture using two 6 in. x 1/4 in. eye bolts with nuts as illustrated. (See Dealer Fabricated Tools in Group 1899.) 2. Remove dust cover. 3. Hold the clutch hub using JDG747 Compressor Clutch Spanner (A) and remove the clutch shaft bolt (B). 4. Remove the clutch hub (C). Remove the shims (H) from the clutch hub and save for installation. 5. Remove and discard snap ring (D). Remove the pulley (E) using a plastic hammer or JDG220 Puller, JDG748 Jaws and JDG771 Forcing Screw. 6. Disconnect the clutch coil lead wire. Remove and discard the snap ring (F) and remove the clutch coil (G). NOTE: The bearing in the pulley is NOT serviceable. 7. Check pulley bearing operation. Replace pulley and bearing as required. 8. Install the clutch coil and new snap ring with flat side of the snap ring down. Connect the clutch coil lead wire. 9. Install the pulley and new snap ring with the flat side of the snap ring down. Apply grease to the shims (H) and install to the clutch hub. 10. Install clutch hub and shaft bolt and tighten to specification.
AJDG747 Compressor Clutch Spanner BClutch Shaft Bolt CClutch Hub DPulley Snap Ring
EPulley F Clutch Coil Snap Ring GClutch Coil HShims
Specification Compressor Hub Retaining NutTorque............................................... 14 Nm (120 lbin.)

WS68074,0003706 1914JUL101/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818308

PN=520
RW21157 UN24JUN92
T114965 UN29APR98
Clutch Hub Clearance Check

NOTE: The clutch coil is NOT polarity sensitive. 1. Check pulleytoclutch hub clearance using a dial indicator. Mount the gauge to the pulley as illustrated and connect a set of jumper wires from the compressor to a 12V battery. 2. Rotate the pulley and check clearance in three equally spaced locations around the clutch hub. Correct clearance is per specification. Add or remove shims as required.
Specification PulleytoClutch HubClearance.................................0.350.65 mm (0.0140.026 in.)
3. Tighten clutch shaft bolt to specification after correct clearance is obtained.

Specification Clutch Shaft BoltTorque ............................................................... 14 Nm (120 lbin.)
CED,OUO1017,61 1901SEP061/1
Compressor Manifold Inspect

1. Remove cap screws (A) and the manifold (B). 2. Remove and discard seal (C). Inspect porting surfaces. 3. Lubricate and install a new seal (C). 4. Install manifold and tighten cap screws to specifications.
Specification Manifold Cap ScrewTorque............................................................... 26 Nm (19 lbft) AManifold Cap Screw BManifold CManifold Seal
RW21160 UN24JUN92 CED,OUO1017,62 1901SEP061/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818309

PN=521
RW21159 UN24JUN92
Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Compressor
ARear Pins BRear Housing CRear Gasket DRear Discharge Reed Valve ERear Valve Plate
F Rear Suction Reed Valve GRear ORing HFront ORing I Front Suction Reed Valve J Front Valve Plate
KFront Discharge Reed Valve L Front Gasket MSnap Ring NLip Seal OWasher
PThrough Bolt QFelt Holder RFelt SFront Housing T Front Pins
1. Clean the compressor using solvent before disassembly. Mount compressor on holding fixture and remove clutch. (See procedure in this group.) IMPORTANT: When removing front and rear housing, be careful NOT to damage the sealing surfaces. 2. Disassemble the compressor as illustrated and discard the Orings, gaskets, lip seal, snap ring, and through bolt washers. Replace parts from service kits. NOTE: The valve plates, reed valves, cylinders, and cylinder housings are NOT serviceable. Some cylinder scuffing (light scratches) is normal.
3. Inspect the valves for an even wear pattern and the cylinders for scoring or excessive wear. Replace compressor as required. 4. Remove the shaft seal snap ring (M). Turn the housing over and remove the felt holder (Q) and felt (R) from the front housing (S).
CED,OUO1017,63 1916NOV981/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18183010

PN=522
RW21161 UN24JUN92
5. Remove the shaft lip seal (N) from the front housing (S) using a small tool with 5/8 in. OD. 6. Wash all parts in clean solvent and dry before assembly. IMPORTANT: Lubricate Orings, gaskets, and lip seal using only R134a refrigerant oil during assembly. Other oils could damage the compressor. 7. Apply R134a oil to the bore of the front housing and install new lip seal (N) to the bottom of the bore using a socket. Install new snap ring (M) flat side down. IMPORTANT: Bushing spacer (U) must be in position before assembling the compressor. 8. Install pins (A) and new Oring (G) in the rear cylinder. NOTE: The rear valve plate is marked with an R and is installed face up. 9. Install parts (FD) over the pins on the rear cylinder. 10. Install a new gasket (C) flat side down and the rear housing (B) on the rear cylinder. Mount the compressor onto the holding fixture. 11. Install pins (T) and new Oring (H) in the front cylinder. NOTE: The front valve plate is marked with an F and is installed face up. 12. Install parts (IK) over the pins on the front cylinder. 13. Install a new gasket (L) flat side down. Put JDG746 Lip Seal Protector on the shaft and lubricate with R134a oil.
RW21163 UN24JUN92
14. Install the front housing (S) on the front cylinder and remove the lip seal protectors. Install through bolts (P) and new washers (O). 15. Partially tighten the through bolts and then tighten to specification.
Specification Compressor Through Bolts (S.N. 558325 ) or (S.N. 559115 )Torque ........................................................................ 26 Nm (19 lbft)
16. Install the felt (R) and felt holder (Q) using the clutch hub. 17. Install the pulley clutch hub and check clearance. (See procedure in this group.)
CRear Gasket DRear Discharge Reed Valve ERear Valve Plate
F Rear Suction Reed Valve UBushing Spacer
CED,OUO1017,63 1916NOV982/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18183011

PN=523
RW21162 UN24JUN92
R134a Component Oil Charge

CAUTION: All new compressors are charged with a mixture of nitrogen, R134a refrigerant and TY22025 (R134a) compressor oil. Wear safety goggles and discharge the compressor slowly to avoid possible injury. Compressors can be divided into three categories when determining the correct oil charge for the system.
Used compressor removed from operation:
drain and add 45 mL (1.5 fl oz) of new oil. (See R134a Compressor Oil Removal procedure in this group.)
Specification Used A/C Compressor Drained Only (System Not Flushed)Volume........................ Drain and return 45 mL (1.5 fl oz)
Used compressor removed from operation:
New compressor from parts depot Used compressor removed from operation Used compressor internally washed with flushing
solvent Determine the amount of system oil charge prior to installation of compressor on a machine. 1. When the complete system, lines, and components were flushed, add the correct amount of oil as described:
oil drained and flushed, add 60 mL (2.0 fl oz) of new oil.
Specification Used A/C Compressor Drained and Flushed (System Not Flushed)Volume.......................................................... 60 mL (2.0 fl oz)
New compressor from parts depot contains 230 20

mL (7.8 0.7 fl oz) of new oil. System requires an additional 80 mL (2.7 fl oz) of new oil added to it.
Specification New A/C Compressor (System Completely Flushed)Volume....................................... 230 20 mL (7.8 0.7 fl oz) A/C System w/o Compressor (System Completely Flushed)Volume.......................................................... 80 mL (2.7 fl oz)
NOTE: Components listed below which have been removed, drained, or flushed, require the removal of the compressor to determine the correct oil charge. Use the following specifications as a guide for adding oil to components:
Specification EvaporatorVolume.................................................... 130 mL (4.4 fl oz) CondenserVolume...................................................... 65 mL (2.2 fl oz) Receiver/DryerVol ume................................................................................ 30 mL (1.0 fl oz) HosesVolume .............................................................. 60 mL (2.0 fl oz)
NOTE: Hoses = 3 mL per 30 cm (0.1 fl oz per ft). Approximate total length equals 600 cm (20 ft). If any section of hose is removed and flushed or replaced, measure the length of hose and use the formula to determine the correct amount of oil to be added. CAUTION: DO NOT leave the system or R134a compressor oil containers open. This oil easily absorbs moisture. DO NOT spill R134a compressor oil on acrylic or ABS plastic. This oil will deteriorate these materials rapidly. Identify R134a oil containers and measures to eliminate accidental mixing of different oils.
Used compressor removed from operation, oil
drained and flushed, requires 310 20 mL (10.5 0.7 fl oz) of new oil.
Specification Used A/C Compressor (System Completely Flushed)Volume..................................... 310 20 mL (10.5 0.7 fl oz)
2. If the complete system was not flushed, add the correct amount of oil for the compressor plus amount of oil for each component that was serviced:
New compressor from parts depot: drain and return

45 mL (1.5 fl oz) of oil to the compressor. (See R134a Compressor Oil Removal procedure in this group)
Specification New A/C Compressor (System Not Flushed)Volume.............................. Drain and return 45 mL (1.5 fl oz).
CED,OUO1017,82 1924NOV981/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18183012

PN=524
R134a Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station Installation Procedure

CAUTION: Do not remove high pressure relief valve (B). Air conditioning system will discharge rapidly causing possible injury. IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery/re cycling and charging stations. DO NOT mix refrigerant, hoses, ttings, compo nents or refrigerant oils. NOTE: JT02050 Recovery/Recycling Station and JT02046 Charging station can be substituted for the JT02045 station. 1. Close both high and low pressure valves on JT02045 R134a Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station (J). 2. Remove cap from low pressure test port (A). 3. Connect low pressure blue hose (G) from refrigerant recovery/recycling and charging station (J) to low pressure test port (A) on compressor. 4. Connect high pressure red hose (I) to high pressure quickdisconnect (F). 5. Follow the manufactures instructions when using the refrigerant recovery/recycling and charging station.
ALow Pressure Test Port BHigh Pressure Relief Valve CLow Pressure Hose DLow Pressure Switch EHigh Pressure Switch F High Pressure QuickDisconnect GBlue Hose HHigh Pressure Hose I Red Hose J Refrigerant Recovery/Recy cling and Charging Station
CED,OUO1017,83 1924NOV981/1 T101551 UN10SEP96
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18183013

PN=525
Recover R134a System

CAUTION: Do not remove high pressure relief valve (B). Air conditioning system will discharge rapidly causing possible injury. IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery/re cycling and charging stations. DO NOT mix refrigerant, hoses, ttings, compo nents or refrigerant oils. NOTE: Run the air conditioning system for three minutes to help in the recovery process. Turn air conditioning system off before proceeding with recovery steps. NOTE: JT02050 Recovery/Recycling Station and JT02046 Charging station can be substituted for the JT02045 station. 1. Connect JT02045 R134a Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station. (See installation procedure in this group.) 2. Follow the manufactures instructions when using the refrigerant recovery/recycling and charging station.
ALow Pressure Test Port BHigh Pressure Relief Valve CLow Pressure Hose DLow Pressure Switch EHigh Pressure Switch F High Pressure QuickDisconnect GBlue Hose HHigh Pressure Hose I Red Hose J Refrigerant Recovery/Recy cling and Charging Station
CED,OUO1017,86 1925NOV981/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18183014

PN=526
T101551 UN10SEP96
Evacuate R134a System

CAUTION: Do not remove high pressure relief valve (B). Air conditioning system will discharge rapidly causing possible injury. IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery/re cycling and charging stations. DO NOT mix refrigerant, hoses, ttings, compo nents or refrigerant oils. Do not run compressor while evacuating. NOTE: JT02050 Recovery/Recycling Station and JT02046 Charging station can be substituted for the JT02045 station. 1. Connect JT02045 R134a Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station. (See installation procedure in this group.)
T101551 UN10SEP96
2. Open low and high pressure valves on refrigerant recovery/recycling and charging station. 3. Follow the manufactures instructions and evacuate the system. NOTE: The vacuum specifications listed are for sea level conditions. Subtract 3.4 kPa (34 mbar) (1 in. Hg) from 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in. Hg) for each 300 m (1000 ft) elevation above sea level. 4. Evacuate system until low pressure gauge registers 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in. Hg) vacuum. If 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in. Hg) vacuum cannot be obtained in 15 minutes, test the system for leaks. (See Leak Testing in Operation and Test Manual Group 903125). Correct any leaks. 5. When vacuum is 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in. Hg), close lowside and highside valves. Turn vacuum pump off. 6. If the vacuum decreases more than 3.4 kPa (34 mbar) (1 in. Hg) in 5 minutes, there is a leak in the system. 7. Repair leak. 8. Start to evacuate.
ALow Pressure Test Port BHigh Pressure Relief Valve CLow Pressure Hose DLow Pressure Switch EHigh Pressure Switch
F High Pressure QuickDisconnect GBlue Hose HHigh Pressure Hose I Red Hose J Refrigerant Recovery/Recy cling and Charging Station
9. Open lowside and highside valves. 10. Evacuate system for 30 minutes after 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in. Hg) vacuum is reached. 11. Close lowside and highside valves. Stop evacuation. 12. Charge the system. (See procedure in this group.)
CED,OUO1017,87 1913JAN991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18183015

PN=527
Charge R134a System

CAUTION: Do not remove high pressure relief valve (B). Air conditioning system will discharge rapidly causing possible injury. IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery/re cycling and charging stations. DO NOT mix refrigerant, hoses, ttings, compo nents or refrigerant oils. NOTE: JT02050 Recovery/Recycling Station and JT02046 Charging station can be substituted for the JT02045 station. 1. Connect JT02045 R134a Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station. (See installation procedure in this group.) 2. Evacuate the system. (See Evacuate R134a System in this group.) NOTE: Before beginning to charge air conditioning system, the following conditions must exist: Engine STOPPED, the pump must be capable of pulling at least 96.8 kPa (968 mbar) (28.6 in. Hg) vacuum (sea level). Subtract 3.4 kPa (34 mbar) (1 in. Hg) from 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in. Hg) for each 300 m (1000 ft) elevation above sea level. 3. Follow the manufacturers instructions and charge the system. 4. Add refrigerant until system is charged with 2.04 kg (4.50 lbs). 5. Do air conditioner checks and tests in Operation and Test Manual, Groups 903110 and 903125.
ALow Pressure Test Port BHigh Pressure Relief Valve CLow Pressure Hose DLow Pressure Switch EHigh Pressure Switch
T101551 UN10SEP96
F High Pressure QuickDisconnect GBlue Hose HHigh Pressure Hose I Red Hose J Refrigerant Recovery/Recy cling and Charging Station
CED,OUO1010,379 1908OCT981/1
R134a System Leak Testing

1. Inspect all lines, fittings, and components for oily or dusty spots. When refrigerant leaks from the system, a small amount of oil is carried out with it. 2. A soap and water solution can be sprayed on the components in the system to form bubbles at the source of the leak. 3. If a leak detector is used, move the leak detector probe under the hoses and around the connections at a rate of 25 mm (1 in.) per second. 4. Some refrigerant manufacturers add dye to refrigerant to aid in leak detection.
TX,9031,QQ1881 1901SEP061/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18183016

PN=528
Remove and Install Heater Core

1. Remove seat, seat base, and seat belts. (See procedures in Group 1821.) 2. Drain radiator. The approximate capacity of cooling system is 16 L (17 qt). 3. Disconnect the heater hoses at the heater core (below the cab floor).
T106027B UN02JAN97
4. Remove heater/blower cover and air filter housing from heater/blower housing. 5. Remove cap screws (A) and lift blower assembly (B) out of heater housing. 6. Remove clips (C) from heater core (D) and heater core retainers (E and F). CAUTION: Wear gloves when removing and installing heater core to prevent cuts from fins on heater core. 7. Carefully remove the heater core (D) by swinging it toward the area where the blower assembly was located. 8. Repair or replace heater core. 9. Install heater core (D) using heater core retainers (E and F) and clips (C). 10. Lift blower assembly (B) into heater housing and install cap screws (A). 11. Install heater/blower cover and air filter housing.
ACab Cap Screw (5 used) BBlower Assembly CClip (2 used)
DHeater Core ERear Heater Core Retainer F Front Heater Core Retainer
12. Connect heater hoses at the heater core (below the cab floor). 13. Fill radiator and check for leaks. 14. Install seat assembly. (See procedures in Group 1821.)
TX,18,QQ9289 1902NOV991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18183017

PN=529
Remove and Install Evaporator

1. Remove seat, seat base, and seat belts. (See procedures in Group 1821.) 2. Drain radiator. The approximate capacity of cooling system is 16 L (17qt). 3. Recover refrigerant from the system. (See procedure in this group.) 4. Disconnect the heater hoses at the heater core (below the cab floor). 5. Disconnect evaporator suction line and liquid line located below the cab floor. 6. Remove heater/blower cover and air filter housing from heater/blower housing. 7. Remove cap screws and lift blower assembly (H) out of heater/blower housing. 8. Remove clips from heater core (C) and evaporator (B) and remove heater core front and rear retainers. CAUTION: Wear gloves when removing and installing heater core to prevent cuts from fins on heater core. 9. Carefully remove the heater core (C) by swinging it toward the area where the blower assembly was located. 10. Carefully remove the evaporator (B) by swinging it toward the area where the blower assembly was located. 11. Repair or replace evaporator. 12. Install evaporator (B) and heater core (C). 13. Install heater core front and rear retainers and clips. 14. Install blower assembly into heater/blower housing.
TX,18,QQ9290 1902NOV991/1
AA/C Freeze Switch Probe BEvaporator CHeater Core DFreeze Switch Tube
EWire Harness Leads F A/C Freeze Switch GWiring Harness HBlower Mount Assembly
15. Install heater/blower cover and air filter housing into heater/blower housing. 16. Connect the heater hoses at the heater core (below the cab floor). 17. Connect evaporator suction line and liquid line located below the cab floor. 18. Fill radiator and check for leaks. 19. Install seat assembly. (See procedures in Group 1821.) 20. Evacuate and charge the system. (See procedures in this group.)
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18183018

PN=530
T106041C UN08JAN97
Remove and Install A/C Freeze Switch

1. Remove seat assembly. (See procedures in Group 1821.) 2. Remove heater/blower cover and air filter housing from heater/blower housing. 3. Disconnect wire harness leads (E) from A/C freeze switch (F). 4. Remove A/C freeze switch (F) and A/C freeze switch probe (A). 5. Repair or replace A/C freeze switch. 6. Install A/C freeze switch (F) on the top header support plate. 7. Install the A/C freeze switch probe (A) 228 1 mm (9 1 in.) into the evaporator between the last two rows of tubes closest to the heater core and centered between the headers.
Specification A/C Freeze Switch ProbeDepth ........................................................ 228 1 mm (9 1 in.) AA/C Freeze Switch Probe BEvaporator CHeater Core DFreeze Switch Tube EWire Harness Leads F A/C Freeze Switch GWiring Harness HBlower Mount Assembly
8. Connect wire harness leads (E) with white wire and black wire to the A/C freeze switch. 9. Install heater/blower cover and air filter housing into heater/blower housing.
10. Install seat assembly. (See procedures in Group 1821.)
TX,18,QQ9291 1928JUL941/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18183019

PN=531
T106041C UN08JAN97
Disassemble and Assemble Heater/Blower Assembly
1 Case 2 Housing 3 Cover 4 Gasket 5 Support 6 Bracket 7 Plate 8 Plate 9 Wiring Harness
10 Heater Core 11 Latch (2 used) 12 Rivet (2 used) 13 Resistor 14 Plug (2 used) 15 Air Filter 16 Filter 17 Seal 18 Seal
19 Screw (6 used) 20 Cap Screw (2 used) 21 Screw (4 used) 22 Screw (6 used) 23 Washer (4 used) 24 Cap Screw 25 Washer (7 used) 26 Cap Screw (7 used) 27 Plug (4 used)
28 Tie Band (2 used) 29 Bolt (2 used) 30 Rivet (2 used) 31 Clip (2 used) 32 Screw (3 used) 33 Rear Retainer 34 Front Retainer 35 Screw (4 used)
1. Disassemble parts (135).
2. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.

TX,18,QQ9292 1924OCT941/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18183020

PN=532
TP49532 UN07JAN97
Disassemble and Assemble Heater/Blower Assembly with Air Conditioning
1 Case 2 Housing 3 Cover 4 Gasket 5 Support 6 Bracket 7 Plate 8 Plate 9 Wiring Harness 10 Heater Core 11 Latch (2 used) 12 Rivet (2 used) 13 Resistor
14 Plug (2 used) 15 Air Filter 16 Filter 17 Seal 18 Seal 19 Screw (6 used) 20 Cap Screw (2 used) 21 Screw (4 used) 22 Screw (5 used) 23 Washer (4 used) 24 Cap Screw 25 Angle 26 Gasket
27 Boot (2 used) 28 Valve 29 Evaporator 30 Ring 31 ORing 32 Plate 33 Valve 34 Screw (2 used) 35 Screw (3 used) 36 Screw (4 used) 37 Thermostat 38 Screw 39 Washer (7 used)
40 Cap Screw (7 used) 41 Tube 42 Tie Band (2 used) 43 Bolt (2 used) 44 Rivet (2 used) 45 Clip (4 used) 46 Label 47 Rear Evaporator Retainer 48 Front Evaporator Retainer 49 Rear Heater Core Retainer 50 Front Heater Core Retainer 51 Screw (4 used)

TX,18,QQ9293 1924OCT941/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18183021

PN=533
TP49533 UN07JAN97
Disassemble and Assemble Blower Assembly
1 Motor 2 Front Housing 3 Rear Housing 4 Front Blower Wheel
5 Rear Blower Wheel 6 Front Ring 7 Rear Ring 8 Lock Nut (4 used)
9 Tube 10 Clamp 11 Screw 12 Retainer
13 Gasket (2 used) 14 Grommet 15 Cap Screw (6 used)

TX,18,QQ9294 1904FEB971/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18183022

PN=534
TP50426 UN31OCT96
Disassemble and Assemble Condenser
TX,18,QQ9295 1904FEB971/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18183023

PN=535
T107096 1906FEB97

1 ORing (4 used) 2 Hose 3 Tie Band 4 ORing 5 Cap 6 Hose 7 Condenser 8 Clamp 9 Cap Screw (4 used) 10 Washer (4 used) 11 Spacer (4 used) 12 Washer (8 used) 13 Port 14 Valve 15 Condenser Assembly

TX,18,QQ9295 1904FEB972/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18183024

PN=536
Disassemble and Assemble Air Ducts
1 Left Rear Air Duct 2 Left Front/Defrost Air Duct 3 Seal 4 Seal (2 used) 5 Washer (4 used) 6 Cap Screw (6 used)
7 Clamp (2 used) 8 Hose 9 Screw (2 used) 10 Air Duct 11 Gasket 12 Air Freshener
13 Lock Nut (2 used) 14 Nut 15 Clip 16 Washer 17 Cap Screw 18 Flange
19 Washer (6 used) 20 Cap Screw (6 used) 21 Washer 22 Screw 23 Coupling

TX,18,QQ9296 1904FEB971/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18183025

PN=537
TP50509 UN25OCT96
TM1611 (22JUL10)
18183026

PN=538

DFRW20 Compressor Holding Fixture
A102 mm (4 in.) B76 mm (3 in.) C70 mm (2.75 in.)
D6.4 mm (0.25 in.) E19 mm (0.75 in.) F 152 mm (6 in.)
G254 mm (10 in.) H114 mm (4.5 in.) I 178 mm (7 in.)
J Fillet Weld KTwo Holes
This tool is used to hold the air conditioning compressor during disassembly and assembly. MATERIALS:
Two pieces of threaded rod, 13 mm (1/2 in.) threads x Four lock washers and nuts
178 mm (7 in.) long
Two pieces of steel plate, approximately 70 x 120 mm

(23/4 x 4 in.) and 152 x 254 mm (6 x 10 in.)
TX,18,QQ9297 1925MAY901/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818991

PN=539
RW13619 UN20SEP89
DFT1101 Cab and ROPS Lift Bracket
ADrill Six Holes (0.625 in.)
BWeld
CU46161 Lift Eyes Welded to Tube with 0.25 in. Fillet Weld
Used to remove and install cab or ROPS. Material:
U46161 UBolts (4 used) JT01748 Lift Brackets (2 used) 0.625 in. x 3.00 in. "F" Grade Cap Screws (2 used)
TX,18,QQ9298 1901SEP061/1
2.0 in.
x 2.0 in. x 0.250 in. Square Tube
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1818992

PN=540
T117366 UN23SEP98
Section 19 Sheet Metal and Styling

Contents
Page
Group 1910Hood and Engine Enclosure Hood and Engine Enclosure Disassemble and Assemble..................1919101 Group 1913Miscellaneous Shields Battery Box Disassemble and Assemble..................1919131 Group 1921Grille and Grille Housing Grille and Grille Housing Disassemble and Assemble..................1919211 Group 1927Fenders Fenders Disassemble and Assemble..................1919271 Fender Extension Disassemble and Assemble..................1919272
TM1611 (22JUL10)
191

PN=1
Contents
TM1611 (22JUL10)
192

PN=2
Group 1910 Hood and Engine Enclosure

Disassemble and Assemble Hood and Engine Enclosure
TX,19,QQ9635 1924OCT941/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1919101

PN=543
TP52871 UN02JAN97
Hood and Engine Enclosure

1 Cap Screw (4 used) 2 Washer (15 used) 3 Guide (8 used) 4 Lock Nut (4 used) 5 Left Hand Shield 6 Cap Screw (8 used) 7 Washer (5 used) 8 Label 9 Hood 10 Cylinder 11 Ball Stud (2 used) 12 Washer (2 used) 13 Nut (2 used) 14 Latch (3 used) 15 Door 16 Right Hand Shield 17 Door Guide 18 Screw (10 used) 19 Isolator 20 Cap Screw (4 used) 21 Cowl 22 Label 23 Label 24 Label
1. Raise loader and install boom lock bar. 2. Remove precleaner and muffler extension. 3. Disassemble parts as shown. 4. Inspect parts and replace if necessary.
5. Assemble parts. 6. Install precleaner and muffler extension.
TX,19,QQ9635 1924OCT942/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1919102

PN=544
Group 1913 Miscellaneous Shields

Disassemble and Assemble Battery Box
1 Plate 2 Cap Screw (2 used) 3 Washer (11 used)
4 Plate 5 Washer (2 used) 6 Cap Screw (3 used)
7 Nut (2 used) 8 Battery Box 9 Cap Screw
Inspect for worn or damaged parts and replace if necessary.

TX,19,QQ9636 1924OCT941/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1919131

PN=545
TP50453 UN22AUG96
Miscellaneous Shields
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1919132

PN=546
Group 1921 Grille and Grille Housing

Disassemble and Assemble Grille and Grille Housing
TX,19,QQ9637 1917OCT941/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1919211

PN=547
TP54937 UN02JAN97
Grille and Grille Housing

1 Cap Screw (2 used) 2 Washer (8 used) 3 Spacer (2 used) 4 Bar (2 used) 5 Grille Housing 6 Cap Screw (4 used) 7 Nut (2 used) 8 Grille 9 Washer (2 used) 10 Washer (8 used) 11 Cap Screw (8 used) 12 Trash Screen 13 Isolator 14 Trash Screen Assembly 15 Deflector
1. Raise loader and install boom lock bar. 2. Disassemble parts as shown. 3. Inspect parts and replace if necessary.
4. Assemble parts. 5. Remove boom lock bar.

TX,19,QQ9637 1917OCT942/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1919212

PN=548
Group 1927 Fenders

Disassemble and Assemble Fenders
1 Fender
2 Washer (24 used)
3 Cap Screw (24 used)
1. Disassemble parts as shown.
2. Inspect parts and replace as necessary.

TX,19,QQ9638 1924MAY931/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1919271

PN=549
TP50487 UN21SEP96
Fenders
Disassemble and Assemble Fender Extensions
1 Washer ( 8 used) 2 Cap Screw (24 used) 3 Washer (25 used)
4 Lock Nut (25 used) 5 Washer (8 used) 6 Extension
7 Extension 8 Washer (16 used) 9 Fender

TX,19,QQ9639 1913JAN991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
1919272

PN=550
TP50488 UN21SEP96
Section 20 Safety, Convenience and Miscellaneous

Contents
Page
Group 2001Radio Remove and Install Radio and Speakers ..2020011 Remove and Install Antenna .....................2020011 Disassemble and Assemble Radio, Speakers and Antenna .....................................................2020012 Group 2004Horn and Warning Devices Remove and Install Horn ...........................2020041 Remove and Install BackUp Alarm...........2020042 Adjust BackUp Alarm Volume ..................2020042
TM1611 (22JUL10)
201

PN=1
Contents
TM1611 (22JUL10)
202

PN=2
Group 2001 Radio

Remove and Install Radio and Speakers
1. Remove screws (2 and 3). 2. Disconnect antenna coaxial cable and radio wiring harness. 3. Remove rear view mirror. 4. Remove cover and front headliner. 5. Install cover and front headliner. 6. Install rear view mirror. 7. Connect antenna coaxial cable and radio wiring harness. 8. Install screws (2 and 3).
1 Headliner 2 Screw (2 used) 3 Screw (7 used) 4 Mirror Assembly
TX,20,QQ9640 1913JAN991/1 T103633B UN10SEP96 TX,20,QQ9641 1913JAN991/1
Remove and Install Antenna

1. Remove knurled nut (A) to disconnect cable. 2. Remove nuts and lock washers (B and C) to remove antenna (D). 3. Install antenna, lock washers and nuts. 4. Connect cable using knurled nut.
AKnurled Nut BLarge Nut and Lock Washer CSmall Nut and Lock Washer DAntenna
T7883BN UN09JAN93
TM1611 (22JUL10)
2020011

PN=553
Radio
Disassemble and Assemble Radio, Speakers and Antenna
TX,20,QQ9642 1924MAY931/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
2020012

PN=554
T107259 1914FEB97
Radio
1 SelfLocking Screw (2 used) 2 Panel 3 Angle (2 used) 4 Screw (4 used) 5 Washer (4 used) 6 Radio 7 Nut (10 used) 8 Plate 9 Bushing 10 Nut (8 used) 11 Speaker (2 used) 12 Washer 13 Cap Screw 14 Cap Screw (8 used) 15 Tie Band (4 used) 16 Antenna 17 Spring 18 Lock Washer (2 used) 19 Base 20 Cap Screw 21 Bracket 22 Lock Washer 23 Nut 24 Nut 25 Antenna Cable 26 Grommet 27 Wiring Harness 28 Tie Band 29 SelfLocking Screw (7 used) 30 Lock Washer (2 used) 31 Radio

TX,20,QQ9642 1924MAY932/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
2020013

PN=555
Radio
TM1611 (22JUL10)
2020014

PN=556
Group 2004 Horn and Warning Devices

Remove and Install Horn
1 Nut 2 Horn
3 Support 4 Cap Screw (2 used)
5 Washer (2 used)
NOTE: Horn is located in upper right rear of engine compartment. 1. Open engines left side access door. 2. Disconnect wire lead.
3. Remove nut (1) and horn (2). 4. Install horn and tighten nut. 5. Connect wire lead.
TX,20,QQ9643 1913JAN991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
2020041

PN=557
TP50472 UN30AUG96
Horn and Warning Devices
Remove and Install BackUp Alarm
1 BackUp Alarm 2 Bracket 3 Lock Nut
4 Washer (2 used) 5 Cap Screw 6 Lock Nut (2 used)
7 Washer (4 used) 8 Cap Screw (2 used) 9 Washer (2 used)
NOTE: Backup alarm is located on inside of left rear of main frame. 1. Disconnect wire leads. 2. Remove two cap screws (8) to remove backup alarm (1).
3. Install backup alarm using cap screws. 4. Connect wire leads.
TX,20,QQ9644 1924OCT941/1
Adjust BackUp Alarm Volume

IMPORTANT: The backup alarm is set on high volume at the factory. It may be necessary to adjust the volume to meet local regulations.
T7530AV UN20MAY91
1. To change alarm to low volume, leave ground wire attached to ground terminal (NEG) (A). Remove nut (B) and disconnect wire from high terminal (+HI) (F). 2. Remove nut (C) and shorting bar (E). 3. Attach wire to low terminal (+LO) (D). Install nut (C) and tighten securely. Save shorting bar (E) for future use.
AGround Terminal (NEG) BNut CNut DLow Terminal (+LO) EShorting Bar F High Terminal (+HI)
TX,20,QQ9645 1901SEP061/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
2020042

PN=558
TP50512 UN01NOV96
Section 21 Main Hydraulic System

Contents
Page
Group 2160Hydraulic System Other Material............................................ 2121601 Specifications ............................................ 2121602 Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install ...............................2121603 Cross Section........................................2121605 Control Piston and Load Sense Module................... 21 21607 Flow Limiter...........................................2121609 Disassemble, Inspect and Assemble ..21216010 Hydraulic Filter Assembly Remove and Install .............................21216037 Reservoir Remove and Install .............................21216038 Disassemble and Assemble................21216039 Oil Cooler Standard Without Air Conditioning Remove and Install .............................21216041 Hydraulic Oil Cooler Hoses With Air Conditioning Remove and Install .............................21216043
TM1611 (22JUL10)
211

PN=1
Contents
TM1611 (22JUL10)
212

PN=2

Other Material
Number Name Use
Pipe SealantLOCTITE Products
Apply to threads of sight tube fittings.

CED,TX03399,5678 1906DEC991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
2121601

PN=561
Hydraulic System
Specifications
Hydraulic Pump Load SensetoPump 90 Elbow on Bottom of Pump Plug in Control Piston Cap End Housing Load Sense Seat Hex Nut Load Sense Bonnet Plug Load Sense Housing Plug Load Sense Housing Load Sense Module Cap Screws End Cap ScrewtoControl Piston Housing Control HousingtoPump Cap Screw Control Piston Housing End Plug Control Piston End Cap Plug Control Piston End Cap Plug Four Way Valve Plug Control Piston End Cap Plug Control Piston End Cap Internal Plug Control Valve Cap Screws Flow Limiter Module Cap Screws Valve PlatetoPump Housing Cap Screw Flow LimitertoControl Piston Housing Cap Screws Flow Limiter End Plug Flow Limiter Bonnet Flow Limiter Plug Valve Plate Cap Screws ValvetoOutlet Port Fitting, Check ValvetoInlet Port Fitting, and Tee Fitting Filter AssemblytoFrame Cap Screws Hydraulic Reservoir ReservoirtoMainframe Cap Screws
Weight Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque
37 kg (82 lb) Approximate 34 Nm (25 lbft) 20 Nm (15 lbft) 7.9 Nm (70 lbin.) 197 Nm (145 ftlb) 5 Nm (45 lbin.) 13.5 Nm (120 lbin.) 6 Nm (57 lbin.) 20 Nm (15 lbft) 60 Nm (44 lbft) 115 Nm (85 lbft) 108 Nm (80 lbft) 68 Nm (50 lbft) 95 Nm (70 lbft) 23 Nm (200 lbin.) 60 Nm (44 lbft) 6 Nm (53 lbin.) 95 Nm (70 lbft) 6.44 Nm (57 inlb) 108 Nm (80 lbft) 108 Nm (80 lbft) 108 Nm (80 lbft) 95 Nm (70 lbft) 700 Nm (516 lbft)
Torque Weight Torque
33 4 Nm (24 3 lbft) 27 kg (60 lb) 59 Nm (43 lbft)

CED,TX03399,5679 1906DEC991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
2121602

PN=562
Hydraulic System
Remove and Install Hydraulic Pump

IMPORTANT: Do Pump Flow Test in Group 902525, Operation and Test Manual before
removing hydraulic pump for repair. If pump does not meet test specification, replace it. Do not rebuild pump.
APumptoReservoir Hose
BLoad Sense HosetoPump
CPump
DPump Outlet Hoseto Backhoe Valve
1. Stop engine. 2. Lower all equipment to the ground.
3. Operate all hydraulic control valves to relieve hydraulic pressure.

Continued on next page TX,21,RR7823 1902DEC991/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
2121603

PN=563
T108560 UN03APR97
Hydraulic System
CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. Turn battery disconnect switch off (if equipped) or disconnect battery ground strap. 4. Drain hydraulic reservoir. Approximate capacity is 37 L (39 qt). 5. Disconnect and cap lines (A, B and D). Also disconnect suction hose and cap. CAUTION: Approximate weight of hydraulic pump is 37 kg (82 lb)
Specification Hydraulic PumpWeight................................................ 37 kg (82 lb) Approximate
9.
Replace Oring on pump mounting surface.
10. If load sensetopump 90 elbow was removed on the bottom of pump, tighten elbow to specifications.
Specification Load SensetoPump 90 Elbow on Bottom of PumpTorque............................................................... 34 Nm (25 lbft)
11. Install pump with cap screws. 12. Fill pump body with hydraulic oil to assure lubrication for startup. 13. Connect hoses and fittings. 14. Fill hydraulic reservoir. 15. Switch battery disconnect on (if equipped) or install battery ground cable.
TX,21,RR7823 1902DEC992/2
6. Remove hydraulic pump mounting cap screws and remove pump (C). 7. Remove hydraulic pump with hoist and strap. 8. Repair and replace parts as necessary.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
2121604

PN=564
X9811 UN23AUG88
Hydraulic System
Hydraulic Pump Cross Section
TX,21,RR7828 1921MAR971/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
2121605

PN=565
T104483 UN18OCT96
Hydraulic System
ARoll Pin (2 used) BBearing CRoll Pin (4 used) DSwashplate EScrew F Retaining Ring GPiston (9 used) HHousing I Gasket J Inlet Tube KPlate L Cylinder Barrel MSlipper (9 used) NPlug OSpring PBall QRetainer Shoe RBearing SBearing T Roll Pin (2 used) URetainer Seal VRetaining Ring WRetaining Ring XShaft YBearing Z Seal
TX,21,RR7828 1921MAR972/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
2121606

PN=566
Hydraulic System
Hydraulic Pump Control Piston and Load Sense Module
Pump Control Piston and Load Sense Module
TX,21,RR7868 1911APR971/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
2121607

PN=567
T109028 UN14APR97
Hydraulic System
301 302 303 304 305 306 308 309 311 313 314 315 Control Housing Control Piston Dowel Pin End Cap Assembly Spool Plug Plug Plug Control Pin Gasket Gasket Socket Head Screw (4 used) 316 Socket Head Screw (2 used) 316A Socket Head Screw 319 Orifice 320 ORing 321 Plug 322 Plug 323 Plug 325 Orifice 326 Orifice 326A Orifice 328 Spring 329 Spring 330 ORing (2 used) 331 ORing 332 Plug 333 ORing (2 used) 334 ORing (2 used) 335 ORing 336 338 339 341 343 344 347 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 ORing ORing Plug Washer (2 used) Orifice Orifice Plug (2 used) Load Sense Module Load Sense Bonnet Load Sense Adjusting Screw Load Sense Spool Load Sense Seat Spring Socket Head Screw (4 used) Nut 358 359 360 361 362 364 365 388 389 390 391 392 393 ORing (3 used) ORing (2 used) ORing ORing Backup Ring (2 used) Cap Screw Spring Guide Pin Roll Pin Roll Pin ORing ORing (2 used) Orifice
ORIFICE SIZES Thread Size .125 NPTF #1024UNC #1024UNC .062 NPTF #1024UNC #1024UNC .062 NPTF Hole Size .100 .032 .040 .062 Closed .040 .081 Item Number 344 326 325 319 364 393 343
TX,21,RR7868 1911APR972/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
2121608

PN=568
Hydraulic System
Hydraulic Pump Flow Limiter
Pump Flow Limiter 370 371 372 373 374 Control Housing Piston Set Screw Set Screw Spring 375 376 377 378 379 Spring Guide Spring Poppet Adjusting Screw ORing 380 381 382 383 384 Backup Ring ORing Backup Ring Bonnet ORing (2 used) 385 Jam Nut 386 Socket Head Screw (3 used) 387 Plug
TX,21,RR7870 1911APR971/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
2121609

PN=569
T109029 UN14APR97
Hydraulic System
Disassemble, Inspect and Assemble Hydraulic Pump

CAUTION: Reduce compressed air to less than 210 kPa (2.1 bar) (30 psi) when using for cleaning purposes. Clear area of bystanders, guard against flying chips, and wear personal protection equipment including eye protection. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from falling heavy object. Approximate weight of pump is 37 kg (82 lb). Support pump with a lifting device.
Specification Hydraulic PumpWeight................................................ 37 kg (82 lb) Approximate
1. Mount pump on D01006AA Bench Mounted Holding Fixture. 2. As pump parts are removed wash in diesel fuel and dry using compressed air.
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR971/50
3. Remove plug (A) and flow limiter adjustment screw assembly (B) from flow limiter assembly (C).
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR972/50
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216010

PN=570
T108616 UN01APR97
T108615 UN01APR97
T108614 UN01APR97
IMPORTANT: Perform Pump Leakage Test in Group 902525, Operation and Test Manual before removing hydraulic pump for repairs. If pump does not pass the test, replace it, DO NOT rebuild it. Use only diesel fuel to clean pump parts. Solvents can damage internal components.
Hydraulic System
4. Remove three hex screws (A) from flow limiter assembly and remove flow limiter assembly from control piston housing (B). Inspect Orings (C and D) for wear.
T108617 UN01APR97 TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR973/50 Continued on next page TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR974/50
AHex Screws (3 used) BPiston Housing
CORing DORing
5. Disassemble flow limiter and inspect parts (AH) for wear or contamination.
AFlow Limiter Adjustment Screw BPoppet CLarge Spring DSpring Follower ESmall Spring F Flow Limiter Housing GPlug and ORing HOrifice
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216011

PN=571
T108623 UN01APR97
T108624 UN01APR97
T108621 UN07APR97
Hydraulic System
6. Remove control piston end cap socket head cap screws (A) and remove the end cap. Remove cap screws (B) and remove the control piston housing from the pump.
T108622 UN01APR97 TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR975/50
7. Remove and inspect parts for wear.

APlug with ORing BSpring CFourWay Spool DSpring EEnd Cap Assembly F Piston GGasket HPiston Housing I ORing J Gasket
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR976/50
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216012

PN=572
T108618 UN01APR97
T108619 UN01APR97
Hydraulic System
8. Clean orifices (A and B) in the fourway spool.
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR977/50
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216013

PN=573
T108620 UN01APR97
Hydraulic System
9. Remove pump load sense module and inspect parts (AK) for contamination.
ALoad Sense Housing BSpool CBackup Ring DORing EORing F Jam Nut GLoad Sense Adjustment Screw HSpring I Spring Guide J ORing KSeat
Pump Load Sense Module

Continued on next page TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR978/50
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216014

PN=574
T108883 UN07APR97
Hydraulic System
10. Remove valve plate by removing four cap screws (A) and lifting it away from main pump assembly.
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR979/50
11. Remove Oring (A).
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9710/50
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216015

PN=575
T7553BG UN24JUN91
T108643 UN01APR97
Hydraulic System
12. Remove gasket (A).
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9711/50
13. Make sure pump is in a horizontal position. Make a mark on cylinder barrel to one of the pistons to aid in reassembly. Remove rotating group by turning input shaft slowly while pulling the cylinder barrel from the pumps housing.
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9712/50
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216016

PN=576
T108642 UN01APR97
T7553BA UN24JUN91
Hydraulic System
14. Number each pump piston shoe assembly (B) and its respective bore in cylinder barrel (A) and shoe retainer (C) while disassembling. This will assure the same parts are installed to the respective bore in the retainer and barrel.
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9713/50
15. Remove shoe retainer (B) with pistons (A) and shoe retainer spring (C).
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9714/50
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216017

PN=577
T7553BB UN24JUN91
T104036 UN04NOV96
Hydraulic System
16. Remove hydrodynamic bearing locking screw (A).
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9715/50
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216018

PN=578
T108645 UN01APR97
Hydraulic System
17. Remove retaining ring (A) with flat head screwdriver (B).
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9716/50
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216019

PN=579
T104041 UN04NOV96
T104037 UN04NOV96
Hydraulic System
18. Remove hydrodynamic bearing by pulling it out of the pumps housing evenly.
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9717/50
19. Remove drive shaft bearing retainer ring with snap ring pliers.
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9718/50
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216020

PN=580
T103483 UN04NOV96
T104028 UN04NOV96
Hydraulic System
20. Remove outboard end of drive shaft and pull out from pump housing. Remove shaft seal retainer.
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9719/50
21. Remove shaft seal (A) from housing only if necessary. This is not reusable.
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9720/50
22. Remove the swashblock from pump housing.
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9721/50
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216021

PN=581
T103485 UN04NOV96
T7553AL UN24JUN91
T104805 UN12AUG97
Hydraulic System
23. Remove the saddle bearings (A) from pump housing.
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9722/50
24. Clean all parts thoroughly. Inspect all seals and Orings for hardening, cracking or deterioration and replace if necessary. Inspect valve plate group.
T108640 UN01APR97 TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9723/50
Inspect the valve plate surface that mates with the pumps cylinder barrel for excessive wear or scoring. Remove minor defects by lightly stoning the surface with a hard stone that is flat to within 0.001". Be sure to stone lightly. Any excessive stoning will remove the hardened surface. If wear or damage is extensive, replace the valve plate. Check drive shaft bushing for abnormal wear.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216022

PN=582
T8170AE UN31JAN94
Hydraulic System
25. Inspect suction inlet tube for cracks and damage from handling. If any cracks or damage, valve plate must be replaced.
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9724/50
26. Inspect cylinder barrel piston bores and the face that mates with valve plate for wear and scoring. Remove minor defects on the face by lightly stoning the surface. If defects cannot be removed by this method, cylinder barrel is unusable.
T7553AT UN24JUN91 TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9725/50
27. Inspect all piston and shoe assemblies to be sure they ride properly on the swashblock.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216023

PN=583
T108627 UN01APR97
Hydraulic System
28. Check each piston shoe for smooth pivot action on the piston. Contaminants or burrs can cause them to stick.
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9726/50
29. Check piston shoe wear. All shoes must be equal within 0.025 mm (.001 in) at outer dimension. Check piston shoe end play. End play must not exceed 0.152 mm (0.006 in).
T104804 1908NOV96 Continued on next page TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9727/50
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216024

PN=584
T7553AO UN24JUN91
Hydraulic System
30. Inspect bearing for contaminant damage or extreme wear.
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9728/50
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9729/50
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216025

PN=585
T7553AQ UN24JUN91
31. Inspect the swashblock for wear and scoring. If defects are minor, stone the swashblock lightly. If damage is extensive, swashblock should be rejected. Check that the very small holes in the face of the swashblock are open. These holes provide "porting" for the hydrostatic balance fluid (of the piston/shoe assembly) to be channeled through the swashblock to the face of the saddle bearing (providing pressure lubrication).
T108625 UN01APR97
Hydraulic System
32. Check bearing mating surface of swashblock for cracks or excessive wear. Swashblock movement in saddle bearings must be smooth. Replace if necessary.
T108628 UN01APR97 TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9730/50
33. Compare saddle bearing thickness in worn area to thickness in an unworn area. Replace saddle bearings if difference is greater than 0.4 mm (0.016 inches).
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9731/50
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216026

PN=586
T104803 UN04NOV96
Hydraulic System
IMPORTANT: Bearing locator pins (B) must not protrude through swashplate bearing. See sketch below for proper installation of pins. 34. Inspect bearing locator pins in housing. Pins (B) must be able to hold bearing in place without protruding through bearing. Pins should extend 1.3 mm to 1.6 mm (0.050 to 0.065 in) (distance A) into the bearing locating hole.
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9732/50
35. Check shaft bearing for galling, pitting, binding, roughness. Check seal of bearing for grease containment. If seal is worn or broken. Replace shaft and bearing.
T108626 UN01APR97 Continued on next page TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9733/50
Check shaft and its splines for wear. If worn, replace shaft and bearing.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216027

PN=587
T103488 UN04NOV96
T104810 UN08NOV96
Hydraulic System
36. Check shaft seal (A) for deterioration or cracks. Replace (press out) if necessary. NOTE: Install new gaskets, seals and Orings. Apply a thin film of CLEAN grease or hydraulic fluid to sealing components to ease assembly. Apply fluid generously to all wear surfaces. 37. If removed, press shaft seal into front of pump housing with a 50 mm disk and seal driver.
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9734/50
38. Place pump with drive shaft facing down. Grease back side of saddle bearings and place on the locator pins to locate the bearings in pump case. Pins must not protrude through the bearings locator hole. Plastic bearing (B) position should be installed on opposite of control pin side of swashblock. Steel bearing (A) must be positioned in pump on same side as the control piston housing (C). 39. Insert swashblock into rear of pump housing . Make sure swashblock swivels in the saddle bearings smoothly.
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9735/50
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216028

PN=588
T108641 UN01APR97
T7553AU UN24JUN91
T7553AL UN24JUN91
Hydraulic System
40. Place bearing in pump with the hydrodynamic lock screw hole (A) up. Align the lock screw hole to receive the hydrodynamic lock screws in the next procedural step. Tap bearing into place, if necessary, using extreme care not to damage the bearing.
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9736/50
41. Insert hydrodynamic lock screw (A) and hand tighten.
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9737/50
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216029

PN=589
T108645 UN01APR97
T108646 UN11APR97
Hydraulic System
42. Place pump in a horizontal position and install shaft seal retainer (A).
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9738/50
43. Insert drive shaft and bearing assembly into pump housing and lock in place with drive shaft bearing retainer ring.
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9739/50
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216030

PN=590
T103483 UN04NOV96
T104805 UN12AUG97
Hydraulic System
44. Place the cylinder barrel, wear surface down, on a clean cloth. Place the shoe retainer spring in the center of the barrel with the fulcrum ball on top of it. Insert pistons into their corresponding (numbered) holes of the shoe retainer. As a unit, fit the pistons into their corresponding (numbered) bores in the cylinder barrel. DO NOT FORCE.
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9740/50
NOTE: Make sure the rotate group has spring action. This assures correct assembly in relation to the spline. 45. Support the weight of the cylinder barrel as cylinder spline is passed over the tail shaft, to avoid scratching or damage. Push cylinder forward until the cylinder spline reaches the drive shaft spline and rotate the cylinder slightly to engage shaft splines. Continue to slide cylinder forward until it encounters the cylinder bearing. Lifting the tail shaft slightly helps cylinder and cylinder bearing engagement. Continue pushing cylinder forward until the piston shoes contact the swashblock. At this point, the back of the cylinder should be located approximately 10.2 mm (0.4 in) outside the back of the pump housing.
Continued on next page TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9741/50
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216031

PN=591
T108642 UN01APR97
T104036 UN04NOV96
Hydraulic System
46. With the drive shaft facing down, install Oring (A) in pump housing.
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9742/50
47. With the drive shaft facing down, install gasket (A) on pump housing.
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9743/50
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216032

PN=592
T7553BA UN24JUN91
T7553BG UN24JUN91
Hydraulic System
48. Position valve plate on housing pins, making sure tail end of shaft engages shaft bushing in valve plate. Finger tighten hex head cap screw (A) closest to Oring first. Alternately hand tighten the other cap screws.
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9744/50
49. Install plug (A) into control piston cap end housing and tighten to specification.
Specification Plug in Control Piston Cap End HousingTorque ..........................................................20 Nm (15 lbft)
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9745/50
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216033

PN=593
T109033 UN11APR97
T108643 UN01APR97
Hydraulic System
50. Assemble and install load sense module into housing (A). Tighten load sense seat hex nut (K) to specification.
Specification Load Sense Seat Hex NutTorque................................................................ 7.9 Nm (70 lbin.)
Loosen jam nut (F) and tighten load sense bonnet (G) to specification. Tighten jam nut.
Specification Load Sense BonnetTorque......................................................... 197 Nm (145 ftlb) ALoad Sense Housing BSpool CBackup Ring DORing EORing F Jam Nut GLoad Sense Bonnet HSpring I Spring Guide J ORing KLoad Sense Seat
Pump Load Sense Module

TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9746/50
51. Install plug (A) and tighten to specification.

Specification Plug Load Sense HousingTorque ............................................................ 5 Nm (45 lbin.)
52. Install plug (B) and tighten to specification.

Specification Plug Load Sense HousingTorque ..................................................... 13.5 Nm (120 lbin.)
T109032 UN11APR97 TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9747/50
53. Install four cap screws (C) and tighten to specification.

Specification Load Sense Module Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 6 Nm (57 lbin.)
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216034

PN=594
T108883 UN07APR97
Hydraulic System
54. Assemble control piston assembly and install new control gasket and Oring. Place control pin (B) in piston and insert control assembly (A) into swashblock. Install cap screws and tighten control piston housing to pump.
T108644 UN01APR97 TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9748/50
55. Tighten to specifications.

Specification End Cap Screw toControl Piston HousingTorque ............................................................ 20 Nm (15 lbft) Control HousingtoPump Cap ScrewTorque....................................................... 60 Nm (44 lbft) Control Piston Housing End PlugTorque.........................................................115 Nm (85 lbft) Control Piston End Cap PlugTorque ................................................................ 108 Nm (80 lbft) Control Piston End Cap Plug Four Way Valve PlugTorque .................................................................. 68 Nm (50 lbft) Control Piston End Cap PlugTorque .................................................................. 95 Nm (70 lbft) Control Piston End Cap Internal PlugTorque ................................................. 23 Nm (200 lbin.)
Specification Control Valve Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 60 Nm (44 lbft) AEnd Cap Screws to Control Piston Housing (4 used) BControl Piston Housing to Pump Cap Screw (3 used) CControl Piston Housing End Plug DLoad Sense Module Adjustment Screw EControl Piston End Cap Plug F Control Piston End Cap Four Way Valve Plug GControl Piston End Cap Plug HControl Piston End Cap Internal Plug
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9749/50
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216035

PN=595
T108885 UN11APR97
Install control valve cap screws (B) and tighten to specification. Make final tightening to specification.
Hydraulic System
56. Assemble and install flow limiter with cap screws (A) to the control piston housing. Tighten cap screws (A) to specifications.
Specification Flow Limiter Module Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 6 Nm (53 lbin.) Valve PlatetoPump Housing Cap ScrewTorque............................................................... 95 Nm (70 lbft) Flow LimitertoControl Piston Housing Cap ScrewsTorque......................................................... 6.44 Nm (57 inlb) Flow Limiter End PlugTorque ................................................................ 108 Nm (80 lbft) Flow Limiter BonnetTorque........................................................... 108 Nm (80 lbft)
57. Install flow limiter plug (C) and tighten to specification.

T108884 UN11APR97
Specification Flow Limiter PlugTorque ................................................................ 108 Nm (80 lbft)
58. Tighten flow limiter bonnet (B) to specification.

Specification Flow Limiter BonnetTorque........................................................... 108 Nm (80 lbft)
59. Final tighten valve plate cap screws to specification.

Specification Valve Plate Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 95 Nm (70 lbft) AFlow LimitertoControl Piston Housing Cap Screws (3 used) BFlow Limiter Bonnet CFlow Limiter End Plug DValve PlatetoPump Housing Cap Screws
60. Install pump in machine. (See Remove and Install Hydraulic Pump in this group.) 61. Do Pump Load Sense Differential Pressure Test in Group 9025 of Technical Manual. 62. Do Backhoe Load Sense and Loader Load Sense Relief Stall Pressure Test in Group 9025 of Technical Manual.
63. Do Flow Limiter Test in Group 9025 of Technical Manual. 64. Do cycle times to check pump performance. (See Cycle Time Specifications in Group 9025 of Technical Manual. If cycle times are not to specifications, do Pump Flow Test in Group 9025 of Technical Manual.
TX,21,RR7827 1921MAR9750/50
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216036

PN=596
Hydraulic System
Remove and Install Hydraulic Filter Assembly

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
TX,21,RR7830 1909APR971/2
1. Lower all equipment to the ground and shut the engine off. 2. Operate controls to relieve pressure in hydraulic system. 3. Disconnect lines (A, B, E and F). 4. Tag all lines. Cap and plug all openings. 5. Disconnect wire lead (C) from pressure switch. 6. Remove cap screws (D) to remove filter assembly. 7. Remove pressure switch. (See procedure in Section 16 Group 1674.) 8. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. 9. Install pressure switch. If removed, tighten check valve to outlet port fitting, check valve to inlet port fitting, and tee fitting to specification.
T108886 UN11APR97
Specification ValvetoOutlet Port Fitting, Check ValvetoInlet Port Fitting, and Tee FittingTorque............................................. 700 Nm (516 lbft)
10. Replace all Orings. 11. Install filter assembly to frame with cap screws. Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification Filter AssemblytoFrame Cap ScrewsTorque......................................... 33 4 Nm (24 3 lbft) AReturn Hose from Backhoe Control Valve BReturn Hose from Load Sense Shuttle Check Valve CWire Lead from Pressure Switch DCap Screw (4 used) EHose to Cooler F Hose to Reservoir
12. Connect wire lead. 13. Connect hoses. 14. Add oil to proper level. (See Fuels and Lubricants in Group 0004.)
TX,21,RR7830 1909APR972/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216037

PN=597
X9811 UN23AUG88
Hydraulic System
Remove and Install Reservoir

1. Lower all equipment to the ground and shut the engine off. Release hydraulic pressure in the machine by moving control levers. 2. Remove left engine side shield, cowl, precleaner, exhaust stack, and hood. 3. Using an oil caddie, pump oil from reservoir. CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 4. Remove two brake valve lines (4). Tag and cap all lines and hoses when removing the reservoir. 5. Remove four brake valve mounting cap screws from brake valve in cab or ROPS and move brake valve toward the operators station. 6. Disconnect or remove windshield washer (14) (if equipped). 7. Remove (15 and 16) and disconnect (13, and 513). 8. Remove three cap screws at top of tank holding reservoir. 9. Install JT01748 Lifting Bracket and a hoist. CAUTION: The approximate weight of reservoir is 27 kg (60 lb).
Specification Hydraulic ReservoirWeight............................................................... 27 kg (60 lb) 1 Steering Valve T PorttoReservoir Line 2 Steering Valve L PorttoSteering Cylinder Head End Line 3 Steering Valve R PorttoCylinder Rod End Line 4 Brake Lines (2 used) 5 Harness Connector 6 ReservoirtoPump Line 7 Cooler Line toReservoir 8 Reservoir Suction LinetoPump
10. Tilt top of reservoir out towards cab to clear main frame. Push in on bottom of reservoir towards engine and lift out to left side of machine. 11. Install reservoir. Tighten three cap screws that hold reservoir to mainframe to specification.
Specification ReservoirtoMainframe Cap ScrewsTorque..................................................... 59 Nm (43 lbft)
9 Steering ValvetoReservoir Return Line 10 Temperature Sending Unit Lead 11 Clamp 12 Steering Valve LS Port from Loader Control Valve LS Circuit 13 Steering Valve Pressure Port Line from Backhoe Valve 14 Windshield Washer 15 Brake Return Line 16 Brake Pressure In Line
12. Connect all parts. 13. Fill reservoir. See Group 0004.
TX,21,SS3952 1902APR971/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216038

PN=598
T108848B UN04APR97
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Reservoir
TX,2160,SS3555 1916JAN971/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216039

PN=599
TP52896 UN09JAN97
Hydraulic System
1 Cap Screw (3 used) 2 Washer (3 used) 3 Reservoir 4 Hose 5 Air Filter 6 Hose 7 ORing 8 Fitting Plug 9 ORing 10 Fitting 11 ORing 12 Tee Fitting 13 ORing 14 Fitting 15 Union Fitting (2 used) 16 Oil Tube 17 Snap Ring 18 Strainer 19 Snap Ring 20 Filler Cap 21 Cap Screw 22 Washer 23 Clamp 24 Nut 25 Elbow 26 Hose 27 ORing 28 Fitting 29 Switch
1. Remove parts. Replace as necessary. 2. Apply pipe sealant to threads of sight tube fittings (15). Install fittings. 3. Install cap screws (1) and tighten to specification.
Specification ReservoirtoMainframe Cap ScrewsTorque..................................................... 59 Nm (43 lbft)
TX,2160,SS3555 1916JAN972/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216040

PN=600
Hydraulic System
Remove and Install Hydraulic Oil Cooler (Standard without Air Conditioning)
1 Hose 2 ORing 3 Adapter 4 ORing 5 Grommet 6 Clamp (7 used)
7 Sleeve (2 used) 8 Transmission Oil Cooler 9 Tie Band (6 used) 10 Hose 11 Grommet (2 used) 12 Hose
13 Sleeve (2 used) 14 Hose 15 Elbow Fitting (2 used) 16 Fitting (4 used) 17 ORing (4 used) 18 Hydraulic Oil Cooler
19 Washer (16 used) 20 Spacer (8 used) 21 Washer (8 used) 22 Cap Screw (8 used)
TX, 21,RR7729 1924FEB971/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216041

PN=601
TP50576 UN16JAN97
Hydraulic System NOTE: Illustration shows transmission oil cooler along with the hydraulic oil cooler. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected loader boom movement. When working on machine with loader in raised position, use a support or loader boom lock bar to prevent accidental lowering of loader. 1. Raise loader boom and install loader boom lock bar. 2. Drain cooler. 3. Remove engine front grille.
TX, 21,RR7729 1924FEB972/2
4. Tag and disconnect lines. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 5. Remove cap screws (22), washers (21), spacers (20), and rubber washers (19) to remove cooler. 6. Clean and inspect cooler fins for wear. Repair if necessary. 7. Install oil cooler. 8. Connect hoses. 9. Install grille.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216042

PN=602
Hydraulic System
Remove and Install Hydraulic Oil Cooler and Hoses with Air Conditioning
1 Hose 2 ORing 3 Adapter 4 ORing 5 Grommet (2 used)
6 Clamp (7 used) 7 Sleeve (2 used) 8 Oil Cooler 9 Tie Band (6 used) 10 Hose
11 Grommet (2 used) 12 Hose 13 Sleeve (2 used) 14 Hose 15 Elbow Fitting
16 Cap Screw (6 used) 17 Washer (6 used)
TX,21,SS3966 1915APR971/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216043

PN=603
TP50574 UN16JAN97
Hydraulic System
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected loader boom movement. When working on machine with loader in raised position, use a support or loader boom lock bar to prevent accidental lowering of loader. 1. Raise loader boom and install loader boom lock bar. 2. Drain cooler. 3. Remove engine front grille. 4. Leave air conditioning condenser lines connected. Remove cap screws and let condenser hang. 5. Tag and disconnect lines. Close all openings using caps and plugs.
6. Remove cap screws (16) and washers (17) to remove cooler. 7. Clean and inspect cooler fins for wear. Repair if necessary. 8. Install oil cooler. 9. Connect hoses. 10. Install condenser. 11. Install grille.
TX,21,SS3966 1915APR972/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
21216044

PN=604
Contents
Page
Section 31 Loader
Page
Group 3100Loader Specifications ............................................ 3131001 Loader Remove.................................................3131001 Install.....................................................3131004 Group 3102Bucket Specifications ............................................ 3131021 Loader Bucket Remove and Install ...............................3131021 Replace Welded Cutting Edges ............3131022 Repair Cracked Cutting Edge ...............3131022 Remove and Install Cutting Edge..........3131023 MultiPurpose Bucket and Lines Disassemble and Assemble..................3131028 Group 3115Control Linkages Other Material............................................ 3131151 Specifications ............................................ 3131151 Loader Bucket SelfLeveling Linkage Indicator and ReturntoDig Switch Adjustment ............................................3131152 Loader Control Valve Linkage Remove and Install ...............................3131154 Adjustment ............................................3131156 Bucket Cylinder Linkage Remove and Install ...............................3131157 Group 3160Hydraulic System Essential Tools........................................... 3131601 Service Equipment and Tools .................... 3131601 Other Material............................................ 3131602 Specifications ............................................ 3131603 Bucket Curl, Load Sense, Boom Raise Circuit Relief Valves with AntiCavitation and System Relief Valve without Anticavitation Disassemble and Assemble..................3131605 Bucket Dump Circuit Relief Valve With AntiCavitation Disassemble and Asemble....................3131606 AntiCavitation Valve Disassemble and Assemble..................3131607 Auxiliary Circuit Relief Valve Disassemble and Assemble..................3131608 Auxiliary ShutOff Plug Disassemble and Assemble..................3131608 Loader Control Valve Remove and Install ...............................3131609 Disassemble and Assemble................31316010 Replace Wiper Rings and Seals .........31316012 Remove and Install Relief Valves........31316017 Disassemble and Assemble Loader Inlet Section.....................................................31316018 Disassemble and Assemble Loader Bucket Section.....................................................31316020 TM1611 (22JUL10)
Disassemble and Assemble Loader Boom Section.....................................................31316022 Disassemble and Assemble Loader Auxiliary Section.....................................................31316024 120 Series Loader Cylinders Remove and Install Boom Cylinder.....31316025 Remove and Install Bucket Cylinder ...31316026 Disassemble and Assemble Bucket and Boom Cylinders..................................................31316027 Cross Section of Bucket and Boom Cylinder ........... 31 316030 Assemble Bucket and Boom Cylinders .................... 31 316030 120 Series MultiPurpose Bucket Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble................31316036 Ride Control Valve (If Equipped) Remove and Install .............................31316037 Disassemble and Assemble................31316038 Ride Control Valve Solenoid (If Equipped) Remove and Install .............................31316041 Ride Control Accumulator (If Equipped) Remove and Install .............................31316041 Charging the Ride Control Accumulator......................................... 31316043 Charging the Ride Control AccumulatorProcedure A (14.2 in. accumulator) ......................... 31316044 Charging the Ride Control AccumulatorProcedure B (17.2 in. accumulator) ......................... 31316045 Discharge Procedure ..........................31316046
311

PN=1
Contents
TM1611 (22JUL10)
312

PN=2
Group 3100 Loader

Specifications
Boom Cylinder Loader Boom
Weight Weight
37 kg (81 lb) Approximate 317 kg (700 lb) Approximate

CED,TX03399,5685 1906DEC991/1
Remove Loader
CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. 1. Lower all equipment to ground. Stop engine.
2. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure in hydraulic system. 3. Remove precleaner and exhaust stack (if necessary) to remove hood.
WS68074,00036EE 1914JUL101/4
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131001

PN=607
X9811 UN23AUG88
Loader
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from falling bucket linkage when pins are removed. Support or block linkage from falling when removing pins. 4. Remove loader linkage, bucket cylinder, and bucket. (See Remove and Install Loader Bucket Cylinder in Group 3160 and Remove and Install Loader Bucket in Group 3102.) 5. Install lifting straps at locations (A and C). Make sure lifting straps are installed as follows:
Location (A)Around the boom arms and through Location (C)Around the boom arms just in front of
cross tube (B).
ALocation (rear lifting point) BCross Tube CLocation (front lifting point)
the handholds.
WS68074,00036EE 1914JUL102/4
CAUTION: The approximate weight of boom cylinder is 37 kg (81 lb).

Specification Boom CylinderWeight.................................. 37 kg (81 lb) Approximate
NOTE: If removal of boom cylinder is necessary, see Remove and Install Loader Boom Cylinder in Group 3160. 6. Position a 102 x 102 mm (4 x 4 in.) (minimum) wide block on the front axle directly under boom cylinder. 7. Remove boom cylinder rod end snap ring (A) and pin (B). Lower rod end of boom cylinder and allow it to rest on the block.
WS68074,00036EE 1914JUL103/4
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131002

PN=608
T118632A UN24NOV98
T118413 UN24NOV98
Loader
8. Disconnect returntodig switch connector (D). 9. Tag and disconnect bucket hydraulic lines (C) (left side) and auxiliary hydraulic lines (right side). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 10. Remove cotter pin and yoke pin to disconnect bucket self leveling linkage (A). Fasten linkage rod to loader arm using a tie band. 11. Support weight of loader using a hoist attached to lifting straps. Remove snap rings (B), washers, and shims. Remove pivot pin and actuator (E). CAUTION: The approximate weight of the loader boom is 317 kg (700 lb).
Specification Loader BoomWeight................................ 317 kg (700 lb) Approximate
12. Lift loader boom and remove. 13. Repair or replace loader boom as necessary.
ABucket Leveling Linkage BLoader Pin and Snap Ring 1 CBucket Hydraulic Lines (2 used) DReturntoDig Switch Connector EActuator
T118631 UN24NOV98
Boom and Bucket Linkage and Lines (right side shown)

1
Similar lines are located on the left side. These lines are for auxiliary hydraulics.
WS68074,00036EE 1914JUL104/4
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131003

PN=609
Loader
Install Loader
1 Snap Ring (4 used) 2 Washer (4 used) 3 Pivot Pin (2 used) 4 Lubrication Fitting (3 used)
5 Shim (as required) 6 Bushing (2 used) 7 Pin (2 used) 8 Snap Ring (4 used)
9 Bushing (2 used) 10 Bushing (2 used) 11 Loader 12 Nut
13 Actuator
1. Put actuator (13) on bushing (6) on inside of right loader arm. CAUTION: The approximate weight of the loader boom is 317 kg (700 lb).
Specification Loader BoomWeight................................ 317 kg (700 lb) Approximate
2. Lower loader boom into position and align boom with pin boss holes. 3. Install hardware (13 and 5). 4. Connect bucket self leveling linkage to actuator (13). 5. Connect returntodig switch connector.
TX,31,RR7733 1911NOV981/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131004

PN=610
T107573 UN26FEB97
Loader

Specification Boom CylinderWeight.................................. 37 kg (81 lb) Approximate
NOTE: If boom cylinder was completely removed from machine, see Remove and Install Loader Boom Cylinder in Group 3160 for installation procedure. 6. Raise boom cylinder into position and install pin (B) and snap ring (A).
7. Install loader bucket, bucket linkage, and bucket cylinder. (See Remove and Install Loader Bucket in Group 3102 and Remove and Install Loader Bucket Cylinder in Group 3160.) 8. Connect all hydraulic hoses and lines.
9. Adjust bucket self leveling linkage. (See procedure in Group 3115.)

TX,31,RR7733 1911NOV982/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131005

PN=611
T118632A UN24NOV98
Loader
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131006

PN=612
Group 3102 Bucket

Specifications
RIVNUT Installation Tool
Torque
6874 Nm (5055 lbft)

CED,TX03399,5686 1906DEC991/1
Remove and Install Loader Bucket

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from falling linkage. Bucket cylinder and links will fall forward when pins are removed. Support or block linkage before removing pins. 1. Put bucket on floor. 2. Remove pin (D). Lift and rotate bucket links (B) until links rest against the machine. NOTE: Stops (C) at the end of cylindertoloader cross tube links prevent cylinder and links from dropping. The stops keep the link assembly approximately at the full dump position. 3. Attach a hoist and lifting strap to bucket cylinder. Remove pin (E). Allow cylinder (A) to rest against the machine while being careful not to damage hose fitting at top of cylinder.
T107569 UN27FEB97
4. Remove pins (F). Remove bucket. 5. Repair or replace bucket as needed. 6. Move bucket into position. Align loader arms with bucket pin bosses and install pins. 7. Align bucket cylinder rod with bucket. Install pin. 8. Align links with bucket and install pin.
ACylinder BBucket Link (2 used) CLink Stops Cylinderto Bucket Pin DBucket LinktoBucket Pin ECylindertoBucket Pin F BoomtoBucket Pin (2 used)
TX, 21,RR7721 1911NOV981/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131021

PN=613
Bucket
Replace Welded Bucket Cutting Edges

1. Perform welding in an environment with a minimum ambient temperature of 10C (50F). 2. Clean all joints to be welded of all foreign matter such as dirt, rust, mill scale, oil, etc. with grinders and/or solvents. 3. Use dry AWSE7018 low hydrogen electrodes or either of the following equivalent low hydrogen wire feed electrodes: gas metal arc welding (CO 2 or argon CO 2) AWSE70S6 or flux cored arc welding AWSE70T1. 4. Preheat parts to be welded (both tack and final welds) to minimum of 204C (400F). PREHEAT TEMPERATURE MUST BE THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE THICKNESS OF THE PARTS JOINED AND AT LEAST 51 mm (2 in.) BACK FROM THE JOINT. Maintain preheat throughout the entire welding operation. Tempilstiks should be used if possible. 5. Tack weld preheated plates starting at center of bucket and working toward the outside ends.
TX,31,ME120 1901SEP061/1
6. Final weld preheated plates starting at the center of the front edge of the bucket backing plate and working toward the outside ends. Repeat this operation at back edge of loader blade. Tack welds may be incorporated into the final weld, providing they have been made with electrodes that meet the requirements of the final welds and no cracking has occurred in the weld metal. Tack welds not meeting these requirements must be completely removed by grinding or air arc gouging just prior to making the final weld in that area. 7. Do not remove bucket from welding environment until weld metal temperature has dropped to the ambient temperature. Do not force cooling rate of weld metal.
Bucket Cutting Edge Cracked Repair

1. If cutting edge has any cracks, clean the area to find end of crack. 2. Drill a small hole at end of crack to prevent spreading.
3. Grind Vgrooves along crack on top and bottom of cutting edge. 4. Fill the Vgrooves with weld. Use E7018 electrodes. Extend the weld approximately 13 mm (0.5 in.) beyond end of crack.
TX,31,ME122 1901SEP061/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131022

PN=614
Bucket
Remove and Install Cutting Edge
AWeld
1. Lower bucket onto shop stands. 2. Tack weld a straight edge along weld (A) joining bucket to cutting edge to use as a guide.
3. Remove top weld using cutting torch or air arc equipment. Remove weld on side stiffener to cutting edge joint.
TX3102BR269 1905JUN911/6
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131023

PN=615
T7513AQ UN15MAY91
Bucket
A51 mm (2.0 in.) long x 12 mm C40 mm (1.6 in.) long x 8 mm E76 mm (3.0 in.) long x 8 mm (0.5 in.) fillet weld (0.3 in.) fillet weld (0.3 in.) fillet weld B51 mm (2.0 in.) long x 8 mm D140 mm (5.5 in.) long x 8 mm (0.3 in.) fillet weld (0.3 in.) fillet weld (also wrap corners)
IMPORTANT: Cutting edge overlaps bucket at bottom welds. Be careful not to cut into bucket when removing weld. NOTE: Weld sequence on cutting edge is symmetrical. Use left side notations to guide you to cut welds on the right side.
4. Put bucket into dump position. Remove all bottom welds (AE) with cutting torch or air arc equipment.
TX3102BR269 1905JUN912/6
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131024

PN=616
T7513AR UN15MAY91
Bucket
5. Smooth rough surfaces with grinder. 6. Position new cutting edge and hold in place with clamps. IMPORTANT: Disconnect battery ground strap or turn battery disconnect switch to "OFF". Have only a certified or qualified welder do this work. Connect welder ground clamp close to each weld area so electrical current does not pass through any bearings. Remove or protect all parts that can be damaged by heat or weld splatter. High carbon cutting edges must be preheated to 176C (350F), then welded with low hydrogen E7018 dry rods or A.W.S. E70T4 flux core process. NOTE: Weld sequence on cutting edge is symmetrical. Use left side notations to weld right side. 7. Tack weld cutting edge to bucket. Remove clamps.
TX3102BR269 1905JUN913/6 T92453 UN07FEB90 Continued on next page TX3102BR269 1905JUN914/6
A51 mm (2.0 in.) long x 12 mm C40 mm (1.6 in.) long x 8 mm E76 mm (3.0 in.) long x 8 mm (0.5 in.) fillet weld (0.3 in.) fillet weld (0.3 in.) fillet weld B51 mm (2.0 in.) long x 8 mm D140 mm (5.5 in.) long x 8 mm (0.3 in.) fillet weld (0.3 in.) fillet weld (also wrap corners)
8. Weld bottom of cutting edge at A, B, C, D and E. Use weld instructions on drawing.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131025

PN=617
T7513AR UN15MAY91
Bucket
AWeld
9. Put bucket flat on shop stands. Weld floor of bucket to cutting edge (A) with a 5 mm (0.2 in.) high by 9 mm (0.36 in.) wide fillet weld. Start weld in center
and weld continuous to end. Weld both halves before welding side stiffener to cutting edge.
Continued on next page TX3102BR269 1905JUN915/6
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131026

PN=618
T7513AQ UN15MAY91
Bucket
10. Weld both sides and front of each side stiffener to cutting edge using a 12 mm (0.5 in.) fillet weld (A). Wrap weld around corners.
AFillet Weld
TX3102BR269 1905JUN916/6
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131027

PN=619
T7513AS UN05JUN91
Bucket
Disassemble and Assemble MultiPurpose Bucket and Lines
CED,TX03399,5610 1902DEC991/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131028

PN=620
TP57878 UN19JUN98
Bucket
1 Cylinder (2 used) 2 Bushing (4 used) 3 UJoint Lock Pin (2 used) 4 Lock Nut (2 used) 5 Cap Screw (2 used) 6 Hydraulic HosetoRod End (2 used) 7 ORing (11 used) 8 Elbow (2 used) 9 Tube (2 used) 10 Clamp (6 used) 11 Plate (3 used) 12 Cap Screw (3 used) 13 Hydraulic HosetoHead End (Right Side) 14 Elbow 15 ORing (4 used) 16 Cotter Pin (2 used) 17 Washer (2 used) 18 Bushing (4 used) 19 Pin (2 used) 20 Elbow (2 used) 21 Hydraulic Hose Loader Lift ArmstoBucket (2 used) 22 Cap Screw 23 Washer 24 Clamp 25 Bushing 26 Washer (2 used) 27 Pin (2 used) 28 Cap Screw (2 used) 29 Lock Nut (2 used) 30 Moldboard 31 Hydraulic HosetoHead End (Left Side) 32 MultiPurpose Bucket Assembly 33 Complete MultiPurpose Bucket Assembly
Inspect all part for wear. Replace if necessary.

CED,TX03399,5610 1902DEC992/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131029

PN=621
Bucket
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31310210

PN=622
Group 3115 Control Linkages

Other Material
Number Name Use
TY16285 (U.S.) CXTY16285 (Canadian) 7649 (LOCTITE) T43512 (U.S.) TY9473 (Canadian) 242 (LOCTITE) TY21517 (U.S.) NA (Canadian) 454 (LOCTITE)
Cure Primer
Apply to threads of cap screw.
Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength) Instant Gel Adhesive
Apply to threads of cap screw.
Apply to threads on loader control knob.
CED,TX03399,5690 1906DEC991/1
Specifications
ReturntoDig Adjustment (Guard/StoptoBell Crank) ReturntoDig Adjustment (Top of Bell Crank PintoActuator Tang) Control Valve Linkage Support Bracket Cap Screws Control Valve Lever Ball Joint Nuts Control Valve Lever Ball Joint Jam Nuts Bucket
Gap Gap Torque Torque Torque Weight
1 mm (0.04 in.) 152 mm (6 in.) 37 Nm (27 lbft) 25 Nm (18 lbft) 115 Nm (85 lbft) 45 kg (100 lb) Approximate
CED,TX03399,5691 1906DEC991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131151

PN=623
Control Linkages
Loader Bucket SelfLeveling Linkage Indicator and ReturntoDig Switch Adjustment

1. Position bucket flat on ground. Stop engine. 2. Remove cover that covers linkage and reinstall cap screw. 3. Hold bucket lever in rollback position. 4. Measure gap (A) between guard/stop (B) and bell crank (C). Gap should be as specified.
Specification ReturntoDig Adjustment (Guard/StoptoBell Crank)Gap.................................................................... 1 mm (0.04 in.)
5. If gap is not to specification, adjust rod jam nut and yoke (D) to obtain correct gap. Allow bucket lever to return to neutral position.
T102233 UN26JUL96 CED,OUO1010,482 1920NOV981/3
6. Measure gap (E) between top of bell crank pin (F) and bottom of actuator tang (G). Gap should be as specified.
Specification ReturntoDig Adjustment (Top of Bell Crank PintoActuator Tang)Gap....................................................................... 152 mm (6 in.)
7. If gap (E) is not to specification, adjust sensor tube jam nut and yoke (H) until correct specification is obtained.
A1 mm (0.04 in.) Gap BGuard/Stop CBell CrankNeutral Position DRod Jam Nut and Yoke E152 mm (6 in.) Gap F Bell Crank Pin GActuator Tang HSensor Tube Jam Nut and Yoke I Bucket Dump J Bucket Rollback
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131152

PN=624
T102231 UN05SEP96
Control Linkages
8.
Loosen cap screw (D) and move returntodig switch so roller (C) is touching area (B) on the cam.
9. Connect an ohmmeter test leads across the returntodig switch terminals. 10. Move switch toward cam until continuity is indicated. 11. Move switch away from cam until no continuity is indicated. 12. Tighten cap screw (D) without moving switch assembly (A).
T118401 UN13NOV98
13. Remove pin from sensor tube yoke. 14. While watching clearance between cam and switch, turn bucket level pointer back and forth to make sure cam does not hit switch bracket. NOTE: Be sure that switch arm and roller do not bottom on switch housing. 15. If cam contacts switch bracket or arm, repeat steps 814. 16. Connect returntodig switch connector. 17. Install cover. 18. Connect sensor tube.
ASwitch Assembly BCam Area
CRoller DCap Screw
CED,OUO1010,482 1920NOV982/3
19. When selfleveling mechanism is adjusted correctly, bucket position will be approximately level or slightly forward with the ground. 20. Check position of bucket level indicatortoleveling decal. For operators preference, the decal may be moved to align with the bucket pointer.
CED,OUO1010,482 1920NOV983/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131153

PN=625
T6161AA UN18OCT88
Control Linkages
Remove and Install Loader Control Valve Linkage
1 Handle 2 Handle 3 Screw (2 used) 4 Knob 5 Washer (2 used) 6 Screw (2 used) 7 Lever 8 Ball Joint (4 used) 9 Lock Nut (6 used) 10 Ball Joint
11 Nut (2 used) 12 Nut (4 used) 13 Stud 14 Rod 15 Boot (2 used) 16 Nut 17 Bushing 18 Cap Screw 19 Base 20 Ball Joint
21 Set Screw (2 used) 22 Bellcrank (2 used) 23 Nut 24 Nut 25 Ball Joint 26 Rod 27 Rod 28 Yoke (2 used) 29 Cap Screw (3 used) 30 Washer (3 used)
31 Support 32 Isolator (3 used) 33 Spacer (3 used) 34 Nut 35 Nut 36 Cotter Pin 37 Pin
CED,OUO1002,766 1918JAN991/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131154

PN=626
TP50446 UN22AUG96
Control Linkages 1. Tighten cap screws (29) to 37 Nm (27 lbft).

Specification Control Valve Linkage Support Bracket Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 37 Nm (27 lbft)
Specification Control Valve Lever Ball Joint Jam NutsTorque................................................115 Nm (85 lbft)
2. Tighten nuts (9) to 25 Nm (18 lbft).

Specification Control Valve Lever Ball Joint NutsTorque......................................................... 25 Nm (18 lbft)
4. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer to threads of cap screw (18) which retains bushing to large ball joint. 5. Apply gel instant adhesive to threads on loader control knob (4).
3. Tighten nuts (11) to 115 Nm (85 lbft).

CED,OUO1002,766 1918JAN992/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131155

PN=627
Control Linkages
Loader Control Valve Linkage Adjustment

NOTE: Levers must be positioned correctly to allow full travel and proper operation of loader valves.
T7407AN UN30OCT90 TX,9025,RR7491 1920NOV981/1
Cab and other components have been removed in some photos for illustration purposes only. 1. Put loader control valve spools in neutral position. 2. Adjust rods (A) so tabs (B) on bell crank are horizontal. 3. Put a piece of masking tape from right front to right rear ROPS posts on inside surface at loader knob height. 4. Distance (C) from right side of knob to tape should be 250 mm (10 in.). 5. Put a piece of masking tape from left front to right front ROPS posts on inside surface at loader knob height.
NOTE: Pivot (F) must remain in slot when holding the loader lever in the rollback position. 7. The distances in steps 4 and 6 can be obtained by adjusting control rods (E).
ALinkage Rods BTabs CDistance [250 mm (10 in.)] DDistance [130 mm (5.25 in.)] EControl Rods F Pivot
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131156

PN=628
T7407AQ UN30OCT90
T7407AP UN30OCT90
T7407AO UN14NOV90
6. Distance (D) from front of loader knob to tape should be 130 mm (5.25 in.).
Control Linkages
Remove and Install Bucket Cylinder Linkage

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from falling linkage. Bucket cylinder and links will fall forward when pins are removed. Support or block linkage before removing pins. The approximate weight of the bucket cylinder is 45 kg (100 lb).
Specification BucketWeight ............................................. 45 kg (100 lb) Approximate
1. Support or block linkage from falling when disconnecting the linkage. 2. Remove bucket level indicator rod (B) by removing snap ring. 3. Remove two bucket links (C) by removing snap rings at both ends of links. 4. Slowly remove bucket links (A) by removing snap rings. Position cylinder against machine.
6. Apply multipurpose grease to inside of all bushings before assembly. 7. Install bucket links and snap rings. Shim as required to reduce looseness on bucket links and bucket links to cylinder. 8. Attach indicator rod using snap ring.
TX, 21,RR7722 1924FEB971/1
5. Inspect and repair links as needed. Remove and install bushings using 45, 55, 65, 75 and 85 mm disks.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131157

PN=629
T107570 UN27FEB97
Control Linkages
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131158

PN=630

Essential Tools
CED,TX03399,5885 1905JAN001/5
Relief Valve Seal Installer................................... JDG1290
To install special seal on relief valve.

CED,TX03399,5885 1905JAN002/5
ShutOff Plug Seal Installer ................................ JDG1328
To install special seal on shutoff plug.

CED,TX03399,5885 1905JAN003/5
Seal Installation Tool............................................. JDG734
Install seals and wiper rings in spool valves.

CED,TX03399,5885 1905JAN004/5
Gas Cock..............................................................JT01735
Charge Accumulator
CED,TX03399,5885 1905JAN005/5

CED,TX03399,5693 1906DEC991/2
Gauge (600 psi)
Used to determine accumulator charge pressure.

CED,TX03399,5693 1906DEC992/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131601

PN=631
Hydraulic System
Other Material
Number Name Use
Cure Primer
Apply to threads on spool and spool end screw. Apply to spanner nut and rod guide threads
T43513 (U.S.) TY9474 (Canadian) 271 (LOCTITE) T43512 (U.S.) TY9473 (Canadian) 242 (LOCTITE)
Thread Lock and Sealer (High Strength) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength)
Apply to threads of spool end screw.
Apply to rod guide and spanner nut threads.

CED,TX03399,5694 1906DEC991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131602

PN=632
Hydraulic System
Specifications
Loader Control Valve Bucket Curl and Boom Raise Circuit Relief Valve Body Bucket Curl and Boom Raise Circuit Relief Valve (Installation) Loader Bucket Dump Relief Valve with AntiCavitation Nut Loader Bucket Dump Relief Valve with AntiCavitation Body Loader Bucket Dump Relief Valve with AntiCavitation (Installation) AntiCavitation Valve (Installation) Auxiliary Circuit Relief Valve (Installation) ShutOff Plug (Installation) Control Valve and Mounting Plate Loader Control Valve Mounting Plate Isolator Cap Screws Loader Control Valve Mounting Cap Screws Loader Control Valve Loader Control Tie Rod Nuts, 7/16 in.20 Threads Loader Control Tie Rod Nuts, 1/2 in.20 Threads Spool Cap, Cap Screws Spool Retainer Plate Screws Relief Valve 27 mm (11/2 in.) Threads Relief Valve w/out Locking Ring, 22.2 mm (7/8 in.) Threads Relief Valve w/Locking Ring, 22.2 mm (7/8 in.) Threads Relief Valve Locking Ring Nut Steering Load Sense Relief Nut and Cap Plug Spool End Screw Socket Head Screws Spool End Screw Spool Cap, Cap Screws Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Weight Torque Torque Weight Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque
34 3 Nm (25 2 lbft) 45 4.7 Nm (33 3.5 lbft) 45 4.7 Nm (33 3.5 lbft) 65 7 Nm (48 5 lbft) 65 7 Nm (48 5 lbft) 65 7 Nm (48 5 lbft) 65 7 Nm (48 5 lbft) 65 7 Nm (48 5 lbft) 45 kg (100 lbs) Approximate 37 Nm (27 lbft) 130 Nm (95 lbft) 45 kg (100 lb) Approximate 65 Nm (48 lbft) 100 Nm (74 lbft) 9.5 Nm (84 lbin.) 5.5 Nm (48 lbin.) 65 7 Nm (48 5 lbft) 45 4 Nm (33 3 lbft) 34 3 Nm (25 2 lbft) 14 1.4 Nm (10 1 lbft) 9.5 1.5 Nm (84 12 lbin.) 2227 Nm (1620 lbft) 811 Nm (68 lbft) 811 Nm (68 lbft). 9.5 Nm (84 lbin.) 9.5 Nm (84 lbin.)
CED,TX03399,5901 1910JAN001/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131603

PN=633
Hydraulic System
Spool Retainer Plate Screws Loader Cylinder Boom Cylinder
Torque Weight
5.5 Nm (48 lbin.) 38 kg (84 lb) 170 Nm (125 lbft) + 1/8 (45) turn
Torque Turn Bucket Cylinder Piston Nut with 855.5 2 mm (33.7 0.08 in.) Rod Stroke Bucket Cylinder Piston Nut with 744 2 mm (29.3 0.08 in.) Rod Stroke Boom Cylinder Piston Nut Ride Control Control Valve Cap Screws Control Valve Hydraulic Hoses Control Valve Manifold SAE #4 Plug Control Valve Manifold SAE #6 Plug Solenoid Valve BlocktoControl Valve Manifold SocketHead Screws Accumulator Clamp Cap Screws Accumulator Hydraulic Line Accumulator Charge for Optimal Performance Ride Control Accumulator PreCharge17 in. accumulator canister length Ride Control Accumulator PreCharge17 in. accumulator canister length Ride Control Accumulator PreCharge14 in. accumulator canister length Torque Turn
190 Nm (140 lbft) + 1/8 turn (45)
Torque Turn Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque
250 Nm (185 lbft) + 1/8 (45) turn 37 Nm (27 lbft) 50 Nm (37 lbft) 814 Nm (610 lbft) 2027 Nm (1520 lbft) 57 Nm (4462 lbin.)
Torque Torque Pressure Pressure (310E, 310SE, 315SE Machines) Pressure (410E Machine)
73 Nm (54 lbft) 37 Nm (27 lbft) 345 kPa ( 3.5 bar) ( 50 psi) 2482 138 kPa (25 1bar) (360 20 psi) 3447 kPa (35 bar ) (500 psi)
Pressure (310E, 310SE, 315SE and 410E Machines)
2930 kPa (29 bar ) (425 psi)
CED,TX03399,5901 1910JAN002/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131604

PN=634
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Loader Bucket Curl, Load Sense, Boom Raise Circuit Relief Valves with AntiCavitation and Loader System Relief Valve without AntiCavitation
1. Disassemble and inspect parts for wear and damage. Replace as necessary. 2. Put clean hydraulic oil on all parts before assembly. 3. Install special seal (I) using JDG1290 Seal Installer. 4. Tighten cap (A) and nut (D) to specification. Reference circuit relief valve installation torque.
Loader Control ValveSpecification Bucket Curl and Boom Raise Circuit Relief Valve Body Torque .................................................... 34 3 Nm (25 2 lbft) Bucket Curl and Boom Raise Circuit Relief Valve (Installation)Torque................................... 45 4.7 Nm (33 3.5 lbft) ACap BAdjusting Screw CORing DNut EORing F Spring GPoppet HOrifice I Special Seal J Collar KRetaining Ring MValve Body
T108887 UN09APR97 TX,3160,SS3095 1920OCT991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131605

PN=635
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Loader Bucket Dump Circuit Relief Valve with AntiCavitation
1. Disassemble and inspect parts for wear and damage. Replace as necessary. 2. Put clean hydraulic oil on all parts before assembly. 3. Tighten nut (D) and valve body (E) to specifications. Reference relief valve installation torque.
Specification Loader Bucket Dump Relief Valve with AntiCavitation NutTorque................................................. 45 4.7 Nm (33 3.5 lbft) Loader Bucket Dump Relief Valve with AntiCavitation bodyTorque..................................................... 65 7 Nm (48 5 lbft) Loader Bucket Dump Relief Valve with AntiCavitation (Installation)Torque......................................... 65 7 Nm (48 5 lbft)
AEnd Stop BCap CORing DNut EValve Body F Poppet GSpring HSpring I Valve Body J Piston
KPoppet L Poppet MBackup Ring NORing OORing PORing QBackup Ring (2 used) RSpring SORing T Shim (as required)
TX,31,RR7855 1920OCT991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131606

PN=636
T8259AJ UN05JUL94
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble AntiCavitation Valve

1. Disassemble and inspect parts for wear and damage. Replace as necessary. 2. Put clean hydraulic oil on all parts before assembly. 3. Anticavitation valve installation torque.
Specification AntiCavitation Valve (Installation)Torque......................................... 65 7 Nm (48 5 lbft)
ASpring BValve Body CORing
DPoppet EBackup Ring F ORing
TX,31,RR7690 1920OCT991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131607

PN=637
T100609 UN27JAN97
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Auxiliary Circuit Relief Valve

1. Disassemble and inspect parts for wear or damage. Replace as necessary. 2. Put clean hydraulic oil on all parts before assembly. 3. Circuit relief valve installation torque specification.
Specification Auxiliary Circuit Relief Valve (Installation)Torque......................................... 65 7 Nm (48 5 lbft) ASpring BSleeve CRetaining Ring DORing EBackup Ring (2 used) F ORing GShim (as required) HPoppet I Sleeve J Spring KValve Body L Backup Ring (2 used) MORing
TX,31,RR7857 1920OCT991/1
Disassemble and Assemble Auxiliary Shutoff Plug

1. Remove seal, if necessary. 2. Put clean hydraulic oil on seal before assembly. 3. Install special seal using JDG1328 Seal Installer. 4. Plug (1) installation torque.
Specification ShutOff Plug (Installation)Torque......................................... 65 7 Nm (48 5 lbft) 1 ShutOff Plug 2 Special Seal
WS68074,00036F5 1914JUL101/1 T127068 UN05JAN00
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131608

PN=638
T8259AG UN05JUL94
Hydraulic System
Remove and Install Loader Control Valve

CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 1. Operate hydraulic controls to release hydraulic pressure. 2. Remove battery box cover. (See Remove and Install Battery in Group 1671). 3. Disconnect battery cables. 4. Disconnect loader control valve linkage. (See Remove and Install Loader Control Valve Linkage in Group 3115.)
TX,31,RR7780 1912MAR971/2
5. Tag and disconnect lines (A) located inside of frame. Tag and disconnect all hoses and lines from control valve. Close all openings using caps and plugs. CAUTION: Control valve and mounting plate weighs approximately 45 kg (100 lbs).
Specification Control Valve and Mounting PlateWeight.............................. 45 kg (100 lbs) Approximate
6. Remove cap screws (B) to remove valve mounting plate with loader valve. Remove valve. 7. Install valve mounting plate with isolators. Tighten three isolator cap screws to specification.
Specification Loader Control Valve Mounting Plate Isolator Cap ScrewsTorque..................................................... 37 Nm (27 lbft)
Specification Loader Control Valve Mounting Cap ScrewsTorque........................................................... 130 Nm (95 lbft)
8. Install loader valve and cap screws. Tighten cap screws to specification.
9. Connect hoses and lines. 10. Install battery box and batteries. Connect battery cable.
TX,31,RR7780 1912MAR972/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3131609

PN=639
T104873 UN15FEB97
X9811 UN23AUG88
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Loader Control Valve
AInlet Valve Section BBoom Valve Section CBucket Valve Section
DAuxiliary Valve Section EOutlet Valve Section F Tie Rods
GORing HLoad Sense Logic Check I Compensator
J ORing
IMPORTANT: Keep all components for each valve section together as a set. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from falling heavy control valve. The control valve weighs approximately 45 kg (100 lb). Use a hoist to lift the valve assembly from the machine to the bench. Support the valve assembly in a holding fixture.
Specification Loader Control ValveWeight............................................... 45 kg (100 lb) Approximate
2. To aid in assembly, identify each section with a mark. 3. Remove nuts and tie rods (F). 4. Carefully remove sections (AE) so as not to lose or damage Orings (G), load sense logic check (H) and compensator (I). Keep compensator parts and valve section together as a set. Use care not to damage or score mating surfaces of valve sections.
1. Set control valve assembly vertically on a work bench with the inlet section on the bottom.
Continued on next page TX,3160,SS3089 1915MAR961/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316010

PN=640
T100645 UN10APR97
Hydraulic System
5. Inspect compensator parts (A and D), springs (C), orifices (B), and load sense logic checks (G) for scoring, wear, or damage. Replace as necessary. 6. Inspect Orings between each section for wear or damage. Replace as necessary. 7. Apply clean hydraulic oil to all internal parts. Install load sense logic check valve, compensator, spring and Oring into each spool section. 8. Assemble sections making sure load sense logic check, compensator valve, spring and Oring remain in position. Install the tie rods so the shorter threaded length end is on the bottom. First, fully screw on the nuts on the bottom shorter threaded end. 9. Then, install nuts on the other end of tie rods and snug tight do not make final torque. IMPORTANT: Tighten tie rod evenly and at several intervals to prevent valve spool binding or leakage between sections. 10. Lay valve assembly horizontally on bench supported by blocks under the mounting feet. Tighten 1/2 in. nuts and 7/16 nuts to specification.
Specification Loader Control Tie Rod Nuts, 7/16 in.20 ThreadsTorque ............................................................ 65 Nm (48 lbft) Loader Control Tie Rod Nuts, 1/2 in.20 ThreadsTorque .......................................................... 100 Nm (74 lbft)
ACompensator BOrifices CSpring DCompensator
EOrifice (used on backhoe control valve sections only) F Compensator Bore GLoad Sense Logic Check
TX,3160,SS3089 1915MAR962/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316011

PN=641
T108649 UN07APR97
Hydraulic System
Replace Wiper Rings and Seals of Loader Control Valve Sections

1. Remove screws (E) to remove plate (D) from valve section.
AWiper Ring BSeal CSpool DPlate EScrew (2 used)
WS68074,00036EF 1914JUL101/5
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316012

PN=642
T7698AB UN27JAN97
Hydraulic System
2. Use an Oring pick to remove wiper ring (A) and seal (B). 3. Remove two screws (A) to remove cap (J) from bottom of valve section. 4. Remove screw (B) to remove retainers (C and D), spring (I) and plate (E).
AScrew (2 used) BSpool End Screw CSpring Retainer DSpring Retainer EPlate F Spool GSeal HWiper Ring I Spring J Cap
WS68074,00036EF 1914JUL102/5
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316013

PN=643
T7698AD UN27JAN97
Hydraulic System
5. Use an Oring pick to remove wiper ring (H) and seal (G). IMPORTANT: DO NOT damage OD or ID of new seal during installation. Installation tool MUST be used to install seal and wiper ring. 6. Use JDG734 Seal Installation Tool to install new seal and wiper ring at each end of spool: a. Install wiper ring (C) on end of tool driver (D) with smaller OD of ring into driver. b. Put seal (B) on wiper ring with open side of seal away from wiper ring. c. Carefully slide sleeve (A) over seal, wiper ring, and driver with raised lip of sleeve away from driver. Do not push seal through sleeve. d. Put tool assembly over end of spool with raised lip into counterbore of valve section. e. Push driver to install seal and wiper ring into valve housing. NOTE: Lip end of sleeve ID is coneshaped to compress seal and wiper ring for installation. 7. Install plate (E), retainers (C and D) and spring (I).
T7677AA UN27JAN97 WS68074,00036EF 1914JUL103/5
8. Apply cure primer to threads of spool and spool end screw (B). Apply thread lock and sealer (high strength) to threads of screw (B). Tighten screw.
ATool Sleeve BSeal CWiper Ring DTool Driver
AScrew (2 used) BSpool End Screw CSpring Retainer DSpring Retainer EPlate
F Spool GSeal HWiper Ring I Spring J Cap
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316014

PN=644
Hydraulic System
T7698AD UN27JAN97 Continued on next page
WS68074,00036EF 1914JUL104/5
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316015

PN=645
Hydraulic System
9. Install cap (J) and screws (A). Tighten screws to specification.

Loader Control ValveSpecification Spool Cap, Cap ScrewsTorque.......................................................... 9.5 Nm (84 lbin.)
10. Install plate (D) and two screws (E). Tighten screws to specification.
Loader Control ValveSpecification Spool Retainer Plate ScrewsTorque.......................................................... 5.5 Nm (48 lbin.)
11. Check for correct installation of seals by pushing down of spool (C). Spool must return to neutral position.
WS68074,00036EF 1914JUL105/5
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316016

PN=646
T7698AB UN27JAN97
Hydraulic System
Remove and Install Loader Control Valve Relief Valves

IMPORTANT: Relief valves MUST be installed in the correct ports. 1. To aid in assembly, put identification marks on the relief valve and the control valve. 2. Remove relief valves. 3. Remove and inspect Orings and backup rings for damage. If damaged, check housing for cause. 4. Install new Orings and backup rings. 5. Install circuit relief valves in control valves and tighten to specification.
Specification Relief Valve 27 mm (11/2 in.) ThreadsTorque......................................... 65 7 Nm (48 5 lbft) Relief Valve w/out Locking Ring, 22.2 mm (7/8 in.) ThreadsTorque ................................................ 45 4 Nm (33 3 lbft) Relief Valve w/Locking Ring, 22.2 mm (7/8 in.) ThreadsTorque............................................... 34 3 Nm (25 2 lbft) Relief Valve Locking Ring NutTorque.................................................... 14 1.4 Nm (10 1 lbft) Steering Load Sense Relief Nut and CapTorque.............................................. 9.5 1.5 Nm (84 12 lbin.)
IMPORTANT: Relief valves MUST be adjusted anytime they are disassembled or replaced. Failure to do so could cause damage to hydraulic system. 6. For pressures and adjustment of relief valves, see Operation and Test Manual Group 902525 for procedures.
AAuxiliary Circuit Relief BAntiCavitation Valve CBucket Dump Circuit Relief DAuxiliary Plug
EBoom Raise Circuit Relief F Bucket Curl Circuit Relief GLoad Sense Relief
TX,3160,SS3092 1905JAN001/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316017

PN=647
T100644 UN26MAR97
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Loader Inlet Section
AValve Body BIsolator Spool CExpander Plug
DRetaining Ring ESpring F ORing
GPlug HORing I ORing (Optional Aux. Pilot)

J Load Sense Relief Valve
TX,31,RR7835 1903DEC991/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316018

PN=648
T126426 UN07DEC99
Hydraulic System 1. Remove plug with Oring (F and G) to remove spring (E) and spool assembly (D and B) from valve body (A). 2. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace Orings. 3. Inspect orifice in spool (B). Orifice must be clear of any debris. 4. Put clean hydraulic oil on isolator spool. Install spool assembly in housing.
TX,31,RR7835 1903DEC992/2
5. Install spring and plug assembly (E and G). Tighten plug to 2227 Nm (1620 lbft).
Specification PlugTorque ................................................... 2227 Nm (1620 lbft)
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316019

PN=649
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Loader Bucket Section
ACompensator BValve Section Body CRetaining Plate DCentering Spring ESpring Seat F Spool End Screw
GSpring Seat HClapper I Retaining Ring J Electromagnet Housing KEnd Cap L Washer (2 used)
MSocket Head Screw (2 used) NSpacer OGuide PSpacer QLip Seal (2 used) RWiper Seal
SRetaining Plate T Cap Screw (2 used) USpool WLoad Sense Logic Check XORing
IMPORTANT: Spool MUST be installed in the same valve section as was removed for proper operation of the hydraulic function. 1. Remove parts (L, M, J, K, and N) to remove spool (U). 2. Using a protective cover or wooden blocks, put spool in vise. Remove parts (DI and V). 3. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Remove lip seals and wiper. 4. Install parts (DI and V).
5. Clean threads of spool and spool end screw (F) with cure primer. Put thread lock and sealer (high strength) on threads and tighten to specification.
Specification Spool End ScrewTorque...................................................... 811 Nm (68 lbft)
6. Put clean hydraulic oil on spool and install spool in valve housing. 7. Install seals (Q) and wiper seal (R) using JDG734 Seal Installation tool (see procedure in this group).
TX,31,RR7665 1902NOV991/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316020

PN=650
T100647 UN09APR97
Hydraulic System
8. Put clean hydraulic oil on all remaining parts before assembly. 9. Install and tighten screws (M) to specification.
Specification Socket Head ScrewsTorque................................................... 811 Nm (68 lbft).

TX,31,RR7665 1902NOV992/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316021

PN=651
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Loader Boom Section
ACompensator BValve Section Body CDetent Sleeve DDetent ESpring Seat F Cap Screw (2 used)
GSpring Guide HSpool Cap I Vent Screen J Spool End Screw KCentering Spring L Detent Ball (4 used)
MDetent Cam NLip Seal (2 used) OSeal (2 used) PORing QWiper Seal RCap Screw (2 used)
SSpool T Retaining Plate ULoad Sense Logic Check
IMPORTANT: Spool MUST be installed in the same valve section as was removed for proper operation of the hydraulic function. 1. Remove parts (F and H) to remove spool (S) from housing (B). 2. Using a protective cover or wooden blocks, put spool in vise. Remove parts (E, G, and JN). 3. Inspect parts for wear or damage . Replace all Orings and backup rings. 4. Install parts (E, G, and KN) on spool.
5. Clean threads on spool and spool end screw (J) with cure primer. Put thread lock and sealer (high strength) on screw and tighten to specification.
Specification Spool End ScrewTorque............................................................ 9.5 Nm (84 lbin.)
6. Apply clean hydraulic oil on spool and install spool into valve housing. 7. Install seals (O) and wiper seal (Q) using JDG734 Seal Installation tool.
WS68074,0003708 1916JUL101/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316022

PN=652
T108845 UN09APR97
Hydraulic System
8. Put clean hydraulic oil on all remaining parts before assembly. 9. Install spool cap (H) and tighten cap screws (F) to specification.
10. Install and tighten screws (R) to specification.

WS68074,0003708 1916JUL102/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316023

PN=653
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Loader Auxiliary Section
ACompensator Spool and Spring BValve Body CSocket Hex Cap Screws (2 used) DEnd Cap
ESpring F Vent GSpool End Screw HSpring Guide (2 used)
I Seal Plate J Wiper Seal (2 used) KLip Seal (2 used) L Screw (2 used)
MSpool NLoad Sense Logic Check OORing
IMPORTANT: Spool MUST be installed in the same valve section as was removed for proper operation of the hydraulic function. 1. Remove parts (C and D) to remove spool from valve housing (B). 2. Using a protective cover or wooden blocks, put spool in vise. Remove parts (E and GK). 3. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Replace lip seals and wiper seals. 4. Put clean hydraulic oil on spool and install spool into valve housing.
5. Install seals (K) and wiper seals (J) using JDG734 seal installation tool. 6. Clean threads of spool and spool end screw (G) with cure primer. Install parts (E, H and I) on spool. Put thread lock and sealer (high strength) on spool end screw (G). Tighten to specification.
Loader Control ValveSpecification Spool End ScrewTorque............................................................ 9.5 Nm (84 lbin.)
WS68074,0003707 1916JUL101/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316024

PN=654
T108979 UN10APR97
Hydraulic System
7. Install end cap (D) and tighten screws (C) to specification.

8. Install and tighten cap screws (L) to specification.

WS68074,0003707 1916JUL102/2
Remove and Install Loader Boom Cylinder120 Series

CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. (See tractor operators manual for specific procedures to relieve pressure.) 1. Lower all equipment to the ground. 2. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure in the hydraulic system. 3. Tag and disconnect boom cylinder hydraulic lines. Close all openings using caps and plugs.
T7511AI UN09APR91

Loader CylinderSpecification Boom CylinderWeight....................................................... 38 kg (84 lb)
4. Attach boom cylinder to hoist using a lifting strap. 5. Remove snap rings (A) at both ends of cylinder. Remove pin (B) and cylinder. 6. Install boom cylinder, pin (B) and snap rings. 7. Replace Orings. Connect hydraulic lines to cylinder.
TX,31,SS3955 1908APR971/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316025

PN=655
X9811 UN23AUG88
Hydraulic System
Remove and Install Loader Bucket Cylinder120 Series

CAUTION: Bucket cylinder and links will fall forward when bucket is flat on floor and pins are removed. Remove pins only when bucket is on floor in full dump position. 1. Place bucket in full dump position on floor. CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. (See tractor operators manual for specific procedures to relieve pressure.) 2. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure in the hydraulic system.
TX,31,SS3956 1908APR971/2
3. Disconnect hydraulic lines (G) from cylinder. Close all openings with caps or plugs. CAUTION: The approximate weight of bucket cylinder is 50 kg (110 lb). 4. Attach lift strap to cylinder using a hoist. 5. Remove snap rings (C, D, E, and H) from both sides. 6. Remove cylinder rod to bucket pin. 7. Remove links (B and F) and remove bucket cylinder. 8. Inspect and make necessary repairs. 9. Align cylinder rod and bucket bores. Install pin and snap rings (D). 10. Apply multipurpose grease to inside of all link bushings before assembly. 11. Install links (B and F) and snap rings (C, E, and H).
T108568 UN08APR97 TX,31,SS3956 1908APR972/2
12. Connect hydraulic lines (G) to cylinder.

ABucket Cylinder BCylindertoBucket Link (2 used) CSnap Ring (2 used) DSnap Ring (2 used) ESnap Ring (2 used) F BoomtoCylinder Link (2 used) GCylinder Lines HSnap Ring (2 used) I ReturntoDig Rod
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316026

PN=656
X9811 UN23AUG88
Hydraulic System
Disassemble Loader Bucket and Boom Cylinders120 Series

IMPORTANT: Extend rod to remove oil or air between the rod piston and rod guide. Excessive amount of trapped oil or air will force seals to expand making disassembly more difficult. 1. Extend rod so rod piston is approximately 25.4 mm (1 in.) from rod guide.
TX,31,RR7784 1912MAR971/7
2. Make a mark on rod guide and spanner nut (A) to aid in assembly. NOTE: If nut and rod guide turn as an assembly, put cylinder in a vise. Vise jaws must contact cylinder barrel behind nut and over rod guide area. Tighten vise just enough to hold rod guide. 3. Remove nut using adjustable spanner wrench or blunt chisel and a hammer.
TX,31,RR7784 1912MAR972/7
NOTE: Filler rings (used for disassembly only) are installed between spanner nut and rod guide to aid in disassembly. Filler rings are provided in the cylinder bore seal kit.
T6119AM UN12APR91 TX,31,RR7784 1912MAR973/7
4. Move rod guide rearward, using a wooden dowel or brass drift, just enough to remove snap ring (A). Remove snap ring. Do not damage rod guide threads or seal.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316027

PN=657
T6119AL UN19OCT88
T6190AS UN19OCT88
Hydraulic System
NOTE: Rod piston assembly removed for clarity of photograph. 5. Install filler ring in snap ring groove. 6. Remove rod and piston assembly.
T6119AN UN19OCT88 TX,31,RR7784 1912MAR974/7
7. Remove nut (A) to remove piston (B). 8. Remove wear ring (C) and cap seals (D).
ANut BPiston CWear Ring DCap Seals
T6172BQ UN19OCT88 TX,31,RR7784 1912MAR975/7
ARod Guide BSeal CORing DBackup Ring ESeal F Wear Ring GSeal
TX,31,RR7784 1912MAR976/7
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316028

PN=658
T6119AK UN19OCT88
Hydraulic System
TX,31,RR7784 1912MAR977/7
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316029

PN=659
T6119AO UN19OCT88
Hydraulic System
Cross Section of Loader Bucket and Boom Cylinder120 Series
Boom Cylinder Shown ANut BPiston CBarrel DNut ERod Guide F Rod GWiper Seal HWear Ring I Rod Seal J Buffer Seal KSnap Ring L Backup Ring MORing NBackup Ring (2 used) OCap Seal PSeal Expander QWear Ring
TX,31,RR7783 1912MAR971/1
Assemble Loader Bucket and Boom Cylinder120 Series

NOTE: Use a cylinder repair kit when assembling cylinder. Put clean hydraulic oil on all internal parts before assembling. 1. Install wiper seal. Push seal to bottom of bore.
TX,31,RR7782 1902NOV991/12
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316030

PN=660
T6122AA UN19OCT88
T6223AZ UN26MAY89
Hydraulic System
2. Install seals (B and C). 3. Install wear ring (A). 4. Install backup ring (D) and Oring (E).
AWear Ring BSeal CSeal DBackup Ring EORing
TX,31,RR7782 1902NOV992/12
IMPORTANT: To prevent damage of cap seal during assembly, the lands on piston must be clean and free of nicks or burrs. 5. Inspect the piston lands. If necessary, clean lands of any nicks or burrs that can cut cap seal.
TX,31,RR7782 1902NOV993/12
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316031

PN=661
T6122AB UN19OCT88
T6126AN UN27OCT88
Hydraulic System
6. Install seal expander by pushing seal expander onto end of piston.
TX,31,RR7782 1902NOV994/12
NOTE: The cap seal can be made more pliable by warming it with your hands or by putting seal in hot water for approximately 5 minutes. Once started, install cap seal as quickly as possible to keep the amount of time that seal is stretched to a minimum. 7. Install a plastic tie band around cap seal with the smooth side against the cap seal. 8. Using the plastic tie band, pull cap seal across the piston land and into position over seal expander.
TX,31,RR7782 1902NOV995/12
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316032

PN=662
T6122AE UN19OCT88
T6122AC UN06AUG90
Hydraulic System
IMPORTANT: For proper fit, the backup rings must be installed with the radius toward seal expander. 9. Install backup rings (A) with radius (B) toward seal expander (D). 10. Check if cap seal is loose seal must fit tight against seal expander and not turn. If seal can be turned, it has been stretched too much and can be damaged during assembly into barrel.
TX,31,RR7782 1902NOV996/12
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316033

PN=663
T6126AO UN19OCT88
Hydraulic System
TX,31,RR7782 1902NOV997/12
TX,31,RR7782 1902NOV998/12
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316034

PN=664
T6122AF UN19OCT88
T86565 UN09NOV88
Hydraulic System
13. Install spanner nut, retaining ring, rod guide, and piston assembly on rod. 14. Install and tighten piston nut:
Loader CylinderSpecification Bucket Cylinder Piston Nut with 855.5 2 mm (33.7 0.08 in.) Rod StrokeTorque Turn......................... 170 Nm (125 lbft) + 1/8 (45) turn Bucket Cylinder Piston Nut with 744 2 mm (29.3 0.08 in.) Rod StrokeTorque Turn......................... 190 Nm (140 lbft) + 1/8 turn (45) Boom Cylinder Piston NutTorque Turn.............................. 250 Nm (185 lbft) + 1/8 (45) turn
T6172BP UN19OCT88 TX,31,RR7782 1902NOV999/12 TX,31,RR7782 1902NOV9910/12 TX,31,RR7782 1902NOV9911/12
IMPORTANT: To prevent seal damage, the barrel, piston, and rod must be in alignment during installation. 15. Apply clean hydraulic oil to seals and chamfer of barrel. 16. Carefully push piston and rod guide into barrel. Keep piston and rod guide together.
17. Push rod guide into barrel just enough to install retaining ring. Install retaining ring. 18. Pull rod guide against retaining ring.
T6133AE UN27OCT88 Continued on next page
19. Apply a light film of oil to ID of barrel at void between rod guide and spanner nut to help minimize rust.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316035

PN=665
T6122AH UN19OCT88
Hydraulic System
20. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to spanner nut and rod guide threads. IMPORTANT: The filler ring is used for disassembly purposes only and must not be installed between rod guide and spanner nut during assembly. 21. Install spanner nut. Tighten nut until rod guide and nut marks (made before disassembly) align. Make sure spanner nut is tight.
TX,31,RR7782 1902NOV9912/12
Disassemble and Assemble MultiPurpose Bucket Cylinder120 Series
1 Barrel 2 Nut 3 Wear Ring (2 used) 4 Seal
5 Piston 6 Seal 7 Rod Guide 8 BackUp Ring
9 ORing 10 Seal 11 Lubrication Fitting 12 Rod
13 ORing
TX,31,RR7731 1924FEB971/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316036

PN=666
TP50552 UN18DEC96
T6119AR UN27OCT88
Hydraulic System
Remove and Install Ride Control Valve If Equipped

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. Prevent possible injury from unexpected boom or bucket movement when equipped with ride control. Ride control accumulator energy must be discharged when working on hydraulic components. Turn key switch to ON position and move the loader control lever into the float position. NOTE: Ride control valve is located inside left frame rail near the transmission filter. 1. Position loader bucket approximately 30 cm (1 ft) off the ground. 2. Make sure area around bucket is clear and move ride control switch to OFF position. 3. Turn key switch to ON position, but do not start engine. Move ride control switch to ON position. 4. Move loader control lever to float position. Bucket should lower to ground. 5. Disconnect wire connector (B). 6. Disconnect hydraulic hoses (A, D, F, and G). 7. Remove cap screws and washers (C) and lift out valve.
AHydraulic Hose to Loader Lift Cylinder Rod End BSolenoid Wire Connector CCap Screw and Washer (2 used) DHydraulic Hose to Accumulator
ERide Control Valve F Hydraulic Hose to Loader Lift Cylinder Head End GHydraulic Hose to Reservoir
8. Position valve on frame and install cap screws and washers (C). Tighten to specification.
Ride ControlSpecification Control Valve Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 37 Nm (27 lbft)
9. Connect hydraulic hoses (A, D, F, and G) at valve. Tighten hoses to specification.

Ride ControlSpecification Control Valve Hydraulic HosesTorque ............................................................... 50 Nm (37 lbft)
10. Connect wire connector (B).

WS68074,00036F0 1914JUL101/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316037

PN=667
T115979C UN09NOV98
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Ride Control Valve If Equipped

1. Remove solenoid from valve. (See procedure in this group.) 2. Remove cap (A) and solenoid spool housing (B). 3. Remove solenoid valve block spool (C) and springs (D). 4. Remove four sockethead cap screws (G) and lift off solenoid valve block (I). 5. Inspect Orings (H).
ACap BSolenoid Spool Housing CSolenoid Valve Block Spool DSpring (2 used) EORing F ORing GSocketHead Screw (4 used) HORing (4 used) I Solenoid Valve Block J Ride Control Valve Manifold
T118053B UN02NOV98 Continued on next page CED,OUO1017,7 1922OCT981/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316038

PN=668
T118056B UN02NOV98
T118055B UN02NOV98
T118054B UN02NOV98
Hydraulic System
6. Remove plugs (A and B). 7. Replace ORings (C and D). 8. Install plug (A) and tighten to specifications
T118057B UN02NOV98 CED,OUO1017,7 1922OCT982/3
Ride ControlSpecification Control Valve Manifold SAE #4 PlugTorque......................................... 814 Nm (610 lbft)
9. Install plug (B) and tighten to specification.

Ride ControlSpecification Control Valve Manifold SAE #6 PlugTorque..................................... 2027 Nm (1520 lbft) APlug BPlug CORing DORing
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316039

PN=669
T118058B UN02NOV98
Hydraulic System
10. Install new Orings (H) and assemble solenoid valve block (I) onto ride control valve manifold (J). 11. Install sockethead screws (G) and tighten to specification.
Ride ControlSpecification Solenoid Valve BlocktoControl Valve Manifold SocketHead ScrewsTorque................................................ 57 Nm (4462 lbin.)
12. Assemble valve block spool (C) and springs (D) and install in valve block. 13. Install new Orings (E and F). 14. Install solenoid spool housing (B). 15. Install cap (A).
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316040

PN=670
T118053B UN02NOV98
T118054B UN02NOV98
T118055B UN02NOV98
ACap BSolenoid Spool Housing CSolenoid Valve Block Spool DSpring (2 used) EORing
F ORing GSocketHead Screw (4 used) HORing (4 used) I Solenoid Valve Block J Ride Control Valve Manifold
Hydraulic System
Remove and Install Ride Control Valve SolenoidIf Equipped

NOTE: Ride control valve removed for illustration purposes only. Solenoid valve can be serviced when ride control valve is installed on machine. 1. Disconnect wire connector (A). 2. Remove nut (B). 3. Remove Oring (C). 4. Slide solenoid (D) off of spool housing (E). 5. Slide solenoid (D) onto spool housing (E). Line up hole in solenoid with locating pin (F). 6. Install new Oring (C). 7. Install nut (B) finger tight only. 8. Connect wire connector (A).
AWire Connector BNut CORing DSolenoid ESpool Housing F Locating Pin
Remove and Install Ride Control AccumulatorIf Equipped

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. Prevent possible injury from unexpected boom or bucket movement when equipped with ride control. Ride control accumulator energy must be discharged when working on hydraulic components. Turn key switch to ON position and move the loader control lever into the float position.
1. Position loader bucket approximately 30 cm (1 ft) off the ground. 2. Make sure area around bucket is clear and move ride control switch to OFF position. 3. Turn key switch to ON position, but do not start engine. Move ride control switch to ON position. 4. Move loader control lever to float position. Bucket should lower to ground.
CED,OUO1017,9 1922OCT981/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316041

PN=671
X9811 UN23AUG88
T118059B UN02NOV98
Hydraulic System
5. Remove cowl cover from machine. 6. Disconnect hydraulic line (A). 7. Remove two clamps (B) and remove accumulator (C). 8. Install accumulator (C) using clamps (B). Tighten clamp cap screws to specification.
Ride ControlSpecification Accumulator Clamp Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 73 Nm (54 lbft)
9. Connect hydraulic hose (A) and tighten to specification.

Ride ControlSpecification Accumulator Hydraulic LineTorque.................................................................. 37 Nm (27 lbft)
10. Charge accumulator. (See procedure in this group.)
CED,OUO1017,9 1922OCT982/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316042

PN=672
T115976C UN02NOV98
Hydraulic System
Charging the Ride Control Accumulator

CAUTION: Hydraulic oil may escape at pressure high enough to penetrate skin from components in the Ride Control solenoid circuit if components are removed without discharging this accumulator. Hydraulic oil in accumulator can be stored at pressures equal to or above system relief pressures. Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
Specification OilTemperature................................................................ 40C (104F) Ride Control Accumulator Charge17.2 in. accumulator canister lengthPrecharge Pressure (310E, 310SE, 315SE Machines)...............2482 241 kPa (25 2.4 bar) (360 35 psi)
Ride Control Accumulator Charge17.2 in accumulator canister lengthPrecharge Pressure (410E Machine) .............................3447 241 kPa (35 2.4 bar) (500 35 psi) Ride Control Accumulator Charge14.2 in. accumulator canister lengthPrecharge Pressure (310E, 310SE, 315SE and 410E Machines)...........................2930 241 kPa (29 2.4 bar) (425 35 psi)
CED,TX03768,8501 1908MAR001/3
Gas Cock..............................................................JT01735
Charge Accumulator
CED,TX03768,8501 1908MAR002/3
Two different length accumulators have been used in production and field installed ride control kits. The nitrogen charge pressure is different for the two accumulators
measure the length of the accumulator to determine the proper charge. If the accumulator length is 14.2 in., use procedure A. If the length is 17.2 in., use procedure B.
CED,TX03768,8501 1908MAR003/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316043

PN=673
X9811 UN23AUG88
Hydraulic System
Charging the Ride Control AccumulatorProcedure A (14.2 in. accumulator)

1. IMPORTANT: Charge accumulator using only dry nitrogen. Dry nitrogen does not mix with oil and is noncombustible. It will not cause oxidation or condensation inside accumulator and is not harmful to piston seal. DO NOT use air or any combustible gas as these can cause oxidation and condensation. Oxidation and condensation are harmful to piston seal and accumulator. If accumulator is to be charged on machine and has some nitrogen pressure left, turn key to ON position. Move ride control switch to OFF then back to ON. Move control lever to float position to drain oil from accumulator. 2. Loosen hose fitting on bottom of ride control accumulator to release any trapped oil pressure. Leave fitting loose until after charge pressure process is complete. 3. Remove cover and cap from top of accumulator. 4. Turn handle on gas cock fully counterclockwise. Attach gas cock, hose, and regulator to accumulator. CAUTION: Loosen only the top nut (A). The bottom nut (B) is actually the accumulator gas valve fitting. Do Not loosen bottom fitting. Loose fitting under pressure can cause injury. 5. Loosen top nut (A) (counterclockwise) 2 1/2 turns to open gas valve in accumulator. (Resistance may be felt at approximately 1 1/2 turns.) 6. Slowly open regulator valve to pressurize accumulator to specification 2930 kPa (29 bar )(425 psi). 7. Ttighten nut (A) clockwise until snug to close gas valve.
WS68074,00036F7 1914JUL101/1 T128981 UN03MAR00
ATop Nut
BBottom Nut
8. Shutoff the gas pressure from the nitrogen tank. 9. Slowly loosen the connector at the pressure regulator valve to release pressure from the hose. 10. Remove the gas cock from the accumulator and install cap. 11. Tighten hydraulic hose fitting on bottom of accumulator.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316044

PN=674
T128982 UN03MAR00
Hydraulic System
Charging the Ride Control AccumulatorProcedure B (17.2 in. accumulator)

T115658B UN29MAY98
The following procedure should be used for charging accumulator that is already installed on the machine. See specifications above to charge accumulator that needs a precharge before it is installed on the machine. 1. To determine proper nitrogen charge pressure for the machine, install a gage into the head end of the loader cylinder. 2. Raise the loader 3 to 4 ft. off the ground. Note the head end pressure required to support the loader. (The accumulator charge pressure should be 50 psi below this pressure.) 3. If accumulator is to be charged on machine and has some nitrogen pressure left, turn key to ON position. Move ride control switch to OFF then back to ON. Move control lever to float position to drain oil from accumulator. 4. Loosen hose fitting on bottom of ride control accumulator to release any trapped oil pressure.
Leave fitting loose until after charge pressure process is complete. 5. Remove cover and cap from the top of accumulator. 6. Turn handle on gas cock fully counterclockwise. Attach gas cock, hose, and regulator to accumulator.
CED,TX03768,2709 1919SEP061/2
7. CAUTION: Loosen only the top nut (A). The bottom nut (B) is actually the accumulator gas valve fitting. Do Not loosen bottom fitting. Loose fitting under pressure can cause injury. Loosen top nut (A) counterclockwise 2 1/2 turns to open gas valve in accumulator. (Resistance may be felt in approximately 1 1/2 turns.) 8. Slowly open the regulator valve to pressurize accumulator to 345 kPa (3.5 bar )(50 psi) below head end psi measured earlier. 9. Tighten nut (A) clockwise until snug to close gas valve. 10. Shutoff the gas pressure from the nitrogen tank. 11. Slowly loosen the connector at the pressure regulator valve to release pressure from the hose. 12. Remove the gas cock from the accumulator and install cap. 13. Tighten hydraulic hose fitting on bottom of accumulator.
ATop Nut BBottom Nut
CED,TX03768,2709 1919SEP062/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316045

PN=675
T128982 UN03MAR00
T128981 UN03MAR00
Hydraulic System
Ride Control AccumulatorDischarge Procedure

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected boom or bucket movement when equipped with ride control. Ride control accumulator energy must be discharged when working on hydraulic components. Turn key switch to ON position and move the loader control lever into the float position. 1. Position loader bucket approximately 30 cm (1 ft) off the ground.
WS68074,00036F8 1914JUL101/1
2. Make sure area around bucket is clear and move ride control switch to OFF position. 3. Turn key switch to ON position, but do not start engine. Move ride control switch to ON position. 4. Move loader control lever to float position. Bucket should lower to ground.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
31316046

PN=676
Contents
Page
Section 33 Backhoe
Page
Group 3302Bucket Service Equipment and Tools .................... 3333021 Bucket and Bucket Links Remove and Install ...............................3333021 Bucket Tooth Shank Remove and Install ...............................3333022 Bucket Cutting Edge Remove and Install ...............................3333025 Group 3315Control Linkage Other Material............................................ 3333151 Specifications ............................................ 3333151 Backhoe Boom Swing and Lock Control Lever and Linkage Remove and Install ...............................3333152 Backhoe Boom Swing Lock Arms and Locking Pin Remove and Install ...............................3333154 Backhoe Valve Linkage Remove and Install Two Lever..............3333155 Adjustment ............................................3333156 Stabilizer Valve Linkage Remove and Install (S.N. 874256).......3333157 Remove and Install (S.N. 874257 )......3333159 Adjustment ..........................................33331510 Group 3340Frames Other Material............................................ 3333401 Specifications ............................................ 3333401 Dipperstick Remove and Install ...............................3333402 Boom Remove and Install ...............................3333404 Swing Frame Remove and Install ...............................3333408 Extendible Dipperstick Extension Remove.................................................3333409 Extendible Dipperstick Install...................................................33334012 Group 3360Hydraulic System Essential Tools........................................... 3333601 Service Equipment and Tools .................... 3333601 Other Material............................................ 3333602 Specifications ............................................ 3333603 Backhoe Control Valve Remove and Install ...............................3333605 Disassemble and Assemble..................3333609 Backhoe Circuit Relief and System Relief Valves Remove and Install .............................33336011 AntiCavitation Valve Disassemble and Assemble................33336012
Boom Raise, Bucket Dump, Crowd Out Circuit Relief Valves with AntiCav. and Load Sense Relief without AntiCav. Disassemble and Assemble................33336013 Backhoe Bucket Curl Circuit Relief with AntiCavitation Disassemble and Assemble................33336014 Backhoe Swing, Boom Lower, Crowd In Circuit and System Relief Valves Disassemble and Assemble................33336015 Backhoe ElectroHydraulic Auxiliary Circuit Relief Valve Disassemble and Assemble................33336016 Auxiliary ShutOff Plug Disassemble and Assemble................33336016 Backhoe Inlet Section Disassemble and Assemble................33336017 Backhoe Auxiliary Flow Section Disassemble and Assemble................33336019 Backhoe Swing Section Disassemble and Assemble................33336021 Backhoe Boom Section Disassemble and Assemble................33336023 Backhoe Bucket Section Disassemble and Assemble................33336025 Backhoe Crowd Section Disassemble and Assemble................33336027 Backhoe Extendible Section Disassemble and Assemble................33336029 Backhoe Control Valve Sections Replace Wiper Rings and Seals .........33336030 Stabilizer Valve Remove and Install .............................33336034 Disassemble and Assemble................33336036 125 Series Backhoe Cylinders Remove and Install Bucket Cylinder ...33336037 Remove and Install Crowd Cylinder....33336038 Remove and Install Boom Cylinder.....33336039 Extendible Dipperstick Cylinder Remove and Install .............................33336041 125 Series Backhoe Cylinders Disassemble and Assemble Boom and Crowd Cylinders..................................................33336041 Cross Section Crowd (S.N. 837228) and Bucket......................................................33336043 Cross Section Crowd (S.N. 837229873597)........... 33 336044 Cross Section Crowd (S.N. 873598 ) ..33336045 Cross Section Boom ...........................33336046 Assemble Boom, Bucket and Crowd...33336047 Indexing Cylinders...............................33336053 120 Series Cylinders Remove and Install Swing...................33336054
TM1611 (22JUL10)
331

PN=1
Contents
Page
Remove and Install Stabilizer Cylinder .................... 33 336056 Disassemble Swing and Stabilizer Cylinders ........... 33 336056 Cross Section of Swing Cylinder.........33336059 Cross Section Stabilizer Cylinder........33336060 Assemble Swing and Stabilizer Cylinder.................. 33 336060 Extendible Dipperstick Cylinder Disassemble........................................33336066 Cross Section......................................33336069 Assemble ............................................33336069
TM1611 (22JUL10)
332

PN=2
Group 3302 Bucket

CED,OUO1002,739 1915JAN991/2
Install Bushings in Bucket Links

CED,OUO1002,739 1915JAN992/2
Remove and Install Bucket and Bucket Links

1. Lower bucket to ground. 2. Remove bucket cap screws and special washers (AD) and remove bucket links and linkage pins. 3. Inspect bushings and replace as necessary. For ease of removing bushings weld three straight beads the inside length of the bushing. Allow bushing to cool before removing with a punch. Install new bushings even with outside surface of bucket using D01044AA Bushing, Bearing and Seal Driver Set. 4. Install links and linkage pins. 5. Install bucket cap screws and special washers (AD) 6. Align bucket with pin boss holes. Install bucket pins.
ARod End Cap Screw and Special Washer BLink Cap Screw and Special Washer CDippersticktoBucket Cap Screw and Special Washer DLinktoBucket Cap Screw and Special Washer
T108120 UN12MAR97 TX,33,RR7776 1912MAR971/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333021

PN=679
Bucket
Remove and Install Bucket Tooth Shank

1. Remove top and bottom welds using air arc equipment or cutting torch.
T7535AG UN07JUN91 TX,33,RR7781 1925NOV981/5
2. Grind smooth all surfaces.
TX,33,RR7781 1925NOV982/5
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333022

PN=680
T92511 UN31OCT88
T7535AF UN07JUN91
Bucket
IMPORTANT: Shanks and cutting edge must be preheated to 177C (350F) to prevent under bead cracking in shank and brittleness in cutting edge. Preheat each shank and cutting edge area just before welding. Use low hydrogen E7018 dry rods or E70T4 flux core process. 3. Position shanks on cutting edge. Preheat area to be welded just before welding to 177C (350F).
T7550BA UN10JUN91
b
Width 12 in. STD 18 in. STD 18 in. HD 18 in. XHD 24 in. STD 24 in. HD 24 in. XHD 30 in. STD 30 in. HD 30 in. XHD
a
Teeth 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5
DIM. A
DIM. B
DIM. C
12.5 mm (0.49 in.) 11.5 mm (0.45 in.) 11.0 mm (0.43 in.) 9.0 mm (0.35 in.) 11.0 mm (0.43 in.) 11.0 mm (0.43 in.) 9.0 mm (0.35 in.) 11.5 mm (0.45 in.) 11.0 mm (0.43 in.) 9.0 mm (0.35 in.)
120.5 mm (4.74 in.) 211.4 mm (8.32 in.) 137.0 mm (5.40 in.) 137.0 mm (5.40 in.) 195.6 mm (7.70 in.) 140.5 mm (5.53 in.) 140.5 mm (5.53 in.) 187.2 mm (7.37 in.) 187.2 mm (7.37 in.) 187.0 mm (7.36 in.) 147.0 mm (5.78 in.) 147.0 mm (5.78 in.) 180.8 mm (7.12 in.) 144.5 mm (5.69 in.) 144.5 mm (5.69 in.) 175.0 mm (6.89 in.) 175.0 mm (6.89 in.) 175.0 mm (6.89 in.)
+ 3.0 1.5 mm (+ 0.12 0.06 in.) Tolerance b 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) Tolerance
Continued on next page TX,33,RR7781 1925NOV983/5
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333023

PN=681
Bucket
4. Start welds on top of shank, the long part. On corner shanks, weld area (A) with a bevel weld. Penetrate 3 mm (0.12 in.) and leave a 5 mm (0.20 in.) face. Fill entire area between shank and side cutter level with top of shank. Cap this area with a 9 mm (0.35 in.) fillet weld. Weld all the way to edge of cutting edge. 5. Weld area (B) of corner shank with an angle weld 6 mm (0.24 in.) deep and 11 mm (0.43 in.) across face. 6. Weld area (C) of corner shank with a bevel weld. Penetrate 3 mm (0.12 in.) and leave a 5 mm (0.20 in.) face. Cap that weld with a 11 mm (0.43 in.) fillet weld. Leave area (D) free of weld for 19 mm (0.75 in.). 7. On center shanks, weld areas (E) with a bevel weld. Penetrate 3 mm (0.12 in.) and leave a 5 mm (0.20 in.) face. Cover with a 9 mm (0.35 in.) fillet weld. 8. Weld area (F) with an angle weld 6 mm (0.24 in.) deep and 11 mm (0.43 in.) across face.
T7552AA UN07JUN91 Continued on next page TX,33,RR7781 1925NOV984/5
ABevel Weld and Fillet Weld BAngle Weld CBevel Weld
DWeld Free Area EBevel Weld and Fillet Weld F Angle Weld
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333024

PN=682
Bucket
9. Turn bucket over and weld bottom of shank to cutting edge. On corner shank, weld area (A) with bevel weld. Penetrate 3 mm (0.12 in.) and leave a 5 mm (0.20 in.) face. Cover with 11 mm (0.43 in.) fillet weld. Weld all the way to edge of cutting edge. 10. Weld area (B) with bevel weld. Penetrate 3 mm (0.12 in.) and leave a 5 mm (0.20 in.) face. Cover with 9 mm (0.35 in.) fillet weld. 11. Weld area (C) of corner shank with bevel weld. Penetrate 3 mm (0.12 in.) and leave a 5 mm (0.20 in.) face. Cover with 11 mm (0.43 in.) fillet weld. Leave area (D) free of weld for 19 mm (0.75 in.). 12. On center shanks, weld areas (E) with bevel weld. Penetrate 3 mm (0.12 in.) and leave a 5 mm (0.20 in.) face. Cover with a 9 mm (0.35 in.) fillet weld. Leave area (D) free of weld for 19 mm (0.75 in.). 13. Weld area (F) with angle weld. Penetrate 6 mm (0.24 in.) and leave a 11 mm (0.43 in.) face.
ABevel Weld and Fillet Weld BBevel Weld and Fillet Weld CBevel Weld and Fillet Weld DWeld Free Area EBevel Weld and Fillet F Angle Weld
T7552AB UN07JUN91 TX,33,RR7781 1925NOV985/5 Continued on next page TX3302BR400 1925NOV981/4
Remove and Install Bucket Cutting Edge

1. Remove tooth shanks in corners. Remove all shanks if they are to be reused. (See procedure in this group.) 2. Use air arc equipment or cutting torch to remove welds. Remove all welds from cutting edge to side cutters. 3. Remove weld from cutting edge to bottom joint.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333025

PN=683
T7535AL UN07JUN91
Bucket
4. Turn bucket over and remove weld from cutting edge to bottom. Do not blow through bottom. 5. Cut new cutting edge to proper length for bucket, approximately 11 mm (0.43 in.) protruding beyond side cutter on each side.
T7535AK UN07JUN91 TX3302BR400 1925NOV982/4
IMPORTANT: Cutting edge must be preheated to 177C (350F) to prevent brittleness in cutting edge. Preheat area just before welding. Use low hydrogen E7018 dry rods or E70T4 flux core process. 6. Set bucket on bottom and weld top first. Position cutting edge and clamp. Preheat cutting edge to 177C (350F). Start at center of cutting edge and weld toward side cutters. Use a 6 mm (0.24 in.) fillet weld. 7. Make 11 mm (0.43 in.) fillet weld outside bucket at cutting edge to side cutter joint. Continue weld down back edge.
T7535AL UN07JUN91 TX3302BR400 1925NOV983/4 TX3302BR400 1925NOV984/4
8. Turn bucket over and weld cutting edge to bottom with 6 mm (0.24 in.) fillet weld. 9. Install shanks. (See procedure in this group).
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333026

PN=684
T7535AK UN07JUN91
Group 3315 Control Linkage

Other Material
Number Name Use
TY24445 (U.S.) 380 (LOCTITE) T43512 (U.S.) TY9473 (Canadian) 242 (LOCTITE)
454 Instant Adhesive
Apply to threads of backhoe control lever knobs. Apply to threads of spacer before installing on lever base pivot balljoint. Apply to threads of lever assembly to lever base screws.
CED,TX03399,5696 1906DEC991/1
Specifications
Boom Lock Lever Pivot and PlatetoCab or ROPS Rear Ramp Cap Screws Boom Lock ClampstoBoom Lock Control RodtoTapped Block Cap Screws Backhoe Two Lever Linkage Cap Screws Backhoe Two Lever Linkage Ball Joint Lock Nuts Backhoe Two Lever Linkage Ball Joint Nuts Backhoe Valve Mounting Plate cap screws Two Lever Linkage Nuts and Lock Nut and Stabilizer Nuts Stabilizer Bellcrank Yoke Nuts
Torque
25 Nm (18 lbft)
Torque
73 Nm (54 lbft)
Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque
60 Nm (44 lbft) 25 Nm (18 lbft) 60 Nm (44 lbft) 46 Nm (34 lbft) 25 Nm (18 lbft) 25Nm (18 lbft)
CED,TX03399,5697 1906DEC991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333151

PN=685
Control Linkage
Remove and Install Backhoe Boom Swing Lock Control Lever and Linkage
1 Knob 2 Lever 3 Lock Nut (2 used) 4 Link
5 Cap Screw 6 Washer 7 Spring 8 Clamp (2 used)
9 Washer (2 used) 10 Cap Screw (2 used) 11 Rod 12 Pivot (2 used)
13 Plate 14 Washer (4 used) 15 Cap Screw (4 used) 16 Stop
TX,33,SS3959 1908OCT991/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333152

PN=686
TP58036 UN19MAY99
Control Linkage 1. Attach boom lock lever pivot (12) and plate (13) to cab or ROPS rear ramp. Tighten cap screws (15) to specification.
Specification Boom Lock Lever Pivot and PlatetoCab or ROPS Rear Ramp Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 25 Nm (18 lbft)
2. Attach boom lock clamps to boom lock control rod to tapped blocks in bottom rear of cab or ROPS. Tighten cap screw (10) to specification.
Specification Boom Lock Clamps toBoom Lock Control RodtoTapped Block Cap ScrewsTorque..................................................... 73 Nm (54 lbft)
TX,33,SS3959 1908OCT992/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333153

PN=687
Control Linkage
Remove and Install Backhoe Boom Swing Lock Arms and Locking Pin
1 Pin 2 Rod 3 Spring Pin (2 used)
4 Rod 5 Lock 6 Pin (2 used)
7 Snap Ring (4 used) 8 Lock 9 Spring (2 used)
10 Yoke (2 used) 11 Nut (2 used)
Adjust yokes (10) evenly each side until a 46 mm (3553 in.) gap is obtained between boom lock rod and boom lock control rod. Tighten nuts.
TX,33,SS3960 1908APR971/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333154

PN=688
TP49499 UN24OCT96
Control Linkage
Remove and Install Backhoe Valve LinkageTwo Lever
TX,33,RR7808 1908OCT991/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333155

PN=689
TP57876 UN03JUN98
Control Linkage
1 Base (2 used) 2 Lever 3 Lever 4 Screw (4 used) 5 Washer (4 used) 6 Nut (2 used) 7 Spacer (2 used) 8 Lock Nut (4 used) 9 Ball Joint (2 used) 10 Nut (4 used) 11 Linkage Support 12 Cap Screw (2 used) 13 Spring Locking Pin (4 used) 14 Pin (4 used) 15 Yoke 16 Nut 17 Rod (4 used) 18 Nut 19 Ball Joint 20 Gasket 21 Plug (6 used) 22 Plate 23 Nut (3 used) 24 Washer (6 used) 25 Isolator (3 used) 26 Cap Screw (3 used) 27 Nut (2 used) 28 Washer 29 Cap Screw (2 used) 30 Washer (2 used) 31 Bracket 32 Knob (2 used) 33 Linkage Assembly
1. Fasten lever base (1) to shouldered end of large ball joint (19) to fit in vertical slot of linkage support (11). 2. Apply instant gel adhesive to threads of backhoe control knobs (32). 3. Apply instant gel adhesive to threads of spacers (7). Apply thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to threads of cap screws (4) and balljoints (9). 4. Tighten cap screws (4) to specification.
Specification Backhoe Two Lever Linkage Cap ScrewsTorque............................................................. 60 Nm (44 lbft)
6. Tighten nuts (10) to specification.

Specification Backhoe Two Lever Linkage Ball Joint NutsTorque................................................................. 60 Nm (44 lbft)
7. Tighten cap screws (26) to specifications.

Specification Backhoe Valve Mounting Plate cap screwsTorque .............................................................. 46 Nm (34 lbft)
5. Tighten lock nuts (8) to specification.

Specification Backhoe Two Lever Linkage Ball Joint Lock NutsTorque................................................................. 25 Nm (18 lbft)
8. After attaching yokes (15) to spools, adjust length of link rods (17) so lever bases (2 and 3) are parallel to ground. 9. See Backhoe Valve Linkage Adjustment in this group to adjust valve linkage.
TX,33,RR7808 1908OCT992/2
Backhoe Valve Linkage Adjustment

NOTE: Levers must be positioned correctly to allow full travel and proper operation of backhoe valves. Cab and other components have been removed in some photos for illustration purposes only. 1. Put backhoe valve spools in neutral position. 2. Put a piece of masking tape across the rear ROPS posts on inside surface at backhoe lever knob height. 3. Measure from edge of knobs to tape. Distance (A) should be 140 mm (5.5 in.). Knobs should be 250 mm (10.25 in.) apart.
ADistance [140 mm (5.5 in.)]
TX,9025,RR7492 1910JUN961/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333156

PN=690
T117168 UN24SEP98
Control Linkage
Remove and Install Stabilizer Valve Linkage (S.N. 874256)
1 Knob (2 used) 2 Base (2 used) 3 Snap Ring 4 Bushing (2 used) 5 Washer (2 used)
6 Lever (2 used) 7 Bushing 8 Ball Joint (6 used) 9 Nut (6 used) 10 Rod
11 Boot (2 used) 12 Pin (2 used) 13 Cotter Pin (2 used) 14 Yoke 15 Set Screw (2 used)
16 Bellcrank (2 used) 17 Lock Nut (2 used) 18 Yoke 19 Rod
TX,33,SS3961 1908OCT991/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333157

PN=691
TP58022 UN21APR99
Control Linkage Apply gel instant adhesive to threads of stabilizer control lever knobs. Tighten nuts (17) to 25 Nm (18 lbft).
Specification Two Lever Linkage Nuts and Lock Nut and Stabilizer NutsTorque .................................................. 25 Nm (18 lbft)
TX,33,SS3961 1908OCT992/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333158

PN=692
Control Linkage
Remove and Install Stabilizer Valve Linkage (S.N. 874257)
1 Knob (2 used) 2 Cover (2 used) 3 Snap Ring 4 Bushing (2 used) 5 Washer (2 used) 6 Lever (2 used) 7 Bushing 8 Lock Nut (2 used)
9 Cap Screw (2 used) 10 Washer (2 used) 11 Tie Rod End (2 used) 12 Nut (6 used) 13 Boot (2 used) 14 Rod 15 Rod 16 Rod
17 Nut (2 used) 18 Yoke L.H. (2 used) 19 Ball Joint (4 used) 20 Lock Nut (As Required) 21 Pin (2 used) 22 Cotter Pin (2 used) 23 Rod 24 Lock Nut
25 Washer (6 used) 26 Bellcrank (2 used) 27 Cap Screw 28 Washer (4 used) 29 Screw (4 used)
1. Apply gel instant adhesive to threads of stabilizer control lever knobs. Tighten nuts (17) to specification.
Specification Two Lever Linkage Nuts and Lock Nut and Stabilizer NutsTorque .................................................. 25 Nm (18 lbft)
CED,TX03399,5548 1908OCT991/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333159

PN=693
T125032 UN11OCT99
Control Linkage
2. Tighten nuts (20) to specifications

Specification Stabilizer Bellcrank Yoke NutsTorque................................................................. 25 Nm (18 lbft)
CED,TX03399,5548 1908OCT992/2
Stabilizer Valve Linkage Adjustment

NOTE: Levers must be positioned correctly to allow full travel and proper operation of stabilizer valves. Cab and other components have been removed in some photographs for clarity. 1. Put stabilizer valve spools in neutral position. 2. Adjust linkage rods (A) so that tabs (B) are vertical. 3. Put masking tape across left and right rear ROPS posts on inside surface at stabilizer knob height.
T8187AL UN20FEB94 TX,9025,RR7493 1910JUN961/2 TX,9025,RR7493 1910JUN962/2
4. Measure the distance (C) from edge of right stabilizer knob to tape. It should be 260 mm (10.25 in.). Measure the distance (D) from edge of left stabilizer knob to tape. It should be 295 mm (11.6 in.). Adjust rods (E) as necessary.
T7407AL UN30OCT90
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33331510

PN=694
T7407AM UN30OCT90
Group 3340 Frames

Other Material
Number Name Use
Cure Primer
Apply to inner surface of bushing bores in dipperstick. Apply to inner surface of bushing bores in backhoe boom. Apply to backhoe boom lock collar set screws. Apply to threads of extendible dipperstick hex socket cap screws for outer pads.
Apply to inner surface of bushing bores in dipperstick. Apply to inner surface of bushing bores in backhoe boom.
Apply to backhoe boom lock collar set screws.
Apply to threads of extendible dipperstick hex socket cap screws for outer pads.
CED,TX03399,5698 1906DEC991/1
Specifications
Dipperstick (with Bucket Cylinder and Links) DippersticktoBoom Connecting Pin Boom (with Boom and Crowd Cylinders) Boom (with cylinders) Boom Collar Set Screws Swing Frame Dipperstick Extension Extendible Dipperstick Hex Socket Cap Screws for Internal Pads Extendible Dipperstick Hex Socket Cap Screws for Outer Pads
Weight Torque Weight Weight Torque Weight Weight Torque Torque
204 kg (450 lb) Approximate 620 Nm (460 lbft) 341 kg (750 lb) Approximate 385 kg (850 lb) Approximate 49 Nm (36 lbft) 123 kg (272 lb) Approximate 385 kg (850 lb) (Approximate) 2227 Nm (1620 lbft) 4754 Nm (3540 lbft)
CED,TX03399,5699 1906DEC991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333401

PN=695
Frames
Remove and Install Dipperstick

1. Remove bucket. (See Remove and Install Bucket and Bucket Links in Group 3302.) 2. Extend boom and dipperstick straight out. Put a floor stand under outer end of boom. Support dipperstick with a hoist. CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. 3. Operate all control valves to release pressure in hydraulic system. Tag and remove bucket cylinder lines (A). 4. Remove pin (C) from crowd cylinder and dipperstick. CAUTION: Dipperstick with bucket cylinder and links weighs approximately 204 kg (450 lb).
Specification Dipperstick (with Bucket Cylinder and Links)Weight............................................ 204 kg (450 lb) Approximate
5. Remove pin (B) from boom to dipperstick joint. Remove dipperstick using a hoist.
NOTE: If bucket links are removed, fasten rod end of bucket cylinder to dipperstick.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333402

PN=696
T107574 UN27FEB97
X9811 UN23AUG88
Frames
6. Inspect bushings (A and B). 7. Remove bushings (A and B), if replacement is necessary, using E7018 electrodes. Weld three straight beads on the inside length of the bushing.
T92545 UN18APR89
8. Allow sufficient time for bushing to cool before removing with a punch. 9. Make sure ID of bores for bushings are clean and free of any grease or oil. Apply retaining compound to inner surface of bore before installing bushings. 10. Install bushings (A) flush. 11. Install new bushings (B) flush. 12. Install dipperstick to boom. Tighten arm pin bolt to specification.
Specification DippersticktoBoom Connecting PinTorque ................................................................ 620 Nm (460 lbft)
13. Align crowd cylinder and install pin. 14. Connect bucket cylinder lines.
TX,31,RR7726 1902NOV992/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333403

PN=697
Frames
Remove and Install Boom

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. 1. Extend boom and dipperstick straight out. Put a floor stand under outer end of boom. Support dipperstick with a hoist. 2. Stop engine and operate all hydraulic controls to release pressure in system. Tag and disconnect bucket hoses (A). Close all openings with caps and plugs. CAUTION: Boom with boom and crowd cylinders weighs approximately 341 kg (750 lb).
Specification Boom (with Boom and Crowd Cylinders)Weight..................................... 341 kg (750 lb) Approximate
T107574 UN27FEB97 TX,31,RR7727 1902NOV991/4
3. Remove pins (C and B) and remove dipperstick to the ground using hoist.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333404

PN=698
X9811 UN23AUG88
Frames
4. Support boom with a hoist. Tag and disconnect hoses (A). Close all openings with caps and plugs. 5. Put wooden block over oil lines before removing the cylinder rod end. Remove pin (C), snap ring and pin (D), pivot (E), and collar (B). Remove pin from cylinder rod end and lay cylinder on wooden block. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from moving heavy object. The boom and cylinders weigh approximately 385 kg (850 lb).
Specification Boom (with cylinders) Weight ...................................................... 385 kg (850 lb) Approximate
6. Remove cap screws (F) and remove boom pivot pins to remove boom.
AHoses BCollar CPin DSnap Ring EPivot F Cap Screw (2 used)
T107582 UN06MAR97 Continued on next page TX,31,RR7727 1902NOV992/4
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333405

PN=699
Frames
7. Inspect bushings (A). Remove if replacement is necessary using E7018 electrodes. Weld three straight beads the inside length of the bushings. 8. Allow sufficient time for bushings to cool before removing using a punch. 9. Make sure ID of bores for bushings are clean and free of any grease or oil. Apply retaining compound to inner surface of bore before installing bushings. Install new bushings for dipperstick to boom joint bushings and for boom to swing frame joint bushings.
TX,31,RR7727 1902NOV993/4
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333406

PN=700
T6130AG UN25MAY89
Frames
10. Install collar (B). Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to three set screws. 11. Tighten collar set screws to 49 Nm (36 lbft).
Specification Boom Collar Set ScrewsTorque............................................................. 49 Nm (36 lbft)
12. Install pivot (E), pin (C), snap ring, and pin (D). 13. Connect lines (A) to backhoe valve. 14. Install dipperstick to boom. (See Remove and Install Dipperstick in this group.)
AHoses BCollar CPin DSnap Ring EPivot F Cap Screw (2 used)
TX,31,RR7727 1902NOV994/4
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333407

PN=701
T107582 UN06MAR97
Frames
Remove and Install Swing Frame

1. Remove dipperstick and boom. (See procedures in this group.) 2. Position swing frame straight rearward. CAUTION: Swing frame weighs approximately 123 kg (272 lb). 3. Connect swing frame to hoist using a lift strap (A). 4. Remove swing cylinder snap ring (F) and remove rod. Remove swing cylinder pins (D). 5. Remove cap screws (C and E) to remove swing pivot pins (B and H). 6. Remove swing frame and thrust washer (G) for repair or replacement.
Specification Swing FrameWeight................................ 123 kg (272 lb) Approximate
NOTE: Weight of backhoe is supported at the lower pivot. There must be clearance between upper main frame pivot boss and the ears of the swing frame. 7. Install thrust washer on top of lower pivot boss. NOTE: Install swing frame pins so that crossdrilled holes align with holes in swing frame to ease hardware installation. 8. Position swing frame and install pin (B) even with top surface. Secure in position with cap screw (C) and nut. 9. Install pin (H) even with top surface of swing frame. Make sure pin is through thrust washer. Secure in position with cap screw (E) and nut.
11. Install boom and dipperstick. (See procedures in this group.)

ALift Strap BUpper Pivot Pin CUpper Pivot Locking Cap Screw DSwing Cylinder Pivot Pin (2 used) ELower Pivot Locking Cap Screw F Swing Cylinder Locking Snap Ring and Rod GThrust Washer HLower Pivot Pin
TX,31,RR7728 1924FEB971/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333408

PN=702
T107578 UN27FEB97
10. Align swing cylinders and install pins (D) from the bottom. Top of pins should be even with casting. Secure in position with rod and snap ring.
T107577 UN27FEB97
Frames
Remove Extendible Dipperstick Extension
CED,OUO1010,489 1926FEB021/4
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333409

PN=703
T134588 UN20OCT00
Frames
1 Outer Box 2 Extendible Dipperstick Cylinder 3 Washer (12 used) 4 Internal Wear Pad (4 used) 5 Cap Screws (12 used) 6 Shim (as required) 7 Upper Outer Wear Pad and Lower Outer Wear Pad 8 Cap Screw (6 used) 9 Pin 10 Lock Nut (12 used)
CED,OUO1010,489 1926FEB022/4
1. Park machine on level surface. Extend boom and extendible dipperstick to maximum reach with bucket dumped and lowered to the ground. 2. Stop engine and set park brake. 3. Remove bucket and bucket links. (See Remove and Install Bucket and Bucket Links in Group 3302.)
4. Remove quick coupler (if equipped). 5. Remove bucket cylinder. (See Remove and Install Backhoe Bucket Cylinder in Group 3360.) Let hoses and lines hang to the side.
6. Remove outer upper (8) and outer lower (10) wear pads. Remove shims (7) (if equipped). CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from falling dipperstick extension. Make sure hoist is attached to dipperstick extension. When extendible cylinder rod end pin is re moved, dipperstick extension can drop suddenly. Dipperstick extension weighs approximately 386 kg (850 lb).
Specification Dipperstick ExtensionWeight....................................385 kg (850 lb) (Approximate)
7.
Install a hoist and chain to dipperstick extension (A)

ADipperstick Extension BDipperstick Extension in Vertical Position CCylinder Rod End Pin
8. Remove snap ring and remove extendible dipperstick cylinder rod end pin (C). 9. Raise boom and put dipperstick extension in vertical position (B). While raising boom and moving dipperstick toward machine with extension supported on the ground, raise boom until extension can be removed.
10. Inspect internal dipperstick wear pads (4). Replace if necessary.

Continued on next page CED,OUO1010,489 1926FEB023/4
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33334010

PN=704
T104732 UN25OCT96
Frames
11. Inspect extendible dipperstick cylinder hoses and fittings for wear. Replace parts as needed. Attach extendible cylinder hoses and fittings and tighten.
Specification Rod End (1) HosetofittingTorque................................................ 73 Nm ( 54 lbft.) Head End (4) HosetoElbow FittingTorque............................................................. 73 Nm ( 54 lbft.) Elbow Fitting (6) to Extendible Cylinder Head EndTorque................................................................ 73 Nm ( 54 lbft.) 1 ORing (2 Used) 2 Fitting 3 Hose, Rod End 4 Hose, Head End 5 ORing 6 Elbow Fitting 7 ORing 8 Extendible Cylinder
CED,OUO1010,489 1926FEB024/4
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33334011

PN=705
T151963 UN27FEB02
Frames
Install Extendible Dipperstick Extension
CED,OUO1010,490 1904NOV991/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33334012

PN=706
T125617 UN09NOV99
Frames
1 Outer Box 2 Extendible Dipperstick Cylinder 3 Washer (12 used) 4 Internal Wear Pad (4 used) 5 Cap Screws (12 used) 6 Shim (as required) 7 Shim (as required) 8 Upper Outer Wear Pad 9 Cap Screw (6 used) 10 Lower Outer Wear Pad 11 Pin 12 Lock Nut
IMPORTANT: It is important to maintain running clearance between pad and inner member of extension. Do not damage shims. Only put in enough shims to fill clearance and then remove one shim. Locking nuts should be replaced if removed to prevent loosening. 1. Install shims (6), as required, to fill clearance and then remove one shim. If wear pads are replaced, install new lock nuts (12) with flat face of nut mating to dipperstick. NOTE: Do not over tighten cap screws or pad deformation may result. 2. Tighten hex socket cap screws (5) to 2227 Nm (1620 lbft).
Specification Extendible Dipperstick Hex Socket Cap Screws for Internal PadsTorque .................................................. 2227 Nm (1620 lbft)
4. With the extension in the vertical position, install dipperstick into the extension using the hoist. 5. Install extendible dipperstick cylinder rod end pin (11) through dipperstick and cylinder rod end. 6. Install outer upper (8) and outer lower (10) wear pads. Install shims (7) as required. For every three shims added, remove a washer (3) from under the head of cap screws (9) to allow adequate thread engagement. 7. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to threads of cap screws (9). Tighten cap screws (9).
Specification Extendible Dipperstick Hex Socket Cap Screws for Outer PadsTorque.................................. 4754 Nm (3540 lbft)
8. Install bucket cylinder. (See procedure in Group 3360.) 9. Install bucket, links, and quick couplers (if equipped). (See procedure in Group 3302.) 10. Cycle extension in and out to ensure proper operation.
3. Apply a light film of grease on wear pads.

CED,OUO1010,490 1904NOV992/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33334013

PN=707
Frames
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33334014

PN=708

Essential Tools
CED,TX03399,5887 1905JAN001/4
Relief Valve Seal Installer................................... JDG1290
To install special seal on relief valve.

CED,TX03399,5887 1905JAN002/4
ShutOff Plug Seal Installer ................................ JDG1328
To install special seal on shutoff plug.

CED,TX03399,5887 1905JAN003/4
Seal Installation Tool............................................. JDG734
Install seals and wiper rings in spool valves.

CED,TX03399,5887 1905JAN004/4

CED,TX03399,5702 1906DEC991/2
Spanner Wrench...................................... PH954736A
Used to loosen and tighten boom, bucket, and crowd cylinder jam (spanner) nut.
CED,TX03399,5702 1906DEC992/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333601

PN=709
Hydraulic System
Other Material
Number Name Use
Cure Primer
Apply to threads of spool, spool end screw, and spool tang. Apply to threads of spool and spool end screw. Apply to boom, bucket, and crowd cylinder rod threads. Apply to boom, bucket, and crowd cylinder barrel threads. Apply to threads of swing and stabilizer cylinder spanner nut. Apply extendible dipperstick cylinder rod threads. Apply to threads of spanner nut.
Thread Lock and Sealer (High Strength)
Apply to spool end screw and spool tang.
Apply to threads of spool end screw. Apply to boom, bucket, and crowd cylinder rod threads. Apply to extendible dipperstick cylinder rod threads. Apply to spanner nut threads. TY24311 (U.S.) CXTY24311 (Canadian) 222 (LOCTITE) T43512 (U.S.) TY9473 (Canadian) 242 (LOCTITE) Thread Lock and Sealer (Low Strength) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength) Apply to boom, bucket, and crowd cylinder barrel threads.
Apply to threads of swing and stabilizer cylinder spanner nut.

CED,TX03399,5705 1906DEC991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333602

PN=710
Hydraulic System
Specifications
Backhoe Control Valve Five Stack Backhoe Control Valve Backhoe Control Valve Backhoe Control Valve Tie Rod Nuts (1/220 Threads) Backhoe Control Valve Tie Rod Nuts (7/1620 Threads) Circuit Relief Valve, 27 mm (11/16 in.) Thread Circuit Relief Valve with Locking Ring, 22 mm (7/8 in.) Thread Circuit Relief Locking Ring AntiCavitation Valve (Installation) Backhoe Boom Raise, Bucket Dump, Crowd Out Circuit Relief Valves with AntiCavitation and Load Sense Relief Valve without AntiCavitation Cap and Nut Backhoe Boom Raise, Bucket Dump, Crowd Out Circuit Relief Valves with AntiCavitation and Load Sense Relief Valve without AntiCavitation (Installation) Backhoe Bucket Curl Circuit Relief Valve with AntiCavitation Nut Backhoe Bucket Curl Circuit Relief Valve with AntiCavitation Valve Body Backhoe Bucket Curl Circuit Relief Valve with AntiCavitation (Installation) Backhoe Swing, Boom Lower, Crowd In Circuit Relief Valves and System Relief Valve (Installation) Backhoe ElectroHydraulic Auxiliary Circuit Relief Valve Nut Backhoe ElectroHydraulic Auxiliary Circuit Relief Valve Body Plug Backhoe ElectroHydraulic Auxiliary Circuit Relief Valve (Installation) ShutOff Plug (Installation) Backhoe Inlet Section Plug Backhoe Auxiliary Flow Section End Cap Screws Weight Weight Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque Torque 61 kg (135 lb) Approximate 64 kg (140 lb) Approximate 100 Nm (74 lbft) 65 Nm (48 lbft) 65 Nm (48 lbft) 34 Nm (25 lbft) 14 Nm (10 lbft) 65 7 Nm (48 5 lbft) 24 3 Nm (18 2 lbft)
Torque
45 4.7 Nm (33 3.5 lbft)
45 4.7 Nm (33 3.5 lbft) 65 7 Nm (48 5 lbft) 65 7 Nm (48 5 lbft)
Torque
65 7 Nm (48 5 lbft)
5 0.68 Nm (44 6 lbin.) 45 4.7 Nm (33 3.5 lbft) 45 4.7 Nm (33 3.5 lbft) 65 7 Nm (48 5 lbft) 2227 Nm (1620 lbft) 9.5 Nm (84 lbin.)
CED,TX03399,5902 1910JAN001/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333603

PN=711
Hydraulic System
Backhoe Auxiliary Flow Section ElectroHydraulic Pilot valve Block Screws Backhoe Auxiliary Flow Section ElectroHydraulic Pilot Solenoid Screws Backhoe Auxiliary Flow Section Plug Backhoe Swing, Boom, Bucket, Crowd and Extendible Section Spool End Screw Backhoe Swing, Boom, Bucket, Crowd and Extendible Section Seal Plate Screws Backhoe Boom Crowd and Extendible Section Plug Backhoe Boom, Crowd and Extendible Section Plug Spool Cap, Cap Screws Spool Retainer Plate Screws Stabilizer Valve Spool Caps Stabilizer Valve Hex Drive Retaining Plug Backhoe Cylinder Backhoe Bucket Cylinder Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Backhoe Boom Cylinder Backhoe Bucket Cylinder Piston Nut
Torque
9.5 Nm (84 lbin.)
Torque
2 Nm (18 lbin.)
Torque Torque
65 Nm (48 lbft) 9.5 Nm (84 lbin.)
Torque
5.5 Nm (48 lbin.)
65 Nm (48 lbft) 65 Nm (48 lbft) 9.5 Nm (84 lbin.) 5.5 Nm (48 lbin.) 50 3 Nm (37 2 lbft) 50 Nm (37 lbft)
Weight Weight Weight Torque Turn
34 kg (75 lb) Approximate 59 kg (130 lb) Approximate 82 kg (180 lb) Approximate 340 Nm (250 lbft) + 1/8 (45) turn 375 Nm (276 lbft) + 1/8 (45) turn 375 Nm (276 lbft) + 1/4 (90) turn 1000 Nm (738 lbft) + 1/6 (60) turn 200 Nm (148 lbft) + 1/6 (60) turn 1350 Nm (1000 lbft) 48 kg (106 lb) Approximate 34 Nm (25 lbft) 39 kg (86 lb) Approximate 225 Nm (165 lbft) + 1/6 (60) turn 600 Nm (442 lbft) + 1/12 (30) turn 170 Nm (125 lbft) plus 45 turn
CED,TX03399,5902 1910JAN002/2
Backhoe Boom Cylinder Piston Nut Torque Turn Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Piston Nut (S.N. 837228) Torque Turn
Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Piston Torque Turn Cap Screw (S.N. 837229873597) Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Piston Nut (S.N. 873598) Torque Turn
Boom, Bucket, and Crowd Cylinder Torque Rod Guide Jam (Spanner) Nut Swing Cylinder Swing Cylinder Hydraulic Fittings Stabilizer Cylinder Backhoe Swing Cylinder Piston Backhoe Stabilizer Cylinder Piston Extendible Dipperstick Cylinder Piston Nut TM1611 (22JUL10) Weight Torque Weight Torque Turn Torque Turn Torque Turn
3333604

PN=712
Hydraulic System
Spanner Nut
Torque
520600 Nm (384443 lbft)

CED,TX03399,5902 1910JAN003/2
Remove and Install Backhoe Control Valve

CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 1. Lower backhoe bucket on the floor with dipperstick straight out. 2. Stop engine and operate all hydraulic control levers to relieve pressure in the hydraulic system. 3. Disconnect linkage from backhoe valve spools.
TX,33,RR7798 1923NOV981/6
4. Disconnect all lines (AP) from valve. Close all openings with caps and plugs.
AAuxiliary Function BReturn from Stabilizer CTo Extendible Cylinder Head End DAuxiliary Function ETo Crowd Cylinder Head End F To Extendible Cylinder Rod End GTo Bucket Cylinder Head End HTo Crowd Cylinder Rod End I To Boom Cylinder Head End J To Bucket Cylinder Rod End KTo Swing Cylinder Right Head End Tee to Left Cylinder Rod End L To Boom Cylinder Rod End MTo Swing Cylinder Left Head End Tee to Right Cylinder Rod End NFrom Hydraulic Pump Discharge OStabilizer Pressure LinetoBackhoe Valve PTo Hydraulic Filter
TX,33,RR7798 1923NOV982/6
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333605

PN=713
T100806 UN27JAN97
X9811 UN23AUG88
Hydraulic System
5. Remove floor mat (A), cover (B) and backhoe lever console (C). 6. Remove foot pedal or pedals, if equipped.
T7520BG UN02MAY91 TX,33,RR7798 1923NOV983/6
AFloor Mat BConsole Cover
CConsole
7. Remove floor plate (B) and lever assembly bracket (A) with levers. 8. Install lifting strap around backhoe control valve and a hoist. CAUTION: Approximate weight of five stack backhoe control valve is 61 kg (135 lb).
Specification Five Stack Backhoe Control ValveWeight.................................. 61 kg (135 lb) Approximate ALever Assembly Bracket BFloor Plate
TX,33,RR7798 1923NOV984/6
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333606

PN=714
T7525AC UN06MAY91
Hydraulic System
9. Remove cap screws (A and B). Remove valve L shaped bracket. Move backhoe valve bracket back and slowly remove valve. 10. Install valve and cap screws (A and B). Tighten cap screws. 11. Install lever assembly and bracket with levers, floor plate, and foot pedal or pedals, if equipped. 12. Install backhoe lever console, cover and floor mat. 13. Connect backhoe valve linkage.
ACap Screw (2 used) BCap Screw (2 used)
TX,33,RR7798 1923NOV985/6
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333607

PN=715
T100808 UN15APR97
Hydraulic System
14. Connect hydraulic lines (AP).

AAuxiliary Function BReturn from Stabilizer CTo Extendible Cylinder Head End DAuxiliary Function ETo Crowd Cylinder Head End F To Extendible Cylinder Rod End GTo Bucket Cylinder Head End HTo Crowd Cylinder Rod End I To Boom Cylinder Head End J To Bucket Cylinder Rod End KTo Swing Cylinder Right Head End Tee to Left Cylinder Rod End L To Boom Cylinder Rod End MTo Swing Cylinder Left Head End Tee to Right Cylinder Rod End NFrom Hydraulic Pump Discharge OStabilizer Pressure LinetoBackhoe Valve PTo Hydraulic Filter
TX,33,RR7798 1923NOV986/6
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333608

PN=716
T100806 UN27JAN97
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Backhoe Control Valve
AOutlet Section BAuxiliary Flow Section CCrowd Section
DBucket Section EBoom Section F Swing Section
GElectroHydraulic Auxiliary J Orifice (one in each section Section except the auxiliary flow HInlet Section section) I Nut and Tie Rod Assembly (3 KCompensator Valve (one in used) each section) L ORing (one between each section)
IMPORTANT: Keep all components for each valve section together as a set. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from falling heavy control valve. The control valve weighs approximately 64 kg (140 lb). Use a hoist to lift the valve assembly from the machine to the bench. Support the valve assembly in a holding fixture.
Specification Backhoe Control ValveWeight............................................... 64 kg (140 lb) Approximate
2. To aid in assembly, identify each section with a mark. 3. Remove nuts and tie rods (I). 4. Carefully remove sections (AH) so as not to lose or damage Orings (L), orifices (J), compensators (K) and load sense logic check. Keep compensators and valve sections together as a set. 5. Inspect Orings between each section for wear or damage. Replace as necessary.
1. Set control valve assembly vertically on a work bench with the inlet section on the bottom.
Continued on next page TX,31,RR7669 1931OCT071/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
3333609

PN=717
T100651 UN08APR97
Hydraulic System
6. Inspect compensator parts (A and D), springs (C), orifices (B and E), and load sense logic checks (G) for scoring, wear, or damage. Replace as necessary. 7. Apply clean hydraulic oil to all internal parts.
TX,31,RR7669 1931OCT072/3
8. Remove and inspect the antidrift poppet parts (AD) used on the boom, crowd, and extendible dipperstick sections only. 9. Assemble sections making sure load sense logic checks, compensators, spring and Oring remain in position. Install the tie rods in so the shorter threaded length end is on the bottom. Fully screw on the nuts on the shorter threaded end. 10. Install nuts on other end of tie rods and snug tight do not make final torque. IMPORTANT: Tighten tie rod evenly and at several intervals to prevent valve spool binding or leakage between sections. 11. Lay valve assembly horizontally on bench supported by blocks under the mounting feet. Tighten tie rod nuts to specification.
Specification Backhoe Control Valve Tie Rod Nuts (1/220 Threads)Torque........................................................ 100 Nm (74 lbft) APlug with ORing BSpring Guide CSpring DAntiDrift Poppet
Specification Backhoe Control Valve Tie Rod Nuts (7/1620 Threads)Torque.......................................................... 65 Nm (48 lbft)
TX,31,RR7669 1931OCT073/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336010

PN=718
T108647 UN07APR97
T108649 UN07APR97
Hydraulic System
Remove and Install Backhoe Circuit Relief and System Relief Valves
AExtendible Dipperstick Plugs DBoom Down Relief Valve (2 used) ESwing Left Relief Valve BCrowd Out Relief Valve F Swing Right Relief Valve CBucket Curl Relief Valve
GBoom Raise Relief Valve HBucket Dump Relief Valve I Crowd In Relief Valve
J System Relief Valve KLoad Sense Relief Valve
IMPORTANT: Relief valves MUST be installed in the correct ports for proper valve function. 1. To aid in assembly, put identification marks on the relief valves and the valve section. 2. Remove relief valves. 3. Remove and inspect Orings and backup rings for damage. If damaged, check housing for cause. 4. Install new Orings and backup rings. 5. Install circuit relief valves in control valve. Tighten relief valves to specification.
Specification Circuit Relief Valve, 27 mm (11/16 in.) ThreadTorque............................................................. 65 Nm (48 lbft)
Circuit Relief Valve with Locking Ring, 22 mm (7/8 in.) ThreadTorque....................................................... 34 Nm (25 lbft) Circuit Relief Locking RingTorque................................................................. 14 Nm (10 lbft)
IMPORTANT: Relief valves MUST be adjusted when valves are disassembled or replaced. Failure to do so could cause damage to hydraulic system. 6. For pressures and adjustments of relief valves, see Operation and Test Manual Group 902525 for procedures.
CED,TX03399,5570 1919OCT991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336011

PN=719
T100650 UN26MAR97
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble AntiCavitation Valve

1. Disassemble and inspect parts for wear and damage. Replace as necessary. 2. Put clean hydraulic oil on all parts before assembly. 3. Anticavitation valve installation torque.
Specification AntiCavitation Valve (Installation)Torque......................................... 65 7 Nm (48 5 lbft)
ASpring BValve Body CORing
DPoppet EBackup Ring F ORing
TX,33,RR7867 1910JAN001/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336012

PN=720
T100609 UN27JAN97
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Backhoe Boom Raise, Bucket Dump, Crowd Out Circuit Relief Valves with AntiCavitation and Load Sense Relief Valve without AntiCavitation
1. Disassemble and inspect parts for wear and damage. Replace as necessary. 2. Put clean hydraulic oil on all parts before assembly. 3. Install special seal (I) using JDG1290 Seal Installer. 4. Tighten valve cap (A), nut (D) to specification. Reference circuit relief valve installation torque.
Backhoe Control ValveSpecification Backhoe Boom Raise, Bucket Dump, Crowd Out Circuit Relief Valves with AntiCavitation and Load Sense Relief Valve without AntiCavitation Cap and NutTorque ......................................... 24 3 Nm (18 2 lbft) Backhoe Boom Raise, Bucket Dump, Crowd Out Circuit Relief Valves with AntiCavitation and Load Sense Relief Valve without AntiCavitation (Installation)Torque................................... 45 4.7 Nm (33 3.5 lbft) ACap BAdjusting Screw CORing DNut EORing F Spring GPoppet HOrifice I Special Seal J Collar KRetaining Ring MValve Body
TX,33,RR7862 1919OCT991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336013

PN=721
T108887 UN09APR97
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Backhoe Bucket Curl Circuit Relief Valve with AntiCavitation
1. Disassemble and inspect parts for wear and damage. Replace as necessary. 2. Put clean hydraulic oil on all parts before assembly. 3. Tighten nut (D) and valve body (E) to specifications. Reference relief valve installation torque.
Specification Backhoe Bucket Curl Circuit Relief Valve with AntiCavitation NutTorque................................................. 45 4.7 Nm (33 3.5 lbft) Backhoe Bucket Curl Circuit Relief Valve with AntiCavitation Valve BodyTorque ..................................................... 65 7 Nm (48 5 lbft) Backhoe Bucket Curl Circuit Relief Valve with AntiCavitation (Installation)Torque......................................... 65 7 Nm (48 5 lbft)
AEnd Stop BCap CORing DNut EValve Body F Poppet GSpring HSpring I Valve Body J Piston
KPoppet L Poppet MBackup Ring NORing OORing PORing QBackup Ring (2 used) RSpring SORing T Shim (as required)
TX,33,RR7863 1910APR971/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336014

PN=722
T8259AJ UN05JUL94
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Backhoe Swing, Boom Lower, Crowd In Circuit Relief Valves and System Relief Valve
1. Disassemble and inspect parts for wear and damage. Replace as necessary. 2. Put clean hydraulic oil on all parts before assembly. 3. Circuit relief valve installation torque specification.
Specification Backhoe Swing, Boom Lower, Crowd In Circuit Relief Valves and System Relief Valve (Installation)Torque......................................... 65 7 Nm (48 5 lbft) ASpring BSleeve CRetaining Ring DORing EBackup Ring (2 used) F ORing GShim (as required) HPoppet I Sleeve J Spring KValve Body L Backup Ring (2 used) MORing
WS68074,00036F6 1914JUL101/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336015

PN=723
T8259AG UN05JUL94
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Backhoe ElectroHydraulic Auxiliary Circuit Relief Valve

1. Disassemble and inspect parts for wear and damage. Replace as necessary. 2. Put clean hydraulic oil on all parts before assembly. 3. Tighten nut (R), valve body plug (Q). Reference circuit relief valve installation torque.
Specification Backhoe Electro Hydraulic Auxiliary Circuit Relief Valve NutTorque.................................................. 5 0.68 Nm (44 6 lbin.) Backhoe Electro Hydraulic Auxiliary Circuit Relief Valve Body PlugTorque ................................................ 45 4.7 Nm (33 3.5 lbft) Backhoe Electro Hydraulic Auxiliary Circuit Relief Valve (Installation)Torque................................... 45 4.7 Nm (33 3.5 lbft)
AAdjusting Screw BORing (2 used) CORing DPilot Poppet ESpring F Backup Ring GSpring HBackup Ring I Poppet
J Piston KPoppet L ORing MORing NORing OValve Body PSpring QValve Body Plug RNut
TX,33,RR7866 1910APR971/1
Disassemble and Assemble Auxiliary Shutoff Plug

1. Remove seal, if necessary. 2. Put clean hydraulic oil on seal before assembly. 3. Install special seal using JDG1328 Seal Installer. 4. Plug (1) installation torque.
Specification ShutOff Plug (Installation)Torque......................................... 65 7 Nm (48 5 lbft)
T127068 UN05JAN00
1 ShutOff Plug
2 Special Seal
WS68074,00036F4 1914JUL101/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336016

PN=724
T100630 UN05MAR97
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Backhoe Inlet Section
AValve Section Body BIsolator Spool CExpander Plug
DRetaining Ring ESpring F ORing
GPlug HORing I ORing (Optional)

J Load Sense Relief Valve
TX,33,RR7858 1903DEC991/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336017

PN=725
T126426 UN07DEC99
Hydraulic System 1. Remove plug with Oring (F and G) to remove spring (E) and spool assembly (D and B) from housing (A). 2. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace Orings. 3. Inspect orifice in spool (B). Orifice must be clear of any debris. 4. Put clean hydraulic oil on isolator spool. Install spool assembly in housing.
TX,33,RR7858 1903DEC992/2
5. Install spring and plug assembly (F and G). Tighten plug to specification.
Specification Backhoe Inlet Section PlugTorque ................................................... 2227 Nm (1620 lbft)
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336018

PN=726
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Backhoe Auxiliary Flow Section (If Equipped)
ACompensator BPlug CORing DValve Housing ESocket Hex Head Screw (2 used)
F End Cap GSpring HORing I Spool J ORing (2 used)
KSocket Hex Head Screw (2 used) L ElectroHydraulic Pilot Valve Block MORing NElectroHydraulic Pilot Solenoid OSocket Hex Head Screw (4 used)
PElectroHydraulic Pilot Solenoid Pin QORing RLoad Sense Logic Check
IMPORTANT: Spool MUST be installed in the valve housing the same way spool was removed for proper operation of the hydraulic function. 1. Remove parts (E and F) to remove spool from valve housing (D). 2. Remove parts (B and C). 3. Remove screws (O) to remove electrohydraulic pilot solenoid (N). Be careful not to lose push pin (P).
4. Remove screws (K) to disassemble electrohydraulic pilot valve block (L) from housing. (See cross section in this group to disassemble the actuator.) 5. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace all seals. 6. Put clean hydraulic oil on spool. Install spool in housing.
TX,31,RR7671 1916NOV991/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336019

PN=727
T100654 UN16APR97
Hydraulic System
7. Install spring as shown. Install end cap (F) and tighten screws (E) to specification.
Specification Backhoe Auxiliary Flow Section End Cap ScrewsTorque.......................................................... 9.5 Nm (84 lbin.)
9. Install electrohydraulic pilot solenoid (N) and pushpin (P). Tighten screws (O) to specification.
Specification Backhoe Auxiliary Flow Section ElectroHydraulic Pilot Solenoid ScrewsTorque............................................................. 2 Nm (18 lbin.)
8. Apply thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to threads of screws (K). Install electrohydraulic valve block assembly (JM) and tighten screws (K) to specification.
Specification Backhoe Auxiliary Flow Section ElectroHydraulic Pilot valve Block ScrewsTorque.......................................................... 9.5 Nm (84 lbin.)
10. Install parts (B and C) and tighten plug (B) to specification.

Specification Backhoe Auxiliary Flow Section PlugTorque ..................................................... 65 Nm (48 lbft)
TX,31,RR7671 1916NOV992/3
ASocket Hex Head Screw (2 used) BElectroHydraulic Pilot Valve Block CORing DORing
ESpring F ORing GBackup Ring HORing
I Spool J Pilot Sleeve KORing L Push Pin
MElectroHydraulic Solenoid Assembly NSocket Hex Head Screw (4 used)
TX,31,RR7671 1916NOV993/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336020

PN=728
T100655 UN09APR97
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Backhoe Swing Section
ACompensator Spool and Spring BValve Section Body CSocket Hex Head Screw (2 used) DEnd Cap
I Seal Plate (2 used) J Wiper Seal (2 used) KLip Seal (2 used) L Screw (2 used)
MSpool NOrifice OORing PLoad Sense Logic Check
IMPORTANT: Spool MUST be installed in the valve housing the same way spool was removed for proper operation of the hydraulic function. 1. Remove parts (C and D) to remove spool assembly from valve housing (B). 2. Using a protective cover or wooden blocks, put spool (M) in vise. Remove parts (E and GK). 3. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Replace lip and wiper seals. 4. Apply clean hydraulic oil on spool and install spool into valve housing. TM1611 (22JUL10)
5. Install lip seals (K) and wiper seals (J) using JDG734 Seal Installation Tool. (See procedure in this group). 6. Clean threads of spool and spool end screw (G) with cure primer. Install parts (E, H and I) on spool. Apply thread lock and sealer (high strength) on spool end screw (G) and spool tang. Tighten to specification.
Specification Backhoe Swing, Boom, Bucket, Crowd and Extendible Section Spool End ScrewTorque.................................................... 9.5 Nm (84 lbin.)
TX,3360,SS3108 1902NOV991/2
33336021

PN=729
T100649 UN09APR97
Hydraulic System

Specification Backhoe Swing, Boom, Bucket, Crowd and Extendible Section End Cap ScrewsTorque.................................................. 9.5 Nm (84 lbin.)
8. Install and tighten screws (L) to specification.

Specification Backhoe Swing, Boom, Bucket, Crowd and Extendible Section Seal Plate ScrewsTorque................................................. 5.5 Nm (48 lbin.)
TX,3360,SS3108 1902NOV992/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336022

PN=730
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Backhoe Boom Section
ACompensator Spool and Spring BValve Section Body CSocket Hex Head Screw (2 used) DEnd Cap ESpring F Vent
GSpool End Screw HSpring Guide (2 used) I Seal Plate (2 used) J Wiper Seal (2 used) KLip Seal (2 used) L Screw (2 used)
MSpool NAntiDrift Poppet OSpring PSpring Guide QORing (2 used) RPlug (2 used)
SOrifice T ORing ULoad Sense Logic Check
IMPORTANT: Spool MUST be installed in the same valve section as was removed for proper operation of the hydraulic function. 1. Remove parts (C and D) to remove spool assembly from valve housing (B). 2. Using a protective cover or wooden blocks, put spool (M) in vise. Remove parts (E and GK). 3. Remove parts (NR) from housing.
4. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Replace lip and wiper seals. 5. Apply clean hydraulic oil on spool and install spool into valve housing. 6. Install lip seals (K) and wiper seals (J) using JDG734 Seal Installation Tool. (See procedure in this group).
TX,3360,RR7683 1902NOV991/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336023

PN=731
T100653 UN16APR97
Hydraulic System
7. Clean threads of spool and spool end screw (G) with cure primer. Install parts (E, H and I) on spool. Apply thread lock and sealer (high strength) on spool end screw (G) and spool tang. Tighten to specification.

10. Install parts (NR) and tighten plug (R) to specification.

Specification Backhoe Boom Crowd and Extendible Section PlugTorque .................................................................. 65 Nm (48 lbft)

TX,3360,RR7683 1902NOV992/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336024

PN=732
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Backhoe Bucket Section
ACompensator Spool BValve Section Body CSocket Hex Head Screw DEnd Cap
I Seal Plate (2 used) J Wiper Seal (2 used) KLip Seal (2 used) L Screw (2 used)
MSpool NOrifice OORing PLoad Sense Logic Check
IMPORTANT: Spool MUST be installed in the valve housing the same way spool was removed for proper operation of the hydraulic function. 1. Remove parts (C and D) to remove spool from valve housing (B). 2. Using a protective cover or wooden blocks, put spool (M) in vise. Remove parts (E and GK). 3. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Replace lip and wiper seals. 4. Apply clean hydraulic oil on spool and install spool into valve housing.
5. Install seals (K) and wiper seals (J) using JDG734 Seal Installation Tool. 6. Clean threads of spool and spool end screw (G) with cure primer. Install parts (E, H and I) on spool. Apply thread lock and sealer (high strength) on spool end screw (G) and spool tang. Tighten to specification.
TX,3360,RR7684 1902NOV991/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336025

PN=733
T100652 UN09APR97
Hydraulic System


TX,3360,RR7684 1902NOV992/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336026

PN=734
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Backhoe Crowd Section
ACompensator Spool and Spring BValve Section Body CSocket Hex Head Screw (2 used) DEnd Cap ESpring F Vent
IMPORTANT: Spool MUST be installed in the same valve section as was removed for proper operation of the hydraulic function. 1. Remove parts (C and D) to remove spool assembly from valve housing (B). 2. Using a protective cover or wooden blocks, put spool in vise. Remove parts (E and GK). 3. Remove parts (NR) from housing.
4. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Replace lip and wiper seals. 5. Apply clean hydraulic oil on spool and install spool into valve housing. 6. Install seals (K) and wiper seals (J) using JDG734 Seal Installation Tool.
TX,3360,RR7685 1902NOV991/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336027

PN=735
T108939 UN17APR97
Hydraulic System


Specification Backhoe Boom, Crowd and Extendible Section PlugTorque .................................................................. 65 Nm (48 lbft)

TX,3360,RR7685 1902NOV992/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336028

PN=736
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Backhoe Extendible Section
ACompensator Spool BValve Section Body CSocket Hex Head Screw (2 used) DEnd Cap ESpring F Vent
IMPORTANT: Spool MUST be installed in the same valve section as was removed for proper operation of the hydraulic function. 1. Remove parts (C and D) to remove spool assembly from valve housing (B). 2. Using a protective cover or wooden blocks, put spool (M) in vise. Remove parts (E and GK). 3. Remove parts (NR) from housing.
4. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Replace lip and wiper seals. 5. Apply clean hydraulic oil on spool and install spool into valve housing. 6. Install lip seals (K) and wiper seals (J) using JDG734 Seal Installation Tool.
TX,3360,RR7686 1902NOV991/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336029

PN=737
T100653 UN16APR97
Hydraulic System


Specification Backhoe Boom, Crowd and Extendible Section PlugTorque .................................................................. 65 Nm (48 lbft)

TX,3360,RR7686 1902NOV992/2
Replace Wiper Rings and Seals of Backhoe Control Valve Sections

1. Remove screws (E) to remove plate (D) from valve section.
TX,33,RR7812 1902NOV991/5
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336030

PN=738
T7698AB UN27JAN97
Hydraulic System
2. Use an Oring pick to remove wiper ring (A) and seal (B). 3. Remove two screws (A) to remove cap (J) from bottom of valve section. 4. Remove screw (B) to remove retainers (C and D), spring (I) and plate (E).
AScrew (2 used) BSpool End Screw CSpring Retainer DSpring Retainer EPlate F Spool GSeal HWiper Ring I Spring J Cap
TX,33,RR7812 1902NOV992/5
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336031

PN=739
T7698AD UN27JAN97
Hydraulic System
5. Use an Oring pick to remove wiper ring (H) and seal (G). IMPORTANT: DO NOT damage OD or ID of new seal during installation. Installation tool MUST be used to install seal and wiper ring. 6. Use JDG734 Seal Installation Tool to install new seal and wiper ring at each end of spool: a. Install wiper ring (C) on end of tool driver (D) with smaller OD of ring into driver. b. Put seal (B) on wiper ring with open side of seal away from wiper ring. c. Carefully slide sleeve (A) over seal, wiper ring, and driver with raised lip of sleeve away from driver. Do not push seal through sleeve. d. Put tool assembly over end of spool with raised lip into counterbore of valve section. e. Push driver to install seal and wiper ring into valve housing.
TX,33,RR7812 1902NOV993/5
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336032

PN=740
T7677AA UN27JAN97
Hydraulic System
NOTE: Lip end of sleeve ID is coneshaped to compress seal and wiper ring for installation. 7. Install plate (E), retainers (C and D) and spring (I). 8. Apply cure primer to threads of spool and spool end screw (B). Apply thread lock and sealer (high strength) to threads of screw (B). Tighten screw.
ATool Sleeve BSeal CWiper Ring DTool Driver
AScrew (2 used) BSpool End Screw CSpring Retainer DSpring Retainer EPlate
F Spool GSeal HWiper Ring I Spring J Cap
TX,33,RR7812 1902NOV994/5
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336033

PN=741
T7698AD UN27JAN97
Hydraulic System
9. Install cap (J) and screws (A). Tighten screws to specification.

Specification Spool Cap, Cap ScrewsTorque.......................................................... 9.5 Nm (84 lbin.)
10. Install plate (D) and two screws (E). Tighten screws to specification.
Specification Spool Retainer Plate ScrewsTorque.......................................................... 5.5 Nm (48 lbin.)
11. Check for correct installation of seals by pushing down of spool (C). Spool must return to neutral position.
TX,33,RR7812 1902NOV995/5
Remove and Install Stabilizer Valve

1. Park machine on level surface. Lower attachments and stabilizers to ground.
T7520BG UN02MAY91 Continued on next page TX,31,RR7700 1916NOV991/3
2. Remove floor mat (A), backhoe valve console cover (C) and backhoe valve console (B). 3. Remove floor plate.
AFloor Mat BConsole Cover CConsole
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336034

PN=742
T7698AB UN27JAN97
Hydraulic System
4. Operate controls to release pressure in hydraulic system. Tag and disconnect lines (AH) from stabilizer valve. Close all openings with caps or plugs. 5. Disconnect stabilizer linkage at valve spools. 6. Remove valve mounting cap screws (I) and stabilizer valve. 7. Install stabilizer valve on mounting plate with cap screws. 8. Connect stabilizer linkage to valve spools. 9. Connect hydraulic lines (AH). 10. Install floor plate.
AStabilizer ValvetoBackhoe Valve Inlet BStabilizer ValvetoRight Cylinder Head End CStabilizer ValvetoLeft Cylinder Head End DStabilizer ValvetoBackhoe Valve Return EStabilizer ValvetoLeft Cylinder Rod End F Stabilizer ValvetoRight Cylinder Rod End GStabilizer ValvetoBackhoe Valve Load Sense HStabilizer Valveto Hydraulic Oil Reservoir I Cap Screw (2 used)
TX,31,RR7700 1916NOV992/3
11. Install backhoe valve console (B), console cover (C) and floor mat (A).
AFloor Mat BConsole Cover CConsole
TX,31,RR7700 1916NOV993/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336035

PN=743
T7520BG UN02MAY91
T108863 UN04APR97
X9811 UN23AUG88
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. (See tractor operators manual for specific procedures to relieve pressure.)
Hydraulic System
Disassemble and Assemble Stabilizer Valve
TX,31,RR7699 1903DEC981/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336036

PN=744
T108943 UN09APR97
Hydraulic System
1 Seal (2 used) 2 ORing (4 used) 3 Spool (2 used) 4 Backup Ring (2 used) 5 Spacer (2 used) 6 Washer (2 used) 7 Spring (2 used) 8 Retainer (2 used) 9 Snap Ring (2 used) 10 Cap (2 used) 11 Valve Housing 12 ORing 13 Plug 14 Retainer (2 used) 15 Washer (4 used) 16 ORing (4 used) 17 Spring (4 used) 18 Poppet (4 used) 19 Seat (4 used) 20 ORing (4 used) 21 Plunger (2 used) 22 ORing (2 used) 23 Retainer (2 used) 24 Kit 25 Kit
1. Plug all ports and clean the outside of the valve housing (11) thoroughly. 2. Mark the spools (3) and their specific bores. The spools are matched to the bores and must not be switched. 3. Remove the spool caps (10) and slide the spool assemblies from their bores. 4. Remove the Oring and bushings from the spools. 5. Remove the wiper seals and Orings from the valve body. 6. Disassemble the spool assemblies only if the retaining ring, spacer, spool spring, or washers need to be replaced. 7. Remove the hex drive retainers, springs, poppets, seat assemblies and plungers from the valve body work ports. 8. Inspect all parts for wear and replace as necessary. IMPORTANT: Do not wipe parts dry with paper towels or cloth. Lint in hydraulic system will cause damage.
9. Wash all metal parts in clean solvent and blow dry them with compressed air. 10. Install new Orings, backup rings, and wiper seals. 11. Slide the bushing and new Oring over each of the spools. 12. Liberally lubricate the spools with clean hydraulic fluid and install spools in their proper bores. 13. Install the spool caps and tighten them to specification.
Specification Stabilizer Valve Spool CapsTorque.................................................... 50 3 Nm (37 2 lbft)
14. Lubricate and install plunger in each work port. 15. Install the seat with new Oring in each work port. 16. Install the poppets and springs. 17. Install the hex drive retaining plug in each work port. Tighten to specification.
Specification Stabilizer Valve Hex Drive Retaining PlugTorque................................................. 50 Nm (37 lbft)
TX,31,RR7699 1903DEC982/2
Remove and Install Backhoe Bucket Cylinder125 Series

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. 1. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure in system. CAUTION: The approximate weight of cylinder is 34 kg (75 lb).
Backhoe CylinderSpecification Backhoe Bucket CylinderWeight............................................ 34 kg (75 lb) Approximate
2. Attach cylinder to a hoist using a lifting strap.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336037

PN=745
X9811 UN23AUG88
Hydraulic System
3. Tag and disconnect lines to cylinder (B). Close all openings with caps and plugs. Remove hose clamps on cylinder.
T107239 UN15FEB97 TX,31,RR7701 1919NOV982/2
4. Remove pin (A) from bucket linkage. 5. Remove pin (C) from head end of cylinder and remove cylinder. 6. Install pin (C) at head end of cylinder. 7. Install pin (A) through bucket linkage and cylinder rod. 8. Connect lines and install hose clamps.
Remove and Install Backhoe Crowd Cylinder125 Series

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. 1. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure in system. CAUTION: The approximate weight of crowd cylinder is 59 kg (130 lb).
TX,31,RR7706 1919NOV981/2
Specification Backhoe Crowd CylinderWeight.......................................... 59 kg (130 lb) Approximate
2. Attach cylinder to a hoist using a lifting strap.
3. Tag and disconnect lines to cylinder (B). Close all openings with caps and plugs. 4. Remove pin (A) from dipperstick and cylinder rod. 5. Remove pin (C) from head end of cylinder and remove cylinder. 6. Install pin (A) at head end of cylinder. 7. Install pin (A) through dipperstick and cylinder rod. 8. Connect lines.
TX,31,RR7706 1919NOV982/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336038

PN=746
T107236 UN15FEB97
X9811 UN23AUG88
Hydraulic System
Remove and Install Backhoe Boom Cylinder125 Series

Specification Backhoe Boom CylinderWeight.......................................... 82 kg (180 lb) Approximate
T107234 UN15FEB97 TX,31,RR7702 1919NOV981/3
1. Lower boom to the ground. 2. Attach cylinder (B) to hoist using a lifting strap. 3. Remove pin (A) from cylinder head end and boom.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. 4. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure in system.
5. Tag and disconnect lines from cylinder. Close all openings with caps and plugs.
TX,31,RR7702 1919NOV982/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336039

PN=747
X9811 UN23AUG88
Hydraulic System
6. Remove pins (D and F) to remove boom lock pivot (E). 7. Remove rod end pin (C) to remove cylinder. 8. Install pins (A and C). 9. Install pins (D and F) and boom lock pivot (E).
AHead End Pin BBoom Cylinder CRod End Pin DPin EBoom Lock Pivot F Pin
T107234 UN15FEB97 TX,31,RR7702 1919NOV983/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336040

PN=748
T107235 UN15FEB97
Hydraulic System
Remove and Install Extendible Dipperstick Cylinder

CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 1. 1. Remove extendible dipperstick extension. (See Remove Extendible Dipperstick Extension in Group 3340.) 2. Extend arm out. 3. 2. Disconnect extendible dipperstick cylinder lines. CAUTION: The approximate weight of extendible dipperstick cylinder is 43 kg (95 lb). 4. Remove head end extendible dipperstick cylinder pin and slowly remove cylinder.
CED,TX03399,5613 1903DEC991/1
5. Install cylinder and connect lines. 6. Install extendible dipperstick extension. (See Install Extendible Dipperstick Extension in Group 3340.)
Disassemble Boom, Bucket, and Crowd Cylinders125 Series

NOTE: The PH954736A Spanner Wrench must be attached parallel to the JT02004 torque wrench (or equivalent) to provide a 2:1 multiplier. Torque reading will be half of actual torque.) 1. Put a mark (A) across rod guide and barrel to aid in assembly. 2. Loosen the jam nut using PH954736A spanner wrench. 3. Remove rod guide from barrel by rotating counterclockwise (viewed from rod end of cylinder).
PH954736A Spanner Wrench

Continued on next page CED,OUO1010,462 1905FEB021/3
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336041

PN=749
T107241 UN15FEB97
X9811 UN23AUG88
Hydraulic System
4. Remove nut (A) or cap screw with washer. 5. Remove piston (B), piston wear ring (C), and seals (D). 6. Remove rod guide.
T6172BQ UN19OCT88 CED,OUO1010,462 1905FEB022/3 CED,OUO1010,462 1905FEB023/3
7. Remove Oring, backup ring, rod seals, and rod wear ring.
ANut BPiston CWear Ring DCap Seal
8. Inspect end of barrel. If necessary, remove nicks and burrs from the end of the barrel. 9. Thoroughly clean all components.
T6119AO UN19OCT88
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336042

PN=750
Hydraulic System
Cross Section of Backhoe Crowd (S.N. 837228) and Bucket Cylinders125 Series
TX,31,RR7716 1918OCT991/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336043

PN=751
T107291 UN18FEB97
Hydraulic System
ANut BWear Ring CRing (2 used) DCap Seal ESeal Expander F Piston GRod Seal HWear Ring I Rod Seal J Wiper Seal KNut L Rod MRod Guide NORing OBackup Ring PORing QBarrel
TX,31,RR7716 1918OCT992/2
Cross Section of Crowd Cylinder (S.N. 837229873597) 125 Series
ACap Screw BPiston Wear Ring CBackup Ring (2 used) DCap Seal EPiston Seal Expander
F Piston GBuffer Seal HRod Bearing I UCup Seal J Rod Wiper Seal
KNut L ORing MRod NRod Guide OORing Seal
PBackup Ring QBarrel RWasher
CED,TX03399,5568 1918OCT991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336044

PN=752
T125224 UN25OCT99
Hydraulic System
Cross Section of Crowd Cylinder (S.N. 873598) 125 Series
ANut BPiston Wear Ring CBackup Ring DCap Seal EPiston Seal Expander
F Piston GBuffer Seal HRod Bearing I UCup Seal J Rod Wiper Seal
KNut L Backup Ring MORing Seal NRod ORod Guide
PORing QBarrel
CED,TX03399,5569 1918OCT991/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336045

PN=753
T125225 UN25OCT99
Hydraulic System
Cross Section of Backhoe Boom Cylinder125 Series
TX,33,RR7795 1919NOV981/2
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336046

PN=754
T108111 UN12MAR97
Hydraulic System
ANut BWear Ring CRing (2 used) DCap Seal ESeal Expander F Piston GRod Seal HWear Ring J Rod Seal KWiper Seal L Rod MRod Guide NORing OBackup Ring P ORing QBarrel
TX,33,RR7795 1919NOV982/2
Assemble Boom, Bucket, and Crowd Cylinders125 Series

1. Install seals and backup ring into rod guide (F): a. Install rod wear ring (B). b. Install inner rod seal (A) with lip of seal toward inside (oil side) of cylinder. c. Install inner rod seal backup ring in notch provided. d. Install outer rod seal (C) with sealing lip toward inside (oil side) of cylinder. e. Install wiper seal (D) with extended lip toward outside (air side) of cylinder. Install until metal ring is flush with the outer end of guide using care not to damage the extended sealing lip. f. Install Oring (G) and backup ring (H) in orientation shown.
AInner Rod Seal BWear Ring COuter Rod Seal DWiper Seal ERod F Rod Guide GORing HBackUp Ring I ORing J Barrel
WS68074,00036ED 1914JUL101/10
IMPORTANT: To prevent damage of seal during assembly, the lands on the piston must be clean and free of nicks and burrs. 2. Inspect the piston lands. If necessary, clean the lands of any nicks or burrs that can cut the piston seal.
WS68074,00036ED 1914JUL102/10
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336047

PN=755
T6122AB UN19OCT88
T118575 UN19NOV98
Hydraulic System
WS68074,00036ED 1914JUL103/10
NOTE: The cap seal can be made more pliable by warming it with your hands or putting seal in hot water for approximately 5 minutes. Once started, install cap seal as quickly as possible to keep the amount of time that the seal is stretched to a minimum. 4. Install a plastic tie band around cap seal with the smooth side against the cap seal. 5. Using the plastic tie band, pull cap seal across piston land and into position over seal expander.
WS68074,00036ED 1914JUL104/10
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336048

PN=756
T6122AE UN19OCT88
T6122AC UN06AUG90
Hydraulic System
IMPORTANT: For proper fit and operation, the backup rings must be installed with the radius toward seal expander. 6. Install backup rings with radius toward seal expander. 7. Check the cap seal for looseness. Seal must fit tight against seal expander and not turn. If seal can be turned, it has been stretched too much and can be damaged during assembly into barrel.
WS68074,00036ED 1914JUL105/10
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336049

PN=757
T6126AO UN19OCT88
Hydraulic System
NOTE: When using a ring compressor, put a piece of shim stock between cap seal and compressor at the joint so it does not damage seal. When using a plastic tie band (A) and hose clamp, grind a taper (B) on one end of the tie band. Install tie band with the taper against cap seal. Before tightening the hose clamp (C), the tie band must be under hose clamp all around the piston. Seal will also shrink to it original size if left for a minimum of 8 hours before installing assembly into barrel. 8. If necessary, shrink cap seal to its original size using a ring compressor or plastic tie band and a hose clamp.
WS68074,00036ED 1914JUL106/10
WS68074,00036ED 1914JUL107/10
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336050

PN=758
T6122AF UN19OCT88
T86565 UN09NOV88
Hydraulic System
10. Wrap light colored tape around socket being used to tighten piston nut. Make several marks on socket to the appropriate additional torque turn specification.
WS68074,00036ED 1914JUL108/10
11. Install assembled rod guide onto rod. 12. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer (high strength) to rod threads.
T6172BR UN19OCT88
13. Install piston nut or cap screw with washer and tighten to specification using the following directions. 14. Fasten a piece of wire to the piston rod using tape. Bend the wire over the piston so it points to one of the marks on the taped socket. (The wire is used as a stationary pointer.) 15. For bucket and boom cylinders, tighten nut an additional 1/8 (45) turn until the wire aligns with the next mark.
Specification Backhoe Bucket Cylinder Piston NutTorque Turn................................................... 340 Nm (250 lbft) + 1/8 (45) turn Backhoe Boom Cylinder Piston NutTorque Turn................................................... 375 Nm (276 lbft) + 1/8 (45) turn
Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Piston Cap Screw (S.N. 837229873597)Torque Turn................................................. 1000 Nm (738 lbft) + 1/6 (60) turn Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Piston Nut (S.N. 873598)Torque Turn................................................... 200 Nm (148 lbft) + 1/6 (60) turn
For crowd cylinder, tighten nut an additional 1/12 (30) or 1/6 (60) turn (depending on serial number) or cap screw an additional 1/6 (60) turn until the wire aligns with next mark.
Specification Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Piston Nut (S.N. 837228)Torque Turn................................................... 375 Nm (276 lbft) + 1/4 (90) turn
16. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer (low strength) to barrel threads that will be under (spanner) nut. 17. Install jam (spanner) nut all the way onto barrel. 18. Install Oring into gap in the barrel threads.
WS68074,00036ED 1914JUL109/10
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336051

PN=759
T6149AG UN19OCT88
Hydraulic System
IMPORTANT: To prevent seal damage, the barrel, piston, and rod must be in alignment during installation. 19. Apply clean hydraulic oil to piston seals and barrel chamfer. Use care not to get oil on barrel threads. 20. Carefully push piston into barrel. IMPORTANT: Use care not to get thread lock and sealer on the end of the barrel that contacts the inner Oring and backup ring. 21. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer (low strength) to the remaining barrel threads. 22. Carefully push and rotate rod guide to engage threads. 23. Turn guide onto barrel until it bottoms (internally) against the end of the barrel. IMPORTANT: Do not turn the guide in place with a spanner wrench. 24. Rotate the guide counterclockwise (viewed from rod end of cylinder) until the marks made before disassembly are aligned, or the rod guide port is properly positioned. (See Indexing 125 Series Cylinders in this group.) 25. Tighten jam (spanner) nut against the rod guide to specification.
Specification Boom, Bucket, and Crowd Cylinder Rod Guide Jam (Spanner) NutTorque........................................................... 1350 Nm (1000 lbft)
WS68074,00036ED 1914JUL1010/10
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336052

PN=760
T6122AH UN19OCT88
Hydraulic System
Indexing Series125 Cylinders
ABucket Cylinder
BBoom Cylinder
CCrowd Cylinder
When assembling the 125 Series cylinders, position the rod guide so the rod end port will receive the hydraulic hose at the correct angle. Tighten jam (spanner) nut against the rod guide when desired position is obtained.
Use the illustration to determine proper position of the rod guide for cylinder being assembled.
TX,31,RR7737 1919NOV981/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336053

PN=761
T100326 UN03MAR97
Hydraulic System
Remove and Install Swing Cylinder120 Series

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. 1. Swing backhoe to one side and lower backhoe bucket to ground.
TX,31,RR7703 1919NOV981/4
2. Operate all hydraulic controls to release pressure in system. 3. Tag and disconnect lines from cylinder. Close all openings with caps and plugs.
4. Remove trunnion cap screws (A) and trunnion (B). CAUTION: The approximate weight of swing cylinder is 48 kg (106 lb).
T107238 UN15FEB97 TX,31,RR7703 1919NOV982/4 TX,31,RR7703 1919NOV983/4
Specification Swing CylinderWeight................................ 48 kg (106 lb) Approximate
5. Attach cylinder to a hoist using a lifting strap. 6. Remove pin (C) through swing frame and cylinder rod end. 7. Remove cylinder.
8. Inspect swing cylinder bushings (A). Remove if replacement is necessary. 9. Install new bushings even with trunnion using 49 mm and 59 mm disks.
T6131AK UN25MAY89 Continued on next page
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336054

PN=762
X9811 UN23AUG88
Hydraulic System
10. Inspect upper and lower trunnion block bushings. Remove if replacement is necessary using 60 mm and 69 mm disks. 11. Install new bushings with 60 mm and 69 mm disks. Align grease passages in trunnion block and frame with passage in bushing. Be sure lower trunnion bushing is pushed into seat flange. Press upper bushing even with top of trunnion block. IMPORTANT: Be sure hydraulic fittings in swing cylinder are tightened to specification. Cylinder movement and hydraulic pressure can loosen fittings and cause a leak. 12. If hydraulic fittings were removed from cylinder, install and tighten fittings to specification.
Specification Swing Cylinder Hydraulic FittingsTorque............................................................. 34 Nm (25 lbft)
15. Install pin through swing frame and cylinder rod end. 16. Install trunnion over upper cylinder bushings. 17. Install trunnion cap screws and tighten. 18. Connect hydraulic lines to cylinder.
13. Install lower trunnion spacer washer. 14. Install cylinder into lower trunnion.
TX,31,RR7703 1919NOV984/4
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336055

PN=763
T7531CA UN15MAY91
Hydraulic System
Remove and Install Stabilizer Cylinder120 Series

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. 1. Lower stabilizer to ground. On machines equipped with reversible feet, remove the foot before lowering stabilizer arm to ground. CAUTION: The approximate weight of stabilizer cylinder is 39 kg (86 lb).
Specification Stabilizer CylinderWeight............................................ 39 kg (86 lb) Approximate
2. Attach cylinder (B) to a hoist with a lifting strap. 3. Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines. Close all openings with caps and plugs. Remove hose clamp. 4. Remove pin (C) from cylinder rod end. 5. Remove pin (A) from cylinder head end and remove cylinder.
6. Install cylinder and pins (A and C). 7. Connect hydraulic lines. 8. Install hose clamp around cylinder and hose.
TX,31,RR7704 1919NOV981/1
Disassemble Swing and Stabilizer Cylinders120 Series

NOTE: Repair procedures for cylinders are similar except as shown. IMPORTANT: Extend rod to remove oil or air between the rod piston and rod guide. Excessive amount of trapped oil or air will force seals to expand making disassembly more difficult. 1. Extend rod so rod piston is approximately 25.4 mm (1 in.) from rod guide.
Continued on next page T6190AS UN19OCT88 TX,31,RR7709 1919NOV981/8
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336056

PN=764
T107237 UN15FEB97
Hydraulic System
2. Make a mark on rod guide and spanner nut (A) to aid in assembly. 3. Remove nut using adjustable spanner wrench or blunt chisel and a hammer.
T6119AL UN19OCT88 TX,31,RR7709 1919NOV982/8 TX,31,RR7709 1919NOV983/8 Continued on next page TX,31,RR7709 1919NOV984/8
NOTE: If nut and rod guide turn as an assembly, put cylinder in a vise. Vise jaws must contact cylinder barrel behind nut and over rod guide area. Tighten vise just enough to hold rod guide.
NOTE: Filler rings (used for disassembly only) are installed between spanner nut and rod guide to aid in disassembly. 4. Move rod guide rearward, using a wooden dowel or brass drift, just enough to remove retaining ring (A). Remove retaining ring by tipping retaining ring inward, always push the side opposite the gap in ring. Use care not to damage rod guide threads or seal.
NOTE: Rod piston assembly removed for illustration purposes only. 5. Install filler ring in snap ring groove. 6. Remove rod and piston assembly.
T6119AN UN19OCT88
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336057

PN=765
T6119AM UN12APR91
Hydraulic System
7. For swing cylinder, remove brake seal ring (C), wear ring (B), and cap seal assembly (A). 8. If necessary, remove nut (D) and piston (B) from rod.
ACap Seal Assembly BWear Ring CBrake Seal Ring DNut EPiston
Swing Cylinder
TX,31,RR7709 1919NOV985/8
9. For stabilizer cylinder, remove wear ring (D) and cap seal assembly (E). 10. If necessary, remove cap screw (A), washer (B), and piston (C).
ACap Screw BWasher CPiston DWear Ring ECap Seal Assembly
T7976AW UN14APR93
Stabilizer Cylinder
TX,31,RR7709 1919NOV986/8
ARod Guide BBuffer Seal CORing DBackup Ring ERod Seal F Wear Ring GWiper Seal
TX,31,RR7709 1919NOV987/8
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336058

PN=766
T6119AK UN19OCT88
T7535AB UN16MAY91
Hydraulic System
TX,31,RR7709 1919NOV988/8
Cross Section of Swing Cylinder120 Series
ANut BPiston CBarrel DSpanner Nut ERod Guide
F Rod GWiper Seal HWear Ring I Rod Seal J Buffer Seal
KRetaining Ring L Backup Ring MORing NBackup Ring (2 used) OCap Seal
PExpander Seal QWear Ring RBrake Seal Ring
TX,33,RR7786 1919NOV981/1
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336059

PN=767
T6223BC UN26MAY89
T6119AO UN19OCT88
Hydraulic System
Cross Section of Stabilizer Cylinder120 Series
ANut BWasher CPiston DBarrel ENut
F Rod Guide GRod HWiper Seal I Wear Ring J Rod Seal
KBuffer Seal L Retaining Ring MBackup Ring NORing OBackup Ring (2 used)
PCap Seal QExpander Seal RWear Ring SFiller Ring

TX,33,RR7785 1919NOV981/1
Assemble Swing and Stabilizer Cylinder120 Series

1. Put clean hydraulic oil on all internal parts before assembly. Install wiper seal. Push seal to bottom of bore.
TX,31,RR7708 1902NOV991/15
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336060

PN=768
T6122AA UN19OCT88
T8339AA UN17OCT94
Hydraulic System
2. Install seals (B, E and G). 3. Install wear ring (F). 4. Install backup ring (D) and Oring (C).
T6119AK UN19OCT88 TX,31,RR7708 1902NOV992/15 TX,31,RR7708 1902NOV993/15 Continued on next page TX,31,RR7708 1902NOV994/15
ARod Guide BBuffer Seal CORing DBackup Ring
ESeal F Wear Ring GWiper Seal
IMPORTANT: To prevent damage of cap seal during assembly the lands on piston must be clean and free of nicks or burrs. 5. Inspect the piston lands. If necessary, clean the lands of any nicks or burrs that can cut cap seal.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336061

PN=769
T6122AC UN06AUG90
T6122AB UN19OCT88
Hydraulic System
NOTE: The cap seal can be made more pliable by warming it with your hands or by putting seal in hot water for approximately five minutes. Once started, install cap seal as quickly as possible to keep the amount of time that seal is stretched to a minimum. 7. Install a plastic tie band around cap seal with the smooth side against the cap seal. 8. Using the plastic tie band, pull cap seal across the piston land and into position over seal expander.
TX,31,RR7708 1902NOV995/15
IMPORTANT: For proper fit, the backup rings must be installed with the radius toward seal expander. 9. Install backup rings (A) with radius (B) toward seal expander (D). 10. Check if cap seal is loose. Seal must fit tight against seal expander and not turn. If seal can be turned, it has been stretched too much and can be damaged during assembly into barrel.
TX,31,RR7708 1902NOV996/15
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336062

PN=770
T6126AO UN19OCT88
T6122AE UN19OCT88
Hydraulic System
TX,31,RR7708 1902NOV997/15
12. Install wear ring. NOTE: Brake seal ring (swing cylinder only) is marked on one side with UP. Be sure the seal is installed with the "UP side toward the head end of cylinder.
T6122AF UN19OCT88 TX,31,RR7708 1902NOV998/15
13. For swing cylinder, install brake seal ring with the UP mark toward the head end of cylinder.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336063

PN=771
T86565 UN09NOV88
Hydraulic System
14. Install nut, retaining ring, rod guide, and piston assembly on rod. 15. Install piston nut.
For swing cylinder, tighten piston to 225 Nm (165 For stabilizer cylinder, tighten piston to 600 Nm
(442 lbft).
T6172BP UN19OCT88 TX,31,RR7708 1902NOV999/15 TX,31,RR7708 1902NOV9910/15
lbft).
16. Wrap light colored tape around socket being used to tighten piston nut.
For swing cylinder, make several marks 60 apart
17. Fasten a piece of wire to the piston rod using tape. Bend the wire over the piston so it points to one of the marks on the taped socket. (The wire is used as a stationary pointer.)
T6172BR UN19OCT88
18. For swing cylinder, tighten nut an additional 1/6 (60) turn until the wire aligns with the next mark.
Specification Backhoe Swing Cylinder PistonTorque Turn .......................... 225 Nm (165 lbft) + 1/6 (60) turn
For stabilizer cylinder, tighten nut an additional 1/12 (30) turn until the wire aligns with next mark.
Specification Backhoe Stabilizer Cylinder PistonTorque Turn................................................. 600 Nm (442 lbft) + 1/12 (30) turn
Boom Cylinder Shown
TX,31,RR7708 1902NOV9911/15
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336064

PN=772
T6149AG UN19OCT88
(1/6 divisions) around circumference of the taped socket. For stabilizer cylinder, make several marks 30 apart (1/12 divisions) around circumference of the taped socket.
Hydraulic System
19. Apply clean hydraulic oil to seals and chamfer of barrel. IMPORTANT: To prevent seal damage, the barrel, piston, and rod must be in alignment during installation. 20. Carefully push piston and rod guide into barrel. Keep piston and rod guide together.
T6122AH UN19OCT88
Boom Cylinder Shown

TX,31,RR7708 1902NOV9912/15
21. Push rod guide into barrel just enough to install retaining ring. Install retaining ring.
Boom Cylinder Shown

TX,31,RR7708 1902NOV9913/15
22. Pull rod guide against retaining ring (A). 23. Apply cure primer to threads of spanner nut. Put thread lock and sealer (medium strength) on spanner nut threads.
T6119AM UN12APR91 Continued on next page TX,31,RR7708 1902NOV9914/15
24. Put filler ring between rod guide and spanner nut.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336065

PN=773
T6133AE UN27OCT88
Hydraulic System
25. Install and tighten spanner nut until marks made before disassembly align. Make sure nut is tight.
TX,31,RR7708 1902NOV9915/15
Disassemble Extendible Dipperstick Cylinder

IMPORTANT: Extend rod to remove oil or air between the rod piston and rod guide. Excessive amount of trapped oil or air will force seals to expand making disassembly more difficult. 1. Open ports and drain all oil from the cylinder. 2. Extend rod fully. 3. Make a mark on rod guide and spanner nut to aid in assembly. 4. Remove nut using adjustable spanner wrench or blunt chisel and a hammer. NOTE: If nut and rod guide turn as an assembly, put cylinder in a vise. Vise jaws must contact cylinder
Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5604 1918NOV991/5
barrel behind nut and over rod guide area. Tighten vise just enough to hold rod guide.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336066

PN=774
HCD1000 UN14AUG98
T6119AR UN27OCT88
Hydraulic System
NOTE: Filler rings (used for disassembly only) are installed between spanner nut and rod guide to aid in disassembly. Filler rings are provided in the cylinder bore seal kit.
T6119AM UN12APR91 CED,TX03399,5604 1918NOV992/5 Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5604 1918NOV993/5
5. Using a wooden dowel or bass drift, move rod guide rearward just enough to remove snap ring (A). Use care not to damage rod guide threads or seals. 6. Remove snap ring. NOTE: Filler ring is provided in the cylinder bore seal kit. 7. Move groove filler ring (B) in snap ring groove. 8. Remove rod assembly from barrel.
ASnap Ring BFiller Ring
9. Remove groove filler ring from snap ring groove. It is not necessary for reassembly.
T6119AO UN19OCT88
10. Inspect snap ring groove. If necessary, clean groove and inside of barrel of nicks, burrs, or rust.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336067

PN=775
HCD1002 UN14AUG98
Hydraulic System
11. Remove nut to remove piston. NOTE: Backup ring radius position (B) indicate the radius of the backup rings toward the seal expander. 12. Remove backup rings (A), cap seal (C), seal expander (D), and piston wear ring (E) 13. Inspect the piston lands. If necessary, clean the lands.
ABackup Ring (2 used) BBackup ring Radius Position CCap Seal DSeal Expander EPiston Bearing
CED,TX03399,5604 1918NOV994/5
NOTE: When removing seals from rod guide, do not damage, mark or score any surfaces that contact the seals. 14.
T119553 UN14JAN99
Remove parts (16).

1 Wiper Seal 2 Wear Ring 3 UCup Seal 4 Backup Ring 5 ORing 6 Buffer Seal 7 Rod Guide
Cylinder Rod Guide

CED,TX03399,5604 1918NOV995/5
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336068

PN=776
T126029 UN18NOV99
Hydraulic System
Cross Section of Extendible Dipperstick Cylinder
1 Nut 2 Wear Ring 3 Piston 4 Barrel 5 Bushing
6 Spanner Nut 7 Rod 8 Wiper Seal 9 Wear Ring 10 UCup Seal
11 Buffer Seal 12 Snap Ring 13 Backup Ring 14 ORing 15 Rod Guide
16 Expander Seal 17 Backup Rings (2 used) 18 Cap Seal
CED,TX03399,5605 1901SEP061/1
Assemble Extendible Dipperstick Cylinder

IMPORTANT: All parts must be thoroughly cleaned and dried prior to reuse. NOTE: Use a cylinder repair kit(s) when assembling cylinder. Before assembly, apply a light film of clean hydraulic oil to all sealing parts. 1. Install parts (16). Wiper Seal (1) with extended lip toward outside (air side) of cylinder.
1 Wiper Seal 2 Wear Ring 3 UCup Seal 4 Backup Ring 5 ORing 6 Buffer Seal 7 Rod Guide
Cylinder Rod Guide
CED,TX03399,5606 1918NOV991/10
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336069

PN=777
T119553 UN14JAN99
T126019 UN23NOV99
Hydraulic System
2. Install seal expander (D). NOTE: The cap seal (C) can be made more pliable by warming it with your hands or by putting the seal in hot water for approximately 5 minutes. Once started, install cap seal as quickly as possible to keep the amount of time that seal is stretched to a minimum. 3. Push seal on end of piston. 4. Install a plastic tie band around cap seal with the smooth side against seal. 5. Pull cap seal across land into position over seal expander using the plastic tie band. IMPORTANT: For proper fit, the backup rings must be installed with the radius toward the seal expander.
HCD1003 UN14AUG98 Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5606 1918NOV992/10
6. Install backup rings (A) with radius (B) toward seal expander (D).
ABackup Rings (2 used) BBackup Ring Radius Position CCap Seal DSeal Expander
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336070

PN=778
T6122AC UN06AUG90
T6122AE UN19OCT88
Hydraulic System
7. Piston seal must be compressed before piston is attached to the rod, use the following procedure: Check if cap seal is loose seal must fit tight against seal expander and not turn. If seal can be turned, it has been stretched too much and can be damaged during assembly into barrel. If necessary, shrink cap seal to its original size using a ring compressor or a plastic tie band (A) and hose clamp (C). When using a ring compressor, put a piece of shim stock between cap seal and compressor at the joint so it does not damage seal. When using a plastic tie band and hose clamp, grind a taper (B) on one end of tie band. Install tie band with the taper against cap seal. Before tightening the hose clamp, tie band must be under hose clamp all around piston.
T86565 UN09NOV88 CED,TX03399,5606 1918NOV993/10 Continued on next page CED,TX03399,5606 1918NOV994/10
Seal will also shrink to its original size if left for a minimum of 8 hours before installing assembly into barrel.
APlastic Tie Band BTaper CHose Clamp
8.
Install piston wear ring.
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336071

PN=779
T6122AF UN19OCT88
Hydraulic System
1 Piston Assembly
2 Bushing
3 Rod Guide Assembly
4 Rod
NOTE: Lubricate rod with clean hydraulic oil before assembly.
9.
Install spanner nut, snap ring, rod guide assembly (3), bushing (2), and piston assembly (1) onto rod.
CED,TX03399,5606 1918NOV995/10
10. Apply cure primer, then thread lock and sealer (high strength) to rod threads. 11. Install piston nut. Tighten to torque specification using the following directions.
T6149AG UN19OCT88 CED,TX03399,5606 1918NOV996/10 CED,TX03399,5606 1918NOV997/10
12. Put tape around a socket. Make marks on the tape to divide the socket into 1/8s. The marks will be 45 apart. These will serve as a handy visual reference for determining Degrees Beyond Torque.
13. Tape a piece of wire on the rod, over the piston, pointing to one of the marks on the socket. 14. Turn the piston nut beyond snug torque as specified.
T6172BR UN19OCT88
Specification Extendible Dipperstick Cylinder Piston NutTorque Turn.................................. 170 Nm (125 lbft) plus 45 turn
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336072

PN=780
T126167 UN15DEC99
Hydraulic System
15. Apply light film of clean hydraulic oil on seals and chamfer of barrel. IMPORTANT: To prevent seal damage, the barrel, piston and rod must be in alignment during installation. 16. Carefully push piston and rod guide into barrel. Keep piston and rod guide together.
T6122AH UN19OCT88 CED,TX03399,5606 1918NOV998/10 CED,TX03399,5606 1918NOV999/10 CED,TX03399,5606 1918NOV9910/10
17. Push rod guide into barrel just enough to install snap ring. 18. Install snap ring. Snap ring must be seated in barrel groove.
T6133AE UN27OCT88
19. Pull rod guide against snap ring.
20. Clean spanner nut. Apply cure primer and a light coat of thread lock and sealer (high strength) on threads of spanner nut. 21. Install and tighten spanner nut until marks made before disassembly align or tighten nut to specification.
Specification Spanner NutTorque .............................. 520600 Nm (384443 lbft)
T6119AR UN27OCT88
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336073

PN=781
Hydraulic System
TM1611 (22JUL10)
33336074

PN=782
Index
Page Page
A
A/C freeze switch Remove and install ...................................... 18183019 Accumulator, ride control ................................. 31316043 Discharge procedure.................................... 31316046 Adjustments Backhoe valve linkage ................................... 3333156 Loader bucket level indicator ......................... 3131152 Loader valve linkage ...................................... 3131156 Returntodig switch ....................................... 3131152 Stabilizer valve linkage ................................ 33331510 Air cleaner Remove and install ........................................ 0505202 Air conditioning Charge R134a system ................................. 18183016 Compressor clutch, disassemble and assemble...................................................... 1818308 Compressor oil removal ................................. 1818307 Compressor, remove and install .................... 1818307 Evacuate R134a system .............................. 18183015 Leak testing.................................................. 18183016 R134a refrigerant operation ........................... 1818306 Recover R134a system................................ 18183014 Recovery/recycling and charging R134a......................................................... 18183013 Refrigerant handling....................................... 1818304 Refrigerant R134a caution ............................. 1818305 Air ducts Disassemble and assemble ......................... 18183025 Air intake system Leakage test .................................................. 0505203 Air seat and suspension Disassemble and assemble ......................... 18182111 Alternator Remove and install ........................................ 1616722 Antenna Remove and install ........................................ 2020011 Arm rest Disassemble and assemble ........................... 1818212 Auxiliary flow control harness and components Remove and install ...................................... 16167419 Auxiliary flow section Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33336019 Auxiliary section, loader Disassemble and assemble ......................... 31316024 Axle Oil specification.............................................. 0000045 Axle, front nonpowered Remove and install ........................................ 0202304 Axle, front, MFWD Remove and install ........................................ 0202402 Axle, MFWD Adjust toein ................................................... 0202404 Axle, nonpowered front toein Adjust ............................................................. 0202305
Axle, rear Assemble ..................................................... 02025032 Disassemble .................................................. 0202506 Gear tooth contact pattern, check................ 02025052 Remove and install ........................................ 0202505
B
Backup alarm Remove and install ........................................ 2020042 Volume adjustment ........................................ 2020042 Backhoe anticav. valve Cross section ............................................... 33336012 Backhoe auxiliary flow section Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33336019 Backhoe auxiliary relief valve Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33336016 Backhoe boom Remove and install ........................................ 3333404 Backhoe boom cylinder Cross section ............................................... 33336046 Remove and install ...................................... 33336039 Backhoe boom section Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33336023 Backhoe boom swing lock arms Remove and install ........................................ 3333154 Backhoe boom swing lock control Remove and install lever and linkage ............ 3333152 Backhoe boom swing lock locking pin Remove and install ........................................ 3333154 Backhoe bucket Remove and install ........................................ 3333021 Backhoe bucket cylinder Cross section ............................................... 33336043 Remove and install ...................................... 33336037 Backhoe bucket section Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33336025 Backhoe circuit relief valve Cross section boom raise ............................ 33336013 Cross section bucket dump.......................... 33336013 Backhoe circuit relief valves Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33336015 Backhoe control valve inlet section Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33336017 Backhoe control valve relief valves Remove and install ...................................... 33336011 Backhoe control valve rings and seals Replace........................................................ 33336030 Backhoe control valve section Disassemble and assemble ........................... 3333609 Backhoe crowd cylinder Remove and install ...................................... 33336038 Backhoe crowd section Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33336027 Backhoe extendible dipperstick valve Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33336029 Backhoe stabilizer cylinder Assemble ..................................................... 33336060
TM1611 (22JUL10)
Index1
410E Backhoe Loader
072210
PN=1
Index
Page Page
Cross section ............................................... 33336060 Disassemble ................................................ 33336056 Backhoe swing cylinder Assemble ..................................................... 33336060 Cross section ............................................... 33336059 Disassemble ................................................ 33336056 Remove and install ...................................... 33336054 Backhoe swing section Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33336021 Backhoe valve Remove and install ........................................ 3333605 Backhoe valve two lever linkage Remove and install ........................................ 3333155 Battery Electrolyte level check ................................... 1616715 Jump starting ................................................. 1616718 Removal....................................................... 16167110 Service ........................................................... 1616712 Terminals check ............................................. 1616715 Testing............................................................ 1616713 Battery box Disassemble and assemble ........................... 1919131 Battery charger Using.............................................................. 1616717 Battery, Electrolyte Checking specific gravity ............................... 1616714 Bleediing brakes .............................................. 10106016 Blower assembly Disassemble and assemble ......................... 18183022 Bolt and screw torque values Metric ............................................................. 0000032 Unified inch .................................................... 0000034 Boom cylinder, backhoe Assemble ..................................................... 33336047 Cross section ............................................... 33336046 Disassemble ................................................ 33336041 Remove and install ...................................... 33336039 Boom section, backhoe valve Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33336023 Boom section, loader Disassemble and assemble ......................... 31316022 Boom, anticav. valve Cross section ................................................. 3131607 Boom, backhoe Remove and install ........................................ 3333404 Brake Pedal adjustments ....................................... 10106014 Service, inspect.............................................. 0202504 Brake valve Disassemble and assemble ........................... 1010604 Remove and install ......................1010603, 1010607 Brake valve lines Disassemble and assemble ........................... 1010606 Brake, park Disassemble and assemble ......................... 02025015 Brakes, bleeding.............................................. 10106016 Brakes, service Inspection (external) ...................................... 1010111
Bucket cutting edge Remove and install ........................................ 3333025 Bucket cutting edge, Cracked Repair ............................................................ 3131022 Bucket cylinder, backhoe Assemble ..................................................... 33336047 Cross section ............................................... 33336043 Disassemble ................................................ 33336041 Bucket cylinder,backhoe Remove and install ...................................... 33336037 Bucket section, backhoe valve Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33336025 Bucket tooth shank Remove and install ........................................ 3333022 Bucket, loader Remove and install ........................................ 3131021 Bucket, loader control section Disassemble and assemble ......................... 31316020 Bucket, loader cylinder Remove and install ........................................ 3131157 Bulb replacement Display module .............................................. 1616732 Drive and work light ....................................... 1616731 Front turn light................................................ 1616733 Halogen bulb.................................................. 1616731 Turn, brake, tail light ...................................... 1616733
C
Cab doors Disassemble and assemble .....1818104, 1818106 Cab lower rear window Adjust ........................................................... 18181017 Cab roof Remove and install ...................................... 18181019 Cab side windows Adjust ........................................................... 18181013 Disassemble and assemble ......................... 18181012 Cab upper rear window Adjust ........................................................... 18181015 Case, converter side, powershift Disassemble ................................................ 03035065 Charge pump Remove and install ...................................... 03036012 Charge pumpmanual shift Disassemble and assemble ......................... 03036012 Charge pumppowershift Disassemble and assemble ......................... 03036012 Remove and install ...................................... 03036012 Charge ride control accumulator ..................... 31316043 Checking specific gravity Battery, Electrolyte ......................................... 1616714 Electrolyte ...................................................... 1616714 Circuit relief valves, backhoe Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33336015 Clutch pack, forward, manual shift Disassemble and assemble ......................... 03035012
TM1611 (22JUL10)
Index2
410E Backhoe Loader
072210
PN=2
Index
Page Page
Clutch pack, reverse, manual shift Disassemble and assemble ......................... 03035012 Clutch packs , Powershift Remove low range forward, reverse and third speed ................................................. 03035067 Clutch packs, Powershift Diassemble and assemble low range forward, reverse and third speed ............... 03035068 Clutch packsfirst speed , second speed and high range forward. Remove........................................................ 03035078 Clutch packspowershift Install............................................................ 03035099 Component location Air conditioning compressor harness........... 16167417 Auxiliary flow control harness ...................... 16167419 Blower harness ............................................ 16167413 Cab roof harness ........................................... 1616743 Cab side console harness.............................. 1616745 Engine harness ............................................ 16167411 Front console harness ................................... 1616749 Radio harness.............................................. 16167415 Ride control harness .................................... 16167420 Compressor, air conditioning Clutch, disassemble and assemble ............... 1818308 Disassemble and assemble ......................... 18183010 Condenser Disassemble and assemble ......................... 18183023 Connectors DEUTSCH.................................................... 16167423 WEATHER PACK......................................... 16167426 Control valve Disassemble and assemble ........................... 0303602 Control valve, backhoe Replace rings and seals............................... 33336030 Control valvepowershift Disassemble and assemble ......................... 03036019 Control valvepowershsift Remove and install ...................................... 03036018 Coolant Diesel engine ................................................. 0000043 Coolant heater Remove and install ........................................ 0505051 Counterweight Remove and install ........................................ 1717492 Crowd cylinder, backhoe Assemble ..................................................... 33336047 Cross section ............................................... 33336043 Disassemble ................................................ 33336041 Remove and install ...................................... 33336038 Crowd section, backhoe valve Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33336027 Cylinder Backhoe bucket and crowd cross section........................................................ 33336043 Backhoe swing cross section....................... 33336059 Boom, backhoe, cross section ..................... 33336046 Boom, backhoe, remove and install............. 33336039
Boom, bucket, and crowd Assemble.................................................. 33336047 Disassemble............................................. 33336041 Crowd, remove and install ........................... 33336038 Indexing ....................................................... 33336053 Multipurpose bucket disassembly............... 31316036 Stabilizer Cross section............................................ 33336060 Remove and install................................... 33336056 Swing, remove and install ............................ 33336054 Cylinder, extendible dipperstick Assemble ..................................................... 33336069 Cross section ............................................... 33336069 Disassemble ................................................ 33336066
D
DFT1143 Transmission support bracket........................ 0303991 DFT1162 Tool .................................................... 0303992 Diesel engine oil ................................................ 0000044 Diesel fuel.......................................................... 0000041 Diesel fuel conditioner Low sulfur....................................................... 0000041 Differential lock manual shift Solenoid valve, remove and install .............. 03036016 Dipperstick Remove and install ........................................ 3333402 Dipperstick, extendible Install............................................................ 33334012 Remove.......................................................... 3333409 Disassemble and assemble Arm rest ......................................................... 1818212 Seat................................................................ 1818212 Seat belt......................................................... 1818212 Seat latch ....................................................... 1818216 Seat swivel..................................................... 1818216 Discharge procedure Accumulator, ride control ............................. 31316046 Door latches and hinges Adjust .........................................1818108, 18181010 Drive shaft Remove and install ......................0202251, 0303251 Drive shaft, manual shift Install............................................................ 03035049 Drive shaftpowershift Disassemble and assemble ......................... 03035088 Install............................................................ 03035098 Remove........................................................ 03035087
E
Electrolyte Checking specific gravity ............................... 1616714 Electrolyte level check Battery............................................................ 1616715 Engine Boost starting ................................................. 1616718 Remove and install ........................................ 0404002
TM1611 (22JUL10)
Index3
410E Backhoe Loader
072210
PN=3
Index
Page Page
Engine oil Diesel ............................................................. 0000044 Evaporator Remove and install ...................................... 18183018 Extendible dipperstick Install............................................................ 33334012 Preferred grease ............................................ 0000047 Remove.......................................................... 3333409 Extendible dipperstick cylinder Assemble ..................................................... 33336069 Cross section ............................................... 33336069 Disassemble ................................................ 33336066 Remove and install ...................................... 33336041 Extendible dipperstick section Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33336029
Grille housing Disassemble and assemble ........................... 1919211
H
Hardware torque values Metric ............................................................. 0000032 Unified inch .................................................... 0000034 Headliner Remove and install ...................................... 18181018 Heater and blower assembly Disassemble and assemble ......................... 18183020 Heater core Remove and install ...................................... 18183017 Heater, blower and A/C assembly Disassemble and assemble ......................... 18183021 Hood and engine enclosure Disassemble and assemble ........................... 1919101 Horn Remove and install ........................................ 2020041 Hub, nonpowered front axle Remove and install ........................................ 0202302 Hydraulic Oil specification.............................................. 0000045 Hydraulic cooler Remove and install ...................................... 21216041 Hydraulic filter Remove and install ...................................... 21216037 Hydraulic pump Remove and install ........................................ 2121603
F
Fan Remove and install ........................................ 0505101 Fan belt Remove and install ........................................ 0505102 Fender extensions Disassemble and assemble ........................... 1919272 Fenders Disassemble and assemble ........................... 1919271 Filter hydraulic Remove and install ...................................... 21216037 Fixed front cab window Disassemble and assemble ........................... 1818102 Flow control (aux) harness and components Remove and install ...................................... 16167419 Forward and reverse clutch packs, manual shift Install............................................................ 03035050 Frame bumper Remove and install ........................................ 1717493 Front axle, MFWD Remove and install ........................................ 0202402 Front wheel Remove and install ........................................ 0101103 Front wheel drive axle (APL2025) .................... 0202401 Fuel Diesel ............................................................. 0000041 Handling and storing ...................................... 0000042 Tank capacity ................................................. 0000043 Fuel tank Remove and install ........................................ 0505602 Fuse Location ....................................................... 16167421 Specifications............................................... 16167421
I
Indexing cylinders............................................ 33336053 Install Kostal open barrel contact ........................... 16167422 WEATHER PACK contact ............................ 16167427
K
Knuckle Remove and install ........................................ 0202303 Kostal connector Replace........................................................ 16167421 Kostal open barrel contact Install............................................................ 16167422
L
Leak testing Air conditioning ............................................ 18183016 Linkage adjustment Backhoe valve................................................ 3333156 Loader bucket ................................................ 3131152 Loader valve .................................................. 3131156 Linkage adjustment, stabilizer ......................... 33331510 Linkage, backhoe valve, two lever Remove and install ........................................ 3333155
G
Gear tooth contact pattern, check ................... 02025052 Grease Extreme pressure and multipurpose .............. 0000047 Grille Disassemble and assemble ........................... 1919211
TM1611 (22JUL10)
Index4
410E Backhoe Loader
072210
PN=4
Index
Page Page
Loader Install.............................................................. 3131004 Remove.......................................................... 3131001 Loader auxiliary valve section Disassemble and assemble ......................... 31316024 Loader boom cylinder Assemble ..................................................... 31316030 Cross section ............................................... 31316030 Disassemble ................................................ 31316027 Loader boom valve section Disassemble and assemble ......................... 31316022 Loader bucket Selfleveling linkage indicator adjustment.................................................... 3131152 Loader bucket cutting edge Remove and install ........................................ 3131023 Loader bucket cylinder Assemble ..................................................... 31316030 Cross section ............................................... 31316030 Disassemble ................................................ 31316027 Loader bucket cylinder linkage Remove and install ........................................ 3131157 Loader circuit relief valve Cross section boom raise .............................. 3131605 Cross section bucket curl............................... 3131605 Loader control inlet section Disassemble assemble ................................ 31316018 Loader control relief valves Remove and install ...................................... 31316017 Loader control valve Disassemble and assemble ......................... 31316010 Remove and install ........................................ 3131609 Replace wiper rings and seals ..................... 31316012 Loader control valve ) Relief valves................................................. 31316017 Loader control valve linkage Remove and install ........................................ 3131154 Loader valve shutoff plug Disassemble and Assemble.....3131608, 33336016 Low sulfur diesel fuel conditioner ...................... 0000041 Lower rear windowpane Remove and install ...................................... 18181017 Lower rear windows Disassemble and assemble ......................... 18181016 Lubricant Mixing............................................................. 0000048 Storage .......................................................... 0000048
MFWD axle Remove and install ........................................ 0202402 MFWD Axle Adjust toein ................................................... 0202404 MFWD manual shift Solenoid valve, remove and install .............. 03036016 MFWD output shaftpowershift Remove........................................................ 03035089 MFWD shaftpowershift Assemble ..................................................... 03035093 Disassemble ................................................ 03035091 Mixing lubricants................................................ 0000048 Modulation valve, transmission Shim adjustment ........................0303607, 03036023 MultiPurpose bucket and lines Disassemble and assemble ........................... 3131028 Multipurpose bucket cylinder Disassemble and assemble ......................... 31316036
O
Oring boss fittings............................................. 0000036 Oil Lines and fittings ............................................ 0000035 Specification, axle .......................................... 0000045 Specification, hydraulic .................................. 0000045 Specification, MFWD ..................................... 0000045 Specification, transmission ............................ 0000045 Oil lines and fittings ........................................... 0000035 Oil suction tube, manual shift Install............................................................ 03035052 Oil suction tubepowershift Install............................................................ 03035097 Remove........................................................ 03035095 Oil supply tube, transmission, manual shift Remove and install ...................................... 03035045 Oil supply tubespowershift Remove and install ...................................... 03035096
P
Park brake Disassemble and assemble ......................... 02025015 Park brake manual shift Solenoid valve, remove and install .............. 03036016 Pressure regulating valve, transmission Shim adjustment ........................0303607, 03036023 Priority valve Disassemble and assemble ......................... 09096038 Remove and install ...................................... 09096036 Pump Cross section ................................................. 2121605 Disassemble and assemble ......................... 21216010
M
Manifold plate and solenoidsmanual shift Remove and install ...................................... 03036016 Manifold plate and solenoidspowershift Remove and install ...................................... 03036034 Metric bolt and screw torque values .................. 0000032 MFWD Oil specification.............................................. 0000045
R
Radiator Remove and install ........................................ 0505102
TM1611 (22JUL10)
Index5
410E Backhoe Loader
072210
PN=5
Index
Page Page
Radio Remove and install ........................................ 2020011 Radio, speakers, antenna Disassemble and assemble ........................... 2020012 Rear axle Assemble ..................................................... 02025032 Disassemble .................................................. 0202506 Gear tooth contact pattern, check................ 02025052 Remove and install ........................................ 0202505 Rear wheel Remove and install ........................................ 0101102 Rear window wiper motor Disassemble and assemble ......................... 18181014 Regulating valve Disassemble and assemble ........................... 0909609 Remove and install ........................................ 0909608 Relief valve, backhoe Remove and install ...................................... 33336011 Relief valve, backhoe circuit Cross section bucket dump.......................... 33336013 Relief valve, backoe bucket curl Cross Section............................................... 33336014 Relief valve, lbackhoe bucket curl, anticav. Cross section ............................................... 33336014 Relief valve, loader aux., anticav. Cross section ................................................. 3131606 Relief valve, loader bucket dump Cross Section................................................. 3131606 Relief valve, loader circuit Cross section bucket curl............................... 3131605 Cross section bucket raise............................. 3131605 Repair Bucket cutting edge, Cracked ........................ 3131022 Replace Kostal connector .......................................... 16167421 Reservoir Disassemble and assemble ......................... 21216039 Remove and install ...................................... 21216038 Returntodig linkage adjustment....................... 3131152 Reverser control Remove and install ........................................ 0303152 Ride control Accumulator Remove and install................................... 31316041 Solenoid, remove and install........................ 31316041 Valve Disassemble and assemble ..................... 31316038 Remove and install................................... 31316037 Ride control accumulator................................. 31316043 Ride control harness and components Remove and install ...................................... 16167420 Rings and seals, backhoe control Replace........................................................ 33336030 Rollover protective structure Torque values................................................. 0000031
S
Seat Air suspension, disassemble and assemble.................................................... 18182111 Disassemble and assemble ........................... 1818212 Seat assembly Remove and install ........................................ 1818211 Seat base and support Disassemble and assemble ......................... 18182110 Seat belt Disassemble and assemble ........................... 1818212 Seat latch Disassemble and assemble ........................... 1818216 Seat slide, swivel, lumbar control levers Disassemble and assemble ........................... 1818214 Seat suspension and shock absorber Disassemble and assemble ........................... 1818218 Seat swivel Disassemble and assemble ........................... 1818216 Service brakes Check after assembly .................................. 02025051 Inspect ........................................................... 0202504 Inspection (external) ...................................... 1010111 Shaft, drivepowershift Disassemble and assemble ......................... 03035088 Install............................................................ 03035098 Remove........................................................ 03035087 Shaft, MFWD outputpowershift Remove........................................................ 03035089 Shaft, MFWDpowershift Assemble ..................................................... 03035093 Disassemble ................................................ 03035091 Sheet metal Disassemble and assemble ........................... 1919101 Shift valvepowershift Disassemble and assemble ......................... 03036029 Remove and install ...................................... 03036028 Shifter lever and housing Disassemble and assemble ........................... 0303156 Install.............................................................. 0303159 Remove.......................................................... 0303154 Side Console Display module bulbs..................................... 1616732 Sideshift frame Preferred grease ............................................ 0000047 Solenoid valves manual shift Differential lock, remove and install ............. 03036016 MFWD, remove and install........................... 03036016 Park brake, remove and install .................... 03036016 Speakers Remove and install ........................................ 2020011 Specification Hydraulic oil ................................................... 0000045 Transmission, axle, and MFWD ..................... 0000045 Specifications chapter ....................................... 0000021 Speed control linkage Disassemble and assemble ........................... 0505152
TM1611 (22JUL10)
Index6
410E Backhoe Loader
072210
PN=6
Index
Page Page
Spindle Remove and install ........................................ 0202303 Stabilizer cylinder Assemble ..................................................... 33336060 Cross section ............................................... 33336060 Disassemble ................................................ 33336056 Remove and install ...................................... 33336056 Stabilizer leg wear strips Preferred grease ............................................ 0000047 Stabilizer valve Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33336036 Remove and install ...................................... 33336034 Stabilizer valve linkage Remove and Install ......................3333157, 3333159 Stabilizer valve linkage adjustment ................. 33331510 Starter relay Remove and install ........................................ 1616772 Starting aid nozzle Remove and install ........................................ 0505052 Starting aid solenoid Remove and install ........................................ 0505054 Starting motor Remove and install ........................................ 1616771 Steering column Remove and install ........................................ 0909603 Steering cylinder, MFWD Adjust tracking angle.................................... 09096036 APL2025 ..................................................... 09096031 APL2025, cross section .............................. 09096030 Steering cylinder, nonpowered axle Assemble ..................................................... 09096023 Bushings, remove and install ....................... 09096029 Cross section ............................................... 09096023 Disassemble ................................................ 09096020 Remove and install ...................................... 09096020 Steering valve Assemble ..................................................... 09096015 Disassemble .................................................. 0909609 Remove and install ........................................ 0909605 Steering wheel and column, tilt Disassemble and assemble ........................... 0909604 Storing fuel ........................................................ 0000042 Storing lubricants............................................... 0000048 Supply tube, transmission oil, manual shift Remove and install ...................................... 03035045 Swing cylinder, backhoe Assemble ..................................................... 33336060 Cross section ............................................... 33336059 Disassemble ................................................ 33336056 Remove and install ...................................... 33336054 Swing frame Remove and install ........................................ 3333408 Swing section, backhoe valve Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33336021
T
Terminals check Battery............................................................ 1616715
Tie rod Remove and install ........................................ 0202304 Tilt steering wheel and column Disassemble and assemble ........................... 0909604 Tire Remove and install ........................................ 0101104 Toein MFWD............................................................ 0202404 Toein, axle, nonpowered front Adjust ............................................................. 0202305 Torque charts Metric ............................................................. 0000032 Unified inch .................................................... 0000034 Torque converter Remove and install ........................................ 0606511 Torque value Flat face Oring seal fitting ............................. 0000037 Inch SAE four bolt flange fitting...................... 0000039 Metric cap screw ............................................ 0000033 Metric four bolt flange fitting........................... 0000038 ORing boss fitting ......................................... 0000036 Torque values Rollover protective structure ......................... 0000031 Transmission Disassemble converter side of case .............. 0303509 Modulation valve, shim adjustment......03 03607, 03036023 Oil specification.............................................. 0000045 Remove and Install ........................................ 0303001 Transmission shifter lever Remove and install ........................................ 0303153 Transmission support bracket Fabricated tool ............................................... 0303991 Transmission, manual shift Converter side of case Assemble.................................................. 03035052 Disassemble and assemble drive shaft ........................................................... 03035022 Idler shaft Assemble.................................................. 03035044 Install ........................................................ 03035045 Install intermediate and rear output shafts.......................................................... 03035048 Intermediate shaft Assemble.................................................. 03035032 Cross section............................................ 03035031 Disassemble............................................. 03035025 MFWD shaft Assemble.................................................. 03035042 Crosssectional view ................................ 03035041 Disassemble............................................. 03035038 Install ........................................................ 03035045 Remove .................................................... 03035038 Outer components, install ............................ 03035055 Rear output shaft Assemble.................................................. 03035032 Cross section............................................ 03035030 Disassemble............................................. 03035025 Remove drive shaft ...................................... 03035022
TM1611 (22JUL10)
Index7
410E Backhoe Loader
072210
PN=7
Index
Page Page
Remove intermediate shaft and synchonizer ................................................ 03035025 Remove oil suction tube............................... 03035012 Remove rear output shaft and synchronizer............................................... 03035024 Remove reverse and forward clutch packs.......................................................... 03035012 Transmission, powershift Converter side of case Assemble................................................ 030350100 Outer components, install .......................... 030350104 Transmisssion, manual shift Remove outer components............................ 0303505 Transmisssion, powershift Remove outer components.......................... 03035063
U
Unified inch bolt and screw torque values .............................................................. 0000034 Upper and lower door windowpanes Remove and install ...................................... 18181017 Upper rear window Disassemble and assemble ......................... 18181014 Using Battery charger .............................................. 1616717
V
Valve Priority, disassemble and assemble............. 09096038 Priority, remove and install........................... 09096036 Stabilizer, disassemble and assemble.................................................... 33336036 Stabilizer, remove and install ....................... 33336034 Steering, assemble ...................................... 09096015 Valve linkage, stabilizer Remove and install ......................3333157, 3333159 Valve, auxiliary relief, loader Cross section ................................................. 3131608 Valve, backhoe Remove and install ........................................ 3333605 Valve, backhoe anticavitation Cross section ............................................... 33336012 Valve, backhoe auxiliary relief Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33336016 Valve, backhoe boom section Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33336023 Valve, backhoe bucket curl relief with anticavitation Cross section ............................................... 33336014 Valve, backhoe bucket section Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33336025 Valve, backhoe circuit relief Cross section boom raise ............................ 33336013
Cross section bucket dump.......................... 33336013 Valve, backhoe control Disassemble and assemble ........................... 3333609 Valve, backhoe crowd section Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33336027 Valve, backhoe inlet section Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33336017 Valve, backhoe swing section Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33336021 Valve, bucket curl relief with anticavitation Cross section loader .................................... 33336014 Valve, bucket dump relief with anticavitation Cross Section loader...................................... 3131606 Valve, loader aux. relief with anticavitation Cross section ................................................. 3131606 Valve, loader auxiliary relief Cross section ................................................. 3131608 Valve, loader auxiliary section Disassemble and assemble ......................... 31316024 Valve, loader boom anticavitation Cross section ................................................. 3131607 Valve, loader boom section Disassemble and assemble ......................... 31316022 Valve, loader bucket section Disassemble and assemble ......................... 31316020 Valve, loader circuit relief Cross section boom raise .............................. 3131605 Cross section bucket curl............................... 3131605 Valve, loader control Disassemble and assemble ......................... 31316010 Remove and install ........................................ 3131609 Replace rings and seals............................... 31316012 Valve, loader, inlet Disassemble and assemble ......................... 31316018 Valve, steering Remove and install ........................................ 0909605 Valves, backhoe circuit reliefs Disassemble and assemble ......................... 33336015
W
WEATHER PACK contact Install............................................................ 16167427 Welding repair of major structures..................... 1717401 Wheel, front Remove and install ........................................ 0101103 Wheel, rear Remove and install ........................................ 0101102 Wiper motor Remove and install ........................................ 1818102 Wipers Remove and install ......................1818104, 1818106
TM1611 (22JUL10)
Index8
410E Backhoe Loader
072210
PN=8
Index
TM1611 (22JUL10)
Index9
410E Backhoe Loader
072210
PN=9
Index
TM1611 (22JUL10)
Index10
410E Backhoe Loader
072210
PN=10

Manual Servicio Retro 410E PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual Servicio Retro 410E PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual Servicio Retro 410E PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

410E Backhoe Loader Repair

Worldwide Construction And Forestry Division

410E Backhoe Loader

410E Backhoe Loader

Technical Information Feedback Form

Name: Phone: Email Address: THANK YOU!

410E Backhoe Loader

Section 11Park Brake

Section 16Electrical Systems

Section 02Axles and Suspension Systems

Section 17Frames, Chassis or Supporting Structure

Section 18Operators Station

Section 19Sheet Metal and Styling

Section 05Engine Auxiliary Systems

Section 20Safety, Convenience and Miscellaneous

Section 06Torque Converter

Section 21Main Hydraulic System

Section 09Steering System

Section 10Service Brakes

Continued on next page

410E Backhoe Loader 072210

410E Backhoe Loader 072210

Section 00 General Information

410E Backhoe Loader 072210

410E Backhoe Loader 072210

Group 0001 Safety Information

Prevent Battery Explosions

Prepare for Emergencies

410E Backhoe Loader 072210

Prevent Acid Burns

Handle Chemical Products Safely

410E Backhoe Loader 072210

Avoid HighPressure Fluids

Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling 18008228262 or +1 3097485636.

Park Machine Safely

Support Machine Properly

410E Backhoe Loader 072210

Wear Protective Clothing

Work in Clean Area

Service Machines Safely

410E Backhoe Loader 072210

Work In Ventilated Area

Illuminate Work Area Safely

Replace Safety Signs

410E Backhoe Loader 072210

Use Proper Lifting Equipment

Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating

Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from area

Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines

410E Backhoe Loader 072210

Remove paint before heating:

Keep ROPS Installed Properly

Service Tires Safely

410E Backhoe Loader 072210

Practice Safe Maintenance

Use Proper Tools

410E Backhoe Loader 072210

Dispose of Waste Properly

Live With Safety